Table of Contents

 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2010
Registration No. 333-      
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Ohio
  5812   34-1566328
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100
Columbus, Ohio 43212
(614) 326-7944
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Saed Mohseni
President and Chief Executive Officer
777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100
Columbus, Ohio 43212
(614) 326-7944
(Name, address including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
With copies to:
 
     
Carmen J. Romano, Esq.     Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
James A. Lebovitz, Esq.     Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Dechert LLP   Latham & Watkins LLP
Cira Centre   885 Third Avenue
2929 Arch Street   New York, New York 10022
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104   (212) 906-1200
(215) 994-4000    
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class
    Aggregate
    Registration
of Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)     Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
    $ 172,500,000       $ 12,300.00  
                     
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2) Including shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 1, 2010
Preliminary Prospectus
 
           Shares
 
(BRAVO BRIO LOGO)
 
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
We are offering           shares of our common stock and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering           shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $      and $      per common share. We intend to apply to list our common stock for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BBRG.”
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
                 
    PER SHARE   TOTAL
 
Public Offering Price
  $                $             
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
  $       $    
Proceeds to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (Before Expenses)
  $       $    
Proceeds to Selling Shareholders (Before Expenses)
  $       $  
 
 
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about          , 2010. The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional      shares of our common stock to cover overallotments. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the selling shareholders will be $      and the total proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses, will be $     .
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
 
         
Jefferies & Company
  Piper Jaffray   Wells Fargo Securities
 
 
 
 
Co-Managers
 
     KeyBanc Capital Markets Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.     
 
Prospectus dated          , 2010


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
BRAVO is a fun, white tablecloth restaurant offering classic Italian food in a Roman-ruin decor. BRAVO! is inspired by the traditional Italian ristorante where fresh, made-to-order food is prepared in our open Italian kitchens in full view of our Guests, creating the energy of live theater.

 


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
“The posh décor and upscale vibe of BRAVO! lends itself to a very comfortable dining experience.” Metromix — Orlando

 


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
“2010 Reader’s Poll Choice for BEST ITALIAN —1st Place — BRAVO! Cucina Italiana” Pittsburgh Magazine Little Rock, AR (1) Naples, FL (1) Orlando, FL (1) West Des Moines, IA (1) Chicago, IL (2) Indianapolis, IN (3) Leawood, KS (1) Louisville, KY (1) Baton Rouge, LA (1) New Orleans, LA (1) Detroit, MI (3) Lansing, MI (1) Kansas City, MO (1) St Louis, MO (1) Greensboro, NC (1) Charlotte, NC (1) Albuquerque, NM (1) Bu3alo, NY (1) West Nyack, NY (1) Akron, OH (1) Canton, OH (1) Cincinnati, OH (2) Cleveland, OH (2) Columbus, OH (2) Dayton, OH (1) Toledo, OH (1) Oklahoma City, OK (1) Allentown, PA (1) Pittsburgh, PA (5) Knoxville, TN (1) San Antonio, TX (1) Fredericksburg, VA (1) Virginia Beach, VA (1) Milwaukee, WI (2) BravoItalian.com

 


 

 
Table of Contents
         
    Page
 
    ii  
    ii  
    ii  
    1  
    12  
    28  
    30  
    32  
    33  
    34  
    35  
    37  
    41  
    56  
    70  
    78  
    89  
    91  
    94  
    98  
    99  
    101  
    108  
    110  
    110  
    110  
    F-1  
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
 
 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
We have not authorized anyone to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus. Do not rely upon any information or representations made outside of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy, (1) any securities other than shares of our common stock or (2) shares of our common stock in any circumstances in which our offer or solicitation is unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus may change after the date of this prospectus. Do not assume after the date of this prospectus that the information contained in this prospectus is still correct.


i


Table of Contents

 
Basis of Presentation
 
We utilize a typical restaurant 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal years are identified in this prospectus according to the calendar year in which the fiscal years end. For example, references to “2009,” “fiscal 2009,” “fiscal year 2009” or similar references refer to the fiscal year ending December 27, 2009.
 
Industry and Market Data
 
This prospectus includes industry data that we derived from internal company records, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters have independently verified any third-party industry data or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such data. In addition, while we believe that the results and estimates from our internal research are reliable, such results and estimates have not been verified by any independent source. As a result, you should carefully consider the inherent risks and uncertainties associated with the industry and market data contained in this prospectus, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.”
 
Trademarks and Trade Names
 
In this prospectus, we refer (without the ownership notation) to several registered and common law trademarks that we own, including BRAVO! ® , BRAVO! Cucina Italiana ® , Cucina BRAVO! Italiana ® , BRAVO! Italian Kitchen ® , Brio ® , Brio Tuscan Grille tm and Bon Vie ® . All brand names or other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


ii


Table of Contents

 
Prospectus Summary
 
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise indicates, the references to “Holdings” refer to Bravo Development Holdings LLC, our majority shareholder before taking into account the reorganization transactions (as described herein), and the references to “our company,” “the Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. together with its subsidiaries.
 
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, financial and operating data in this prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Except where otherwise indicated, “$” indicates U.S. dollars.
 
Our Business
 
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana (“BRAVO!”) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (“BRIO”). We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination that we call “Upscale Affordable.” Each of BRAVO! and BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive, lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant company in America and are focused on providing our guests an excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively.
 
While our brands share certain corporate support functions to maximize efficiencies across our company, each brand maintains its own identity, therefore allowing both brands to be located in common markets. We have demonstrated our growth and the viability of our brands in a wide variety of markets across the U.S., growing from 49 restaurants in 19 states at the end of 2005 to 83 restaurants in 27 states as of March 28, 2010. From 2005 to 2009, our revenues increased from $198.8 million to $311.7 million, and our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $13.4 million to $34.8 million, representing compound annual growth rates (CAGR) of 11.9% and 27.0%, respectively. During this period, our Adjusted EBITDA margins have increased from 6.7% to 11.2%. See Note 4 to “— Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and to Adjusted EBITDA.
 
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
 
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana is a full-service, Upscale Affordable Italian restaurant offering a broad menu of freshly-prepared classic Italian food served in a lively, high-energy environment with attentive service. The subtitle “Cucina Italiana,” meaning “Italian Kitchen,” is appropriate since all cooking is done in full view of our guests, creating the energy of live theater. As of March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 46 BRAVO! restaurants in 19 states.
 
BRAVO! offers a wide variety of pasta dishes, steaks, chicken, seafood and pizzas, emphasizing fresh, made-to-order, high-quality food that delivers an excellent value to guests. BRAVO! also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine list, carry-out and catering. We believe that our high-quality offerings and generous portions, combined with our ambiance and friendly, attentive service, offer our guests an attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRAVO! during the first quarter of 2010 was $19.37 per guest.
 
The breadth of menu offerings at BRAVO! helps generate significant guest traffic at both lunch and dinner. Lunch entrées range in price from $8 to $18, while appetizers, pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $14.


1


Table of Contents

During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for BRAVO! was $14.81 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price from $12 to $29 and include a broad selection of fresh pastas, steaks, chicken and seafood. Dinner appetizers, pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRAVO! was $22.19 per guest. At BRAVO!, lunch and dinner represented 29.2% and 70.8% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual sales per comparable BRAVO! restaurant were $3.5 million in 2009.
 
BRAVO!’s architectural design incorporates interior features such as arched colonnades, broken columns, hand-crafted Italian reliefs, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. We locate our BRAVO! restaurants in high-activity areas such as retail and lifestyle centers that are situated near commercial office space and high-density residential housing.
 
BRIO Tuscan Grille
 
BRIO Tuscan Grille is an Upscale Affordable Italian chophouse restaurant serving freshly-prepared, authentic northern Italian food in a Tuscan Villa atmosphere. BRIO means “lively” or “full of life” in Italian and draws its inspiration from the cherished Tuscan philosophy of “to eat well is to live well.” As of March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 37 BRIO restaurants in 17 states.
 
The cuisine at BRIO is prepared using fresh, high-quality ingredients, with an emphasis on steaks, chops, fresh seafood and made-to-order pastas. BRIO also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine list, carry-out and banquet facilities at select locations. We believe that our passion for excellence in service and culinary expertise, along with our generous portions, contemporary dining elements and ambiance, offers our guests an attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRIO during the first quarter of 2010 was $25.12 per guest.
 
BRIO offers lunch entrées that range in price from $10 to $18 and appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads and entrée salads ranging from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for BRIO was $17.90 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price from $14 to $30, while appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads, bruschettas and entrée salads range from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRIO was $30.52 per guest. At BRIO, lunch and dinner represented 30.5% and 69.5% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual sales per comparable BRIO restaurant were $4.8 million in 2009.
 
The design and architectural elements of BRIO restaurants are important to the guest experience. The goal is to bring the pleasures of the Tuscan country villa to our restaurant guests. The warm, inviting ambiance of BRIO incorporates interior features such as antique hardwood Cypress flooring, arched colonnades, hand-crafted Italian mosaics, hand-crafted walls covered in an antique Venetian plaster, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. BRIO is typically located in high-traffic, high-visibility locations in affluent suburban and urban markets.
 
We also operate one Upscale Affordable American-French bistro restaurant in Columbus, Ohio under the brand “Bon Vie.” Our Bon Vie restaurant is included in the BRIO operating and financial data set forth in this prospectus.
 
Our Business Strengths
 
Our mission statement is to be the best Italian restaurant company in America by delivering the highest quality food and service to each guest...at each meal...each and every day . The following strengths help us achieve these objectives:
 
Two Differentiated yet Complementary Brands.   We have developed two premier Upscale Affordable Italian restaurant brands that are highly complementary and can be located in common markets. Both BRAVO! and BRIO have their own Corporate Executive Chef who develops recipes and menu items with differentiated flavor profiles and price points. Each brand features unique design elements and atmospheres that attract a diverse guest base as well as common guests who visit both BRAVO! and BRIO for different dining experiences. The differentiated qualities of our brands allow us to operate in significantly more locations than would be possible with one brand, including high-density residential areas, shopping malls, lifestyle centers and other high-traffic locations. Based on demographics, co-tenants and net investment requirements, we can choose between our two


2


Table of Contents

brands to determine which is optimal for a location and thereby generate highly attractive returns on our investment.
 
Our brands are designed to have broad guest appeal at two different price points. We focus on choosing the right brand for a specific site based on population density and demographics. Management targets markets with $65,000 minimum annual household income and a population density of 125,000 residents within a particular trade area for BRAVO! and $70,000 minimum annual household income and a population density of 150,000 residents within a particular trade area for BRIO. We have a business model that maintains quality and consistency on a national basis while also having the flexibility to cater to the specific characteristics of a particular market. We have a proven track record of successfully opening new restaurants in a number of diverse real estate locations, including both freestanding and in-line with other national retailers. In addition, we believe the flexibility of our restaurant design is a competitive advantage that allows us to open new restaurants in attractive markets without being limited to a standard prototype.
 
Our brands maintain several common qualities, including certain design elements such as chandeliers and marble and granite counter tops, that help reduce building and construction costs and create consistency for our guests. We share best practices in service, preparation and food quality across both brands. In addition, we share services such as real estate development, purchasing, human resources, marketing and advertising, information technology, finance and accounting, allowing us to maximize efficiencies across our company as we continue our growth.
 
Broad Appeal with Attractive Guest Base.   We provide an upscale, yet inviting, atmosphere attracting guests from a variety of age groups and economic backgrounds. We believe our brands offer the highest quality food, service and ambiance when compared to other national competitors in the multi-location Italian restaurant category. We provide our guests an Upscale Affordable dining experience at both lunch and dinner, which attracts guests from both the casual dining and fine dining segments. We locate our restaurants in high-traffic suburban and urban locations to attract primarily local patrons with limited reliance on business travelers. Our blend of location, menu offerings and ambiance is designed to appeal to women, a key decision-maker when deciding where to dine and shop. We believe that women currently account for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively. This positioning helps make our restaurants attractive for developers and landlords. We have also cultivated a loyal guest base, with a majority of our guests dining with us at least once a month.
 
Superior Dining Experience and Value.   The strength of our value proposition lies in our ability to provide high-quality, freshly-prepared Italian cuisine in a lively restaurant atmosphere with highly attentive guest service at an attractive price point. We believe that the dining experiences we offer, coupled with an attractive price-value relationship, helps us create long-term, loyal and highly satisfied guests.
 
  •  The Food.   We offer made-to-order menu items prepared using traditional Italian culinary techniques with an emphasis on fresh ingredients and authentic recipes. Our food menu is complemented by a wine list that offers both familiar varieties as well as wines exclusive to our restaurants. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and focused execution reflects our chef-driven culture.
 
  •  The Service.   We are committed to delivering superior service to each guest, at each meal, each and every day. We place significant emphasis on maintaining high waitstaff-to-table ratios, thoroughly training all service personnel on the details of each menu item and staffing each restaurant with experienced management teams to ensure consistent and attentive guest service.
 
  •  The Experience.   Lively, high-energy environments blending dramatic design elements with a warm and inviting atmosphere create a memorable guest experience. Signature architectural and décor elements include the lively theatre of exhibition kitchens, high ceilings, white tablecloths, a centerpiece bar and relaxing patio areas. These elements, along with our superior service and value, help form a bond between our guests and our restaurants, encouraging guest loyalty and more frequent visits.
 
Nationally Recognized Restaurant Anchor.   Our differentiated brands, the attractive demographics of our guests and the high number of weekly guest visits to our restaurants have positioned us as a preferred tenant and the multi-location Italian restaurant company of choice for national and regional real estate developers. Landlords and developers seek out our concepts to be restaurant anchors for their developments as they are highly complementary to national retailers such as Apple, Williams Sonoma and J. Crew, having attracted on average between


3


Table of Contents

3,000-5,000 guests per restaurant each week in 2009. As a result of the importance of our brands to the retail centers in which we are located, we are often able to negotiate the prime location within a center and favorable real estate terms, which helps to drive strong returns on capital for our shareholders.
 
Compelling Unit Economics.   We have successfully opened and operated both of our brands in multiple geographic regions and achieved attractive rates of return on our invested capital, providing a strong foundation for expansion in both new and existing markets. Our ability to grow rapidly and efficiently in all market conditions is evidenced through our strong track record of new restaurant openings, including our 2009 openings which generated one of the best year-one returns on investment in our history. Under our current investment model, BRAVO! restaurant openings require a net cash investment of approximately $1.8 million and BRIO restaurant openings require a net cash investment of approximately $2.2 million. We target a cash-on-cash return beginning in the third operating year for both of our restaurants of between 30% and 40%.
 
Management Team with Proven Track Record.   We have assembled a tested and proven management team with significant experience operating public companies. Our management team is led by our CEO and President, Saed Mohseni, former CEO of McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc., who joined the company in February 2007. Since Mr. Mohseni’s arrival, we have continued to open new restaurants despite the economic recession. These new restaurant openings have been a key driver of our growth in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, which have increased 29.1% and 89.0%, respectively, between the years ended 2006 and 2009. In addition to new restaurant growth, we have also implemented a number of revenue and margin enhancing initiatives such as our wine by the glass offerings, wine flights, dessert trays and a new bar menu. These programs were strategically implemented to improve our guest experience and maintain our brand image, as opposed to the discounting programs initiated by many of our competitors. In addition, we have improved our labor efficiencies and food cost management, which helped to drive our margin increases and improved our restaurant-level profitability. These changes resulted in an increase in our restaurant-level operating margin from 16.0% in 2006 to 17.4% in 2009, a 140 basis point improvement. Restaurant-level operating margin represents our revenues less total restaurant operating costs, as a percentage of our revenues.
 
Our Growth Strategies
 
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics, proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal. Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary drivers:
 
Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.   We believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets where we believe we can generate attractive unit level economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early stage of its expansion.
 
We have built a scalable infrastructure and have successfully grown our restaurant base through a challenging market environment. Despite difficult economic conditions, we opened seven new restaurants in 2009. We continue to grow in 2010, having opened two new restaurants in each of the first and second quarters of 2010, with one additional restaurant planned to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to six new restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50 new restaurants over the next five years.
 
Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.   We will continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes without relying on the margin-eroding discounting programs adopted by many of our competitors.
 
Initiatives at BRAVO! include increasing online ordering, which generates a higher average per person check compared to our current carry-out business, expanding local restaurant marketing and promoting our patio business. Other initiatives include promoting our bar program through martini night and happy hour programs and expanding our feature cards to include appetizers and desserts.
 
At BRIO, we are promoting our bar programs, implementing wine flights and dessert trays, introducing a new bar menu and expanding the selection of wines by the glass. In addition, we believe there is an opportunity to expand


4


Table of Contents

our banquet and special events catering business. Our banquet and special events catering business typically generates a higher average per person check than our dining rooms and, as a result of reduced labor costs relative to revenue, allows us to achieve higher margins on those revenues.
 
We believe our existing restaurants will benefit from increasing brand awareness as we continue to enter new markets. In addition, we may selectively remodel existing units to include additional seating capacity to increase revenue.
 
Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.   We will continue to aggressively protect our margins using economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure as we continue to open new restaurants. Additional margin enhancement opportunities include increasing labor efficiency through the use of scheduling tools, menu engineering and other operating cost reduction programs.
 
Our History
 
We were incorporated as an Ohio corporation under the name Belden Village Venture, Inc. in July 1987. Our name was changed to Bravo Cucina of Dayton, Inc. in September 1995, to Bravo Development, Inc. in December 1998 and to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. in June 2010. We opened our first BRAVO! Cucina Italiana in 1992 in Columbus, Ohio. In 1999, we opened our first BRIO Tuscan Grille in Columbus, Ohio. In June 2006, we entered into a recapitalization transaction with Bravo Development Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by two private equity firms, Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P. and Castle Harlan, Inc. As a result of the recapitalization transaction, Bravo Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, became our majority shareholder.
 
Reorganization Transactions
 
It is anticipated that Holdings will enter into an exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Reorganization Transactions” for more information.
 
Our Sponsors
 
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P.
 
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Management, L.P., which we refer to as BRS, is a New York based private equity firm with previous investments and remaining committed capital totaling $1.4 billion. BRS partners with management teams to create financial and operational value over the long-term for the benefit of its investors, focusing on investments in middle market consumer goods and services businesses. Companies that possess existing or emerging strong market positions and are well-positioned for accelerated long-term growth are best positioned to benefit from the firm’s support and expertise. BRS and its principals have extensive experience in the restaurant industry, having completed 16 restaurant investments to date, including add-on acquisitions. Since 1996, BRS has purchased over 40 portfolio companies for aggregate consideration of over $6.4 billion.
 
Castle Harlan, Inc.
 
Castle Harlan was founded in 1987 by John K. Castle, former president and chief executive officer of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, an investment banking firm, and Leonard M. Harlan, founder and former chairman of The Harlan Company. Castle Harlan invests in controlling interests in the buyout and development of middle-market companies principally in North America and Europe. Its team of 20 investment professionals has completed 52 acquisitions since its inception with a total value in excess of $9.0 billion. Castle Harlan currently manages investment funds globally with equity commitments of $2.5 billion. Castle Harlan’s current and former


5


Table of Contents

investments in the restaurant industry include investments in McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc., Charlie Brown’s, Inc., Caribbean Restaurants, LLC and Morton’s Restaurant Group, Inc.
 
Risk Factors
 
Before you invest in our shares, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.” Risks relating to our business include, among others, that our financial results depend significantly upon the success of our existing and new restaurants and our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully develop and expand our operations.
 
Company Information
 
Our principal executive office is located at 777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212 and our telephone number is (614) 326-7944. Our website address is www.bbrg.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.


6


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Shares of common stock offered by us            shares.
 
 
Shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders           shares, or          shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.
 
Over-allotment option The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to          additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments.
 
Ownership after offering Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, and will as a result have significant control over our affairs.
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares.
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of $      million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with $      million in borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to:
 
• repay all loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees; and
 
• repay all of our outstanding 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest.
 
As of March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities and approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were outstanding.
 
Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Jefferies & Company, Inc., underwriters in this offering, are parties to our existing senior credit facilities and will receive approximately $      million and $      million, respectively, of the proceeds used to repay the loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities.
 
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds,” “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Underwriting — Conflicts of Interest.”
 
Dividend policy We do not currently pay cash dividends on our stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of


7


Table of Contents

directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we anticipate that our ability to declare and pay dividends will also be restricted by covenants in our new senior credit facilities. See “Description of Indebtedness — New Senior Credit Facilities” and “Risk Factors— Our substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol BBRG.
 
Risk factors Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.
 
Without giving effect to the reorganization transactions (as defined in “Reorganization Transactions”) expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,050,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 27, 2010 and excludes 257,875 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan as of March 28, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $9.92 per share. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan.”
 
Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •  assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option; and
 
  •  other than historical financial information, reflects (1) the exchange of one share of new common stock for each outstanding share of common stock, (2) the amendment and restatement of our articles of incorporation to give effect to a     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock, and (3) the exchange of all shares of our issued and outstanding Series A preferred stock for          shares of common stock at an exchange ratio of 1:      immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, based upon an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. See “Reorganization Transactions.”


8


Table of Contents

 
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, our summary historical consolidated financial and operating data. We have derived the statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and the balance sheet data as of December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 30, 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010 and balance sheet data as of March 28, 2010 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet data as of March 29, 2009 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data presented below represent portions of our financial statements and are not complete. You should read this information in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                         
 
    Year Ended(1)     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $  265,374     $  300,783     $  311,709     $  73,593     $  81,844  
Cost of Sales
    75,340       84,618       82,609       19,721       21,357  
Labor
    89,663       102,323       106,330       26,096       28,096  
Operating
    41,567       47,690       48,917       12,505       12,753  
Occupancy
    16,054       18,736       19,636       5,061       5,525  
                                         
Total restaurant operating costs
    222,624       253,367       257,492       63,383       67,731  
General and administrative expenses
    16,768       15,042       17,123       4,583       4,423  
Restaurant pre-opening costs
    5,647       5,434       3,758       1,106       1,205  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,309       14,651       16,088       3,816       4,124  
Asset impairment charges
            8,506       6,436                  
Other expenses, net
    462       229       157       105       (25 )
                                         
Total costs and expenses
    35,186       43,862       43,562       9,610       9,727  
Income (loss) from operations
    7,564       3,554       10,655       600       4,386  
Net interest expense
    11,853       9,892       7,119       1,895       1,770  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (4,289 )     (6,338 )     3,536       (1,295 )     2,616  
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (3,503 )     55,061       135       (2 )     100  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (786 )   $ (61,399 )   $ 3,401     $ (1,293 )   $ 2,516  
Undeclared preferred dividend
    (8,920 )     (10,175 )     (11,599 )     (2,710 )     (3,089 )
                                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ (9,706 )   $ (71,574 )   $ (8,198 )   $ (4,003 )   $ (573 )
                                         
As Adjusted Per Share Data: (2)
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $       $       $    
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
                       
                         
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Net cash provided from operating activities
  $ 31,291     $ 32,501     $ 33,782     $ 2,948     $ 6,108  
Net cash provided from (used for) investing activities
  $ (35,536 )   $ (43,088 )   $ (24,957 )   $ (6,399 )   $ (6,410 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ 4,156     $ 10,529     $ (9,258 )   $ 3,230     $ 294  
Capital expenditures
  $ 28,782     $ 24,578     $ 14,121     $ 2,109     $ 2,332  
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
  $ 20,260     $ 27,218     $ 34,790     $ 4,917     $ 8,920  
Adjusted EBITDA margin
    7.6 %     9.0 %     11.2 %     6.7 %     10.9 %
Operating Data:
                                       
Total restaurants (at end of period)
    63       75       81       77       83  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    49       54       61       62       74  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    0.6 %     (3.8 )%     (7.4 )%     (8.2 )%     0.2 %
BRAVO!:
                                       
Restaurants (at end of period)
    38       44       45       45       46  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    31       33       36       37       43  
Average sales per comparable restaurant
  $ 3,890     $ 3,715     $ 3,457     $ 836     $ 820  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    0.9 %     (4.1 )%     (7.1 )%     (8.6 )%     (0.6 )%


9


Table of Contents

                                         
 
    Year Ended(1)     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
BRIO:
                                       
Restaurants (at end of period)
    25       31       36       32       37  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    18       21       25       25       31  
Average sales per comparable restaurant
  $ 5,308     $ 5,401     $ 4,812     $ 1,196     $ 1,215  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    0.2 %     (3.6 )%     (7.8 )%     (7.7 )%     1.0 %
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 740     $ 682     $ 249     $ 461     $ 241  
Working capital (deficit)
  $ (33,110 )   $ (34,320 )   $ (36,156 )   $ (33,162 )   $ (33,781 )
Total assets
  $ 195,048     $ 157,764     $ 160,842     $ 159,055     $ 162,114  
Total debt
  $ 114,136     $ 125,950     $ 118,031     $ 129,509     $ 118,439  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
  $ (14,692 )   $ (76,091 )   $ (72,690 )   $ (77,385 )   $ (70,174 )
 
                 
    Actual
    As Adjusted(2)
 
    As of
    As of
 
    March 28,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 241          
Working capital (deficit)
  $ (33,781 )        
Total assets
  $ 162,114          
Total debt
  $ 118,439          
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
  $ (70,174 )        
 
(1) We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period which ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007 each have 52 weeks.
 
(2) Gives effect to (i) the reorganization transactions expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, (ii) this offering and (iii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering and of borrowings under our new senior credit facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(3) Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus the sum of asset impairment charges and management fees and expenses. We are presenting Adjusted EBITDA, which is not required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, because it provides an additional measure to view our operations, when considered with both our GAAP results and the reconciliation to net income (loss) which we believe provides a more complete understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We use Adjusted EBITDA, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess our historical and prospective operating performance and to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because: (i) we believe it is a useful measure for investors to assess the operating performance of our business without the effect of non-cash depreciation and amortization expenses and asset impairment charges; (ii) we believe that investors will find it useful in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness; and (iii) we use Adjusted EBITDA internally as a benchmark to evaluate our operating performance or compare our performance to that of our competitors. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. Companies within our industry exhibit significant variations with respect to capital structures and cost of capital (which affect interest expense and tax rates) and differences in book depreciation of facilities and equipment (which affect relative depreciation expense), including significant differences in the depreciable lives of similar assets among various companies. Our management believes that Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company comparisons within our industry by eliminating some of the foregoing variations.
 
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash

10


Table of Contents

available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual items.
 
Our management recognizes that Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical financial measure, including the following:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, associated with our indebtedness;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash charges, although the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, nor does Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs.
 
This prospectus also includes information concerning Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to revenues. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement to judge the level of Adjusted EBITDA generated from revenues and we believe its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information to investors.
 
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to net income is provided below.
 
                                         
    Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (In thousands)  
Net income (loss)
  $ (786 )   $ (61,399 )   $ 3,401     $ (1,293 )   $ 2,516  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (3,503 )     55,061       135       (2 )     100  
Interest expense
    11,853       9,892       7,119       1,895       1,770  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,309       14,651       16,088       3,816       4,124  
                                         
EBITDA
  $  19,873     $  18,205     $  26,743     $  4,416     $  8,510  
Asset impairment charges
          8,506       6,436              
Management fees and expenses
    387       507       1,611       501       410  
                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 20,260     $ 27,218     $ 34,790     $ 4,917     $ 8,920  
                                         
 


11


Table of Contents

 
Risk Factors
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, before you decide to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
 
Our financial results depend significantly upon the success of our existing and new restaurants.
 
Future growth in revenues and profits will depend on our ability to grow sales and efficiently manage costs in our existing and new restaurants. As of June 27, 2010, we operated 47 BRAVO! restaurants and 38 BRIO restaurants, of which three BRAVO! restaurants and four BRIO restaurants have opened within the preceding twelve months. The results achieved by these restaurants may not be indicative of longer-term performance or the potential market acceptance of restaurants in other locations.
 
In particular, the success of our restaurants revolves principally around guest traffic and average check per guest. Significant factors that might adversely impact our guest traffic levels and average guest check include, without limitation:
 
  •  declining economic conditions, including housing market downturns, rising unemployment rates, lower disposable income and consumer confidence and other events or factors that adversely affect consumer spending in the markets we serve;
 
  •  increased competition (both in the upscale casual dining segment and in other segments of the restaurant industry);
 
  •  changes in consumer preferences;
 
  •  guests’ budgeting constraints and choosing not to order certain high-margin items such as desserts and beverages (both alcoholic and non-alcoholic);
 
  •  guests’ failure to accept menu price increases that we may make to offset increases in key operating costs;
 
  •  our reputation and consumer perception of our concepts’ offerings in terms of quality, price, value and service; and
 
  •  guest experiences from dining in our restaurants.
 
Our restaurants are also susceptible to increases in certain key operating expenses that are either wholly or partially beyond our control, including, without limitation:
 
  •  food and other raw materials costs, many of which we do not or cannot effectively hedge;
 
  •  labor costs, including wage, workers’ compensation, health care and other benefits expenses;
 
  •  rent expenses and other costs under leases for our new and existing restaurants;
 
  •  energy, water and other utility costs;
 
  •  costs for insurance (including health, liability and workers’ compensation);
 
  •  information technology and other logistical costs; and
 
  •  expenses due to litigation against us.
 
The failure of our existing or new restaurants to perform as expected could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully develop and expand our operations.
 
We intend to develop new restaurants in our existing markets, and selectively enter into new markets. Since the end of 2005, we have expanded from 30 BRAVO! restaurants and 19 BRIO restaurants to 47 and 38 BRAVO!


12


Table of Contents

and BRIO restaurants, respectively, as of June 27, 2010. We also expect to open one additional BRIO restaurant prior to the end of 2010. There can be no assurance that any new restaurant that we open will have similar operating results to those of existing restaurants. The number and timing of new restaurants actually opened during any given period, and their associated contribution to operating growth, may be negatively impacted by a number of factors including, without limitation:
 
  •  our inability to generate sufficient funds from operations or to obtain favorable financing to support our development;
 
  •  identification and availability of, and competition for, high quality locations that will continue to drive high levels of sales per unit;
 
  •  acceptable lease arrangements, including sufficient levels of tenant allowances and construction contributions;
 
  •  the financial viability of our landlords, including the availability of financing for our landlords;
 
  •  construction and development cost management;
 
  •  timely delivery of the leased premises to us from our landlords and punctual commencement of build-out construction activities;
 
  •  delays due to the highly customized nature of our restaurant concepts and the complex design, construction and pre-opening processes for each new location;
 
  •  obtaining all necessary governmental licenses and permits on a timely basis to construct and operate our restaurants;
 
  •  competition in new markets, including competition for restaurant sites;
 
  •  unforeseen engineering or environmental problems with the leased premises;
 
  •  adverse weather during the construction period;
 
  •  anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near our new restaurants;
 
  •  recruitment of qualified managers, chefs and other key operating personnel; and
 
  •  other unanticipated increases in costs, any of which could give rise to delays or cost overruns.
 
We may not be able to open our planned new restaurants on a timely basis, if at all, and, if opened, these restaurants may not be operated profitably. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, delays in restaurant openings from time to time. Such actions may limit our growth opportunities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand or acquire critical market presence for our brands in new geographical markets, as we may encounter well-established competitors with substantially greater financial resources. We may be unable to find attractive locations, acquire name recognition, successfully market our brands or attract new guests. Competitive circumstances and consumer characteristics in new market segments and new geographical markets may differ substantially from those in the market segments and geographical markets in which we have substantial experience. If we are unable to expand in existing markets or penetrate new markets, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability may be harmed.
 
Changes in economic conditions, including continuing effects from the recent recession, could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We, together with the rest of the restaurant industry, depend upon consumer discretionary spending. The recent recession, coupled with high unemployment rates, reduced home values, increases in home foreclosures, investment losses, personal bankruptcies and reduced access to credit and reduced consumer confidence, has impacted consumers’ ability and willingness to spend discretionary dollars. Economic conditions may remain volatile and may continue to repress consumer confidence and discretionary spending for the near term. If the weak economy continues for a prolonged period of time or worsens, guest traffic could be adversely impacted if our guests choose to dine out less frequently or reduce the amount they spend on meals while dining out. We believe that if the current negative economic conditions persist for a long period of time or become more pervasive, consumers might make long- lasting changes to their discretionary spending behavior, including dining out less frequently on a


13


Table of Contents

permanent basis. Additionally, a decline in corporate travel and entertainment spending could result in a decrease in the traffic of business travelers at our restaurants. If restaurant sales decrease, our profitability could decline as we spread fixed costs across a lower level of sales. Reductions in staff levels, asset impairment charges and potential restaurant closures have resulted and could result from prolonged negative restaurant sales.
 
Damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We believe we have built a strong reputation for the quality and breadth of our menu and our restaurants, and we must protect and grow the value of our BRAVO! and BRIO brands to continue to be successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer affinity for our brands could significantly reduce their respective values and damage our business. If guests perceive or experience a reduction in food quality, service or ambiance, or in any way believe we failed to deliver a consistently positive experience, our brand value could suffer and our business may be adversely affected.
 
A multi-location restaurant business such as ours can be adversely affected by negative publicity or news reports, whether or not accurate, regarding food quality issues, public health concerns, illness, safety, injury or government or industry findings concerning our restaurants, restaurants operated by other foodservice providers or others across the food industry supply chain. While we have taken steps to mitigate food quality, public health and other foodservice-related risks, these types of health concerns or negative publicity cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated and may materially harm our results of operations and result in damage to our brands. For example, in May 2006, a food virus outbreak in Michigan affected area restaurants, including one of our BRAVO! restaurants. As a result, this restaurant was closed for four days. While the effect of the outbreak was immaterial to our business, food quality issues or other public health concerns could have an adverse impact on our profitability.
 
In addition, our ability to successfully develop new restaurants in new markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance of our brands in these new markets. To the extent that we are unable to foster name recognition and affinity for our brands in new markets, our new restaurants may not perform as expected and our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired.
 
Because many of our restaurants are concentrated in local or regional areas, we are susceptible to economic and other trends and developments, including adverse weather conditions, in these areas.
 
Our financial performance is highly dependent on restaurants located in Ohio, Florida, Michigan and Pennsylvania , which comprise approximately 45% of our total restaurants. As a result, adverse economic conditions in any of these areas could have a material adverse effect on our overall results of operations. In recent years, certain of these states have been more negatively impacted by the housing decline, high unemployment rates and the overall economic crisis than other geographic areas. In addition, given our geographic concentrations, negative publicity regarding any of our restaurants in these areas could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations, as could other regional occurrences such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, increases in energy prices, adverse weather conditions, hurricanes, droughts or other natural or man-made disasters.
 
In particular, adverse weather conditions can impact guest traffic at our restaurants, cause the temporary underutilization of outdoor patio seating, and, in more severe cases, cause temporary restaurant closures, sometimes for prolonged periods. Approximately 34% of our total restaurants are located in Ohio, Michigan and Pennsylvania, which are particularly susceptible to snowfall, and 13% of our total restaurants are located in Florida and Louisiana, which are particularly susceptible to hurricanes. Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, with restaurant sales typically higher during certain months, such as December. Adverse weather conditions during our most favorable months or periods may exacerbate the effect of adverse weather on guest traffic and may cause fluctuations in our operating results from quarter-to-quarter within a fiscal year. For example, the significant snowfall in the Northeast United States in February 2010 led to reduced guest traffic at several of our restaurants. In addition, outdoor patio seating is available at most of our restaurants and may be impacted by a number of weather-related factors. Our inability to fully utilize our restaurants’ seating capacity as planned may negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.


14


Table of Contents

The impact of negative economic factors, including the availability of credit, on our landlords and other retail center tenants could negatively affect our financial results.
 
Negative effects on our existing and potential landlords due to the inaccessibility of credit and other unfavorable economic factors may, in turn, adversely affect our business and results of operations. If our landlords are unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, they may be unable to provide construction contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us. Approximately 6% of our restaurants are in locations that are owned, managed or controlled by a landlord that has filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the last 12 months. This landlord may be able to reject our leases in the bankruptcy proceedings. As of June 27, 2010, none of our leases have been rejected, but we cannot assure you that any landlord that has filed, or may in the future file, for bankruptcy protection may not attempt to reject leases with us. In addition, if our landlords are unable to obtain sufficient credit to continue to properly manage their retail sites, we may experience a drop in the level of quality of such retail centers. Our development of new restaurants may also be adversely affected by the negative financial situations of developers and potential landlords. Many landlords have delayed or cancelled recent development projects (as well as renovations of existing projects) due to the instability in the credit markets and recent declines in consumer spending, which has reduced the number of high-quality locations available that we would consider for our new restaurants.
 
In addition, several other tenants at retail centers in which we are located or where we have executed leases have ceased operations or, in some cases, have deferred openings or failed to open after committing to do so. These failures may lead to reduced guest traffic at retail centers in which our restaurants are located and may contribute to lower guest traffic at our restaurants.
 
Changes in food availability and costs could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Our profitability and operating margins are dependent in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food costs. We rely on local, regional and national suppliers to provide our produce, beef, poultry, seafood and other ingredients. Other than for a portion of our commodities, which are purchased locally by each restaurant, we rely on Gordon Food Service, or GFS, as the primary distributor of a majority of our ingredients. We have a non-exclusive contract with GFS on terms and conditions that we believe are consistent with those made available to similarly situated restaurant companies. Although we believe that alternative distribution sources are available, any increase in distribution prices or failure to perform by GFS could cause our food costs to increase. Additionally, we currently rely on sole suppliers for certain of our food products, including substantially all of our soups and the majority of our sauces. Failure to identify an alternate source of supply for these items may result in significant cost increases. Increases in distribution costs or sale prices could also cause our food costs to increase. In addition, any material interruptions in our supply chain, such as a material interruption of ingredient supply due to the failures of third-party suppliers, or interruptions in service by common carriers that ship goods within our distribution channels, may result in significant cost increases and reduce sales. Changes in the price or availability of certain food products could affect our ability to offer a broad menu and price offering to guests and could materially adversely affect our profitability and reputation.
 
The type, variety, quality and price of produce, beef, poultry and seafood are more volatile than other types of food and are subject to factors beyond our control, including weather, governmental regulation, availability and seasonality, each of which may affect our food costs or cause a disruption in our supply. For example, weather patterns in recent years have resulted in lower than normal levels of rainfall in key agricultural states such as California, impacting the price of water and the corresponding prices of food commodities grown in states facing drought conditions. Our food suppliers also may be affected by higher costs to produce and transport commodities used in our restaurants, higher minimum wage and benefit costs and other expenses that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. Although we are able to contract for the majority of the food commodities used in our restaurants for periods of up to one year, the pricing and availability of some of the commodities used in our operations cannot be locked in for periods of longer than one week or at all. Currently, we have pricing understandings of varying lengths with several key suppliers, including our suppliers of poultry, seafood, dairy products, soups and sauces, bakery items and certain meat products. We do not use financial instruments to hedge our risk to market fluctuations in the price of beef, seafood, produce and other food products at this time. We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing


15


Table of Contents

food costs through our purchasing practices and menu price adjustments in the future, and failure to do so could negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.
 
Increases in our labor costs, including as a result of changes in government regulation, could slow our growth or harm our business.
 
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of revenues, higher than other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases.
 
We retain the financial responsibility for up to $250,000 of risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employment practices and other insurable risks through our self insurance programs. Unfavorable fluctuations in market conditions, availability of such insurance or changes in state and/or federal regulations could significantly increase our self insurance costs and insurance premiums. In addition, we are subject to the risk of employment-related litigation at both the state and federal levels, including claims styled as class action lawsuits which are more costly to defend. Also, some employment related claims in the area of wage and hour disputes are not insurable risks.
 
Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive health care benefits to our staff members, significant increases in health care costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective. Further, we are continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal health care legislation on our health care benefit costs, and significant increases in such costs could adversely impact our operating results. There is no assurance that we will be able to pass through the costs of such legislation in a manner that will not adversely impact our operating results.
 
In addition, many of our restaurant personnel are hourly workers subject to various minimum wage requirements or changes to tip credits. Mandated increases in minimum wage levels and changes to the tip credit, which are the amounts an employer is permitted to assume an employee receives in tips when calculating the employee’s hourly wage for minimum wage compliance purposes, have recently been and continue to be proposed and implemented at both federal and state government levels. Minimum wage increases or changes to allowable tip credits may increase our labor costs or effective tax rate.
 
Additionally, potential changes in labor legislation, including the Employee Free Choice Act (EFCA), could result in portions of our workforce being subjected to greater organized labor influence. The EFCA could impact the nature of labor relations in the United States and how union elections and contract negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims to facilitate unionization, and employers of unionized employees may face mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling, costs and standards, which could increase the costs of doing business. Although we do not currently have any unionized employees, EFCA or similar labor legislation could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results by imposing requirements that could potentially increase costs and reduce our operating flexibility.
 
Labor shortages could increase our labor costs significantly or restrict our growth plans.
 
Our restaurants are highly dependent on qualified management and operating personnel, including regional management, general managers and executive chefs. Qualified individuals have historically been in short supply and an inability to attract and retain them would limit the success of our existing restaurants as well as our development of new restaurants. We can make no assurances that we will be able to attract and retain qualified individuals in the future. Additionally, the cost of attracting and retaining qualified individuals may be higher than we anticipate, and as a result, our profitability could decline.
 
Guest traffic at our restaurants could be significantly affected by competition in the restaurant industry in general and, in particular, within the dining segments of the restaurant industry in which we compete.
 
The restaurant industry is highly competitive with respect to food quality, ambiance, service, price and value and location, and a substantial number of restaurant operations compete with us for guest traffic. The main competitors for our brands are mid-priced, full service concepts in the multi-location upscale casual dining segment, including Maggiano’s, Cheesecake Factory, BJ’s Restaurants and P.F. Chang’s, as well as high quality,


16


Table of Contents

locally owned and operated Italian restaurants. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we do, and many of our competitors are well established in markets in which we have existing restaurants or intend to locate new restaurants. Any inability to successfully compete with the other restaurants in our markets will place downward pressure on our guest traffic and may prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues and profitability. We may also need to evolve our concepts in order to compete with popular new restaurant formats or concepts that develop from time to time, and we cannot offer any assurance that we will be successful in doing so or that modifications to our concepts will not reduce our profitability. In addition, with improving product offerings at fast casual restaurants, quick-service restaurants and grocery stores and the influence of negative economic conditions and other factors, consumers may choose less expensive alternatives, which could also negatively affect guest traffic at our restaurants.
 
New information or attitudes regarding diet and health or adverse opinions about the health effects of consuming our menu offerings could result in adverse changes in regulations and consumer eating habits.
 
Government regulation and consumer eating habits may impact our business as a result of changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming our menu offerings. These changes may result in the enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu offerings, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food offerings. For example, a number of states, counties and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information available to guests, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Furthermore, the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, which was enacted on March 23, 2010, establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the law requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations operating under the same trade name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a succinct statement regarding the suggested daily caloric intake, to enable consumers to understand the number of calories in the menu item in the context of a total daily diet. The law also requires such restaurants to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information, including total calories and calories from fat, total fat, saturated fat, cholesterol, sodium, total carbohydrates, complex carbohydrates, sugars, dietary fiber, and total protein in each serving size or other unit of measure, for each standard menu item. The menu must include a prominent, clear and conspicuous statement about the availability of this information upon request. The United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, is also permitted to require additional nutrient disclosures, such as trans fat content. An unfavorable report on our menu ingredients, the size of our portions or the nutritional content of our menu items could negatively influence the demand for our offerings.
 
The federal nutrition labeling law under the PPACA became effective upon enactment, on March 23, 2010. However, the FDA, is required to issue proposed regulations by March 23, 2011 to establish the methods by which restaurants should measure the nutrient content of their standard menu items to arrive at the declared value, and the format and manner of the nutrient content disclosures required under the law. Thus, it is expected that the FDA will not enforce the requirements until these regulations are finalized. The new law specifically preempts conflicting state and local laws, and instead provides a single, national standard for nutrition labeling of restaurant menu items. In the meantime, we will be subject to a patchwork of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional content disclosure requirements. Many of these requirements are inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another.
 
Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu items, may be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, if consumer health regulations or consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue certain menu items, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. We cannot predict the impact of the new nutrition labeling requirements under the PPACA, once they are issued and implemented. Additionally, we cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to successfully implement the nutrient content disclosure requirements and to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.


17


Table of Contents

Our marketing programs may not be successful.
 
We expend significant resources in our marketing efforts, using a variety of media, including social media venues. We expect to continue to conduct brand awareness programs and guest initiatives to attract and retain guests. These initiatives may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues. Additionally, some of our competitors have greater financial resources, which enable them to purchase significantly more television and radio advertising than we are able to purchase. Should our competitors increase spending on advertising and promotions or our advertising funds decrease for any reason, or should our advertising and promotions be less effective than our competitors, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The impact of new restaurant openings could result in fluctuations in our financial performance.
 
Quarterly results have been, and in the future may continue to be, significantly impacted by the timing of new restaurant openings (often dictated by factors outside of our control), including associated pre-opening costs and operating inefficiencies, as well as changes in our geographic concentration due to the opening of new restaurants. We typically incur the most significant portion of pre-opening expenses associated with a given restaurant within the two months immediately preceding and the month of the opening of the restaurant. Our experience has been that labor and operating costs associated with a newly opened restaurant for the first several months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues. Our new restaurants commonly take several months to reach planned operating levels due to inefficiencies typically associated with new restaurants, including the training of new personnel, lack of market awareness, inability to hire sufficient qualified staff and other factors. Accordingly, the volume and timing of new restaurant openings has had, and may continue to have, a meaningful impact on our profitability. Due to the foregoing factors, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for a full fiscal year, and these fluctuations may cause our operating results to be below expectations of public market analysts and investors.
 
Opening new restaurants in existing markets may negatively effect sales at our existing restaurants.
 
The consumer target area of our restaurants varies by location, depending on a number of factors such as population density, local retail and business attractions, area demographics and geography. As a result, the opening of a new restaurant, whether using the same brand or a different brand, in or near markets in which we already have existing restaurants could adversely impact the sales of new or existing restaurants. We do not intend to open new restaurants that materially impact the existing sales of our existing restaurants. However, there can be no assurance that sales cannibalization between our restaurants will not occur or become more significant in the future as we continue to expand our operations.
 
Our business operations and future development could be significantly disrupted if we lose key members of our management team.
 
The success of our business continues to depend to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior officers and key employees, both individually and as a group. Our future performance will be substantially dependent in particular on our ability to retain and motivate Saed Mohseni, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and certain of our other senior executive officers. We currently have an employment agreement in place with Mr. Mohseni. The loss of the services of our CEO, senior officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business and plans for future development. We have no reason to believe that we will lose the services of any of these individuals in the foreseeable future; however, we currently have no effective replacement for any of these individuals due to their experience, reputation in the industry and special role in our operations. We also do not maintain any key man life insurance policies for any of our employees.
 
Our growth may strain our infrastructure and resources, which could slow our development of new restaurants and adversely affect our ability to manage our existing restaurants.
 
We opened two BRAVO! and five BRIO restaurants in 2009, and in 2008 we opened seven BRAVO! and six BRIO restaurants. We have opened two BRAVO! and two BRIO restaurants during 2010 and expect to open one


18


Table of Contents

additional BRIO restaurant before fiscal year end. Our recent and future growth may strain our restaurant management systems and resources, financial controls and information systems. Those demands on our infrastructure and resources may also adversely affect our ability to manage our existing restaurants. If we fail to continue to improve our infrastructure or to manage other factors necessary for us to meet our expansion objectives, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected. Likewise, if sales decline, we may be unable to reduce our infrastructure quickly enough to prevent sales deleveraging, which would adversely affect our profitability.
 
Changes in, or any failure to comply with, applicable laws or regulations may adversely affect our business and our growth strategy.
 
Our operations are subject to regulation by federal agencies and to licensing and regulation by state and local health, sanitation, building, zoning, safety, fire and other departments. The regulations cover matters relating to building construction (including environmental impact), zoning requirements, employment, nutritional information disclosure and the preparation and sale of food and alcoholic beverages. The impact of compliance with the laws and regulations of certain states, including states in which we are not currently located but may open restaurants in the future, may be more costly than compliance in other states.
 
Various state and local health, sanitation, fire and safety codes govern our existing restaurants. In addition, the development of additional restaurants will be subject to compliance with applicable construction, zoning, land use and environmental regulations. Difficulties in obtaining or renewing, or failures to obtain or renew, the required licenses or approvals on a cost-effective and timely basis could delay or prevent the development and openings of new restaurants, or could disrupt the operations of existing restaurants. As is the case with any operator of real property, we are subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge, emission and disposal of hazardous materials. Failure to comply with environmental laws could result in the imposition of severe penalties or restrictions on operations by governmental agencies or courts of law, which could adversely affect operations. We are unaware of any significant hazards on properties we operate or have operated, the remediation of which would result in material liability. We do not have separate environmental liability insurance nor do we maintain a reserve to cover such events. In the event of the determination of contamination on such properties, the Company, as operator, could be held liable for severe penalties and costs of remediation.
 
Our relationships with employees are governed by various federal and state labor laws and regulations, including minimum wage requirements, breaks, overtime pay, fringe benefits, safety, working conditions, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates and citizenship or work authorization requirements. We are also subject to the regulations of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. Our failure to comply with federal and state labor laws and regulations, or our staff members failure to meet federal citizenship or residency requirements, could result in a disruption in our work force, sanctions or fines against us and adverse publicity. We may be unable to increase our prices in order to pass increased labor costs on to our guests, in which case our margins would be negatively affected. Significant government-imposed increases in minimum wages, paid or unpaid leaves of absence, sick leave, and mandated health benefits, or increased tax reporting, assessment or payment requirements related to our staff members who receive gratuities, could be detrimental to the profitability of our restaurants operations. In addition, while we carry employment practices insurance covering a variety of labor-related liability claims, a settlement or judgment against us that is uninsured or in excess of our coverage limitations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, financial position or business.
 
Our business is subject to extensive state and local government regulation relating to alcoholic beverage control, public health and food safety and labeling. For example, alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to obtain licenses and permits to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises, and each restaurant must obtain a food service license from local health authorities. In fiscal 2009, approximately 16.4% of our gross revenues at BRAVO! and 22.5% of our gross revenues at BRIO were attributable to the sale of alcoholic beverages. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. The failure of a restaurant to obtain or retain its licenses, permits or other approvals, or any suspension of such licenses, permits or other approvals, would adversely affect that restaurant’s operations and profitability and could adversely


19


Table of Contents

affect our ability to obtain these licenses elsewhere. We may also be subject to “dram shop” statutes in certain states, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. Even though we are covered by general liability insurance, a settlement or judgment against us under a “dram shop” statute in excess of liability coverage could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Recent legislation enacted in March 2010 will require chain restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements, making applicable to restaurants certain nutrition labeling requirements from which restaurants have historically been exempt. Additionally, the United States Congress is currently considering food safety legislation that is expected to greatly expand the FDA’s authority over food safety. If this legislation is enacted, we cannot assure you that it will not impact our industry. The costs associated with such compliance may increase over time, and while our ability to adapt to consumer preferences is a strength of our concepts, the effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.
 
In addition, our facilities must comply with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) and related federal and state statutes that prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in public accommodations and employment. Although our restaurants are designed to be accessible to the disabled, we could be required to make modifications to our restaurants to provide service to, or make reasonable accommodations for, disabled persons.
 
Restaurant companies have been the target of class-actions and other litigation alleging, among other things, violations of federal and state law.
 
We are subject to a variety of lawsuits, administrative proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies have been subject to claims by guests, employees and others regarding issues such as food safety, personal injury and premises liability, employment-related claims, harassment, discrimination, disability and other operational issues common to the foodservice industry. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. Similar lawsuits have been instituted against us from time to time, including a 2004 class action lawsuit initiated by servers at a BRIO location in Newport, Kentucky. In this lawsuit, certain of our servers alleged that they were required to remit back to the restaurant a percentage of their tips in violation of Kentucky law. While we settled this lawsuit for an immaterial amount and no other such lawsuits have had a material impact historically , an adverse judgment or settlement that is not insured or is in excess of insurance coverage could have an adverse impact on our profitability and could cause variability in our results compared to expectations. We are self-insured, or carry insurance programs with specific retention levels, for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employer’s liability, health benefits and other insurable risks. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are ultimately determined to be liable, we could also be adversely affected by negative publicity, litigation costs resulting from the defense of these claims and the diversion of time and resources from our operations.
 
Our insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims, and fluctuating insurance requirements and costs could negatively impact our profitability.
 
We believe our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, if they occur, could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the cost of workers’ compensation insurance, general liability insurance and directors and officers’ liability insurance fluctuates based on our historical trends, market conditions and availability. Additionally, health insurance costs in general have risen significantly over the past few years and are expected to continue to increase in 2010. These increases, as well as recently-enacted federal legislation requiring employers to provide specified levels of health insurance to all employees, could have a negative impact on our profitability, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully offset the effect of such increases with plan modifications and cost control measures, additional operating efficiencies or the pass-through of such increased costs to our guests.


20


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.
 
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. On an as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and the use of the offering proceeds, as well as entry into our new senior credit facilities, as of March 28, 2010 we had approximately $      million of total indebtedness. In particular, we expect to have approximately $     and $      of outstanding indebtedness under our new term loan facility and new revolving credit facility, respectively, and $      million of revolving loan availability under our new revolving credit facility. For the year ended December 27, 2009 and the thirteen week period ended March 28, 2010, our principal repayments/(borrowings) on indebtedness (including net repayments/(borrowings) under our existing revolving credit facility) were $9.3 million and $(0.3) million, respectively, and cash interest expenses for such periods were $7.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
 
Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it:
 
  •  requires us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  increases our vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry conditions;
 
  •  limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industries in which we operate;
 
  •  makes us more vulnerable to increases in interest rates, as borrowings under our new senior credit facilities are expected to be at variable rates;
 
  •  limits our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital or other purposes; and
 
  •  places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.
 
Although our new senior credit facilities will contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
 
Our new senior credit facilities to be put in place with the consummation of this offering are expected to require us to maintain certain interest expense coverage ratios and leverage ratios which become more restrictive over time. While we have never defaulted on compliance with any financial covenants under the terms of our indebtedness, our ability to comply with these ratios in the future may be affected by events beyond our control, and an inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our new senior credit facilities. In the event of any default, the lenders under our new senior credit facilities could elect to terminate lending commitments and declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable.
 
See “Description of Indebtedness,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources.”
 
We may be unable to obtain debt or other financing on favorable terms or at all.
 
There are inherent risks in our ability to borrow. Our lenders, including the lenders participating in our new senior credit facilities, may have suffered losses related to their lending and other financial relationships, especially because of the general weakening of the national economy, increased financial instability of many borrowers and the declining value of their assets. As a result, lenders may become insolvent or tighten their lending standards, which could make it more difficult for us to borrow under our new senior credit facilities, refinance our existing indebtedness or to obtain other financing on favorable terms or at all. Our access to funds under our new senior credit facilities is dependent upon the ability of our lenders to meet their funding commitments. Our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected if we were unable to draw funds under our new senior credit facilities because of a lender default or to obtain other cost-effective financing.


21


Table of Contents

Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business can be arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital expenditures (including the opening of new restaurants) and reducing or eliminating other discretionary uses of cash.
 
We may be required to record additional asset impairment charges in the future.
 
In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the impairment of long-lived assets, we review long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of historical cash flows and other relevant factors and circumstances. Negative restaurant-level cash flow over the previous 12-month period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such situations, we evaluate future cash flow projections in conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating plans. Based on this analysis, if we believe that the carrying amount of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment charge is recognized based upon the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by these assets. We recognized asset impairment charges of approximately $6.4 million and $8.5 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to three and five restaurants, respectively.
 
The estimates of fair value used in these analyses requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and operating outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of management’s judgment. If actual results differ from our estimates or assumptions, additional impairment charges may be required in the future. Changes in the economic environment, real estate markets, capital spending, and overall operating performance could impact these estimates and result in future impairment charges. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests will not result in additional charges to earnings.
 
Security breaches of confidential guest information in connection with our electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions may adversely affect our business.
 
The majority of our restaurant sales are by credit or debit cards. Other restaurants and retailers have experienced security breaches in which credit and debit card information of their customers has been stolen. We may in the future become subject to lawsuits or other proceedings for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of our guests’ credit or debit card information. Any such claim or proceeding, or any adverse publicity resulting from these allegations, may have a material adverse effect on us and our restaurants.
 
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.
 
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks and other proprietary intellectual property, including our names and logos and the unique ambiance of our restaurants. We have registered or applied to register a number of our trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our goods and services, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands.
 
If our efforts to register, maintain and protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance. We may also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be adversely affected. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive


22


Table of Contents

and time consuming to defend, require us to rebrand our services, if feasible, divert management’s attention and resources or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.
 
Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products or services, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects.
 
Information technology system failures or breaches of our network security could interrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.
 
We rely on our computer systems and network infrastructure across our operations, including point-of-sale processing at our restaurants. Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems. Any damage or failure of our computer systems or network infrastructure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities. Although we employ both internal resources and external consultants to conduct auditing and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls and encryption and intend to maintain and upgrade our security technology and operational procedures to prevent such damage, breaches or other disruptive problems, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful.
 
A major natural or man-made disaster at our corporate facility could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Most of our corporate systems, processes and corporate support for our restaurant operations are centralized at one Ohio location, with the exception of back-up data tapes that are sent off-site on a weekly basis. We are currently implementing a new disaster recovery plan, including the establishment of a datacenter/co-location facility. If we are unable to fully develop a new disaster recovery plan, we may experience failures or delays in recovery of data, delayed reporting and compliance, inability to perform necessary corporate functions and other breakdowns in normal operating procedures that could have a material adverse effect on our business and create exposure to administrative and other legal claims against us.
 
We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.
 
As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. Following this offering, we will be a publicly traded company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur in the recent past. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as rules implemented by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Nasdaq Global Market, require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a publicly traded company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a publicly traded company.
 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation of this offering, and will likely require in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we


23


Table of Contents

may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. We will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in compliance with Section 404. In addition, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
Federal, state and local tax rules may adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.
 
We are subject to federal, state and local taxes in the U.S. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. In addition, complying with new tax rules, laws or regulations could impact our financial condition, and increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other changes in tax laws, rules or regulations may increase our effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could have a material impact on our financial results.
 
Risks Relating to this Offering
 
The price of our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
 
  •  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;
 
  •  changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or applications of laws and regulations, that are applicable to our business;
 
  •  the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
 
  •  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
 
  •  additions or departures of our senior management personnel;
 
  •  sales of common stock by our directors and executive officers;
 
  •  sales or distributions of common stock by our sponsors;
 
  •  adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;
 
  •  actions by shareholders;
 
  •  the level and quality of research analyst coverage for our common stock, changes in financial estimates or investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or failure to meet such estimates;
 
  •  the financial disclosure we may provide to the public, any changes in such disclosure or our failure to meet such disclosure;
 
  •  various market factors or perceived market factors, including rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our suppliers or our competitors;
 
  •  introductions of new offerings or new pricing policies by us or by our competitors;
 
  •  acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;
 
  •  short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in the shares of our common stock;
 
  •  the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to us; and
 
  •  other events or factors, including changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets (including those resulting from Acts of God, war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events).


24


Table of Contents

 
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.
 
In the past, following periods of market volatility in the price of a company’s securities, security holders have often instituted class action litigation. If the market value of our common stock experiences adverse fluctuations and we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, causing our business to suffer.
 
There is no existing market for our common stock and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active market for our common stock may not develop following the completion of this offering, or if it does develop, may not be maintained. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.
 
Future sales of our common stock, including shares purchased in this offering, in the public market could lower our stock price.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering by our existing shareholders, upon the exercise of outstanding stock options or by persons who acquire shares in this offering may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such sales could also create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding           shares of common stock, of which:
 
  •             shares are shares that we and the selling shareholders are selling in this offering and, unless purchased by affiliates, may be resold in the public market immediately after this offering; and
 
  •             shares will be “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144, of which          shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will become available for resale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
With limited exceptions, as described under the caption “Underwriting,” these lock-up agreements prohibit a shareholder from selling, contracting to sell or otherwise disposing of any common stock or securities that are convertible or exchangeable for common stock or entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus, although the lead underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The lead underwriters have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the lead underwriters would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a result of these lock-up agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be sold until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
As restrictions on resale end, our stock price could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.


25


Table of Contents

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
 
The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Assuming an offering price of $      per share, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $      per share. If outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution. Any future equity issuances will result in even further dilution to holders of our common stock.
 
If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our stock, publish negative research or reports, or do not publish reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more analysts adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock or our competitors’ stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
 
Certain provisions of Ohio law and our articles of incorporation and regulations that will be in effect after this offering may deter takeover attempts, which may limit the opportunity of our shareholders to sell their shares at a favorable price, and may make it more difficult for our shareholders to remove our board of directors and management.
 
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and regulations, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:
 
  •  advance notice requirements for shareholders proposals and nominations;
 
  •  availability of “blank check” preferred stock;
 
  •  establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;
 
  •  the right of the board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or due to the resignation or departure of an existing board member;
 
  •  the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of shareholders to elect director candidates; and
 
  •  limitations on the removal of directors.
 
In addition, because we are incorporated in Ohio, we are governed by the provisions of Section 1704 of the Ohio Revised Code. These provisions may prohibit large shareholders, particularly those owning 10% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our articles of incorporation and regulations and under Ohio law could discourage potential takeover attempts, could reduce the price that investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and could potentially result in the market price being lower than they would without these provisions.
 
Although no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering and although we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock, our articles of incorporation authorize the board of directors to issue up to          shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which will be determined at the time of issuance by our board of directors without further action by the shareholders. These terms may include voting rights, including the right to vote as a series on particular matters, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock and, therefore, could reduce the value of our common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the foregoing anti-takeover provisions may prevent or frustrate attempts by a


26


Table of Contents

third party to acquire control of our company, even if some of our shareholders consider such change of control to be beneficial. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
 
Since we do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock in order to realize a return on their investment.
 
We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. We anticipate that our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by the terms of our new senior credit facilities and might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends in order to receive a return on your investment. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will likely limit an investor’s ability to influence corporate matters.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities controlled by us or these individuals will together beneficially own or control approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, certain shareholders will have substantial influence and control over management and matters that require approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our articles of incorporation and regulations and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. It is possible that the interests of these shareholders may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders, including you.
 
Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles applicable to us.
 
Generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change. In addition, the SEC has announced a multi-year plan that could ultimately lead to the use of International Financial Reporting Standards by U.S. issuers in their SEC filings. Any such change could have a significant effect on our reported financial results.
 
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.
 
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to common shareholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing shareholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our shareholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.


27


Table of Contents

 
Reorganization Transactions
 
The diagram below illustrates our ownership structure prior to the reorganization transactions described below. The ownership percentages presented in the charts below exclude all outstanding options.
 
Structure Prior to IPO Reorganization
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
It is anticipated that our majority shareholder, Bravo Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, will enter into an exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
 
The aggregate number of shares of our new common stock issued by us in exchange for the shares of our Series A preferred stock and our outstanding common stock, or the new common shares, will equal           shares. The number of new common shares will not be affected by the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering, although the allocation of such shares to the holders of our Series A preferred stock and to the holders of our outstanding common stock will be based upon the initial public offering price in this offering. Under the terms of the exchange of our Series A preferred stock, each share of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for           new common shares, which have an aggregate fair value, based upon an initial public offering price of          , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, equal to the liquidation preference for each share of Series A preferred stock. The “liquidation preference,” as defined in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, for each share of Series A preferred stock equals $1,000 plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends that have accrued on such share. The holders of our outstanding common stock will receive      new common shares (based upon an exchange ratio of one to one and after giving effect to a           -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock) equal to the aggregate number of new common shares issued less the new common shares issued to the holders of Series A preferred stock. Based upon an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, holders of our Series A preferred stock will receive an aggregate of approximately           new common shares, representing a beneficial ownership interest of     % of our company. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership of our new common shares held by holders of our Series A preferred stock by          %. Any such increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price,


28


Table of Contents

however, will not affect the number of new common shares outstanding after giving effect to this offering and the reorganization transactions.
 
After determining the allocation of the new common shares as described above, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will (i) exchange one share of our new common stock for each outstanding share of our common stock, (ii) following this exchange, amend and restate our articles of incorporation to give effect to a          -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock and (iii) the shares of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for the new common shares as described above. Following these transactions and immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, Holdings will in turn distribute the new common shares it received as part of the transactions detailed above to its members on a pro rata basis in accordance with such members’ ownership interest in the common units of Holdings. Holdings will then be dissolved. The reorganization transactions will have no effect on our total stockholders’ equity.
 
In this prospectus, we collectively refer to the transactions described above as the “reorganization transactions.” Upon the consummation of this offering and the reorganization transactions, there will be no shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding.
 
As a result of the reorganization transactions and immediately following the consummation of this offering, BRS and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock, Castle Harlan and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders will collectively beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership of our common stock by BRS and its affiliates by     %, Castle Harlan and its affiliates by     % and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders by     %. The diagram below illustrates our ownership structure following the reorganization transactions and the sale of common stock by us and the selling shareholders in this offering.
 
Structure Following IPO Reorganization
 
(FLOW CHART)


29


Table of Contents

 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We have attempted to identify forward-looking statements by terminology including “anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “should” or “will” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors.” The following factors, among others, could cause our actual results and performance to differ materially from the results and performance projected in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements:
 
  •  the success of our existing and new restaurants;
 
  •  our ability to successfully develop and expand our operations;
 
  •  changes in economic conditions, including continuing effects from the recent recession;
 
  •  damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands;
 
  •  economic and other trends and developments, including adverse weather conditions, in those local or regional areas in which our restaurants are concentrated;
 
  •  the impact of economic factors, including the availability of credit, on our landlords and other retail center tenants;
 
  •  changes in availability or cost of our principal food products;
 
  •  increases in our labor costs, including as a result of changes in government regulation;
 
  •  labor shortages or increased labor costs;
 
  •  increasing competition in the restaurant industry in general as well as in the dining segments of the restaurant industry in which we compete;
 
  •  changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety and health concerns;
 
  •  the success of our marketing programs;
 
  •  potential fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to new restaurant openings and other factors;
 
  •  the effect on existing restaurants of opening new restaurants in the same markets;
 
  •  the loss of key members of our management team;
 
  •  strain on our infrastructure and resources caused by our growth;
 
  •  the impact of federal, state or local government regulations relating to building construction and the opening of new restaurants, our existing restaurants, our employees, the sale of alcoholic beverages and the sale or preparation of food;
 
  •  the impact of litigation;
 
  •  our inability to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage;
 
  •  the impact of our substantial indebtedness;
 
  •  future asset impairment charges;
 
  •  security breaches of confidential guest information;
 
  •  inadequate protection of our intellectual property;
 
  •  our ability to raise capital in the future;
 
  •  the failure or breach of our information technology systems;
 
  •  a major natural or man-made disaster at our corporate facility;
 
  •  increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company;
 
  •  the impact of federal, state and local tax rules;


30


Table of Contents

 
  •  concentration of ownership among our existing executives, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions; and
 
  •  other factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable based on our current knowledge of our business and operations, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. We assume no obligation to provide revisions to any forward-looking statements should circumstances change.


31


Table of Contents

 
Use of Proceeds
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $      , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The selling shareholders will receive $      million in proceeds from their sale of          shares of common stock in this offering, or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. See “Reorganization Transactions,” “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Underwriting.”
 
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new senior credit facilities, consisting of a $      million term loan facility and a $      million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with $      million of borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, as follows:
 
  •  To repay all our loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities. The weighted-average interest rate for the year ended December 27, 2009 of our indebtedness under our existing senior credit facilities was 3.47%. Our existing senior credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty, other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will receive more than 5% of the proceeds from this offering (after taking into account underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us) as lenders under our existing senior credit facilities. An affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc. is also a lender under our existing senior credit facilities, although it will receive less than 5% of the proceeds from this offering (after taking into account underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us).
 
  •  To repay all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
 
Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.


32


Table of Contents

 
Dividend Policy
 
We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the operation, development and expansion of our business. Any future determinations relating to our dividend policies will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we anticipate that our ability to declare and pay dividends will be restricted by covenants in our new senior credit facilities.


33


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 28, 2010:
 
  •  on an actual basis; and
 
  •  on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us, (2) the reorganization transactions and (3) the application of the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under our new senior credit facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if the events had occurred on March 28, 2010.
 
You should read this information in conjunction with “Reorganization Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Indebtedness” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
 
    As of March 28, 2010  
(In thousands)   Actual     As Adjusted  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 241     $        
                 
Debt:
               
Existing revolving credit facility(1)
  $ 6,200     $  
Existing term loan facility(2)
    79,613        
13.25% senior subordinated secured notes(3)
    32,384        
New revolving credit facility
           
New term loan facility
           
Other debt
    242        
                 
Total debt
      118,439        
Series A preferred stock(4)
    97,539        
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
    (70,174 )      
                 
Total capitalization(5)
  $ 145,804     $  
                 
 
(1) The existing revolving credit facility is a part of our existing senior credit facilities and provides for borrowings of up to $30.0 million, of which $20.0 million was available as of March 28, 2010 for working capital and general corporate purposes (after giving effect to $3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit at March 28, 2010).
 
(2) We borrowed $82.5 million in term loans under our existing senior credit facilities. Between June 29, 2006 and March 28, 2010, we repaid approximately $2.9 million of our outstanding term loans.
 
(3) Reflects the balance sheet liability of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes calculated in accordance with GAAP. From November 2006 through January 2010, the Company elected to capitalize accrued but unpaid interest on the senior subordinated secured notes as permitted under the related note purchase agreement. Total unpaid interest capitalized into the balance of the senior subordinated secured notes since the issuance of the senior subordinated secured notes amounted to approximately $6.7 million.
 
(4) Reflects the current liquidation preference for our Series A preferred stock, including undeclared preferred dividends of $38.0 million as of March 28, 2010.
 
(5) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets) and total capitalization by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


34


Table of Contents

 
Dilution
 
Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock from the initial public offering price. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share that you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 28, 2010 was approximately $(70.2) million, or $      per share.
 
After giving effect to (i) the sale of           shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (ii) the reorganization transactions and (iii) the deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at March 28, 2010 would have been approximately $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $      per share to existing shareholders and an immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share to new investors. This calculation does not give effect to our use of proceeds from this offering or any borrowings under our new senior credit facilities. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
 
          Per Share  
Assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)
          $             
Actual net tangible book value per share as of March 28, 2010
  $                
Increase per share attributable to new investors
  $            
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
          $    
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
Sales of           shares of common stock by the selling shareholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders to          , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to          , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.
 
If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders will be reduced to           , or     % of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the number of shares of common stock held by new investors will be increased to           , or     % of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the increase per share attributable to new investors would be $      , the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $     , and the dilution per share to new investors would be $     .
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by $      million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share, and the dilution per share to new investors by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described above as of March 28, 2010, after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us and the selling shareholders and the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and by investors participating in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price


35


Table of Contents

of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us.
 
                                         
 
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percentage     Amount     Percentage     per Share  
Existing shareholders
                      %   $                   %   $        
New investors
            %             %        
                                         
Total
            100 %   $         100 %   $  
                                         
 
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The pro forma dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering as shown above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 28, 2010. As of March 28, 2010, without giving effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, there were options outstanding to purchase 257,875 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices of either $5.00 or $10.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $9.92 per share. The tables and calculations above assume that those options have not been exercised. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you would experience further dilution if the exercise price is less than our net tangible book value per share. In addition, if we grant options, warrants, or other convertible securities or rights to purchase our common stock in the future with exercise prices below the initial public offering price, new investors will incur additional dilution upon exercise of such securities or rights.


36


Table of Contents

 
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
 
You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial and operating data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” All of these materials are contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and for the three years in the period ended December 27, 2009 have been derived from consolidated financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 25, 2005, December 31, 2006 and December 30, 2007 and for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the historical financial data for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2010 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the balance sheet data as of March 29, 2009 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 and for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010 are presented on a historical basis.
 
                                                         
 
    Year Ended(1)     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 25,
    December 31,
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $  198,787     $  241,369     $  265,374     $  300,783     $  311,709     $  73,593     $  81,844  
Cost of sales
    59,050       70,632       75,340       84,618       82,609       19,721       21,357  
Labor
    66,565       81,054       89,663       102,323       106,330       26,096       28,096  
Operating
    31,710       36,966       41,567       47,690       48,917       12,505       12,753  
Occupancy
    10,491       14,072       16,054       18,736       19,636       5,061       5,525  
                                                         
Total restaurant operating costs
    167,816       202,724       222,624       253,367       257,492       63,383       67,731  
General and administrative expenses
    13,098       15,401       16,768       15,042       17,123       4,583       4,423  
Restaurant pre-opening costs
    4,072       4,658       5,647       5,434       3,758       1,106       1,205  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,179       9,414       12,309       14,651       16,088       3,816       4,124  
Asset impairment charges
    475       3,266               8,506       6,436                  
Other expenses — net
    428       359       462       229       157       105       (25 )
                                                         
Total costs and expenses
    25,252       33,098       35,186       43,862       43,562       9,610       9,727  
Income from operations
    5,719       5,547       7,564       3,554       10,655       600       4,386  
Net interest expense
    258       5,643       11,853       9,892       7,119       1,895       1,770  
                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    5,461       (96 )     (4,289 )     (6,338 )     3,536       (1,295 )     2,616  
Income tax provision (benefit)(2)
    39       613       (3,503 )     55,061       135       (2 )     100  
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,422     $ (709 )   $ (786 )   $ (61,399 )   $ 3,401     $ (1,293 )   $ 2,516  
Undeclared preferred dividend
          (4,257 )     (8,920 )     (10,175 )     (11,599 )     (2,710 )     (3,089 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 5,422     $ (4,966 )   $ (9,706 )   $ (71,574 )   $ (8,198 )   $ (4,003 )   $ (573 )
                                                         
Per Share Data:(2)(3)
                                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    NM       NM     $ (9.24 )   $ (68.17 )   $ (7.81 )   $ (3.81 )   $ (0.55 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted
    NM       NM       1,050       1,050       1,050       1,050       1,050  


37


Table of Contents

                                                         
 
    Year Ended(1)     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 25,
    December 31,
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
Net cash provided from operating activities
  $ 23,015     $ 23,397     $ 31,291     $ 32,501     $ 33,782     $ 2,948     $ 6,108  
Net cash used for investing activities
  $ (27,976 )   $ (27,077 )   $ (35,536 )   $ (43,088 )   $ (24,957 )   $ (6,399 )   $ (6,410 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ 4,931     $ 3,855     $ 4,156     $ 10,529     $ (9,258 )   $ 3,230     $ 294  
Capital expenditures
  $ 21,477     $ 21,079     $ 28,782     $ 24,578     $ 14,121     $ 2,109     $ 2,332  
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
  $ 13,373     $ 18,407     $ 20,260     $ 27,218     $ 34,790     $ 4,917     $ 8,920  
Adjusted EBITDA margin
    6.7 %     7.6 %     7.6 %     9.0 %     11.2 %     6.7 %     10.9 %
Operating Data:
                                                       
Total restaurants (at end of period)
    49       57       63       75       81       77       83  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    35       44       49       54       61       62       74  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    1.1 %     (0.1 )%     0.6 %     (3.8 )%     (7.4 )%     (8.2 )%     0.2 %
BRAVO!:
                                                       
Restaurants (at end of period)
    30       34       38       44       45       45       46  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    21       28       31       33       36       37       43  
Average sales per comparable restaurant
  $ 4,002     $ 3,919     $ 3,890     $ 3,715     $ 3,457     $ 836     $ 820  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    0.2 %     (0.1 )%     0.9 %     (4.1 )%     (7.1 )%     (8.6 )%     (0.6 )%
BRIO:
                                                       
Restaurants (at end of period)
    19       23       25       31       36       32       37  
Total comparable restaurants (at end of period)
    14       16       18       21       25       25       31  
Average sales per comparable restaurant
  $ 5,320     $ 5,479     $ 5,308     $ 5,401     $ 4,812     $ 1,196     $ 1,215  
Change in comparable restaurant sales
    2.1 %     (0.1 )%     0.2 %     (3.6 )%     (7.8 )%     (7.7 )%     1.0 %
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 654     $ 829     $ 740     $ 682     $ 249     $ 461     $ 241  
Working capital (deficit)
  $ (30,518 )   $ (18,334 )   $ (33,110 )   $ (34,320 )   $ (36,156 )   $ (33,162 )   $ (33,781 )
Total assets
  $ 95,992     $ 180,132     $ 195,048     $ 157,764     $ 160,842     $ 159,055     $ 162,114  
Total debt
  $ 9,607     $ 112,056     $ 114,136     $ 125,950     $ 118,031     $ 129,509     $ 118,439  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
  $ 22,814     $ (13,906 )   $ (14,692 )   $ (76,091 )   $ (72,690 )   $ (77,385 )   $ (70,174 )
 
(1) We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period which ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008, December 30, 2007 and December 25, 2005, each have 52 weeks, while the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 had 53 weeks. Average sales per comparable restaurant have been adjusted to reflect 52 weeks.
 
(2) The Company was structured as a Subchapter S corporation for the year ended December 25, 2005 and was changed to a C corporation effective June 29, 2006 as part of the 2006 recapitalization. As a result, corporate income taxes and per share data for 2005 and 2006 is not meaningful and therefore not shown in the table above. If the Company had been a C corporation during 2005 and the pre-recapitalization period of 2006, the income tax expense would have been $1.9 million and $0.5 million, respectively, higher than the amounts presented in the table above.
 
(3) Does not give effect to the reorganization transactions expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
(4) Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus the sum of asset impairment charges and management fees and expenses. We are presenting Adjusted EBITDA, which is

38


Table of Contents

not required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, because it provides an additional measure to view our operations, when considered with both our GAAP results and the reconciliation to net income (loss) which we believe provides a more complete understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We use Adjusted EBITDA, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess our historical and prospective operating performance and to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because: (i) we believe it is a useful measure for investors to assess the operating performance of our business without the effect of non-cash depreciation and amortization expenses and asset impairment charges; (ii) we believe that investors will find it useful in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness; and (iii) we use Adjusted EBITDA internally as a benchmark to evaluate our operating performance or compare our performance to that of our competitors. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. Companies within our industry exhibit significant variations with respect to capital structures and cost of capital (which affect interest expense and tax rates) and differences in book depreciation of facilities and equipment (which affect relative depreciation expense), including significant differences in the depreciable lives of similar assets among various companies. Our management believes that Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company comparisons within our industry by eliminating some of the foregoing variations.
 
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual items.
 
Our management recognizes that Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical financial measure, including the following:
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, associated with our indebtedness;
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash charges, although the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, nor does Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs.
 
This prospectus also includes information concerning Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to revenues. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement to judge the level of Adjusted EBITDA generated from revenues and we believe its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information to investors.


39


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to net income is provided below.
 
                                                         
    Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 25,
    December 31,
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                      (In thousands)                    
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,422     $ (709 )   $ (786 )   $ (61,399 )   $ 3,401     $ (1,293 )   $ 2,516  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    39       613       (3,503 )     55,061       135       (2 )     100  
Interest expense
    258       5,643       11,853       9,892       7,119       1,895       1,770  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,179       9,414       12,309       14,651       16,088       3,816       4,124  
                                                         
EBITDA
  $ 12,898     $ 14,961     $ 19,873     $ 18,205     $ 26,743     $ 4,416     $ 8,510  
Asset impairment charges
    475       3,266             8,506       6,436              
Management fees and expenses
          180       387       507       1,611       501       410  
                                                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 13,373     $ 18,407     $ 20,260     $ 27,218     $ 34,790     $ 4,917     $ 8,920  
                                                         


40


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that include risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana (“BRAVO!”) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (“BRIO”). We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination that we call “Upscale Affordable.” Each of BRAVO! and BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive, lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant company in America and are focused on providing our guests an excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively.
 
Our Growth Strategies and Outlook
 
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics, proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal. Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary drivers:
 
  •  Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.   We believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets where we believe we can generate attractive unit level economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early stage of its expansion.
 
  •  Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.   We will continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes without relying on discounting programs.
 
  •  Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.   We will continue to aggressively protect our margins using economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure as we continue to open new restaurants.
 
We opened two new restaurants in the first quarter of 2010 and two in the second quarter of 2010, with one additional restaurant to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to six new restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50 new restaurants over the next five years. Based on our current real estate development plans, we believe our combined, expected cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our new senior credit facilities and expected landlord construction contributions should be sufficient to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating activities for the next twelve months. In 2009, our capital expenditure outlays equaled approximately $14.1 million, and we currently estimate 2010 capital expenditure outlays to range between $10 million and $12 million, net of agreed upon landlord construction contributions and excluding approximately $1.4 million to $2.0 million of pre-opening costs for new restaurants that are not capitalized.
 
Performance Indicators
 
We use the following key performance indicators in evaluating the performance of our restaurants:
 
  •  Comparable Restaurants and Comparable Restaurant Sales .  We consider a restaurant to be comparable after it has been opened for the entire previous fiscal year. Changes in comparable restaurant sales reflect changes


41


Table of Contents

  in sales for the comparable group of restaurants over a specified period of time. Changes in comparable sales reflect changes in guest count trends as well as changes in average check.
 
  •  Average Check.   Average check is calculated by dividing revenues by guest counts for a given time period. Average check reflects menu price influences as well as changes in menu mix. Management uses this indicator to analyze trends in guests preferences, effectiveness of menu changes and price increases and per guest expenditures.
 
  •  Average Unit Volume.   Average unit volume consists of the average sales of our restaurants over a certain period of time. This measure is calculated by dividing total restaurant sales within a period by the relevant period. This indicator assists management in measuring changes in guest traffic, pricing and development of our brands.
 
  •  Operating Margin.   Operating margin represents income from operations before interest and taxes as a percentage of our revenues. By monitoring and controlling our operating margins, we can gauge the overall profitability of our company.
 
Key Financial Definitions
 
Revenues.   Revenues primarily consist of food and beverage sales, net of any discounts, such as management meals, employee meals and coupons, associated with each sale. Revenues in a given period are directly influenced by the number of operating weeks in such period and comparable restaurant sales growth.
 
Cost of Sales.   Cost of sales consist primarily of food and beverage related costs. The components of cost of sales are variable in nature, change with sales volume and are subject to increases or decreases based on fluctuations in commodity costs. Our cost of sales depends in part on the success of controls we have in place to manage our food and beverage costs.
 
Labor Costs.   Labor costs include restaurant management salaries, front and back of house hourly wages and restaurant-level manager bonus expense, employee benefits and payroll taxes.
 
Operating Costs.   Operating costs consist primarily of restaurant-related operating expenses, such as supplies, utilities, repairs and maintenance, credit card fees, marketing costs, training, recruiting, travel and general liability insurance costs.
 
Occupancy Costs.   Occupancy costs include rent charges, both fixed and variable, as well as common area maintenance costs, property insurance and taxes, the amortization of tenant allowances and the adjustment to straight-line rent.
 
General and Administrative.   General and administrative costs include costs associated with corporate and administrative functions that support our operations, including management and staff compensation and benefits, travel, legal and professional fees, corporate office rent and other related corporate costs.
 
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.   Restaurant pre-opening expenses consist of costs incurred prior to opening a restaurant, including executive chef and manager salaries, relocation costs, recruiting expenses, employee payroll and related training costs for new employees, including rehearsal of service activities. Pre-opening costs also include an accrual for straight-line rent recorded during the period between date of possession and the restaurant opening date for our leased restaurant locations.
 
Impairment.   We review long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of historical cash flows and other relevant factors and circumstances. Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of assets, changes in our overall business strategy and significant negative industry or economic trends. See “— Significant Accounting Policies— Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” for further detail.
 
Net interest expense.   Net interest expense consists primarily of interest on our outstanding indebtedness, net of payments and mark-to-market adjustments on an interest rate swap agreement that expired in 2009.


42


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table presents the combined consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, and the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010, as well as, for the periods indicated, selected operating data as a percentage of revenues.
 
                                                                                 
 
    Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    December 30,
    % of
    December 28,
    % of
    December 27,
    % of
    March 29,
    % of
    March 28,
    % of
 
    2007     Revenue     2008     Revenue     2009     Revenue     2009     Revenue     2010     Revenue  
    (Dollars in thousands, unless percentage)  
REVENUES
  $ 265,374             $ 300,783             $ 311,709             $ 73,593             $ 81,844          
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
                                                                               
Cost of sales
    75,340       28.4 %     84,618       28.1 %     82,609       26.5 %     19,721       26.8 %     21,357       26.1 %
Labor
    89,663       33.8 %     102,323       34.0 %     106,330       34.1 %     26,096       35.5 %     28,096       34.3 %
Operating
    41,567       15.7 %     47,690       15.9 %     48,917       15.7 %     12,505       17.0 %     12,753       15.6 %
Occupancy
    16,054       6.0 %     18,736       6.2 %     19,636       6.3 %     5,061       6.9 %     5,525       6.8 %
                                                                                 
Total restaurant operating costs
     222,624        83.9 %      253,367        84.2 %      257,492        82.6 %      63,383        86.1 %      67,731        82.8 %
                                                                                 
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                                                                               
General and administrative expenses
    16,768       6.3 %     15,042       5.0 %     17,123       5.5 %     4,583       6.2 %     4,423       5.4 %
Restaurant pre-opening costs
    5,647       2.1 %     5,434       1.8 %     3,758       1.2 %     1,106       1.5 %     1,205       1.5 %
Depreciation and amortization
    12,309       4.6 %     14,651       4.9 %     16,088       5.2 %     3,816       5.2 %     4,124       5.0 %
Asset impairment charges
                8,506       2.8 %     6,436       2.1 %                        
Other (income) expenses — net
    462       0.2 %     229       0.1 %     157       0.1 %     105       0.1 %     (25 )     0.0 %
                                                                                 
Total costs and expenses
    35,186       13.3 %     43,862       14.6 %     43,562       14.0 %     9,610       13.1 %     9,727       11.9 %
                                                                                 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    7,564       2.9 %     3,554       1.2 %     10,655       3.4 %     600       0.8 %     4,386       5.4 %
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
    11,853       4.5 %     9,892       3.3 %     7,119       2.3 %     1,895       2.6 %     1,770       2.2 %
                                                                                 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (4,289 )     (1.6 )%     (6,338 )     (2.1 )%     3,536       1.1 %     (1,295 )     (1.8 )%     2,616       3.2 %
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    (3,503 )     (1.3 )%     55,061       18.3 %     135       0.0 %     (2 )     0.0 %     100       0.1 %
                                                                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (786 )     (0.3 )%   $ (61,399 )     (20.4 )%   $ 3,401       1.1 %   $ (1,293 )     (1.8 )%   $ 2,516       3.1 %
                                                                                 
 
Quarter Ended March 28, 2010 Compared to Quarter Ended March 29, 2009
 
Revenues.   Revenues increased $8.2 million, or 11.2%, to $81.8 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $73.6 million in the first quarter of 2009. The increase of $8.2 million was primarily due to an additional 77 operating weeks provided by two new restaurants opened in 2010 and seven new restaurants opened in 2009. A 0.2% increase in comparable restaurant sales and a $0.70 increase in average check were partially offset by a 3.0% decline in guest counts. At March 28, 2010, our comparable restaurants base consisted of 74 restaurants, compared to 62 at March 29, 2009.
 
Cost of Sales.   Cost of sales increased $1.7 million, or 8.3%, to $21.4 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $19.7 million in the first quarter of 2009. As a percent of revenues, cost of sales declined to 26.1% in the first quarter of 2010, from 26.8% in the first quarter of 2009. The improvement in gross margin was a result of lower commodity costs, improvements in food cost from menu management and operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of the decrease on a percent of revenues basis.


43


Table of Contents

Labor Costs.   Labor costs increased $2.0 million, or 7.7%, to $28.1 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $26.1 million in the same period in 2009. As a percent of revenues, labor costs decreased to 34.3% in the first quarter of 2010, from 35.5% in the first quarter of 2009, primarily as a result of lower management salaries due to a decrease in average management headcount per unit, improved hourly labor efficiency and modestly lower worker’s compensation costs due to better than forecasted claim experience.
 
Operating Costs.   Operating costs increased $0.3 million, or 2.0%, to $12.8 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $12.5 million in the first quarter of 2009. As a percent of revenues, operating costs decreased to 15.6% in the first quarter of 2010, compared to 17.0% in the first quarter of 2009. Lower restaurant supplies and utility costs were the main drivers of the decrease for the quarter.
 
Occupancy Costs.   Occupancy costs increased $0.4 million, or 9.2%, to $5.5 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $5.1 million in the first quarter of 2009. As a percentage of revenues, occupancy costs decreased to 6.8% in the first quarter of 2010, from 6.9% in the first quarter of 2009. The modest change was a result of leverage from positive comparable restaurant sales.
 
General and Administrative.   As a percent of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.4% in the first quarter of 2010, from 6.2% in the first quarter of 2009. The change was primarily attributable to a decrease in professional fees and travel costs.
 
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.   Pre-opening costs increased by $0.1 million, or 9.0%, to $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2009 due to the timing of restaurant openings during the first and second quarters of 2010. Two restaurants were opened during each of the quarters ended March 28, 2010 and March 29, 2009.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   As a percent of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to 5.0% in the first quarter of 2010 from 5.2% in the first quarter of 2009. The change was primarily the result of leverage from positive comparable restaurant sales and was partially attributable to the impact resulting from restaurants considered impaired in 2009.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense decreased $0.1 million, or 6.6%, to $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2010, from $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2009. The decrease was due to lower overall average interest rates during the first quarter of 2010.
 
Income Taxes.   Income tax expense increased $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2010 from $0.0 million in the first quarter of 2009. The increase is due mainly to a modest increase in current taxable income at the state level in the first quarter of 2010 as compared to the first quarter of 2009.
 
Year Ended December 27, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 28, 2008
 
Revenues.   Revenues increased $10.9 million, or 3.6%, to $311.7 million in fiscal 2009, from $300.8 million in fiscal 2008. The increase of $10.9 million was primarily due to an additional 494 operating weeks provided by seven new restaurants opened in 2009. This increase was partially offset by a 7.4% decrease in sales from our comparable restaurants. Lower comparable restaurant sales were due to a 8.3% decline in guest counts, partially offset by a $0.20 increase in average check during fiscal 2009. At December 27, 2009, our comparable restaurants base consisted of 61 restaurants, compared to 54 at December 28, 2008.
 
Cost of Sales.   Cost of sales decreased $2.0 million, or 2.4%, to $82.6 million in fiscal 2009, from $84.6 million in 2008. As a percent of revenues, cost of sales declined to 26.5% in 2009, from 28.1% in 2008. The improvement in gross margin was a result of lower commodity costs, improvements in food cost from menu management and operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of the decrease on a percent of revenues basis.
 
Labor Costs.   Labor costs increased $4.0 million, or 3.9%, to $106.3 million in the year ended December 27, 2009, from $102.3 million in fiscal 2008. As a percent of revenues, labor costs increased slightly to 34.1% in 2009, from 34.0% in 2008. This increase was primarily a result of lower management salaries due to a decrease in average management headcount per unit, more than offset by a loss of sales leverage from lower comparable sales.


44


Table of Contents

Operating Costs.   Operating costs increased $1.2 million, or 2.6%, to $48.9 million in 2009, from $47.7 million in 2008. As a percent of revenues, operating costs decreased to 15.7% in 2009, compared to 15.9% in 2008. Lower restaurant supplies and utility costs were partially offset by higher repair and maintenance expense and advertising costs as well as the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
 
Occupancy Costs.   Occupancy costs increased $0.9 million, or 4.8%, to $19.6 million in fiscal 2009, from $18.7 million in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of revenues, occupancy costs increased to 6.3% in 2009, from 6.2% in 2008. The recognition of deferred lease incentives of $1.2 million associated with the assignment of a lease related to the sale of a restaurant was largely offset by the impact of decreased leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
 
General and Administrative.   As a percent of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.5% in 2009, from 5.0% in 2008. The change was primarily attributable to an increase in management fees paid to our private equity sponsors.
 
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.   Pre-opening costs decreased by $1.6 million, or 30.8%, to $3.8 million in 2009, from $5.4 million in 2008. The decrease in pre-opening costs was due to the impact of opening seven new restaurants in 2009 compared to thirteen new restaurants opened in 2008.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   As a percent of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to 5.2% in 2009 from 4.9% in 2008. The increase was partially offset by the $1.1 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense associated with restaurants considered impaired in 2008.
 
Impairment.   We review long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of assets, changes in our overall business strategy and significant negative industry or economic trends. Based upon our analysis, we incurred a non-cash impairment charge of $6.4 million in 2009 compared to $8.5 million in 2008. The $2.1 million decrease in impairment on property and equipment was related to the impairment of three restaurants in 2009 compared to five restaurants in 2008. This charge was expected to reduce depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2010 by $0.7 million.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense decreased $2.8 million, or 28%, to $7.1 million in 2009, from $9.9 million in 2008. The decrease was due to lower average interest rates during fiscal 2009. We had a three-year interest rate swap agreement which expired during fiscal 2009. Changes in the market value of the interest rate swap are recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. Such adjustments reduced interest expense by $0.8 million in fiscal 2009.
 
Income Taxes.   Income taxes decreased $55.0 million to $0.1 million in 2009, from $55.1 million in 2008. In 2008, we provided a valuation allowance of $59.4 million against the total net deferred tax asset. Net deferred tax assets consists primarily of temporary differences and net operating loss and credit carry-forwards. The valuation allowance was established as management believed that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would not be realized. The tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense.
 
Year Ended December 28, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 30, 2007
 
Revenues.   Revenues increased $35.4 million, or 13.3%, to $300.8 million in 2008 from $265.4 million in 2007. The increase of $35.4 million was primarily due to an additional 509 operating weeks provided by 13 new restaurants opened in 2008. This increase was partially offset by a 3.8% decrease in sales from our comparable restaurants. Lower comparable restaurant sales were due to a 5.2% decline in guest counts, partially offset by a $0.28 increase in average check during fiscal 2008. At December 28, 2008, our comparable restaurants base consisted of 54 restaurants, compared to 49 at December 30, 2007.
 
Cost of Sales.   Cost of sales increased $9.3 million, or 12.3%, to $84.6 million in fiscal 2008, from $75.3 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of revenues, cost of sales declined to 28.1% in 2008 compared to 28.4% in 2007. The


45


Table of Contents

improvement in gross margin was a result of lower commodity costs, improvements in food cost from menu management and operating efficiencies, which accounted for the majority of the decrease on a percent of revenues basis.
 
Labor Costs.   Labor costs increased $12.6 million, or 14.1%, to $102.3 million in 2008, from $89.7 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of revenues, labor costs increased slightly to 34.0% in 2008 from 33.8% in 2007, principally from a slight increase in hourly labor costs and miscellaneous fringe benefits.
 
Operating Costs.   Operating costs increased $6.1 million, or 14.7%, to $47.7 million in fiscal 2008, from $41.6 million in fiscal 2007. As a percent of revenues, operating costs increased to 15.9% in 2008 compared to 15.7% in 2007. Lower restaurant insurance costs were offset by higher utility and advertising costs as well as the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
 
Occupancy Costs.   Occupancy costs increased $2.6 million, or 16.7%, to $18.7 million in the year ended December 28, 2008, from $16.1 million in fiscal 2007. As a percentage of revenues, occupancy costs increased to 6.2% in 2008 from 6.0% in 2007. The change was primarily the result of the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
 
General and Administrative.   As a percent of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.0% in 2008 from 6.3% in 2007. The change was primarily attributable to costs associated with a decrease in labor related costs such as reductions in bonus payments and appreciation rights as well as a decrease in professional fees, training and travel.
 
Restaurant Pre-opening Costs.   Pre-opening costs decreased by $0.2 million, or 3.8%, to $5.4 million in 2008 from $5.6 million in 2007. The decrease in pre-opening costs was due to the timing of openings throughout the respective periods.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   As a percent of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to 4.9% in 2008 from 4.6% in 2007. The change was primarily the result of the decrease in sales leverage from lower comparable restaurant sales.
 
Impairment.   Based upon our analysis, we incurred a non-cash impairment charge of $8.5 million in 2008 compared to $0.0 in 2007. The $8.5 million increase in impairment on property and equipment was related to the impairment of five restaurants in 2008 compared to no restaurants in 2007.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Interest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 16.5%, to $9.9 million in 2008 from $11.9 million in 2007. The decrease was due to lower average interest rates during fiscal 2008. We had a three year interest rate swap agreement in place. Changes in the market value of the interest rate swap are recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. Such adjustments increased interest expenses by $0.1 million in fiscal 2008.
 
Income Taxes.   Income taxes increased $58.6 million to $55.1 million in 2008 from a $3.5 million benefit in 2007. In 2008, we provided a valuation allowance of $59.4 million against total net deferred tax assets. Net deferred tax assets consists primarily of temporary differences and net operating loss and credit carry-forwards. The valuation allowance was established as management believed that it was more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would not be realized. The tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense.
 
Liquidity
 
Our principal sources of cash have been net cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities. As of March 28, 2010, we had approximately $0.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and approximately $20.0 million of availability under our existing senior credit facilities (after giving effect to $3.8 million of outstanding letters of credit at March 28, 2010). Our need for capital resources is driven by our restaurant expansion plans, on-going maintenance of our restaurants and investment in our corporate and information technology infrastructures. Based on our current real estate development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our new senior credit facilities and


46


Table of Contents

expected landlord construction contributions will be sufficient to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating activities for the next twelve months.
 
Consistent with many other restaurant and retail chain store operations, we use operating lease arrangements for the majority of our restaurant locations. We believe that these operating lease arrangements provide appropriate leverage of our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Currently, operating lease obligations are not reflected as indebtedness on our consolidated balance sheet. The use of operating lease arrangements will impact our capacity to borrow money under our new senior credit facilities. However, we expect that restaurant real estate operating leases will be expressly excluded from the restrictions under our new senior credit facilities related to the incurrence of funded indebtedness.
 
Our liquidity may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including a decrease in guest traffic or average check per guest due to changes in economic conditions, as described elsewhere in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors.”
 
Quarter Ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010
 
The following table summarizes the statement of cash flows for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010:
 
                 
 
    Thirteen Weeks Ended,  
    March 29,
    March 28,
 
    2009     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities
  $   2,948     $   6,108  
Cash flows used in investing activities
    (6,399 )     (6,410 )
Cash flows provided by financing activities
    3,230       294  
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (221 )     (8 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    682       249  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 461     $ 241  
                 
 
Operating Activities.   Net cash provided by operating activities was $6.1 million for the first quarter of 2010, compared to $2.9 million for the first quarter of 2009. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in the first quarter of 2010 compared to the same period 2009 was primarily due to an increase in our revenues less total restaurant operating costs of $3.9 million from the prior year, which was partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million in prepaid expenses and notes receivable in the first quarter of 2010.
 
Investing Activities.   Net cash used in investing activities was $6.4 million for both the first quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2009. We used cash primarily to purchase property and equipment related to our restaurant expansion plans. During the first quarter of 2010, we opened two restaurants and had two under construction, while in the first quarter of 2009 we opened two restaurants and had four under construction.
 
Financing Activities.   Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.3 million for the first quarter of 2010, compared to $3.2 million for the first quarter of 2009. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was primarily the result of borrowings, net of payments, of $0.7 million under our existing senior revolving credit facility.
 
As of March 28, 2010, we had no financing transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated entities or related parties. Additionally, we had no financing arrangements involving synthetic leases or trading activities involving commodity contracts.


47


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 27, 2009, Year Ended December 28, 2008 and Year Ended December 30, 2007
 
The following table summarizes the statement of cash flows for the years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007:
 
                         
 
    Fiscal Year  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities
  $ 31,291     $ 32,501     $ 33,782  
Cash flows used in investing activities
      (35,536 )       (43,088 )       (24,957 )
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
    4,156       10,529       (9,258 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (89 )     (58 )     (433 )
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    829       740       682  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 740     $ 682     $ 249  
                         
 
Operating Activities.   Net cash provided by operating activities was $33.8 million in 2009, compared to $32.5 million in 2008 and $31.3 million in 2007. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due to an increase in net income from the prior year, excluding non-cash impairment charges. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the change in net income (loss) excluding non-cash impairment charges and changes in working capital.
 
Investing Activities.   Net cash used in investing activities was $25.0 million in 2009, $43.1 million in 2008 and $35.5 million in 2007. We used cash primarily to purchase property and equipment related to our restaurant expansion plans. The fluctuations in net cash used in investing activities for the periods presented is directly related to the number of new restaurants opened during each period. In fiscal 2009, we opened seven new restaurants and, in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, opened thirteen and six restaurants, respectively.
 
Financing Activities.   Net cash used in financing activities was $9.3 million in 2009, net cash provided by financing activities was $10.5 million in 2008 and $4.2 million in 2007. Net cash used in financing activities in 2009 was primarily the result of payments, net of borrowings, of $8.2 million under our existing senior revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2008 was primarily the result of borrowings, net of payments, of $11.6 million under our existing senior revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was primarily the result of borrowings, net of payments, of $2.2 million under our existing senior revolving credit facility.
 
Capital Resources
 
Future Capital Requirements.   Our capital requirements are primarily dependent upon the pace of our real estate development program and resulting new restaurants. Our real estate development program is dependent upon many factors, including economic conditions, real estate markets, site locations and nature of lease agreements. Our capital expenditure outlays are also dependent on costs for maintenance and capacity addition in our existing restaurants as well as information technology and other general corporate capital expenditures.
 
We anticipate that each new BRAVO! restaurant will, on average, require a total cash investment of $1.5 million to $2.0 million (net of estimated tenant incentives). We expect that each new BRIO restaurant will require an estimated cash investment of $2.0 million to $2.5 million (net of estimated tenant incentives). We expect to spend approximately $350,000 to $400,000 per restaurant for cash pre-opening costs. The projected cash investment per restaurant is based on historical averages.
 
We currently estimate 2010 capital expenditure outlays to range between $10.0 million and $12.0 million, net of agreed upon landlord construction contributions and excluding approximately $1.4 million to $2.0 million of pre-opening costs for new restaurants that are not capitalized. These capital expenditure projections are primarily


48


Table of Contents

related to $8.0 million for the opening of new restaurants and $3.0 million for capacity addition expenditures and improvements to our existing restaurants and general corporate capital expenditures. Based on our current real estate development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our new senior credit facilities and expected landlord construction contributions will be sufficient to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating activities in fiscal 2010.
 
We currently estimate 2011 capital expenditure outlays to range between $16.0 million and $17.5 million, net of agreed upon landlord construction contributions and excluding approximately $2.1 million to $2.7 million of pre-opening costs for new restaurants that are not capitalized. These capital expenditure projections are primarily related to $12.5 million for the opening of new restaurants and $4.0 million for capacity addition expenditures and improvements to our existing restaurants and general corporate capital expenditures. Based on our current real estate development plans, we believe our combined expected cash flows from operations, available borrowings under our new senior credit facilities and expected landlord construction contributions will be sufficient to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating activities in fiscal 2011.
 
Current Resources.   Our operations have not required significant working capital and, like many restaurant companies, we have been able to operate with negative working capital. Restaurant sales are primarily paid for in cash or by credit card, and restaurant operations do not require significant inventories or receivables. In addition, we receive trade credit for the purchase of food, beverage and supplies, therefore reducing the need for incremental working capital to support growth. We had net working capital of $(33.8) million at March 28, 2010, compared to net working capital of $(36.2) million at December 27, 2009.
 
In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into new senior credit facilities. We expect that the new senior credit facilities will provide for (i) a $      million term loan facility, maturing in          , and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may borrow up to $      million (including a sublimit cap of up to $      million for letters of credit and up to $      million for swing-line loans), maturing in          . We expect that our new senior credit facilities will contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and require us to meet certain financial ratios. We anticipate that the new senior credit facilities will be secured by substantially all of our assets. “See Risk Factors — Our substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our business” and “Description of Indebtedness.”
 
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we entered into our existing $112.5 million senior credit facilities with a syndicate of lenders. The existing senior credit facilities provide for (i) an $82.5 million term loan facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may borrow up to $30.0 million (including a sublimit cap of up to $7.0 million for letters of credit and up to $5.0 million for swing-line loans). Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum based on the prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by certain financial ratios. In addition to the interest on our borrowings, we must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The weighted-average interest rate on the borrowings at March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009 was 3.31% and 3.47%, respectively.
 
Our existing senior credit facilities require us to maintain certain financial ratios, including a consolidated total leverage ratio, a consolidated senior leverage ratio, consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio and consolidated capital expenditures limitations (each as defined under our existing senior credit facilities). We have maintained compliance with our financial covenants for each reporting period since we entered into our existing senior credit facilities.
 
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we also issued $27.5 million of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes. Interest is payable monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%, with the principal due on December 29, 2012. Pursuant to the note purchase agreement, we were entitled to elect monthly during the first year to accrue interest at the rate of 14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing in the second year of the note purchase agreement through the maturity date, we have the option to accrue interest at an annual rate of 13.25%, consisting of cash interest equal to 9% and paid-in-kind interest of 4.25%. Interest accrued but unpaid during the term of the notes is capitalized into the principal balance.


49


Table of Contents

We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities. Our existing senior credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. We also expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
 
On an as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, as of March 28, 2010, we had $      million of revolving loan availability under our new senior credit facilities (after giving effect to $      million of outstanding letters of credit) based upon an assumed public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the revolving loan availability under our new senior credit facilities (after giving effect to $      million of outstanding letters of credit) by     %.
 
As of March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009, we also had approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of mortgage notes outstanding, which were secured by mortgages on individual real estate assets. The weighted average interest rate on the mortgage notes was 4.52% for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2010 and 4.61% for the year ended December 27, 2009. The indebtedness underlying the mortgage notes was paid in full in May 2010.
 
In August 2006, we entered into a three-year interest swap agreement fixing the interest rate on $27.0 million principal amount of our term loan. Under this swap agreement, we settled with our counterparty quarterly for the difference between 5.24% and the 90-day LIBOR then in effect. This swap agreement terminated in August 2009. We had no derivative instruments outstanding as of December 27, 2009 or March 28, 2010.
 
As of March 28, 2010, we had no financing transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated entities or related parties. Additionally, we had no financing arrangements involving synthetic leases or trading activities involving commodity contracts.
 
As part of our on-going business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to as structured finance or variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 28, 2010, we are not involved in any VIE transactions and do not otherwise have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
In the longer term, we will explore other options to raise capital, including but not limited to, renegotiating our senior credit facilities, public or private equity or other debt financing. We cannot assure you that such capital will be available on favorable terms, if at all.
 
We currently have separate management agreements with our private equity sponsors, Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc. and Castle Harlan, Inc. We expect that the management agreements will be terminated as of the closing of this offering in exchange for a payment estimated to be $525,000 for each sponsor. This amount is subject to adjustment based on the level of EBITDA, as defined in each management agreement, for the twelve months preceding the closing of this offering.
 
Significant Accounting Policies
 
Pre-opening Costs.   Restaurant pre-opening costs consist primarily of wages and salaries, recruiting, training, travel and lodging and meals. Pre-opening costs includes an accrual for straight-line rent recorded during the period between date of possession and the restaurant opening date for the Company’s leased restaurant locations. We expense such costs as incurred.


50


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment.   Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Equipment consists primarily of restaurant equipment, furniture, fixtures and small wares. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term, including option periods, which are reasonably assured of renewal or the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives of assets are as follows: buildings — 15 to 39 years; leasehold improvements — 10 to 20 years; and equipment and fixtures — 3 to 10 years.
 
Leases.   We record the minimum lease payments for our operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal. The lease term commences on the date that the lessee obtains control of the property, which is normally when the property is ready for tenant improvements. Contingent rent expense is recognized as incurred and is usually based on either a percentage of restaurant sales or as a percentage of restaurant sales in excess of a defined amount.
 
Leasehold improvements financed by the landlord through tenant improvement allowances are capitalized as leasehold improvements with the tenant improvement allowances recorded as deferred lease incentives. Deferred lease incentives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the life of the asset or the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal (same term that is used for related leasehold improvements) and are recorded as a reduction of occupancy expense.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.   We review long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of historical cash flows and other relevant factors and circumstances. Negative restaurant-level cash flow over the previous 12-month period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such situations, we evaluate future cash flow projections in conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating plans. Based on this analysis, if we believe that the carrying amount of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment charge is recognized based upon the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by these assets.
 
We recognized asset impairment charges of approximately $6.4 million and $8.5 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment for the impacted sites. No impairment charge was recorded in fiscal 2007.
 
Our impairment assessment process requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and operating outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of management’s judgment. We continue to assess the performance of restaurants and monitor the need for future impairment. Changes in the economic environment, real estate markets, capital spending and overall operating performance could impact these estimates and result in future impairment charges. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests will not result in additional charges to earnings.
 
Self-Insurance Reserves.   We maintain various policies, including workers’ compensation and general liability. As outlined in these policies, we are responsible for losses up to certain limits. We record a liability for the estimated exposure for aggregate losses below those limits. This liability is based on estimates of the ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions, including actuarial assumptions, historical trends and economic conditions.
 
Income Taxes.   Income tax provisions consist of federal and state taxes currently due, plus deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts considered by management to be more likely than not of realization in future periods. Future taxable income, adjustments in temporary difference, available carry back periods and changes in tax laws could affect these estimates.


51


Table of Contents

We recognize a tax position in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities that have full knowledge of all relevant information.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.   Subsequent to our 2006 recapitalization, we adopted the 2006 Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”). Under the 2006 Plan, we are authorized to issue up to, without giving effect to the          -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, 262,500 shares of our common stock. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant and vest ratably over a four year period.
 
The options, to the extent vested, become exercisable based upon our private equity sponsors achieving certain performance targets. As the likelihood of achieving these performance targets is not probable, no compensation expense has been reflected in our financial statements subsequent to the adoption of the 2006 Plan.
 
In the event we undergo a public offering in which we and any participating selling shareholders receive aggregate net proceeds of at least $50.0 million or the majority of our stock or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings, the options held by current employees are subject to accelerated vesting in the discretion of our board of directors upon the achievement of certain net proceeds and internal rate of return thresholds.
 
Additionally, to the extent the sponsors sell their securities in connection with an approved sale or public offering, any vested options only become exercisable in the amounts set forth below in the event that (i) net proceeds equal or are in excess of the multiple (set forth in the table below) of the sponsors’ initial investment and (ii) the sponsors achieve an internal rate of return equal to or in excess of the target set forth in the table below (unless the board of directors exercises its discretion under the 2006 Plan to permit further exercisability upon such an event):
 
                 
Percentage of Option Exercisable
  Net Proceeds Multiple   IRR Target
 
25%
    2       10 %
50%
    2       20 %
75%
    2       30 %
100%
    3       40 %
 
For purposes of determining the exercisable portion of an option, “net proceeds” generally means the amount received by the sponsors less their selling or transaction expenses and includes the majority of the fees they receive pursuant to the management agreement between each sponsor and us. “Internal rate of return” means the rate of return the sponsors receive on their investment in our company from such net proceeds as a result of a public offering or approved sale and the net proceeds therefrom.
 
The board of directors has determined, in its discretion, that in the event the public offering price of this offering results in the achievement of an “internal rate of return” to our private equity sponsors of at least 30% upon the consummation of this offering, (i) each outstanding option award shall be deemed to have vested in a percentage equal to the greater of 75% or the percentage of the option award already vested as of that date, (ii) each outstanding option award shall be deemed 75% exercisable; and (iii) for each additional percentage point of “internal rate of return” achieved by our private equity sponsors above 30%, an additional 2.5% of each outstanding option award shall be deemed vested and exercisable, up to an aggregate of the stated number of shares of common stock subject to the option award upon achievement of an “internal rate of return” by our private equity sponsors of 40%.


52


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies
 
The following table summarizes contractual obligations at December 27, 2009 on an actual basis.
 
                                         
 
    Payments Due by Year  
Contractual Obligations
  Total     2010     2011-2012     2013-2014     After 2014  
                (In thousands)        
 
Existing senior secured term loan(1)
  $ 79,818     $ 825     $ 78,993     $     $  
Existing senior secured revolving credit facility(1)
    5,550             5,550              
13.25% Senior subordinated secured notes(1)
    32,270             32,270              
Mortgage notes(2)
    393       214       179              
                                         
Total debt
    118,031       1,039       116,992              
                                         
Interest(3)
    504       504                    
Operating leases
    268,142       18,398       38,121       38,992       172,631  
Standby letters of credit(4)
    3,650       3,650                    
Construction purchase obligations
    944       944                    
                                         
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 391,271     $ 24,535     $ 155,113     $ 38,992     $ 172,631  
                                         
 
(1) In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new senior credit facilities, consisting of a $           million term loan facility and a $           million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with $           million of borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all our loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities, and any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees, and all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest. See “Description of Indebtedness.”
 
(2) The indebtedness underlying the mortgage notes was paid in full in May 2010.
 
(3) The interest obligation was calculated using the average interest rate at December 27, 2009 of 3.47% for our existing senior secured credit facilities, the stated interest rate for the 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes and the average interest rate at December 27, 2009 of 4.61% for the mortgage notes.
 
(4) In connection with this offering, we intend to replace our existing standby letters of credit with standby letters of credit under our new senior credit facilities.
 
Inflation
 
Our profitability is dependent, among other things, on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key operating resources, including food and other raw materials, labor, energy and other supplies and services. Substantial increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along to our restaurant guests. The impact of inflation on food, labor, energy and occupancy costs can significantly affect the profitability of our restaurant operations.
 
Many of our restaurant staff members are paid hourly rates related to the federal minimum wage. In fiscal 2007, Congress enacted an increase in the federal minimum wage implemented in two phases, beginning in fiscal 2007 and concluding in fiscal 2008. In addition, numerous state and local governments increased the minimum wage within their jurisdictions, with further state minimum wage increases going into effect in fiscal 2009. Certain operating costs, such as taxes, insurance and other outside services continue to increase with the general level of inflation or higher and may also be subject to other cost and supply fluctuations outside of our control.


53


Table of Contents

While we have been able to partially offset inflation and other changes in the costs of key operating resources by gradually increasing prices for our menu items, coupled with more efficient purchasing practices, productivity improvements and greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. From time to time, competitive conditions could limit our menu pricing flexibility. In addition, macroeconomic conditions could make additional menu price increases imprudent. There can be no assurance that all future cost increases can be offset by increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be fully absorbed by our restaurant guests without any resulting changes in their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns. Substantially all of the leases for our restaurants provide for contingent rent obligations based on a percentage of revenues. As a result, rent expense will absorb a proportionate share of any menu price increases in our restaurants. There can be no assurance that we will continue to generate increases in comparable restaurant sales in amounts sufficient to offset inflationary or other cost pressures.
 
Segment Reporting
 
We operate upscale affordable dining restaurants under two brands that have similar economic characteristics, nature of products and services, class of customer and distribution methods. Therefore, we report our results of operations as one reporting segment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) updated Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation , with amendments to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities (formerly FASB Statement No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) ). These amendments require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest(s) give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. This guidance was effective for the annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. We adopted this guidance and it had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
The FASB also updated ASC Topic 855 , Subsequent Events , to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued (formerly FASB Statement No. 165, Subsequent Events ). This guidance was effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Our management has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through July 1, 2010, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There were no subsequent events noted as of the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long term indebtedness. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to the loans outstanding under our new senior credit facilities, which we anticipate will be payable at variable rates. Assuming entry into our new senior credit facilities and the incurrence of approximately $      million of borrowings thereunder, each eighth point change in interest rates on the variable rate portion of indebtedness under our new senior credit facilities would result in a $      million annual change in our interest expense.


54


Table of Contents

Commodity Price Risk
 
We are exposed to market price fluctuation in beef, seafood, produce and other food product prices. Given the historical volatility of beef, seafood, produce and other food product prices, these fluctuations can materially impact our food and beverage costs. While we have taken steps to qualify multiple suppliers and enter into agreements for some of the commodities used in our restaurant operations, there can be no assurance that future supplies and costs for such commodities will not fluctuate due to weather and other market conditions outside of our control. We are currently unable to contract for some of our commodities such as fresh seafood and certain produce for periods longer than one week. Consequently, such commodities can be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations. Dairy costs can also fluctuate due to government regulation. Because we typically set our menu prices in advance of our food product prices, we cannot immediately take into account changing costs of food items. To the extent that we are unable to pass the increased costs on to our guests through price increases, our results of operations would be adversely affected. We do not use financial instruments to hedge our risk to market price fluctuations in beef, seafood, produce and other food product prices at this time.


55


Table of Contents

 
Business
 
Our Business
 
We are the owner and operator of two fast growing and leading Italian restaurant brands, BRAVO! Cucina Italiana (“BRAVO!”) and BRIO Tuscan Grille (“BRIO”). We have positioned our brands as multifaceted culinary destinations that deliver the ambiance, design elements and food quality reminiscent of fine dining restaurants at a value typically offered by casual dining establishments, a combination that we call “Upscale Affordable.” Each of BRAVO! and BRIO provides its guests with affordable, high-quality cuisine prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking methods, combined with attentive service in an attractive, lively atmosphere. We strive to be the best Italian restaurant company in America and are focused on providing our guests an excellent dining experience through consistency of execution. We believe that both of our brands appeal to a broad base of consumers, especially to women whom we believe currently account for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively.
 
While our brands share certain corporate support functions to maximize efficiencies across our company, each brand maintains its own identity, therefore allowing both brands to be located in common markets. We have demonstrated our growth and the viability of our brands in a wide variety of markets across the U.S., growing from 49 restaurants in 19 states at the end of 2005 to 83 restaurants in 27 states as of March 28, 2010. From 2005 to 2009, our revenues increased from $198.8 million to $311.7 million, and our Adjusted EBITDA increased from $13.4 million to $34.8 million, representing compound annual growth rates (CAGR) of 11.9% and 27.0%, respectively. During this period, our Adjusted EBITDA margins have increased from 6.7% to 11.2%. See Note 4 to “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and to Adjusted EBITDA.
 
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana
 
BRAVO! Cucina Italiana is a full-service, Upscale Affordable Italian restaurant offering a broad menu of freshly-prepared classic Italian food served in a lively, high-energy environment with attentive service. The subtitle “Cucina Italiana,” meaning “Italian Kitchen,” is appropriate since all cooking is done in full view of our guests, creating the energy of live theater. As of March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 46 BRAVO! restaurants in 19 states.
 
BRAVO! offers a wide variety of pasta dishes, steaks, chicken, seafood and pizzas, emphasizing fresh, made-to-order, high-quality food that delivers an excellent value to guests. BRAVO! also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine list, carry-out and catering. We believe that our high-quality offerings and generous portions, combined with our ambiance and friendly, attentive service, offer our guests an attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRAVO! during the first quarter of 2010 was $19.37 per guest.
 
The breadth of menu offerings at BRAVO! helps generate significant guest traffic at both lunch and dinner. Lunch entrées range in price from $8 to $18, while appetizers, pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $14. During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for BRAVO! was $14.81 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price from $12 to $29 and include a broad selection of fresh pastas, steaks, chicken and seafood. Dinner appetizers, pizzas, flatbreads and entrée salads range from $6 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRAVO! was $22.19 per guest. At BRAVO!, lunch and dinner represented 29.2% and 70.8% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual sales per comparable BRAVO! restaurant were $3.5 million in 2009.
 
BRAVO!’s architectural design incorporates interior features such as arched colonnades, broken columns, hand-crafted Italian reliefs, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. We locate our BRAVO! restaurants in high-activity areas such as retail and lifestyle centers that are situated near commercial office space and high-density residential housing.
 
BRIO Tuscan Grille
 
BRIO Tuscan Grille is an Upscale Affordable Italian chophouse restaurant serving freshly-prepared, authentic northern Italian food in a Tuscan Villa atmosphere. BRIO means “lively” or “full of life” in Italian and draws its


56


Table of Contents

inspiration from the cherished Tuscan philosophy of “to eat well is to live well.” As of March 28, 2010, we owned and operated 37 BRIO restaurants in 17 states.
 
The cuisine at BRIO is prepared using fresh, high-quality ingredients, with an emphasis on steaks, chops, fresh seafood and made-to-order pastas. BRIO also offers creative seasonal specials, an extensive wine list, carry-out and banquet facilities at select locations. We believe that our passion for excellence in service and culinary expertise, along with our generous portions, contemporary dining elements and ambiance, offers our guests an attractive price-value proposition. The average check for BRIO during the first quarter of 2010 was $25.12 per guest.
 
BRIO offers lunch entrées that range in price from $10 to $18 and appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads and entrée salads ranging from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average lunch check for BRIO was $17.90 per guest. Dinner entrées range in price from $14 to $30, while appetizers, sandwiches, flatbreads, bruschettas and entrée salads range from $8 to $15. During the first quarter of 2010, the average dinner check for BRIO was $30.52 per guest. At BRIO, lunch and dinner represented 30.5% and 69.5% of revenues, respectively. Our average annual revenues per comparable BRIO restaurant were $4.8 million in 2009.
 
The design and architectural elements of BRIO restaurants are important to the guest experience. The goal is to bring the pleasures of the Tuscan country villa to our restaurant guests. The warm, inviting ambiance of BRIO incorporates interior features such as antique hardwood Cypress flooring, arched colonnades, hand-crafted Italian mosaics, hand-crafted walls covered in an antique Venetian plaster, Arabescato marble and sizable wrought-iron chandeliers. BRIO is typically located in high-traffic, high-visibility locations in affluent suburban and urban markets.
 
We also operate one Upscale Affordable American-French bistro restaurant in Columbus, Ohio under the brand “Bon Vie.” Our Bon Vie restaurant is included in the BRIO operating and financial data set forth in this prospectus.
 
Our Business Strengths
 
Our mission statement is to be the best Italian restaurant company in America by delivering the highest quality food and service to each guest...at each meal...each and every day . The following strengths help us achieve these objectives:
 
Two Differentiated yet Complementary Brands.   We have developed two premier Upscale Affordable Italian restaurant brands that are highly complementary and can be located in common markets. Both BRAVO! and BRIO have their own Corporate Executive Chef who develops recipes and menu items with differentiated flavor profiles and price points. Each brand features unique design elements and atmospheres that attract a diverse guest base as well as common guests who visit both BRAVO! and BRIO for different dining experiences. The differentiated qualities of our brands allow us to operate in significantly more locations than would be possible with one brand, including high-density residential areas, shopping malls, lifestyle centers and other high-traffic locations. Based on demographics, co-tenants and net investment requirements, we can choose between our two brands to determine which is optimal for a location and thereby generate highly attractive returns on our investment.
 
Our brands are designed to have broad guest appeal at two different price points. We focus on choosing the right brand for a specific site based on population density and demographics. Management targets markets with $65,000 minimum annual household income and a population density of 125,000 residents within a particular trade area for BRAVO! and $70,000 minimum annual household income and a population density of 150,000 residents within a particular trade area for BRIO. We have a business model that maintains quality and consistency on a national basis while also having the flexibility to cater to the specific characteristics of a particular market. We have a proven track record of successfully opening new restaurants in a number of diverse real estate locations, including both freestanding and in-line with other national retailers. In addition, we believe the flexibility of our restaurant design is a competitive advantage that allows us to open new restaurants in attractive markets without being limited to a standard prototype.
 
Our brands maintain several common qualities, including certain design elements such as chandeliers and marble and granite counter tops, that help reduce building and construction costs and create consistency for our guests.


57


Table of Contents

We share best practices in service, preparation and food quality across both brands. In addition, we share services such as real estate development, purchasing, human resources, marketing and advertising, information technology, finance and accounting, allowing us to maximize efficiencies across our company as we continue our growth.
 
Broad Appeal with Attractive Guest Base.   We provide an upscale, yet inviting, atmosphere attracting guests from a variety of age groups and economic backgrounds. We believe our brands offer the highest quality food, service and ambiance when compared to other national competitors in the multi-location Italian restaurant category. We provide our guests an Upscale Affordable dining experience at both lunch and dinner, which attracts guests from both the casual dining and fine dining segments. We locate our restaurants in high-traffic suburban and urban locations to attract primarily local patrons with limited reliance on business travelers. Our blend of location, menu offerings and ambiance is designed to appeal to women, a key decision-maker when deciding where to dine and shop. We believe that women currently account for approximately 62% and 65% of our guest traffic at BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively. This positioning helps make our restaurants attractive for developers and landlords. We have also cultivated a loyal guest base, with a majority of our guests dining with us at least once a month.
 
Superior Dining Experience and Value.   The strength of our value proposition lies in our ability to provide high-quality, freshly-prepared Italian cuisine in a lively restaurant atmosphere with highly attentive guest service at an attractive price point. We believe that the dining experiences we offer, coupled with an attractive price-value relationship, helps us create long-term, loyal and highly satisfied guests.
 
  •  The Food.   We offer made-to-order menu items prepared using traditional Italian culinary techniques with an emphasis on fresh ingredients and authentic recipes. Our food menu is complemented by a wine list that offers both familiar varieties as well as wines exclusive to our restaurants. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and focused execution reflects our chef-driven culture. Each brand’s menu has its own distinctive flavor profile, with BRAVO! favoring the more classic Italian cuisine that includes a variety of pasta dishes and pizzas and BRIO favoring a broader selection of premium steaks, chops, seafood, flatbreads, bruschettas and pastas. All of our new menu items are developed by our Corporate Executive Chefs through a six month ideation process designed to meet our high standards of quality and exceed our guests’ expectations.
 
  •  The Service.   We are committed to delivering superior service to each guest, at each meal, each and every day. We place significant emphasis on maintaining high waitstaff-to-table ratios, thoroughly training all service personnel on the details of each menu item and staffing each restaurant with experienced management teams to ensure consistent and attentive guest service. An attention to detail, culinary expertise and focused execution underscores our chef-driven culture. Only trained, experienced chefs and culinary staff are hired and allowed to operate in the kitchen. Best-in-class service standards are designed to ensure satisfied guests and attract both new and repeat guest traffic.
 
  •  The Experience.   Lively, high-energy environments blending dramatic design elements with a warm and inviting atmosphere create a memorable guest experience. Signature architectural and décor elements include the lively theatre of exhibition kitchens, high ceilings, white tablecloths, a centerpiece bar and relaxing patio areas. In addition, the majority of our restaurants include attractive outdoor patios with full bar and dining areas at the front of our restaurants that create an exciting and inviting atmosphere for our guests. These elements, along with our superior service and value, help form a bond between our guests and our restaurants, encouraging guest loyalty and more frequent visits.
 
Nationally Recognized Restaurant Anchor.   Our differentiated brands, the attractive demographics of our guests and the high number of weekly guest visits to our restaurants have positioned us as a preferred tenant and the multi-location Italian restaurant company of choice for national and regional real estate developers. Landlords and developers seek out our concepts to be restaurant anchors for their developments as they are highly complementary to national retailers such as Apple, Williams Sonoma and J. Crew, having attracted on average between 3,000-5,000 guests per restaurant each week in 2009. As a result of the importance of our brands to the retail centers in which we are located, we are often able to negotiate the prime location within a center and favorable real estate terms, which helps to drive strong returns on capital for our shareholders.
 
Compelling Unit Economics.   We have successfully opened and operated both of our brands in multiple geographic regions and achieved attractive rates of return on our invested capital, providing a strong foundation for expansion in both new and existing markets. Our ability to grow rapidly and efficiently in all market conditions is evidenced


58


Table of Contents

through our strong track record of new restaurant openings, including our 2009 openings which generated one of the best year-one returns on investment in our history. Under our current investment model, BRAVO! restaurant openings require a net cash investment of approximately $1.8 million and BRIO restaurant openings require a net cash investment of approximately $2.2 million. We target a cash-on-cash return beginning in the third operating year for both of our restaurants of between 30% and 40%.
 
Management Team with Proven Track Record.   We have assembled a tested and proven management team with significant experience operating public companies. Our management team is led by our CEO and President, Saed Mohseni, former CEO of McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc., who joined the company in February 2007. Since Mr. Mohseni’s arrival, we have continued to open new restaurants despite the economic recession. These new restaurant openings have been a key driver of our growth in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, which have increased 29.1% and 89.0%, respectively, between the years ended 2006 and 2009. In addition to new restaurant growth, we have also implemented a number of revenue and margin enhancing initiatives such as our wine by the glass offerings, wine flights, dessert trays and a new bar menu. These programs were strategically implemented to improve our guest experience and maintain our brand image, as opposed to the discounting programs initiated by many of our competitors. In addition, we have improved our labor efficiencies and food cost management, which helped to drive our margin increases and improved our restaurant-level profitability. These changes resulted in an increase in our restaurant-level operating margin from 16.0% in 2006 to 17.4% in 2009, a 140 basis point improvement. Restaurant-level operating margin represents our revenues less total restaurant operating costs, as a percentage of our revenues.
 
Our Growth Strategies
 
We believe our restaurants have significant growth potential due to our Upscale Affordable positioning, strong unit economics, proven track record of financial results and broad guest appeal. Our growth model is comprised of the following three primary drivers:
 
Pursue Disciplined Restaurant Growth.   We believe that there are significant opportunities to grow our brands on a nationwide basis in both existing and new markets where we believe we can generate attractive unit level economics. We are pursuing a disciplined growth strategy for both of our brands. We believe that each brand is at an early stage of its expansion.
 
We have built a scalable infrastructure and have successfully grown our restaurant base through a challenging market environment. Despite difficult economic conditions, we opened seven new restaurants in 2009. We continue to grow in 2010, having opened two new restaurants in each of the first and second quarters of 2010, with one additional restaurant planned to be opened later this year. We plan to open five to six new restaurants in 2011 and aim to open between 45 and 50 new restaurants over the next five years.
 
Grow Existing Restaurant Sales.   We will continue to pursue targeted local marketing efforts and evaluate operational initiatives designed to increase unit volumes without relying on the margin-eroding discounting programs adopted by many of our competitors.
 
Initiatives at BRAVO! include increasing online ordering, which generates a higher average per person check compared to our current carry-out business, expanding local restaurant marketing and promoting our patio business. Other initiatives include promoting our bar program through martini night and happy hour programs and expanding our feature cards to include appetizers and desserts.
 
At BRIO, we are promoting our bar programs, implementing wine flights and dessert trays introducing a new bar menu and expanding the selection of wines by the glass. In addition, we believe there is an opportunity to expand our banquet and special events catering business. Our banquet and special events catering business typically generates a higher average per person check than our dining rooms and, as a result of reduced labor costs relative to revenue, allows us to achieve higher margins on those revenues.
 
We believe our existing restaurants will benefit from increasing brand awareness as we continue to enter new markets. In addition, we may selectively remodel existing units to include additional seating capacity to increase revenue.


59


Table of Contents

Maintain Margins Throughout Our Growth.   We will continue to aggressively protect our margins using economies of scale, including marketing and purchasing synergies between our brands and leveraging our corporate infrastructure as we continue to open new restaurants. Additional margin enhancement opportunities include increasing labor efficiency through the use of scheduling tools, menu engineering and other operating cost reduction programs.
 
Real Estate
 
As of June 27, 2010, we leased 81 and owned four restaurant sites, of which 75 are located adjacent to or in lifestyle centers and/or shopping malls and ten are free-standing units strategically positioned in high-traffic areas. On average, our restaurants range in size from 6,000 to 9,000 square feet. Since the end of 2005, we have opened 40 new locations and converted, relocated or closed 4 locations. We consider our ability to locate and secure attractive real estate locations for new restaurants a key differentiator and long-term success factor. The majority of our leases provide for minimum annual rentals and contain percentage-of-sales rent provisions against which the minimum rent is applied. A significant percentage of our leases also provide for periodic escalation of minimum annual rent based upon increases in the Consumer Price Index. Typically, our leases are ten or 15 years in length with two, five-year extension options.
 
Site Selection Process
 
Part of our growth strategy is to develop a nationwide system of restaurants. We have developed a disciplined site acquisition and qualification process incorporating management’s experience as well as extensive data collection, analysis and interpretation. We are actively developing BRAVO! and BRIO restaurants in both new and existing markets, and we will continue to expand in major metropolitan areas throughout the U.S. Management closely analyzes traffic patterns, demographic characteristics, population density, level of affluence and consumer attitudes or preferences. In addition, management carefully evaluates the current or expected co-retail and restaurant tenants in order to accurately assess the attractiveness of the identified area.
 
BRAVO! and BRIO are highly sought after by the owners and developers of upscale shopping centers and mixed use projects. We are therefore typically made aware of new developments and opportunities very early on in their selection process. In addition to our real estate personnel and broker network actively seeking locations, we do site screening on projects that are brought to our attention in the planning phases. Additionally, BRAVO! and BRIO are among a short list of multi-location restaurants that are specifically named as co-tenants by highly-respected national retailers.
 
Design
 
BRAVO! and BRIO restaurants integrate critical design elements of each brand while making each restaurant unique. Consideration is taken with each design to incorporate the center’s architecture and other regional design elements while still maintaining certain critical features that help identify our brands. Our interiors, while timeless and inviting, incorporate current trends that give our restaurants a sophisticated yet classic feel. This flexibility of design allows us to build one and two story restaurants and to place restaurants in a variety of locales, including ground up locations, in-line locations and conversions of office, retail and restaurant space.
 
The flexibility of our concepts has enabled us to open restaurants in a wide variety of locations, including high-density residential areas, shopping malls, lifestyle centers and other high-traffic locations. On average, it takes us approximately 12 to 18 months from identification of the specific site to opening the doors for business. In order to maintain consistency of food, guest service and atmosphere at our restaurants, we have set processes and timelines to follow for all restaurant openings to ensure they stay on schedule.
 
The identification of new sites along with their development and construction are the responsibilities of the Company’s Real Estate Development Group. Several project managers are responsible for building the restaurants, and several staff members deal with purchasing, project management, budgeting, scheduling and other administrative functions. Senior management reviews the comprehensive studies provided by the Real Estate Development Group to determine which regions to pursue prior to any new restaurant development.


60


Table of Contents

 
New Restaurant Development
 
We have successfully opened 40 new locations and converted, relocated or closed 4 locations since the end of 2005. Management believes it is well-positioned to continue its trend of disciplined unit expansion through its new restaurant pipeline. We maintain a commitment to strengthening our core markets while also pursuing attractive locations in a wide variety of new markets. We aim to open between 45 and 50 new restaurants over the next five years. New restaurants will typically range in size from 7,000 to 9,000 square feet and are expected to generate a first year average unit volume of approximately $3.5 million and $4.8 million for BRAVO! and BRIO, respectively.
 
Restaurant Operations
 
We currently have 14 district managers that report directly to one of our two Senior Vice Presidents of Operations for our brands, who in turn each report to our Chief Executive Officer. Each restaurant district manager supervises the operations of five to eight restaurants in their respective geographic areas, and is in frequent contact with each location. The staffing at our restaurants typically consists of a general manager, two to four assistant managers, an executive chef and one to three sous chefs. In addition, our restaurants typically employ 60 to 200 hourly employees. Our operational philosophy is as follows:
 
  •  Offer High-Quality Italian Food and Wines.   We seek to differentiate ourself from other multi-location restaurants by offering affordable, high-quality cuisine prepared using fresh ingredients and authentic Italian cooking methods. To ensure that the menu is consistently prepared to our high standards, we have developed a comprehensive ten week management training program. As part of their skill preparation, all of our executive chefs perform a cooking demonstration. This enables our Corporate Executive Chefs to evaluate a candidate’s skill set. All executive chefs are required to complete ten weeks of kitchen training, including mastering all stations, ordering, receiving and inventory control. Due to our high average unit volumes, the executive chefs are trained throughout the ten weeks to ensure that their food is consistently prepared on a timely basis. In addition, all executive chefs are trained on product and labor management programs to achieve maximum efficiencies. Both of these tools reinforce our commitment to training our employees to run their business from a profit and loss perspective, as well as the culinary side.
 
  •  Deliver Superior Guest Service.   Significant time and resources are spent in the development and implementation of our training programs, resulting in a comprehensive service system for both hourly service people and management. We offer guests prompt, friendly and efficient service, keeping waitstaff-to-table ratios high, and staffing each restaurant with experienced “on the floor” management teams to ensure consistent and attentive guest service. We employ food runners to ensure prompt delivery of fresh dishes at the appropriate temperature, thus allowing the waitstaff to focus on overall guest satisfaction. All service personnel are thoroughly trained in the specific flavors of each dish. Using a thorough understanding of our menu, the servers assist guests in selecting menu items complementing individual preferences.
 
  •  Leverage Our Partnership Management Philosophy.   A key element to our current expansion and success has been the development of our partnership management philosophy, which is based on the premise that active and ongoing economic participation (via a bonus plan) by each restaurant’s general manager, executive chef, assistant managers and sous chefs is essential to long-term success. The purpose of this structure is to attract and retain an experienced management team, incentivize the team to execute our strategy and objectives and provide stability to the operating management team. This program is offered to all restaurant management. This provides our management team with the financial incentive to develop people, build lifelong guests and operate their restaurants in accordance with our standards.
 
Sourcing and Supply
 
To ensure the highest quality menu ingredients, raw materials and other supplies, we continually research and evaluate products. We contract with Distribution Market Advantage, or DMA, a cooperative of multiple food distributors located throughout the nation, and US Foodservice for the broadline distribution of most of our food products. We utilize a primary distributor, GFS, for the majority of our food distribution under the DMA agreement. We negotiate pricing and volume terms directly with certain of our key suppliers through DMA and


61


Table of Contents

US Foodservice. Currently, we have pricing understandings with several key suppliers, including our suppliers of poultry, certain seafood products, dairy products, soups and sauces, bakery items and certain meat products. Our restaurants place orders directly with GFS or US Foodservice and maintain regular distribution schedules.
 
In addition to our broadline distribution arrangements, we utilize direct distribution for several products, including a majority of our meat deliveries, produce and non-alcoholic beverages. Our purchasing contracts are generally negotiated annually and cover substantially all of our requirements for a specific product. Our contracts typically provide either for fixed or variable pricing based on an agreed upon cost-plus formula and require that our suppliers deliver directly to our distributors. We are currently under a fixed-price contract through March 2011 with our direct meat distributor that covers a large portion of our meat requirements and a mixed fixed-price and market-based contract with our poultry supplier that covers substantially all of our poultry requirements through December 2010. Produce is supplied to our restaurants by a cooperative of local suppliers. We are currently under a mixed fixed price and market-based contract with our national produce management companies that continues through October 2010. We are currently under contract with our principal non-alcoholic beverage provider through the later of 2013 or when certain minimum purchasing thresholds are satisfied. Our ability to arrange national distribution of alcoholic beverages is restricted by state law; however, where possible, we negotiate directly with spirit companies and/or national distributors. We also contract with a third party provider to source, maintain and remove our cooking shortening and oil systems.
 
We have a procurement strategy for all of our product categories that includes contingency plans for key products, ingredients and supplies. These plans include selecting suppliers that maintain alternate production facilities capable of satisfying our requirements, or in certain instances, the approval of secondary suppliers or alternative products. We believe our procurement strategy will allow us to obtain sufficient product quantities from other sources at competitive prices.
 
Food Safety
 
Providing a safe and clean dining experience for our guests is essential to our mission statement. We have taken steps to mitigate food quality and safety risks, including designing and implementing a training program for our chefs, hourly service people and managers focusing on food safety and quality assurance. In addition, we include food safety standards and proceeds in every recipe for our cooks. We also consider food safety and quality assurance when selecting our suppliers. Our suppliers are inspected by federal, state and local regulators or other reputable, qualified inspection services, which helps ensure their compliance will all federal food safety and quality guidelines.
 
Marketing and Advertising
 
Our restaurants have generated broad appeal due to their high-quality food, service and ambiance. The target audience for BRAVO! and BRIO is college-educated professionals, ages 35-65, and their families that dine out frequently for social or special occasions. Our marketing strategy is designed to promote and build brand awareness while retaining local neighborhood relationships by focusing on driving comparable restaurant sales growth by increasing frequency of visits by our current guests as well as attracting new guests. Our marketing strategy also focuses on generating brand awareness at new store openings.
 
Local Restaurant Marketing
 
A significant portion of our marketing budget is spent on point-of-sale materials to communicate and promote key brand initiatives to our guests while they are dining in our restaurants. We believe that our initiatives, such as seasonal menu changes, holiday promotions, bar promotions, private party and banquet offerings, contribute to repeat guest visits for multiple occasions and drive brand awareness and loyalty.
 
A key aspect of our local store marketing strategy is developing community relationships with local schools, churches, hotels, chambers of commerce and residents. We place advertisements with junior high and high school athletic programs, school newspapers and special event programs as well as weekly bulletins for churches. We believe courting and catering to local hotel concierges or hosting annual receptions drives traveler recommendations


62


Table of Contents

for BRAVO! and BRIO. Participating in off-site food and charity fairs and events allows us to make contact with local families. Hosting chamber of commerce meetings and mixers, advertising in newsletters and sending out e-blasts have also been successful in reaching the business community. Our restaurant managers are closely involved in developing and implementing the majority of the local store marketing programs.
 
Advertising
 
We spend a limited amount of our marketing budget on various advertising outlets, including print, radio, direct mail and outdoor, to build brand awareness. These advertisements are designed to emphasize the quality and consistency of BRAVO! and BRIO’s food and service and the superior guest experience we offer in a warm and inviting atmosphere. Direct mail is primarily used for new store openings but has also been employed to promote special holiday offers and events.
 
New Restaurant Openings
 
We use the openings of new restaurants as opportunities to reach out to various media outlets as well as the local community. Local public relations firms are retained to assist BRAVO! and BRIO with obtaining appearances on radio and television cooking shows, establishing relationships with local charities and gaining coverage in local newspapers and magazines. We employ a variety of marketing techniques to promote new openings along with press releases, direct mail, e-marketing and other local restaurant marketing activities, which include concierge parties, training lunches and dinners with local residents, media, community leaders and businesses. In addition, we typically partner with a local charity and host an event in connection with our grand openings.
 
E-Marketing & Social Media
 
We have increased our use of e-marketing tools, which enables us to reach a significant number of people in a timely and targeted fashion at a fraction of the cost of traditional media. We believe that BRAVO! and BRIO guests are frequent Internet users and will explore e-applications to make dining decisions or to share dining experiences. We have set up Facebook and Twitter pages and developed mobile applications for BRAVO! and BRIO, along with advertising on weather.com, citysearch.com, yelp.com and urbanspoon.com. We anticipate allocating an increasing amount of marketing budget toward this rapidly growing area.
 
Training and Employee Programs
 
We conduct comprehensive training programs for our management, hourly employees and corporate personnel. Our training department provides a series of formulated training modules that are used throughout our company, including leadership training, team building, food safety certification, alcohol safety programs, guest service philosophy training, sexual harassment training and others. All training materials are kept up-to-date and stored on our corporate “PASTAnet” internal web site for individual restaurants to access as needed. E-learning is utilized for several management training modules as trainees progress through our ten week management training program. Once management training is completed in the respective restaurants, all management trainees are brought to our corporate offices for three days of classroom certification and testing.
 
Team member selection has been developed to include pre-employment assessment at all levels, from hourly through multi-restaurant management candidates. These selection reports help to bring objectivity to the selection process. Customized standards have been created for the company that utilize our strongest performers as the behavioral model for future new hires.
 
Our training process in connection with opening new restaurants has been refined over the course of our experience. Regional trainers oversee and conduct both service and kitchen training and are on site through the first two weeks of opening. The regional trainers lend support and introduce our standards and culture to the new team. We believe that hiring the best available team members and committing to their training helps keep retention high during the restaurant opening process.


63


Table of Contents

Several development programs have been instrumental to our long term success. The “Rising Star” program was created as part of our Bravo Brio Restaurant Group University (BBRGU) to develop aspiring hourly team members into assistant managers and chefs. The key element of the Rising Star program is to provide upward mobility within the organization, utilizing existing labor hours in the restaurants for focused training for the most promising employees. Many of our general managers and executive chefs have gained their positions through internal promotions as a result of this program. Once an employee is identified as a potential leader through observation and assessment, a customized development program is designed that incorporates mentoring, coaching and training. Business classes for additional restaurant management skill and leadership traits are also offered through BBRGU at our corporate office.
 
Management Information Systems
 
Restaurant level financial and accounting controls are handled through a sophisticated point-of-sale (“POS”) cash register system and computer network in each restaurant that communicates with our corporate headquarters. The POS system is also used to authorize and transmit credit card sales transactions. All of our restaurants use MICROS RES 3700 software with state-of-the-art equipment. Our restaurant communications are comprised of cable, DSL, Fractional T1 and T1 lines. Our restaurants use MICROS back-office applications to manage the business and control costs. The applications that are part of the back-office tools are Product Management, Financial Management and Labor Management. These systems integrate with the MICROS RES 3700 software. Product Management helps drive food and beverage costs down by identifying kitchen or bar inefficiencies and, through the menu engineering capabilities, it aides in enhancing profitability. Labor Management provides the ability to schedule labor and manage labor costs, including time clock governance that does not allow an employee to “clock in” more than a designated amount of time before a scheduled shift.
 
In 2008, we implemented the Lawson 9.0 software platform as our ERP system. Its core subsystems include GL, AP, construction accounting, Payroll and Human Resources. The data pulled from the restaurants is integrated into the Lawson system and a data warehouse. This data provides visibility to allow us to better analyze the business. In 2009, we focused on re-designing our guest facing websites to provide a distinct brand image on each website, as well as allowing us to elevate our message to our guests. As part of the redesign, we included search engine optimization into the websites (www.bbrg.com, www.bravoitalian.com, www.brioitalian.com, www.bon-vie.com). We are currently focusing on providing Online Ordering for BRAVO! via our website. Also in 2009, we implemented an internal website called PASTAnet. This intranet site utilizing Microsoft Sharepoint provides us with the ability to collaborate, communicate, train and share information between the restaurants and our corporate office.
 
Government Regulation
 
We are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws affecting our business. Each of our restaurants is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of government authorities, which may include alcoholic beverage control, nutritional information disclosure, health, sanitation, environmental, zoning and public safety agencies in the state or municipality in which the restaurant is located.
 
During 2009, approximately 19.5% of our restaurant sales were attributable to alcoholic beverages. Alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal authorities, for licenses and permits to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be subject to penalties, temporary suspension or revocation for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations impact many aspects of the daily operations of our restaurants, including the minimum ages of patrons and staff members consuming or serving these beverages, respectively; staff member alcoholic beverage training and certification requirements; hours of operation; advertising; wholesale purchasing and inventory control of these beverages; the seating of minors and the servicing of food within our bar areas; special menus and events, such as happy hours; and the storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. State and local authorities in many jurisdictions routinely monitor compliance with alcoholic beverage laws.


64


Table of Contents

We are subject to dram shop statutes in most of the states in which we operate, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person.
 
Various federal and state labor laws govern our operations and our relationships with our staff members, including such matters as minimum wages, breaks, overtime, fringe benefits, safety, working conditions and citizenship or work authorization requirements. We are also subject to the regulations of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. In addition, some states in which we operate have adopted immigration employment laws which impose additional conditions on employers. Even if we operate our restaurants in strict compliance with the laws, rules and regulations of these federal and state agencies, some of our staff members may not meet federal citizenship or residency requirements or lack appropriate work authorizations, which could lead to a disruption in our work force. Significant government-imposed increases in minimum wages, paid or unpaid leaves of absence, sick leave, and mandated health benefits, or increased tax reporting, assessment or payment requirements related to our staff members who receive gratuities, could be detrimental to the profitability of our restaurants operations. Further, we are continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal health care legislation on our health care benefit costs. The imposition of any requirement that we provide health insurance benefits to staff members that are more extensive than the health insurance benefits we currently provide, or the imposition of additional employer paid employment taxes on income earned by our employees, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. Our suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. In addition, while we carry employment practices insurance covering a variety of labor-related liability claims, a settlement or judgment against us that is uninsured or in excess of our coverage limitations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, financial position or business.
 
Recent federal legislation enacted in March 2010 will require chain restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements. A number of states, counties and cities have also enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information available to guests, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Although the federal legislation is intended to preempt conflicting state or local laws on nutrition labeling, until we are required to comply with the federal law we will be subject to a patchwork of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional content disclosure requirements. Many of these requirements are inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another. While our ability to adapt to consumer preferences is a strength of our concepts, the effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.
 
There is also a potential for increased regulation of food in the United States. For example, the United States Congress is currently considering food safety legislation that is expected to greatly expand the FDA’s authority over food safety. If this legislation is enacted, we cannot assure you that it will not impact our industry. Additional requirements may also be imposed by state and local authorities. Additionally, our suppliers may initiate or otherwise be subject to food recalls that may impact the availability of certain products, result in adverse publicity or require us to take other actions that could be costly for us or otherwise harm our business.
 
We are subject to a variety of federal and state environmental regulations concerning the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials, such as cleaning solvents, and the operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations may impact aspects of our operations. During fiscal 2009, there were no material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities, and no such expenditures are anticipated.
 
Our facilities must comply with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) and related federal and state statutes. The ADA prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability with respect to public accommodations and employment. Under the ADA and related federal and state laws, we must make access to our new or significantly remodeled restaurants readily accessible to disabled persons. We must also make reasonable accommodations for the employment of disabled persons.
 
We have a significant number of hourly restaurant staff members who receive income from gratuities. We have elected to voluntarily participate in a Tip Reporting Alternative Commitment (“TRAC”) agreement with the IRS. By complying with the educational and other requirements of the TRAC agreement, we reduce the likelihood of


65


Table of Contents

potential employer-only FICA tax assessments for unreported or underreported tips. However, we rely on our staff members to accurately disclose the full amount of their tip income and our reporting on the disclosures provided to us by such tipped employees.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We currently own six separate registrations in connection with restaurant service from the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the following trademarks: BRAVO! ® , BRAVO! Cucina Italiana ® , Cucina BRAVO! Italiana ® , BRAVO! Italian Kitchen ® , Brio ® , Brio Tuscan Grille tm and Bon Vie ® . Our registrations confer a federally recognized exclusive right for us to use these trademarks throughout the United States, and we can prevent the adoption of confusingly similar trademarks by other restaurants that do not possess superior common law rights in particular markets. An important part of our intellectual property strategy is the monitoring and enforcement of our rights in markets in which our restaurants currently exist or markets which we intend to enter in the future. We also monitor trademark registers to oppose the registration of confusingly similar trademarks or to limit the expansion of existing trademarks with superior common law rights.
 
We enforce our rights through a number of methods, including the issuance of cease-and-desist letters or making infringement claims in federal court. If our efforts to protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.
 
Restaurant Industry Overview
 
According to the National Restaurant Association (the “NRA”), U.S. restaurant industry sales in 2009 were $566 billion and projected to grow 2.5% to $580 billion in 2010, representing approximately 3.9% of the U.S. gross domestic product. According to the NRA, the U.S. restaurant industry has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 6.7% since 1970. Technomic, Inc., a national consulting market research firm, reported that the U.S. full-service Italian segment had $15 billion of sales in 2009 and the top 100 restaurants within this segment have had a compounded annual growth rate of 11.8% since 1989.
 
The NRA projects that 49% of total U.S. food expenditures will be spent at restaurants in 2010, up from 25% in 1955. Real disposable personal income, a key indicator of restaurant industry sales, is projected to increase 1.5% in 2010, following an increase of 1.3% in 2009. We believe that the increase in purchases of “food-away-from-home” is attributable to demographic, economic and lifestyle trends, including the following factors:
 
  •  the rise in the number of women in the market place;
 
  •  increase in average household income;
 
  •  an aging U.S. population; and
 
  •  an increased willingness by consumers to pay for the convenience of meals prepared outside of their homes.
 
The restaurant industry is comprised of multiple segments, including casual dining. The casual dining segment can be further sub-divided into representative casual and upscale casual dining. The upscale casual dining segment is differentiated by freshly prepared and innovative food, flavorful recipes with creative presentations and decor. Upscale casual dining is positioned differently than representative casual dining, with standards that are much closer to fine dining. Technomic, Inc., predicts that the most successful operators will be those which can target customers for diverse occasions and needs, as well as cater for new daypart and menu opportunities to reflect changing attitudes and behaviors.
 
Competition
 
The restaurant business is intensely competitive with respect to food quality, price-value relationships, ambiance, service and location, and is affected by many factors, including changes in consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns, macroeconomic conditions, demographic trends, weather conditions, the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and energy and government regulations. Any change in these or other related factors could


66


Table of Contents

adversely affect our restaurant operations. The main competitors for our brands are mid-priced, full service concepts in the multi-location, upscale casual dining segment including Maggiano’s, Cheesecake Factory, BJ’s Restaurants and P.F. Chang’s, as well as high quality, locally owned and operated Italian restaurants.
 
There are a number of well-established competitors with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than ours. In addition, many of our competitors are well established in the markets where our operations are, or in which they may be, located. While we believe that our restaurants are distinctive in design and operating concept, other companies may develop restaurants that operate with similar concepts. In addition, with improving product offerings at fast casual restaurants, quick-service restaurants and grocery stores, consumers may choose to trade down to these alternatives, which could also negatively affect our financial results.
 
Employees
 
As of June 27, 2010, we had approximately 8,000 employees of whom approximately 80 were corporate management and staff personnel, approximately 500 were restaurant managers or trainees, and approximately 7,400 were employees in non-management restaurant positions. None of our employees are unionized or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.


67


Table of Contents

Properties
 
The following table sets forth our restaurant locations as of June 27, 2010.
 
         
 
    Number of
 
Location
  Restaurants  
 
Alabama
    1  
Arkansas
    1  
Arizona
    2  
Connecticut
    1  
Colorado
    2  
Florida
    9  
Georgia
    2  
Illinois
    3  
Indiana
    3  
Iowa
    1  
Kansas
    1  
Kentucky
    2  
Louisiana
    2  
Michigan
    6  
Missouri
    4  
Maryland
    1  
Nevada
    1  
New Jersey
    1  
New Mexico
    1  
New York
    2  
North Carolina
    4  
Ohio
    16  
Oklahoma
    1  
Pennsylvania
    6  
Tennessee
    1  
Texas
    5  
Virginia
    4  
Wisconsin
    2  
         
Total
    85  
 
In addition to the restaurant locations set forth above, we also have one restaurant currently in development in Delaware that we expect to open in the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
We own four properties, two in Ohio and one in each of Indiana and Pennsylvania, and operate restaurants on each of these sites. We lease the remaining land and buildings used in our restaurant operations under various long-term operating lease agreements. The initial lease terms range from ten to 20 years and currently expire between 2011 and 2027. The leases include renewal options for two to 20 additional years. The majority of our leases provide for base (fixed) rent, plus additional rent based on gross sales (as defined in each lease agreement) in excess of a stipulated amount, multiplied by a stated percentage. We are also generally obligated to pay certain real estate taxes, insurances, common area maintenance charges and various other expenses related to the properties. The term of one lease relating to the restaurant locations set forth above is set to expire in 2011 but may be


68


Table of Contents

renewed at our option for an additional five year term expiring in 2015. Our main office is also leased and is located at 777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Occasionally we are a party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business including claims resulting from “slip and fall” accidents, employment related claims and claims from guests or employees alleging illness, injury or other food quality, health or operational concerns. None of these types of litigation, most of which are covered by insurance, has had a material effect on us, and as of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings and are not aware of any claims that could have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.


69


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of June 27, 2010.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Alton F. Doody, III
    51     Founder, Director and Chairman
Saed Mohseni
    48     Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
James J. O’Connor
    48     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Brian O’Malley
    42     Senior Vice President of Operations, BRIO
Michael Moser
    54     Senior Vice President of Operations, BRAVO!
Ronald F. Dee
    45     Senior Vice President, Development
Allen J. Bernstein
    64     Director
Michael J. Hislop
    55     Director
David B. Pittaway
    58     Director
Harold O. Rosser II
    61     Director
 
The board of directors believes that each of the directors set forth above has the necessary qualifications to be a member of the board of directors. Each of the directors has exhibited during his prior service as a director the ability to operate cohesively with the other members of the board of directors. Moreover, the board of directors believes that each director brings a strong background and skill set to the board of directors, giving the board of directors as a whole competence and experience in diverse areas, including corporate governance and board service, finance, management and restaurant industry experience.
 
Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of each of our directors and executive officers, as well as certain specific experiences, qualifications and skills that led to the board of directors’ conclusion that each of the directors set forth below is qualified to serve as a director:
 
Alton F. (“Rick”) Doody, III has been Chairman of the board of directors of the Company since its inception in 1987. Mr. Doody was our Chief Executive Officer from 1992 until February 2007 and our President from June 2006 until September 2009. Mr. Doody also founded Lindey’s German Village, and was responsible for all facets of its management. Mr. Doody received a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Economics from Ohio Wesleyan University and has completed all the necessary coursework for a Master’s Degree from Cornell University in Restaurant/Hotel Management. Mr. Doody is a member of the Young President’s Organization and the International Council of Shopping Center Owners and is a Board Member for the Cleveland Restaurant Association. Mr. Doody’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his knowledge of our company and the restaurant industry and his years of leadership at our company.
 
Saed Mohseni joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer in February 2007 and assumed the additional role of President in September 2009. Mr. Mohseni has also served as a director of the Company since June 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mohseni was the Chief Executive Officer (January 2000-February 2007) and a director (2004-2007) of McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc. Mr. Mohseni joined McCormick & Schmick’s in 1986 as a General Manager. During his time at McCormick & Schmick’s, he also held the positions of Senior Manager (1988-1993), Vice President of Operations-California (1993-1997), and Senior Vice President of Operations (1997-1999). Mr. Mohseni attended Portland State University and Oregon State University. Mr. Mohseni’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his knowledge of our company and the restaurant industry and his years of leadership at our company.
 
James J. O’Connor joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary in February 2007. For the six years prior to joining us, Mr. O’Connor held various senior level financial positions, including Chief Financial Officer of the Wendy’s Brand, at Wendy’s International, Inc. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. O’Connor served as Senior Manager of Financial Reporting for Tween Brands. Mr. O’Connor previously served as a Senior Manager


70


Table of Contents

for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1985 until 1998. Mr. O’Connor is a CPA and earned a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Accounting and Finance from the Ohio State University.
 
Brian O’Malley has served as Senior Vice President of Operations, BRIO, since 2006. Mr. O’Malley joined the Company in 1996 as the General Manager of BRAVO! Dayton. Mr. O’Malley was promoted to District Partner in 1999, Director of Operations in 2000 and to Vice President of Operations in 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. O’Malley was employed with Sante Fe Steakhouse, where he held positions as a General Manager, Director of Training and Regional Manager. Mr. O’Malley earned a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Speech Communications and Hospitality Management from the University of Wisconsin-Stout.
 
Michael Moser has served as Senior Vice President of Operations, BRAVO!, since 2006. Mr. Moser is a classically trained chef who has over thirty years of experience in the restaurant industry. Mr. Moser joined the Company as a Vice President of Operations in August of 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Moser served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Texas Land and Cattle Steak House, a privately held 24 unit restaurant company. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Moser was Chief Operating Officer of Romano’s Macaroni Grill. Prior to becoming Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Moser served as Director of Operations and founding Concept Chef for creator Phillip Romano. Mr. Moser attended Wayne State University.
 
Ronald F. Dee has served as our Senior Vice President of Development since May 2007. For the year prior to assuming his current position, Mr. Dee served as our Director of Real Estate. Mr. Dee joined the Company in July of 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dee was Vice President, Development with Darden Restaurants overseeing all Red Lobster brand development. Mr. Dee has over twenty years of real estate development experience in the restaurant/hospitality industry having also held senior management positions with Marriott International and Taco Bell Corp. Mr. Dee is an active member of the International Counsel of Shopping Center Owners. Mr. Dee attended the State University of New York at Buffalo.
 
Allen J. Bernstein has been a director of the Company since June 2006. Mr. Bernstein is the President of Endeavor Restaurant Group, Inc. He founded and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morton’s Restaurant Group, Inc. from 1989 through 2005. He currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of public and privately held companies, including The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, Caribbean Restaurants, LLC and as non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of Perkins & Marie Callender’s, Inc. Previously, Mr. Bernstein served as a director on the boards of Charlie Brown’s Steakhouse, McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc. and Dave & Busters, Inc. He also serves on the board of trustees of the American Film Institute. Mr. Bernstein brings over 20 years of restaurant industry experience to the board of directors, and among other skills and qualifications, his significant knowledge and understanding of the industry, specifically the Upscale Affordable segment. Additionally, Mr. Bernstein brings the knowledge and skills that come from significant experience in the restaurant industry, including at the senior executive and board level of a number of other publicly traded companies. Mr. Bernstein earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Marketing from the University of Miami.
 
Michael J. Hislop has been a director of the Company since August 2006. Mr. Hislop has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Il Fornaio since 1998. From April 1991 to May 1995, Mr. Hislop served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Chevy’s Mexican Restaurants which, under his direction, grew from 17 locations to 63 locations nationwide. From 1982 to 1991, Mr. Hislop was employed by El Torito Mexican Restaurants, Inc., serving first as Regional Operator, then as Executive Vice President of Operations and for the last three years as Chief Operating Officer. From 1979 to 1982, Mr. Hislop was employed by T.G.I. Fridays Restaurants, Inc. as a Regional Manager. Mr. Hislop brings to the board of directors the knowledge, qualifications and leadership skills that come from 30 years of experience in the restaurant industry, including significant experience at the senior executive and board level in both casual dining and Italian segments. Mr. Hislop earned a Bachelor of Sciences degree in Hotel and Restaurant Management from the University of Massachusetts.
 
David B. Pittaway has been a director of the Company since June 2006. Mr. Pittaway is Senior Managing Director, Senior Vice President and Secretary of Castle Harlan, Inc., a private equity firm. He has been with Castle Harlan since 1987. Mr. Pittaway also has been Vice President and Secretary of Branford Castle, Inc., an investment company, since October, 1986. From 1987 to 1998, Mr. Pittaway was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of Branford Chain, Inc., a marine wholesale company, where he is now a director and Vice Chairman.


71


Table of Contents

Previously, Mr. Pittaway was Vice President of Strategic Planning and Assistant to the President of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., an investment banking firm. Mr. Pittaway is also a member of the boards of directors of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, Morton’s Restaurant Group, Inc., McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc., Perkins & Marie Callender’s Inc., Caribbean Restaurants, LLC and the Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa Research Association of America. In addition, he is a director and co-founder of the Armed Forces Reserve Family Assistance Fund. Mr. Pittaway possesses in-depth knowledge and experience in finance and strategic planning based on his more than 20 years of experience as an investment banker and manager of Castle Harlan’s investing activities. Mr. Pittaway brings significant restaurant industry experience to the board of directors, and among other skills and qualifications, his significant knowledge and understanding of the industry, and his experience serving as a director of a number of publicly traded companies in the restaurant industry. Mr. Pittaway received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Kansas, a JD from Harvard Law School and a MBA from Harvard Business School.
 
Harold O. Rosser II has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2006. Mr. Rosser is a Managing Director and founder of Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill and Co., Management, L.P., a New York-based private equity firm where he has worked since 1995. From 1987 through 1995 Mr. Rosser was an officer at Citicorp Venture Capital. Prior to joining CVC, he spent 12 years with Citicorp/Citibank in various management and corporate finance positions. Mr. Rosser currently serves on the Board of Directors of Ruth’s Hospitality Group, Inc., Il Fornaio (America) Corporation, Logan’s Roadhouse, Inc. and Wilson Farms, Inc. Mr. Rosser is also a member of the Boards of Trustees of the Culinary Institute of America and Wake Forest University. Mr. Rosser formerly served as a director of several private and public companies and through BRS has invested in more than 16 restaurant companies since 1989. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Rosser possesses in-depth knowledge and experience in the restaurant industry, corporate finance; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of private and public companies and other entities that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience. Mr. Rosser earned his B.S. from Clarkson University and attended Management Development Programs at Carnegie-Mellon University and the Stanford University Business School.
 
Director Independence
 
Our board of directors currently consists of 6 directors. Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. We believe that           of our directors currently meet these independence standards.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors will establish various committees to assist it with its responsibilities. Those committees are described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
The current audit committee members are Harold O. Rosser, II and David B. Pittaway. Upon the date our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, the committee members will be          . The composition of the audit committee will satisfy the independence and financial literacy requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC. The independence standards require that the audit committee have at least one independent director on the date of listing, a majority of independent directors within 90 days after the date our registration statement is declared effective and fully independent audit committee within one year after that date. The financial literacy standards require that each member of our audit committee be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, at least one member of our audit committee must qualify as a financial expert, as defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, and have financial sophistication in accordance with Nasdaq Global Market rules. Our board of directors has determined that           qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.


72


Table of Contents

The primary function of the audit committee is to assist the board of directors in the oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accountants’ qualifications and independence and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accountants. The audit committee also prepares an audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statements.
 
The audit committee fulfills its oversight responsibilities by reviewing the following: (1) the financial reports and other financial information provided by us to our shareholders and others; (2) our systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal and regulatory compliance and business conduct established by management and the board; and (3) our auditing, accounting and financial processes generally. The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are to:
 
  •  serve as an independent and objective party to monitor our financial reporting process and internal control systems;
 
  •  review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent registered public accountants and exercise ultimate authority over the relationship between us and our independent registered public accountants; and
 
  •  provide an open avenue of communication among the independent registered public accountants, financial and senior management and the board of directors.
 
To fulfill these duties responsibilities, the audit committee will:
 
Documents/Reports Review
 
  •  discuss with management and the independent registered public accountants our annual and interim financial statements, earnings press releases, earnings guidance and any reports or other financial information submitted to the shareholders, the SEC, analysts, rating agencies and others, including any certification, report, opinion or review rendered by the independent registered public accountants;
 
  •  review the regular internal reports to management prepared by the internal auditors and management’s response;
 
  •  discuss with management and the independent registered public accountants the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, the Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations,” and any related public disclosure prior to its filing;
 
Independent Registered Public Accountants
 
  •  have sole authority for the appointment, compensation, retention, oversight, termination and replacement of our independent registered public accountants (subject, if applicable, to shareholder ratification) and the independent registered public accountants will report directly to the audit committee;
 
  •  pre-approve all auditing services and all non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accountants;
 
  •  review the performance of the independent registered public accountants with both management and the independent registered public accountants;
 
  •  periodically meet with the independent registered public accountants separately and privately to hear their views on the adequacy of our internal controls, any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies and the qualitative aspects of our financial reporting, including the quality and consistency of both accounting policies and the underlying judgments, or any other matters raised by them;
 
  •  obtain and review a report from the independent registered public accountants at least annually regarding (1) the independent registered public accountants’ internal quality-control procedures, (2) any material issues raised by the most recent quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm, (3) any steps taken to deal with any such issues, and


73


Table of Contents

  (4) all relationships between the independent registered public accountants and their related entities and us and our related entities;
 
Financial Reporting Processes
 
  •  review with financial management and the independent registered public accountants the quality and consistency, not just the acceptability, of the judgments and appropriateness of the accounting principles and financial disclosure practices used by us, including an analysis of the effects of any alternative GAAP methods on the financial statements;
 
  •  approve any significant changes to our auditing and accounting principles and practices after considering the advice of the independent registered public accountants and management;
 
  •  focus on the reasonableness of control processes for identifying and managing key business, financial and regulatory reporting risks;
 
  •  discuss with management our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including our risk assessment and risk management policies;
 
  •  periodically meet with appropriate representatives of management and the internal auditors separately and privately to consider any matters raised by each of them, including any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
 
  •  periodically review the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as any off-balance sheet structures, on our financial statements;
 
Process Improvement
 
  •  following the completion of the annual audit, review separately with management and the independent registered public accountants any difficulties encountered during the course of the audit, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information;
 
  •  periodically review any processes and policies for communicating with investors and analysts;
 
  •  review and resolve any disagreement between management and the independent registered public accountants in connection with the annual audit or the preparation of the financial statements;
 
  •  review with the independent registered public accountants and management the extent to which changes or improvements in financial or accounting practices, as approved by the audit committee, have been implemented;
 
Business Conduct and Legal Compliance
 
  •  review our code of conduct and review management’s processes for communicating and enforcing this code of conduct;
 
  •  review management’s monitoring of our compliance with our code of conduct and ensure that management has the proper review system in place to ensure that our financial statements, reports, and other financial information disseminated to governmental organizations and the public satisfy legal requirements;
 
  •  review, with our counsel, any legal matter that could have a significant impact on our financial statements and any legal compliance matters;
 
  •  review and approve all related-party transactions;
 
Other Responsibilities
 
  •  establish and periodically review procedures for (1) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (2) the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;


74


Table of Contents

 
  •  review and reassess the audit committee’s charter at least annually and submit any recommended changes to the board of directors for its consideration;
 
  •  provide the report required by Item 306 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement;
 
  •  report periodically, as deemed necessary or desirable by the audit committee, but at least annually, to the full board of directors regarding the audit committee’s actions and recommendations, if any;
 
  •  establish policies for our hiring of employees or former employees of the independent registered public accountants who were engaged on our account;
 
  •  perform any other activities consistent with the audit committee’s charter, our regulations and governing law, as the audit committee or the board of directors deems necessary or appropriate; and
 
  •  annually evaluate the audit committee’s performance and report the results of such evaluation to the board of directors.
 
The audit committee will hold regular meetings at least four times each year. The audit committee will report the significant results of its activities to the board of directors at each regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors.
 
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a charter for the audit committee that complies with current federal and Nasdaq Global Market rules relating to corporate governance matters. Deloitte & Touche LLP is presently our independent registered accounting firm.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, our board of directors will designate a nominating and corporate governance committee that will consist of at least three directors. The committee members will be          . The composition of the nominating and corporate governance committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market that it have at least one independent director on the listing date, a majority of independent directors within 90 days after that date and full compliance within one year after that date. The nominating and corporate governance committee will:
 
  •  identify individuals qualified to serve as our directors;
 
  •  nominate qualified individuals for election to our board of directors at annual meetings of shareholders;
 
  •  establish a policy for considering shareholder nominees for election to our board of directors; and
 
  •  recommend to our board the directors to serve on each of our board committees.
 
To fulfill these responsibilities, the nominating and governance committee will:
 
  •  review periodically the composition of our board;
 
  •  identify and recommend director candidates for our board;
 
  •  recommend nominees for election as directors to our board;
 
  •  recommend the composition of the committees of the board to our board;
 
  •  review periodically our code of conduct and obtain confirmation from management that the policies included in the code of conduct are understood and implemented;
 
  •  evaluate periodically the adequacy of our conflicts of interest policy;
 
  •  review related party transactions;
 
  •  consider with management public policy issues that may affect us;
 
  •  review periodically our committee structure and operations and the working relationship between each committee and the board; and
 
  •  consider, discuss and recommend ways to improve our board’s effectiveness.


75


Table of Contents

 
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee that complies with current federal and Nasdaq Global Market rules relating to corporate governance matters.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The current compensation committee members are Messrs. Rosser, Pittaway and Bernstein. Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, the committee members will be          . The composition of the compensation committee will satisfy the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market. These requirements require that we have at least one independent director on the listing date, a majority of independent directors within 90 days after that date and full compliance within one year after that date. The primary responsibility of the compensation committee is to develop and oversee the implementation of our philosophy with respect to the compensation of our executive officers and directors. In that regard, the compensation committee will:
 
  •  have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant used to assist us, the board of directors or the compensation committee in the evaluation of the compensation of our executive officers and directors;
 
  •  to the extent necessary or appropriate to carry-out its responsibilities, have the authority to retain special legal, accounting, actuarial or other advisors;
 
  •  annually review and approve corporate goals and objectives to serve as the basis for the compensation of our executive officers, evaluate the performance of our executive officers in light of such goals and objectives and determine and approve the compensation level of our executive officers based on such evaluation;
 
  •  interpret, implement, administer, review and approve all aspects of remuneration to our executive officers and other key officers, including their participation in incentive-compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans;
 
  •  review and approve all employment agreements, consulting agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements for our executive officers;
 
  •  develop, approve, administer and recommend to the board of directors and our shareholders for their approval (to the extent such approval is required by any applicable law, regulation or Nasdaq Global Market rules) all of our stock ownership, stock option and other equity-based compensation plans and all related policies and programs;
 
  •  make individual determinations and grant any shares, stock options, or other equity-based awards under all equity-based compensation plans, and exercise such other power and authority as may be required or permitted under such plans, other than with respect to non-employee directors, which determinations are subject to the approval of our board of directors;
 
  •  have the authority to form and delegate authority to subcommittees;
 
  •  report regularly, but not less frequently than annually, to our board of directors;
 
  •  annually review and reassess the adequacy of its charter and recommend any proposed changes to our board of directors for its approval; and
 
  •  annually review its own performance, and report the results of such review to our board of directors.
 
The compensation committee has the same authority with regard to all aspects of director compensation as it has been granted with regard to executive compensation, except that any ultimate decision regarding the compensation of any director is subject to the approval of our board of directors. The compensation committee will hold regular meetings at least two times each year.
 
In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a charter for the compensation committee that complies with current federal and Nasdaq Global Market rules relating to corporate governance matters.


76


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of the compensation committee who will continue to serve on the compensation committee after our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. None of our executive officers was a director of another entity where one of that entity’s executive officers served on our compensation committee, and none of our executive officers served on the compensation committee or the entire board of directors of another entity where one of that entity’s executive officers served as a director on our board of directors.
 
Risk Oversight
 
We face a number of risks, including market price risks in beef, seafood, produce and other food product prices, liquidity risk, reputational risk, operational risk and risks from adverse fluctuations in interest rates and inflation and/or deflation. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks faced by our company, while the board of directors currently has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, the board of directors seeks to ensure that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate. The board of directors also reviews with management our strategic objectives which may be affected by identified risks, our plans for monitoring and controlling risk, the effectiveness of such plans, appropriate risk tolerance and our disclosure of risk. Following the consummation of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for periodically reviewing with management, internal audit and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our policies for assessing and managing risk. The other committees of the board of directors will also monitor certain risks related to their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.
 
Code of Ethics
 
In connection with the consummation of this offering, we plan to adopt an amended written code of business conduct and ethics, to be known as our code of conduct, which will apply to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, our chief accounting officer and all persons providing similar functions. Our code of conduct will be available on our Internet website, www.bbrg.com. Our code of conduct may also be obtained by contacting investor relations at (614) 326-7944. Any amendments to our code of conduct or waivers from the provisions of the code for our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our chief accounting officer will be disclosed on our Internet website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver. The inclusion of our web address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our web site into this prospectus.


77


Table of Contents

 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Introduction
 
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) provides an overview of our executive compensation program, together with a description of the material factors underlying the decisions that resulted in the compensation provided to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the other executive officers who were the highest paid during the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009 (collectively, the “named executive officers”), as presented in the tables which follow this CD&A. This CD&A contains statements regarding our performance targets and goals. These targets and goals are disclosed in the limited context of our compensation program and should not be understood to be statements of management’s expectations or estimates of financial results or other guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply these statements to other contexts.
 
Objective of Compensation Policy
 
The objective of the Company’s compensation policy is to provide a total compensation package to each named executive officer that will enable us to:
 
  •  attract, motivate and retain outstanding individual named executive officers;
 
  •  reward named executive officers for attaining desired levels of profit and shareholder value; and
 
  •  align the financial interests of each named executive officer with the interests of our shareholders to encourage each named executive officer to contribute to our long-term performance and success.
 
Overall, our compensation program is designed to reward individual and Company performance. As discussed further below a significant portion of named executive officer compensation is comprised of a combination of annual cash bonuses, which reward annual Company and executive performance, and equity compensation, which rewards long-term Company and executive performance. We believe that by weighting total compensation in favor of the bonus and long-term incentive components of our total compensation program, we appropriately reward individual achievement while at the same time providing incentives to promote Company performance. We also believe that salary levels should be reflective of individual performance and therefore factor this into the adjustment of base salary levels each year.
 
Process for Setting Total Compensation
 
Generally, our overall compensation package for named executive officers is administered and determined by our Compensation Committee, comprised of three current non-employee directors. To the extent required following the consummation of our initial public offering, the members of our Compensation Committee may change in order to ensure compliance with stock exchange requirements and securities laws and regulations.
 
The Company sets annual base salaries, cash bonuses, and equity-based awards for each named executive officer at levels it believes are appropriate considering each named executive officer’s annual review, the awards and compensation paid to the named executive officer in past years, and progress toward or attainment of previously set personal and corporate goals and objectives, including attainment of financial performance goals and such other factors as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate and in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders. These goals and objectives are discussed more fully below under the headings “Annual Bonus Compensation” and “Equity Compensation.”
 
The Compensation Committee may also, from time to time, consider recommendations from the Chief Executive Officer regarding total compensation for named executive officers, however no such recommendations were made for fiscal year 2009. The Compensation Committee does not rely on predetermined formulas or a limited set of criteria when it evaluates the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and our other named executive officers. The Committee may accord different weight at different times to different factors for each named executive officer.


78


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation
 
Our compensation program for named executive officers consists of the following elements of compensation, each described in greater depth below:
 
  •  Base salaries.
 
  •  Annual cash bonuses.
 
  •  Equity-based incentive compensation.
 
  •  Severance and change-in-control benefits.
 
  •  Perquisites.
 
  •  General benefits.
 
The Company provides few personal benefits to named executive officers, and what personal benefits are provided are generally considered related to each named executive officer’s performance of his duties with the Company. The Company may also enter into employment agreements with named executive officers to provide severance benefits as a recruitment and retention mechanism. Currently, the Company is a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Mohseni, entered into at the time of his hire in 2007, which provides for severance benefits as described more fully under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control,” below. Finally, named executive officers participate in the Company’s health and benefit plans, and are entitled to vacation and paid time off based on the Company’s general vacation policies.
 
Employment Agreement
 
The Company does not have any general policies regarding the use of employment agreements, but may, from time to time, enter into such a written agreement to reflect the terms and conditions of employment of a particular named executive officer, whether at the time of hire or thereafter. For example, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mohseni at the time of his hire in order to attract Mr. Mohseni to transition from his role as a non-employee board member to a full time chief executive officer. The Company viewed such a negotiated arrangement as a meaningful recruitment and retention mechanism for Mr. Mohseni. In addition, the Company is currently negotiating, and expects to enter into, a written employment agreement with Mr. O’Connor in order to continue to retain Mr. O’Connor as a member of the Company’s senior management team.
 
Base Salary
 
We pay base salaries because salaries are essential to recruiting and retaining qualified employees. Base salaries also create a performance incentive in the form of potential salary increases. Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, whose base salary is set pursuant to his employment agreement, base salaries are initially set by the Compensation Committee. These salary levels are set based on the named executive officer’s experience and performance with previous employers and negotiations with individual named executive officers. Thereafter, the Compensation Committee may increase base salaries each year based on its subjective assessment of the Company’s and the individual executive officer’s performance and his or her experience, length of service and changes in responsibilities. Included in this subjective determination is Compensation Committee’s evaluation of the development and execution of strategic plans, the exercise of leadership, and involvement in industry groups. The weight given such factors by the Compensation Committee may vary from one named executive officer to another.
 
Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement provides him with an annual base salary of $518,000. Mr. Mohseni’s base salary has not been modified since his hire in 2007. The Company determined, at the time of Mr. Mohseni’s hire, that a commitment to pay base salary to him at this level was necessary to recruit him to join the Company.
 
Mr. O’Connor’s base salary for 2009 was $206,000, Mr. Doody’s base salary for 2009 was $100,000, each of Mr. O’Malley and Mr. Moser had base salaries in 2009 of $185,000 and Mr. Dee’s base salary was $165,000 in 2009. Mr. Doody’s base salary for 2009 was decreased from $225,000 in 2008 to $100,000 in connection with his transition from President of the Company to Chairman of the Board.


79


Table of Contents

In lieu of providing small cost-of-living base salary increases for 2010 for the named executive officers other than Mr. Mohseni, the Compensation Committee elected to pay the amount of such cost-of-living increases to the named executive officers in the form of a lump sum discretionary bonus in 2009. Such bonuses are reported in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table, below.
 
Annual Bonus Compensation
 
In line with our strategy of rewarding performance, a significant part of the Company’s executive compensation philosophy is the payment of cash bonuses to named executive officers based on an annual evaluation of individual and Company performance, considering several factors as discussed below. Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, whose target bonus is set at 30% of his base salary pursuant to his employment agreement, the Compensation Committee establishes target bonuses (the amount each named executive officer may receive if performance goals and objectives are met) for each named executive officer at the beginning of the fiscal year. The target bonuses are set at levels the Compensation Committee believes will provide a meaningful incentive to named executive officers to contribute to the Company’s financial performance.
 
In 2009, the board of directors determined that each named executive officer’s bonus would be determined based primarily on the achievement of Company earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus the sum of asset impairment charges, pre-opening costs, management and board of director fees and expenses as well as certain non-cash adjustments, as defined in the credit agreement governing our existing senior credit facilities (Company EBITDA). For 2009, the Compensation Committee determined to pay bonuses at the target levels if Company EBITDA met or exceeded $30.4 million.
 
We use Company EBITDA, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess our historical and prospective operating performance and to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance. Additionally, we use Company EBITDA to measure our compliance with various financial covenants pursuant to our credit agreement. We also use Company EBITDA internally to evaluate the performance of our personnel and also as a benchmark to evaluate our operating performance or compare our performance to that of our competitors. The use of Company EBITDA as a performance measure permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies.
 
Target and actual bonuses for 2009 paid to each of the named executive officers are shown in the table below. The actual bonus amounts are also included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table, below.
 
Annual Cash Bonuses
 
                 
 
    Target
       
    Award
    Actual Award
 
Name
  ($)     ($)  
Saed Mohseni
    155,400       62,160  
James J. O’Connor
    75,000       30,000  
Brian O’Malley
    70,000       28,000  
Michael Moser
    70,000       28,000  
Ronald F. Dee
    35,000       14,000  
Alton F. Doody, III
    100,000       40,000  
 
Although the Company exceeded its designated EBITDA target for 2009 by approximately $8.4 million, the Company exercised its discretion to pay bonuses at below 100% of target in recognition of the challenges of the macroeconomic environment, the need to maintain adequate cash reserves and to avoid large cash outlays that may not reflect the Company’s long-term incentive goals.


80


Table of Contents

In addition, as noted above, in lieu of small cost-of-living base salary increases in 2010 for the named executive officers other than Mr. Mohseni, the Compensation Committee elected to pay the amount of such cost-of-living increases to the named executive officers in the form of a lump sum discretionary bonus in late 2009. The amount of such discretionary bonuses paid to the named executive officers is as follows: $9,270 for Mr. O’Connor, $9,250 for Mr. O’Malley, $6,475 for Mr. Moser, $4,950 for Mr. Dee and $0 for Mr. Doody.
 
Equity Compensation
 
We pay equity-based compensation to our named executive officers because it provides a vital link between the long-term results achieved for our shareholders and the rewards provided to named executive officers, thereby ensuring that such officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Equity-based compensation is paid in the form of stock options.
 
The Company adopted the 2006 Plan in order to provide an incentive to employees selected by the board of directors for participation.
 
In 2009, the Company decided to make grants of options under the 2006 Plan to the majority of the Company’s existing optionholders because it believed that the Company had performed well during a challenging economic environment and that the granting of such options should provide its employees holding options an opportunity to share in the Company’s success provided they continue to contribute to such success. The Company determined that each of the named executive officers, other than Mr. Mohseni and Mr. Doody, would receive a small grant of options under the 2006 Plan. The Company determined that no additional grant of options should be made for Mr. Mohseni and Mr. Doody because it believed each of them had sufficient equity holdings to align their interests with those of our other shareholders.
 
Options held by each of the named executive officers (and certain of the Company’s other salaried employees) ordinarily vest over a period of four years, subject to the applicable named executive officer remaining employed through each vesting date. However, in the event the Company undergoes a public offering in which the Company and any participating selling shareholders receive aggregate net proceeds of at least $50.0 million or the majority of the Company’s stock or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings, the options held by the named executive officers while employed are subject to accelerated vesting in the discretion of the board of directors upon the achievement of certain net proceeds and internal rate of return thresholds.
 
However, as a retention method and in order to ensure each named executive officer’s interests are aligned with those of the sponsors, the named executive officers do not have the right to exercise their vested options unless and until the sponsors attain designated returns on their investment, measured based on the sponsors’ net proceeds and internal rate of return. Accordingly, to the extent the sponsors sell their securities in connection with an approved sale or public offering, any vested options only become exercisable in the amounts set forth below in the event that (i) net proceeds equal or are in excess of the multiple (set forth in the table below) of the sponsors’ initial investment and (ii) the sponsors achieve an internal rate of return equal to or in excess of the target set forth in the table below (unless the board of directors exercises its discretion under the plan to permit further exercisability upon such an event):
 
                 
 
Percentage of Option Exercisable
  Net Proceeds Multiple     IRR Target  
 
25%
    2       10 %
50%
    2       20 %
75%
    2       30 %
100%
    3       40 %
 
For purposes of determining the exercisable portion of a named executive officer’s option, “net proceeds” generally means the amount received by the sponsors, including the majority of the fees they received pursuant to the management agreements between each sponsor and the Company, less their selling or transaction expresses. “Internal rate of return” means the rate of return the sponsors receive on their investment in the Company from such net proceeds as a result of a public offering or approved sale and the net proceeds therefrom.


81


Table of Contents

The board of directors has determined, in its discretion, that in the event the public offering price of this offering results in the achievement of an “internal rate of return” to our private equity sponsors of at least 30% upon the consummation of this offering, (i) each outstanding option award shall be deemed to have vested in a percentage equal to the greater of 75% or the percentage of the option award already vested as of that date, (ii) each outstanding option award shall be deemed 75% exercisable; and (iii) for each additional percentage point of “internal rate of return” achieved by our private equity sponsors above 30%, an additional 2.5% of each outstanding option award shall be deemed vested and exercisable, up to an aggregate of the stated number of shares of common stock subject to the option award upon achievement of an “internal rate of return” by our private equity sponsors of 40%.
 
For purposes of this section, the Company has assumed that its board of directors will approve full vesting and exercisability of the outstanding stock options, as permitted under the 2006 Plan. Accordingly, as reported below under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control,” the amount each named executive officer would be entitled to receive with respect to his options, assumes that full vesting occurred on the last day of our fiscal year, December 27, 2009, with the value computed based on our expected offering price.
 
Because our offering price may fluctuate, the table below provides an overview of the potential values that could be received by our named executive officers with respect to their options based on a range of share prices and assuming full vesting and exercisability:
 
                         
 
Name
  Price 1     Price 2     Price 3  
Saed Mohseni
                       
James J. O’Connor
                       
Brian O’Malley
                       
Michael Moser
                       
Ronald F. Dee
                       
Alton F. Doody, III
                       
 
Severance and Transaction-Based Benefits
 
Except with respect to Mr. Mohseni, the Company does not have any agreements, plans or programs for the payment of severance to any named executive officers. As a recruitment incentive for Mr. Mohseni, in negotiating his employment agreement in 2007, the Company agreed to pay two years of severance to Mr. Mohseni in the event of his termination of employment in limited circumstances. The Company believed this level of severance benefit provided Mr. Mohseni with the assurance of security if his employment is terminated for reasons beyond his control or the material terms of his employment are changed by the Company without his consent.
 
In addition, pursuant to Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement upon an approved sale or other transaction in which the sponsors sell 50% or more of their Company securities while Mr. Mohseni is employed by the Company, Mr. Mohseni is entitled to a payment to the extent the amount he has then received or is entitled to receive with respect to his options does not exceed $3.0 million. Such payment is generally calculated as the lesser of (a) $3.0 million over the amounts Mr. Mohseni receives or is entitled to receive with respect to his options or (b) the excess of the net proceeds received by the sponsors over the amount necessary for them to receive a 5% internal rate of return.
 
Finally, as described above, outstanding options for the named executive officers may accelerate vesting upon the occurrence of an approved sale or public offering. The amount each named executive would be entitled to receive in such event is reported below under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”
 
Perquisites
 
In 2009, we provided certain personal-benefit perquisites to named executive officers as summarized below. The aggregate incremental cost to the Company of the perquisites received by each of the named executive officers in


82


Table of Contents

2009 did not exceed $10,000 and accordingly, such benefits are not included in the Summary Compensation Table below.
 
Car Allowance.   The Company provided car allowances of $4,800 for Messrs. O’Malley and Moser and $4,200 for Mr. Doody in 2009. The Company views car allowances as a meaningful benefit to our named executive officers who are required to travel by car in the performance of their duties for the Company.
 
Complimentary Dining.   The Company provides the named executive officers with complimentary dining privileges at any of our restaurants. The Company views complimentary dining privileges as a meaningful benefit to our named executive officers as it is important for named executive officers to experience our product in order to better perform their duties for the Company.
 
General Benefits
 
The following are standard benefits offered to all eligible Company employees, including named executive officers.
 
Retirement Benefits.   The Company maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) savings plan. However, our named executive officers do not participate in our 401(k) savings plan.
 
Medical, Dental, Life Insurance and Disability Coverage.   Active employee benefits such as medical, dental, life insurance and disability coverage are available to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers.
 
Other Paid Time-Off Benefits.   We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including the named executive officers, which our Compensation Committee has determined to be appropriate for a Company of our size and in our industry.
 
Tax and Accounting Considerations
 
U.S. federal income tax generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation we pay to our Chief Executive Officer and certain other highly compensated executive officers to $1.0 million in the year the compensation becomes taxable to the executive officers. There is an exception to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. Although deductibility of compensation is preferred, tax deductibility is not a primary objective of our compensation programs. Rather, we seek to maintain flexibility in how we compensate our executive officers so as to meet a broader set of corporate and strategic goals and the needs of shareholders, and as such, we may be limited in our ability to deduct amounts of compensation from time to time. Accounting rules require us to expense the cost of our stock option grants. Because of option expensing and the impact of dilution on our shareholders, we pay close attention to, among other factors, the type of equity awards we grant and the number and value of the shares underlying such awards.


83


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                                 
 
                                  Non-Equity
             
                      Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
    Total
 
          Salary
    Bonus
    Awards
    Awards
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Compensation
 
Name & Principal Position
  Year     ($)     ($)(1)     ($)     ($)(2)     ($)     ($)(3)     ($)  
Saed Mohseni
    2009       518,000                         62,160             580,160  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                                               
James J. O’Connor
    2009       206,000       9,270             2,526       30,000             247,796  
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
                                                               
Brian O’Malley
    2009       185,000       9,250             2,526       28,000             224,776  
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRIO
                                                               
Michael Moser
    2009       185,000       6,475             2,526       28,000             222,001  
Senior Vice President of Operations, BRAVO!
                                                               
Ronald F. Dee
    2009       165,000       4,950             1,684       14,000             185,634  
Senior Vice President — Development
                                                               
Alton F. Doody, III(4)
    2009       186,500                         40,000             226,500  
Chairman, Board of Directors
                                                               
 
(1) The amounts reported in this column represent discretionary bonuses paid to certain named executive officers in 2009 in lieu of cost-of-living increases in base salaries for 2010.
 
(2) Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value, calculated pursuant to ASC 718, of stock options granted in 2009. See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the calculation of grant date fair value.
 
(3) Certain personal benefits provided to certain of our named executive officers, including car allowances and complimentary dining, are not required to be disclosed in the table because the amount of such benefits do not exceed the applicable disclosure thresholds. See “— Perquisites.”
 
(4) Pursuant to SEC regulations, Mr. Doody is included in the Summary Compensation Table because he served as an executive officer of the Company during 2009 and his total compensation exceed that of one of the other named executive officers.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
 
                                                                         
                                Exercise
  Grant Date
        Estimated Future Payouts Under
              or Base
  Fair Value
        Non-Equity Incentive Plan
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
  Price of
  of Stock and
        Awards(1)   Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)(3)   Option
  Option
    Grant
  Threshold
  Target
  Maximum
  Threshold
  Target
  Maximum
  Awards
  Awards
Name
  Date   ($)   ($)   ($)   (#)   (#)   (#)   ($/SH)(3)   ($)
 
Saed Mohseni
                155,400                                      
James J. O’Connor
                75,000                                      
      9/9/09                               600             10.00       2,526  
Brian O’Malley
                70,000                                      
      9/9/09                               600             10.00       2,526  
Michael Moser
                70,000                                        
      9/9/09                               600             10.00       2,526  
Ronald F. Dee
                35,000                                        
      9/9/09                               400             10.00       1,684  
Alton F. Doody, III
                100,000                                      


84


Table of Contents

 
(1) Amounts reported in this column represent the target performance-based bonus of each named executive office, as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
 
(2) Options reported in this column generally vest over a period of four years of continued employment, but are only exercisable by named executive officers if financial performance goals are met or exceeded in connection with a public offering or a sale of a majority of the stock or assets of the Company, as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section, above. The number of shares reported as “target” are the total number of shares granted to named executive officers in 2009.
 
(3) Does not give effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table
 
                                         
    Option Awards
    Number of
  Number of
  Equity Incentive
       
    Securities
  Securities
  Plan Awards
       
    Underlying
  Underlying
  Number of
       
    Unexercised
  Unexercised
  Securities
       
    Options
  Options
  Underlying
  Option
  Option
    (#)
  (#)(1)(2)
  Unearned
  Exercise
  Expiration
Name
  Exercisable   Unexercisable   Options(#)(1)(2)   Price($)(1)(2)   Date
Saed Mohseni
          32,812.50       32,812.50       10.00       2/13/17  
James J. O’Connor
          6,562.50       6,562.50       10.00       2/13/17  
                      600.00       10.00       9/9/19  
Brian O’Malley
          12,304.69       4,101.56       10.00       6/29/16  
                      600.00       10.00       9/9/19  
Michael Moser
          12,304.69       4,101.56       10.00       6/29/16  
                      600.00       10.00       9/9/19  
Ronald F. Dee
          12,304.69       4,101.56       10.00       6/29/16  
                      400.00       10.00       9/9/19  
Alton F. Doody, III
          12,304.69       4,101.56       10.00       6/29/16  
 
(1) Does not give effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
(2) The named executive officers do not have the right to exercise their vested options unless and until the Company’s private equity sponsors attain designated returns on their investment, measured based on the sponsors’ receipt of net proceeds and internal rate of return from an approved sale or public offering. The board of directors has determined, in the exercise of its discretion, that a certain percentage of each outstanding option award may be deemed vested and exercisable in connection with this offering, dependent upon achievement of designated performance thresholds. See “— Equity Compensation.”
 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
Termination of Employment
 
With the exception of Mr. Mohseni, the Company does not have any agreements with the named executive officers that would entitle them to severance payments upon termination of employment. Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement provides him with two years of continued base salary following his termination of employment by the Company without cause or by him for good reason. For purposes of Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement, “cause” generally means Mr. Mohseni’s fraud or dishonesty in connection with his duties to the Company, his failure to perform the lawful duties of his position, his conviction of a felony or plea of guilty or no contest to a charge or commission of a felony, or his commission of any act or violation of law that could reasonably be expected to bring the Company into material disrepute, and “good reason” generally means the Company’s reduction in Mr. Mohseni’s base salary, the failure of the Company to pay base salary or benefits under


85


Table of Contents

Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement, the Company’s material reduction in Mr. Mohseni’s overall benefits (other than pursuant to a general reduction in benefits for the Company’s workforce) or a requirement that Mr. Mohseni relocate his principal place of employment more than 50 miles from Columbus, Ohio.
 
Mr. Mohseni’s right to severance is conditioned upon his refraining from competing with the Company for the two years following his termination of employment and compliance with confidentiality and nonsolicitation obligations under his employment agreement.
 
Assuming Mr. Mohseni’s employment was terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Mohseni for good reason on December 27, 2009, he would receive a total of approximately $1.0 million in severance under his employment agreement.
 
Change-in-Control
 
In the event the Company undergoes a public offering in which the selling shareholders receive aggregate net proceeds of at least $50.0 million or the majority of the Company’s stock or assets are sold in a transaction approved by Holdings, the stock options held by the named executive officers while employed are subject to accelerated vesting in the discretion of the board of directors upon the achievement of certain performance thresholds. In addition, pursuant to Mr. Mohseni’s employment agreement, upon an approved sale or other transaction in which the sponsors sell 50% or more of their Company securities while Mr. Mohseni is employed by the Company, Mr. Mohseni is entitled to a payment to the extent the amount he has then received or is entitled to receive with respect to his options does not exceed $3.0 million. Such payment is generally calculated as the lesser of (a) $3.0 million less the amounts Mr. Mohseni receives or is entitled to receive with respect to his options or (b) the excess of the net proceeds received by the sponsors over the amount necessary for them to receive a 5% internal rate of return.
 
Assuming a public offering or approved sale occurred on December 27, 2009 that resulted in the full vesting and exercisability of each of the named executive officer’s stock options and based on an initial offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, each named executive officer’s increased option vesting value and, with respect to Mr. Mohseni, additional payment in respect of options, would be as follows:
 
                         
 
    Value of Enhanced
    Additional Payment in
       
Name
  Option Vesting     Respect of Options     Total  
Saed Mohseni
                       
James J. O’Connor
                       
Brian O’Malley
                       
Michael Moser
                       
Ronald F. Dee
                       
Alton F. Doody, III
                       
 
Director Compensation
 
During 2009, directors who were not employees of us, our subsidiaries or our private equity sponsors received an annual fee of $25,000, payable in August. Directors do not receive any other fees for participating in meetings or otherwise providing services as non-employee directors.
 
Following the consummation of this offering, each independent director will be paid a base annual retainer of $20,000. Independent directors will also receive an annual retainer of $5,000 for each committee on which they sit, and the chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000.
 
The Company reimburses directors for their expenses involved in attending board of directors and committee meetings. The Company provides the non-employee directors with complimentary dining privileges at any of its restaurants. The Company views complimentary dining privileges as a meaningful benefit to its non-employee


86


Table of Contents

directors as it is important for non-employee directors to experience its product in order to better perform their duties for the Company.
 
Director compensation for the year ended December 27, 2009 for our non-employee directors is set forth in the following table.
 
                                                 
                Non-Equity
       
    Fees Earned
  Stock
  Option
  Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
    or Paid in
  Awards
  Awards
  Compensation
  Compensation
  Total
Name
  Cash ($)   ($)   (#)   ($)   ($)(1)   ($)
Harold O. Rosser, II
                                   
David B. Pittaway
                                   
Michael J. Hislop(2)
    25,000                               25,000  
Allen J. Bernstein(2)
    25,000                               25,000  
 
(1) Certain personal benefits provided to our directors, including complimentary dining, are not required to be disclosed in the table because the amount of such benefits do not exceed the applicable disclosure thresholds.
 
(2) At December 27, 2009, each of Messrs. Hislop and Bernstein held unexercised options to purchase an aggregate of, without giving effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, 3,281.25 shares of our common stock.
 
Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan
 
The Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan was adopted by the board of directors on February 13, 2007. Pursuant to the terms of the 2006 Plan, we intend to seek shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan prior to the consummation of this offering. Without giving effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, an aggregate of 262,500 shares of common stock have been authorized for issuance under the 2006 Plan. As of June 27, 2010, without giving effect to the     -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 257,875 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and 4,625 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the terms of the 2006 Plan. In the event that any shares subject to an option granted under the Option Plan are forfeited or the option terminates, then such forfeited or unexercised shares subject to such option become available for grant under the 2006 Plan again. Options granted under the 2006 Plan expire ten years after the date of grant.
 
Eligibility
 
Any employee or non-employee director of the Company or its subsidiaries is eligible to receive an award of options under the 2006 Plan, if selected to receive such award by the board of directors. However, only employees of the Company or its subsidiaries are eligible to be granted options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, which are eligible for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Administration
 
Our board of directors administers the 2006 Plan. The board of directors has the full authority to act in selecting recipients of options, determining whether any options may be transferable in accordance with our new investors securities holders agreement, determining the amount of options to be granted to any individual and in determining the terms and conditions of options granted under the 2006 Plan.
 
Options
 
Options granted under the 2006 Plan are either “incentive stock options,” which are intended to qualify for certain U.S. federal income tax benefits under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or “non-qualified stock options.” The per share exercise price of the options granted under the 2006 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, in the event of an incentive stock


87


Table of Contents

option granted to a 10% Owner, the per share exercise price must be no less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The holder of an option granted under the 2006 Plan will be entitled to exercise such option and purchase a number of shares of our common stock at the per share exercise price set forth in such option holder’s option agreement, to the extent such option is vested and exercisable under the terms and conditions of that option agreement. The 2006 Plan permits the option holder to pay the exercise price for an option in cash or a certified check, or, with the approval of the board of directors, in shares of our common stock with a fair market value equal to the exercise price, by delivery of an assignment of a sufficient amount of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise and an instruction to a broker or selling agent to pay such amount to the Company, or any combination of the foregoing.
 
Certain Transactions
 
In the event of a sale of a majority of the assets or securities of the Company approved by Holdings, a public offering in which the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company and any participating selling shareholders is no less than $50.0 million, a consolidation, combination or merger of the Company with any other entity, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a divisive reorganization, liquidation or partial liquidation of the Company, the board of directors may take any of the following actions:
 
  •  Accelerate the exercisability of all or a portion of the options,
 
  •  Cancel outstanding options in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common stock underlying the unexercised portion of the option over the exercise price of such portion,
 
  •  Terminate all options immediately prior to such transaction, provided the option holders are given an opportunity to exercise the option within a specified period following their receipt of written notice of the transaction and the intention to terminate the options prior to such transaction, or
 
  •  Require the successor corporation, if the Company does not survive such transaction, to assume outstanding options or provide awards involving the common stock of such successor on terms and conditions that preserve the rights of the option holders prior to such transaction.
 
Options are also subject to adjustments, as necessary to preserve the rights of option holders, in the event of a change in the Company’s capitalization such as a stock split, spin-off, stock dividend, merger or reorganization.
 
Transferability
 
Unless the board of directors determines otherwise, options granted under the 2006 Plan are nontransferable, except by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
Repurchase
 
Option shares are subject to repurchase at fair market value in the event of the holder’s termination of employment pursuant to the provisions of the new investors securities holders agreement.
 
Amendment and Termination
 
The board may amend or modify the 2006 Plan at any time, provided that such amendment may not amend the plan in any way that would adversely affect outstanding awards without the applicable holders’ consent. The 2006 Plan will terminate on December 20, 2016 unless earlier terminated by the board of directors.
 
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. 2010 Option Plan
 
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt a new stock incentive plan. Under the stock incentive plan, we may offer restricted shares of our common stock and grant options to purchase shares of our common stock. The purpose of the stock incentive plan will be to promote our long-term financial success by attracting, retaining and rewarding eligible participants.


88


Table of Contents

 
Principal and Selling Shareholders
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Series A preferred stock and our common stock as of June 27, 2010 by:
 
  •  each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each selling shareholder.
 
The table also sets forth such persons’ beneficial ownership of common stock immediately after this offering.
 
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on, without giving effect to the reorganization transactions expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, 1,050,000 shares of common stock and 59,500 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding on June 27, 2010 and, after giving effect to the reorganization transactions,          shares of common stock and no shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.
 
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person or group and the percentage ownership of that person or group, we deemed to be outstanding any shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or group that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after June 27, 2010. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner set forth in the table is c/o Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc., 777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212 and our telephone number is (614) 326-7944.
 
                                                                 
 
    Before Offering and
          After Offering and
 
    Reorganization Transactions           Reorganization Transactions  
                                  Number of
             
    Number of
                            Additional
             
    Shares of
          Number of
          Number of
    Shares of
    Number of
       
    Series A
    Percent of
    Shares of
    Percent of
    Shares of
    Common
    Shares of
    Percent of
 
    Preferred
    Series A
    Common
    Common
    Common
    Stock to be
    Common
    Common
 
    Stock
    Preferred
    Stock
    Stock
    Stock to be
    Sold at
    Stock
    Stock
 
    Beneficially
    Stock
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
    Sold in this
    Underwriters
    Beneficially
    Beneficially
 
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Owned     Owned     Owned     Owned(1)     Offering     Option     Owned     Owned  
 
Bravo Development Holdings LLC(1)
    47,659.500       80.1 %     841,050.0       80.1 %                        
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II L.P.(1)
                                            (2 )        
CHBravo Holding I LLC(3)
                                                       
Golub Capital Partners IV, L.P.(4)
                                                       
Golub Capital Coinvestment L.P.(4)
                                                       
Alton F. Doody, III
    5,503.750       9.3       97,125.0       9.3                                  
Saed Mohseni
    349.500       *     6,100.0       *                                
Harold O. Rosser II(5)(6)
    47,659.500       80.1       841,050.0       80.1                       (2 )        
David B. Pittaway(5)(6)
    47,659.500       80.1       841,050.0       80.1                                  
Michael J. Hislop
                                                       
Allen J. Bernstein
                                                       
James J. O’Connor
    120.325       *     1,847.5       *                                
Brian O’Malley
    367.450       *     6,235.0       *                                
Michael Moser
    260.750       *     5,925.0       *                                
Ronald F. Dee
    187.000       *     3,300.0       *                                
Julie Frist(7)
                                                       
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)
    54,448.275       91.5 %     961,582.5       91.6 %                                


89


Table of Contents

Less than 1%
 
(1) The address of Bravo Development Holdings LLC (“Holdings”) and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II L.P. (“BRS II”) is c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., 126 East 56th Street, New York, New York 10022. BRS II is a member of Holdings. As part of the reorganization transactions, BRS II will receive shares of our common stock in exchange for its common units of Holdings. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
(2) BRSE, L.L.C. is the general partner of BRS II and as such may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by BRS II. Mr. Rosser is a manager of BRSE, L.L.C. and a partner of BRS II and as such may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by BRS II. Mr. Rosser expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by BRS II except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares.
 
(3) The address of CHBravo Holding I LLC (“CHBravo”) is c/o Castle Harlan, Inc., 150 East 58 th Street, New York, New York 10155. CHBravo is a member of Holdings. As part of the reorganization transactions, CHBravo will receive shares of our common stock in exchange for its common units of Holdings. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
(4) Current member of Holdings. The address of Golub Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“GCP”) and Golub Capital Coinvestment L.P. (“GCC”) is c/o Golub Capital, 551 Madison Avenue, 6 th Floor, New York, New York 10022. As part of the reorganization transactions, each of GCP and GCC will receive shares of our common stock in exchange for its common units of Holdings. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
(5) Includes 47,659.50 shares of Series A preferred stock and 841,050 shares of common stock owned by Holdings.
 
(6) Messrs. Rosser and Pittaway may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Holdings by virtue of their status as members of the advisory board of Holdings. Each of Messrs. Rosser and Pittaway expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by Holdings that exceed his pecuniary interest therein. The members of the advisory board of Holdings share investment and voting power with respect to securities owned by Holdings, but no individual controls such investment or voting power.
 
(7) Current member of Holdings. The address of Ms. Frist is c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., 126 East 56 th Street, New York, New York 10022. As part of the reorganization transactions, Ms. Frist will receive shares of our common stock in exchange for her common units of Holdings. See “Reorganization Transactions.”


90


Table of Contents

 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
 
The following sets forth certain transactions involving us and our directors, executive officers and affiliates.
 
We do not have a formal written policy for review and approval of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that our audit committee will be responsible for review, approval and ratification of “related-person transactions” between us and any related person. Under SEC rules, a related person is an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting securities since the beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family member of any of the foregoing. Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be able to participate in the deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction.
 
Other than the transactions described below and the arrangements described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” since December 31, 2006, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
Reorganization Transactions
 
It is anticipated that Holdings will enter into an exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. See “Reorganization Transactions.”
 
2006 Recapitalization
 
On June 2, 2006, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, referred to herein as the merger agreement, with Holdings and BDI Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, to consummate our recapitalization. Under the terms of the merger agreement, BDI Acquisition Corp. merged with and into us with our company as the surviving entity. The transactions contemplated under the merger agreement were effected on June 29, 2006, or the Effective Date. As a result of these transactions, Holdings, an entity controlled by affiliates of BRS and Castle Harlan, became our majority shareholder.
 
In addition to the consideration paid on the Effective Date, under the terms of the merger agreement, our equity holders and option holders prior to the Effective Date had the opportunity to earn additional consideration in the event we were able to achieve certain performance criteria. As a result of our performance during the measurement period, additional consideration in the aggregate amount of $7.9 million, plus accrued interest, was paid to our former equity holders and option holders in September 2007, including $2,708,732 to Mr. Doody, $115,524 to Mr. O’Malley, $79,216 to Mr. Moser and $66,013 to Mr. Dee.
 
BRS Management Agreement
 
On the Effective Date, we entered into a management agreement with Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., or BRS Inc., with a term of up to ten years, pursuant to which BRS Inc. has agreed to provide us certain advisory and consulting services relating to business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking. Under the terms of the management agreement, we agreed to pay BRS Inc.


91


Table of Contents

(i) in each of 2007 and 2008, an annual fee equal to the greater of $175,000 and 0.75% of EBITDA, as defined in the management agreement, (ii) in 2009 and each following year, an annual fee equal to $784,000 and (iii) a transaction fee in connection with each acquisition, divesture and public offering of equity securities in which we engage (including this offering), the amount of which varies depending on the size and type of transaction, plus, in each case, reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BRS Inc. We have also agreed to indemnify BRS Inc. for any losses and liabilities arising out of its provision of services to us or otherwise related to its performance under the management agreement. For our fiscal years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, we paid BRS Inc. or otherwise accrued $800,000, $255,000 and $192,000, respectively, in management fees and expenses. We expect that the management agreement will be terminated as of the closing of this offering in exchange for a payment estimated to be $525,000 to BRS Inc. This amount is subject to adjustment based on the level of EBITDA, as defined in the management agreement, for the twelve months preceding the closing of this offering.
 
Castle Harlan Management Agreement
 
On the Effective Date, we also entered into a management agreement with Castle Harlan, with a term of up to ten years, pursuant to which Castle Harlan has agreed to provide us certain advisory and consulting services relating to business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking. Under the terms of the management agreement, we agreed to pay Castle Harlan (i) in each of 2007 and 2008, an annual fee equal to the greater of $175,000 and 0.75% of EBITDA, as defined in the management agreement, (ii) in 2009 and each following year, an annual fee equal to $784,000 and (iii) a transaction fee in connection with each acquisition, divesture and public offering of equity securities in which we engage (including this offering), the amount of which varies depending on the size and type of transaction, plus in each case reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Castle Harlan. We have also agreed to indemnify Castle Harlan for any losses and liabilities arising out of its provision of services to us or otherwise related to its performance under the management agreement. For our fiscal years ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007, we paid Castle Harlan or otherwise accrued $811,000, $252,000 and $195,000, respectively, in management fees and expenses. We expect that the management agreement will be terminated as of the closing of this offering in exchange for a payment estimated to be $525,000 to Castle Harlan. This amount is subject to adjustment based on the level of EBITDA, as defined in the management agreement, for the twelve months preceding the closing of this offering.
 
Securities Holders Agreement
 
On the Effective Date, we entered into a securities holders agreement among us, Holdings, Alton Doody and certain of our other shareholders. The securities holders agreement, among other things: (i) restricts the transfer of our equity securities and (ii) grants preemptive rights on issuances of our equity securities, subject to certain exceptions, including issuances pursuant to certain public equity offerings. Certain provisions of the securities holders agreement, including the provision described above concerning the grant of preemptive rights, will become inapplicable upon the consummation of this offering.
 
New Investors Securities Holders Agreement
 
On the Effective Date, we entered into a new investors securities holders agreement among us, Holdings, certain of our named executive officers and certain of our other shareholders. The new investors securities holders agreement, among other things: (i) restricts the transfer of our equity securities, (ii) grants us a purchase option on our equity securities held by employee shareholders upon certain termination events, (iii) requires each shareholder who is a party to the agreement to consent to a sale of our company if such sale is approved by Holdings, (iv) grants tag-along rights on certain transfers of our equity securities by any shareholder who is a party to the agreement and (v) grants preemptive rights on issuances of our equity securities, subject to certain exceptions, including issuances pursuant to certain public equity offerings. Certain provisions of the new investors securities holders agreement, including the provisions described above concerning tag-along rights, the consent to an approved sale and the grant of preemptive rights, will become inapplicable or terminate upon the consummation of this offering.


92


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement
 
On the Effective Date, we entered into a registration rights agreement with substantially all of our current shareholders, other than those who purchase shares in this offering, entitling them to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Under the registration rights agreement, certain holders of shares of our common stock may demand that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering some or all of such holders’ shares. The registration rights agreement limits the number of demand registration requests the holders may require us to file to six; however, holders of at least a majority of the shares of our common stock issued to Holdings may require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3. In addition, the holders of our common stock have certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act other than pursuant to a demand registration or specified excluded registrations, holders may require us to include all or a portion of their common stock in the registration. Each shareholder party to the registration rights agreement has agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of our securities for its own account during the ten day period prior to and during the 180 day period (in the case of our initial public offering) or 90 day period (in the case of an offering after our initial public offering) beginning on the effective date of a registration statement filed with the SEC. We have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of our securities (subject to certain exceptions) during the ten day period prior to and during the 180 day period (in the case of our initial public offering) or 90 day period (in the case of an offering after our initial public offering) beginning on the effective date of a registration statement filed with the SEC. All fees, costs and expenses of any registration effected pursuant to the registration rights agreement including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, legal expenses will be paid by us. We expect that prior to the consummation of this offering substantially all of the holders of registration rights will have waived those rights with respect to this offering.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Currently, the Company is a party to an employment agreement with Saed Mohseni, our President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into at the time of his hire in February 2007. This agreement is described in more detail in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Employment Agreements.”
 
We are not party to any effective employment agreements with any other executive officer.


93


Table of Contents

 
Description of Capital Stock
 
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of          shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, the rights and preferences of which may be established from time to time by our board of directors. As of June 27, 2010, there were 1,050,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 29 holders of record.
 
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more thorough understanding of the terms of our capital stock, you should refer to our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
General
 
It is anticipated that our majority shareholder, Bravo Development Holdings LLC, or Holdings, will enter into an exchange agreement with us pursuant to which Holdings will exchange its shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Additionally, we and each of our other current shareholders will simultaneously enter into a similar exchange agreement pursuant to which each such shareholder will exchange all of their shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock for new shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
 
The aggregate number of shares of our new common stock issued by us in exchange for the shares of our Series A preferred stock and our outstanding common stock, or the new common shares, will equal           shares. The number of new common shares will not be affected by the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering, although the allocation of such shares to the holders of our Series A preferred stock and to the holders of our outstanding common stock will be based upon the initial public offering price in this offering. Under the terms of the exchange of our Series A preferred stock, each share of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for           new common shares, which have an aggregate fair value, based upon an initial public offering price of          , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, equal to the liquidation preference for each share of Series A preferred stock. The “liquidation preference,” as defined in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, for each share of Series A preferred stock equals $1,000 plus all accumulated but unpaid dividends that have accrued on such share. The holders of our outstanding common stock will receive           of new common shares (based upon an exchange ratio of one to one and after giving effect to a           for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock) equal to the aggregate number of new common shares issued less the new common shares issued to the holders of Series A preferred stock. Based upon an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, holders of our Series A preferred stock will receive an aggregate of approximately           new common shares, representing a beneficial ownership interest of     % of our company. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the beneficial ownership of our new common shares held by holders of our Series A preferred stock by     %. Any such increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price, however, will not affect the number of new common shares outstanding after giving effect to this offering and the reorganization transactions. See “Reorganization Transactions” for more information.
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends as our board of directors may declare, from time to time, from funds legally available therefor, subject to the preferential rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any, and any contractual limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by shareholders. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors, and accordingly, holders of more than 50% of the shares voting will be able to elect all of the directors. The holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business.


94


Table of Contents

Upon the consummation of this offering, no holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of our capital stock issued in the future.
 
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of our preferred stock, if any.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Following the consummation of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors may, by resolution, establish one or more classes or series of preferred stock having the number of shares and relative voting rights, designations, dividend rates, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, and limitations as may be fixed by them without further shareholder approval. The holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to preferences over common shareholders with respect to dividends, liquidation, dissolution, or our winding up in such amounts as are established by the resolutions of our board of directors approving the issuance of such shares.
 
The issuance of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the holders and may adversely affect voting and other rights of holders of our common stock. In addition, issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Registration Rights
 
Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act following this offering, whether for our own account or otherwise, certain holders of our common stock are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their shares therein, subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, without limitation, pro rata reductions in the number of shares to be sold in an offering. The holders of registrable securities also may require us to effect the registration of their registrable securities for sale to the public, subject to certain conditions and limitations. We would be responsible for the expenses of any such registration. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations and Ohio Law
 
Articles of Incorporation and Regulations.   Certain provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations could have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our corporate policies formulated by our board of directors. In addition, these provisions also are intended to ensure that our board of directors will have sufficient time to act in what our board of directors believes to be in the best interests of us and our shareholders. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for our takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of us. These provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights.
 
However, these provisions could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors or the assumption of control of us by the holder of a large block of common stock, and could also discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even if such event would be favorable to the interest of our shareholders.
 
Classified Board of Directors.   Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into two classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered two year terms. As a result, approximately one half of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classified board provision will help to assure the continuity and stability of our board of directors and


95


Table of Contents

our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors. The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an unsolicited tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us without the approval of our board of directors. In addition, the classified board provision could delay shareholders who do not like the policies of our board of directors from electing a majority of our board of directors for two years.
 
Special Meetings.   Our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will provide that special meetings of the shareholders may be called only upon the request of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting stock, upon the request of a majority of the board of directors or upon the request of the chief executive officer. Our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.
 
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominees.   Our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will establish an advance notice procedure for our shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders. The shareholder notice procedure will provide that only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or its Chairman, or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to our Secretary prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as our directors. The shareholder notice procedure will also provide that at an annual meeting of our shareholders, only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or its Chairman or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to our Secretary of such shareholder’s intention to bring such business before such meeting. Under the shareholder notice procedure, if a shareholder desires to submit a proposal or nominate persons for election as directors at an annual meeting, the shareholder must submit written notice to us in accordance with the guidelines set forth in our Second Amended and Restated Regulations. This provision may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper notice is not provided and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. In addition, the ability of our shareholders to remove directors without cause will be precluded.
 
Removal; Filling Vacancies.   Our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will authorize our board of directors to fill any vacancies that occur in our board of directors by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise. A director so elected by our board of directors to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship holds office until the next election of the class for which such director has been chosen and until his successor is elected and qualified. Our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will also provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock. The effect of these provisions is to preclude a shareholder from removing incumbent directors without cause and simultaneously gaining control of our board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares.   Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy context, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
 
Indemnification.   We will include in our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Regulations provisions to (1) eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code and (2) indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We have obtained insurance that insures our directors and officers against certain losses and which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers and we intend to obtain greater coverage prior to the completion of this offering.


96


Table of Contents

Control Share Acquisitions.   After the completion of this offering, we will be an issuing public corporation subject to Section 1701.831 of the Ohio Revised Code, known as the “Ohio Control Share Acquisition Statute.” This statute provides that certain notice and informational filings and special shareholder meeting and voting procedures must be followed prior to any person’s acquisition of the corporation’s shares that would entitle the acquirer, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with others, to exercise or direct the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors within any of the following ranges: (i) one-fifth or more but less than one-third of that voting power, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority of that voting power or (iii) a majority or more of that voting power. Under the statute, a control share acquisition must be approved at a special meeting of the shareholders, at which a quorum is present, by at least a majority of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors represented at the meeting and by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power excluding the voting power of shares owned by the acquiring shareholder and certain “interested shares,” including shares owned by officers elected or appointed by the directors of the corporation and by directors of the corporation who also are employees of the corporation.
 
Merger Moratorium Statute.   As an issuing public corporation, we also will be subject to Chapter 1704 of the Ohio Revised Code, known as the “Merger Moratorium Statute.” This statute prohibits certain transactions if they involve both the corporation and a person that is an “interested shareholder” (or anyone affiliated or associated with an “interested shareholder”), unless the board of directors has approved, prior to the person becoming an interested shareholder, either the transaction or the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the person became an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is any person who is the beneficial owner of a sufficient number of shares to allow such person, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with others, to exercise or direct the exercise of 10% of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors. The prohibition imposed on a person by Chapter 1704 is absolute for at least three years and continues indefinitely thereafter unless (i) the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the person became an interested shareholder received the prior approval of the corporation’s board of directors, (ii) the Chapter 1704 transaction is approved by the holders of shares entitled to exercise at least two-thirds of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors, including shares representing at least a majority of voting shares that are not beneficially owned by an interested shareholder or an affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder or (iii) the Chapter 1704 transaction satisfies statutory conditions relating to the fairness of the consideration to be received by the shareholders of the corporation.
 
Nasdaq Global Market Listing Trading
 
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BBRG.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
We intend to appoint a transfer agent and registrar for our common stock prior to the completion of this offering.


97


Table of Contents

 
Description of Indebtedness
 
New Senior Credit Facilities
 
In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into new senior credit facilities. We expect that the new senior credit facilities will provide for (i) a $      million term loan facility, maturing in          , and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may borrow up to $      million (including a sublimit cap of up to $      million for letters of credit and up to $      million for swing-line loans), maturing in               . We expect that our new senior credit facilities will contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and require us to meet certain financial ratios. We anticipate that the new senior credit facilities will be secured by substantially all of our assets.
 
Existing Senior Credit Facilities
 
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we entered into our existing $112.5 million senior credit facilities with a syndicate of lenders. The existing senior credit facilities provide for (i) an $82.5 million term loan facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which we may borrow up to $30.0 million (including a sublimit cap of up to $7.0 million for letters of credit and up to $5.0 million for swing-line loans). Payment of all obligations under the existing senior credit facilities are collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets and those of our material subsidiaries. Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum based on the prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by certain financial ratios. In addition to the interest on our borrowings, we must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The weighted-average interest rate on the borrowings at March 28, 2010 and December 27, 2009 was 3.31% and 3.47%, respectively.
 
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities, any accrued and unpaid interest and related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $85.8 million principal amount of loans were outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities. Our existing senior credit facilities can be prepaid without premium or penalty, other than any related LIBOR breakage costs and other fees.
 
The existing senior credit facilities contain certain customary events of default, including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of certain change of control transactions that include the consummation of this offering.
 
13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Notes
 
In connection with our 2006 recapitalization, we also issued $27.5 million of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes. The note purchase agreement is collateralized by a second priority interest in substantially all of our assets and those of our material subsidiaries. Interest is payable monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%, with the principal due on December 29, 2012. Pursuant to the note purchase agreement, we were entitled to elect monthly during the first year to accrue interest at the rate of 14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing in the second year of the note purchase agreement through the maturity date, we have the option to accrue interest at an annual rate of 13.25%, consisting of cash interest equal to 9% and paid-in-kind interest of 4.25%. Interest accrued but unpaid during the term of the notes is capitalized into the principal balance.
 
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior credit facilities, to repay all of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes, and any accrued and unpaid interest. As of March 28, 2010, approximately $32.4 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes were outstanding. Our 13.25% senior subordinated secured notes can be prepaid without premium or penalty.
 
The senior subordinated secured notes contain certain customary events of default, including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of certain change of control transactions that include the consummation of this offering.


98


Table of Contents

 
Shares Eligible For Future Sale
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of our common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock.
 
Sale of Restricted Shares
 
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization transactions, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding, based on, without giving effect to the reorganization transactions, 1,050,000 shares of common stock and 59,500 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding as of June 27, 2010. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, affiliates include our executive officers, directors, and 10% shareholders. Shares purchased by affiliates will remain subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144.
 
Upon completion of this offering,          shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus;
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •            shares will be eligible for sale, upon the exercise of vested options, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
Our directors, executive officers, the selling shareholders and substantially all of our other shareholders will enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering, generally providing that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, or grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock owned by them for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters. Despite possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares subject to lock-up agreements will not be salable until these agreements expire or are waived by the underwriters. Approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock, will be subject to such lock-up agreements. These agreements are more fully described in “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”
 
We have been advised by the underwriters that they may at their discretion waive the lock-up agreements; however, they have no current intention of releasing any shares subject to a lock-up agreement. The release of any lock-up would be considered on a case-by-case basis. In considering any request to release shares covered by a lock-up agreement, the representatives would consider circumstances of emergency and hardship. No agreement has been made between the underwriters and us or any of our shareholders pursuant to which the underwriters will waive the lock-up restrictions.


99


Table of Contents

Rule 144
 
Generally, Rule 144 provides that an affiliate who has beneficially owned “restricted” shares of our common stock for at least six months will be entitled to sell on the open market in brokers’ transactions, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
In addition, sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us.
 
In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our employee benefits plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares held by that person will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions described in the preceding two paragraphs.
 
The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.
 
Rule 701
 
Under Rule 701, each of our employees, officers, directors, and consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirement and that non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
Form S-8 Registration Statements
 
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering for shares issued upon the exercise of options and shares to be issued under our employee benefit plans. As a result, any such options or shares will be freely tradable in the public market. We have granted options to purchase, without giving effect to the          -for-1 stock split of our outstanding common stock expected to occur prior to the consummation of this offering, 257,875 shares of our common stock,          of which have vested and will be exercisable upon the consummation of this offering based upon an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. However, such shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144 unless otherwise resalable under Rule 701.


100


Table of Contents

 
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For
Non-United States Holders
 
The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to “non-U.S. holders.” As used herein, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. person (as defined below) or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that will hold shares of our common stock as capital assets (i.e., generally, for investment). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person includes:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or other business entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation; or
 
  •  a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons, or (2) was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. domestic trust immediately prior to that date, and has validly elected to continue to be treated as a U.S. domestic trust.
 
This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder’s tax position and does not consider state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences. It also does not consider non-U.S. holders subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through entities, banks and insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities, holders of our common stock held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk-reduction transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organizations, former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or receive common stock as compensation). This summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” applicable Treasury regulations, administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS,” and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and different interpretations.
 
Each prospective non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, estate and other tax consequences of purchasers holding and disposing of our common stock .
 
U.S. Trade or Business Income
 
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income, and gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such dividend income or gain is (1) effectively connected with the conduct by a non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States and (2) in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, attributable to a “permanent establishment” (or, for an individual, a “fixed base”) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements); instead, U.S. trade or business income is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as a U.S. person. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, under specific circumstances.
 
Dividends
 
Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) that we pay on our common stock (or certain redemptions that are treated as distributions on our common stock) will be taxable as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Subject to our discussion in “— Recently-Enacted Federal Tax Legislation” below, a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate,


101


Table of Contents

or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our common stock. If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. See “— Dispositions of Our Common Stock” below. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute or successor form) certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. A non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
 
The U.S. federal withholding tax does not apply to dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as described above, of a non-U.S. holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or appropriate substitute or successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
 
Dispositions of Our Common Stock
 
Subject to our discussion in “— Recently-Enacted Federal Tax Legislation” below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is U.S. trade or business income, as described above;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets other conditions; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” which we refer to as “USRPHC,” under section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.
 
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide (domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, real property interests include land, improvements, and associated personal property. We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition, based on our financial statements and current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets and other relevant data, we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC, although there can be no assurance these conclusions are correct or might not change in the future based on changed circumstances. If we are found to be a USRPHC, a non-U.S. holder, nevertheless, will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock so long as our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” as defined under applicable Treasury regulations and a non-U.S. holder owns, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and such non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock. Prospective investors should be aware that no assurance can be given that our common stock will be so regularly traded when a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our common stock.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements
 
We must annually report to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns also may be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28% and scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years 2011 and thereafter) on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be exempt from backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute or successor form) or otherwise establishes an exemption.


102


Table of Contents

The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States, or a “U.S. related person” as defined under applicable Treasury regulations. In the case of the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a “U.S. related person”, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not the backup withholding tax) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-U.S. holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors on the application of information reporting and backup withholding to them in their particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of our common stock).
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, if the non-U.S. holder provides the required information to the IRS.
 
Recently-Enacted Federal Tax Legislation
 
On March 18, 2010, President Obama signed the “Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act,” or the HIRE Act. The HIRE Act includes a revised version of a bill introduced in late October 2009 in both the House and the Senate, the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2009” or the FATCA bill.
 
Under the FATCA provisions of the HIRE Act, foreign financial institutions (which include hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles regardless of their size) and other foreign entities must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S.-source payments made to them. Specifically, FATCA requires that foreign financial institutions enter into an agreement with the United States government to collect and provide the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such foreign financial institution. Additionally, FATCA requires all other foreign entities that are not financial institutions to provide the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of such foreign entity. A foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements generally will be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments” made after December 31, 2012, other than such payments that are made on “obligations” that are outstanding on March 18, 2012. For this purpose, withholdable payments are U.S.-source payments, such as dividends, otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., capital gain from the sale of our stock). The Treasury is authorized to provide rules for implementing the FATCA withholding regime with the existing nonresident withholding tax rules. FATCA withholding under the HIRE Act will not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign governments, international organizations, foreign central banks of issue and individuals, and the Treasury is authorized to provide additional exceptions.
 
As noted above, the new FATCA withholding and information reporting requirements generally will apply to withholdable payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective non-U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding these new provisions.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Individual Non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.


103


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
We plan to enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below. Jefferies & Company, Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters.
 
The underwriting agreement provides for the purchase of a specific number of shares of common stock by each of the underwriters. The underwriters’ obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specified number of shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name.
 
         
 
    Number of
 
Underwriters
 
Shares
 
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
                
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. 
       
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. 
       
         
Total
       
         
 
Of the           shares to be purchased by the underwriters,   shares will be purchased from us and   shares will be purchased from the selling shareholders.
 
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased. The shares of our common stock should be ready for delivery on or about           , 2010 against payment in immediately available funds. The underwriters are offering the shares subject to various conditions and may reject all or part of any order.
 
Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in its commitment to purchase shares, the commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances.
 
Over-Allotment Option
 
The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of           additional shares from the selling shareholders solely to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at the initial public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $      and, before expenses, the total proceeds to the selling shareholders will be $     . The underwriters have severally agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment option is exercised, they will each purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to the underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the foregoing table.
 
Commission and Expenses
 
The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, the representatives may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $      per share. After the shares are released for sale to the public, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms at various times.


104


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding the amount of the discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling shareholders:
 
                         
 
                Total With Full
 
          Total Without
    Exercise of
 
          Exercise of Over-
    Over-Allotment
 
    Per Share     Allotment Option     Option  
Public offering price
  $           $             $          
Underwriting discounts
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders
  $       $       $    
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $      million. We are paying all of the expenses of this offering. The selling shareholders will not pay any expenses of this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions.
 
Indemnification
 
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, our officers and directors, all of the selling shareholders and substantially all other shareholders have agreed to a 180-day lock-up with respect to shares of our common stock and other of our securities that they beneficially own, including securities that are convertible into shares of common stock and securities that are exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock. This means that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we and such persons may not, subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly (1) sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially or (2) publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. In addition, the lock-up period may be extended in the event that we issue an earnings release or announce certain material news or a material event with respect to us occurs during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, or prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period.
 
The restrictions in these lock-up agreements will not apply, subject to certain conditions, to transactions relating to (1) shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering (2) a bona fide gift or gifts, (3) the transfer of any or all of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock owned by a shareholder, either during such shareholder’s lifetime or on death, by gift, will or interstate succession to an immediate family of the shareholder or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the shareholder and/or a member or members of the shareholder’s immediate family, or (4) a distribution to limited partners or shareholders of the restricted party, provided, however, that the recipient in (2), (3) or (4) agrees to be bound by such restrictions.
 
Discretionary Sales
 
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales by the underwriters to exceed five percent of the shares offered by this prospectus.


105


Table of Contents

No Public Market
 
While we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BBRG,” there has been no public market for the shares prior to this offering. The offering price for the shares will be determined by us and the representatives, based on the following factors:
 
  •  the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  our past and present operations;
 
  •  our historical results of operations;
 
  •  our prospects for future business and earning potential;
 
  •  our management;
 
  •  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
  •  the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable companies;
 
  •  the market capitalization and stages of development of other companies which we and the representatives believe to be comparable to us; and
 
  •  other factors deemed to be relevant.
 
We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market after this offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
SEC rules may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase shares of our common stock before distribution of the shares is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:
 
Stabilizing Transactions.   The representatives may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the market price of our common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
Over-allotments and Syndicate Covering Transactions.   The underwriters may sell more shares of our common stock in connection with this offering than the number of shares than they have committed to purchase. This over-allotment creates a short position for the underwriters. A bid for or purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters is a “syndicate covering transaction.” Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option or by purchasing shares in the open market. To determine how they will close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market, as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are short sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that, in the open market after the pricing of this offering, there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering.
 
Penalty Bids.   If the representatives purchase shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, it may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering.
 
Passive Market Making.   Market makers in the shares who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may make bids for or purchases of shares, subject to limitations, until the time, if ever, at which a stabilizing bid is made.


106


Table of Contents

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales or to stabilize the market price of our common stock may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of the shares of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market if such purchases by the underwriters were not occurring. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of our common stock if it discourages resales of the shares.
 
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may occur on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
 
Electronic Distribution
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
Upon receipt of a request by an investor or its representative who has received an electronic prospectus from an underwriter within the period during which there is an obligation to deliver a prospectus, we will promptly transmit, or cause to be transmitted, without charge, a paper copy of the prospectus.
 
Selling Restrictions
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of this offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
 
  1.  to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  2.  to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  3.  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
  4.  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.


107


Table of Contents

 
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter and us that:
 
  1.  it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
 
  2.  in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State, other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
 
  1.  it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) to persons who are investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
  2.  it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities. Because an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will receive more than 5.0% of the net proceeds of this offering, the offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, as administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. This rule requires, among other things, that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” and that a qualified independent underwriter has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. Jefferies & Company, Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act.
 
Other Relationships
 
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are agents and lenders under the company’s existing senior credit facilities and an affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under the company’s existing


108


Table of Contents

senior credit facilities. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all loans outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities.
 
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the company.


109


Table of Contents

 
Legal Matters
 
The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
 
Experts
 
The consolidated annual financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Where You Can Find More Information
 
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 covering the common stock we are offering. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus omits certain information contained in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. We make reference in this prospectus to certain of our contracts, agreements and other documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement. For additional information regarding those contracts, agreements and other documents, please see the exhibits attached to this registration statement.
 
You can read the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we have filed or file, at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the public reference room (Room 1580), 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents from such offices upon payment of the prescribed fees. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. You may also request copies of the documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains reports and other information regarding registrants (including us) that file electronically with the SEC, which you can access at http://www.sec.gov.
 
In addition, you may request copies of this filing and such other reports as we may determine or as the law requires at no cost, by telephone at (614) 326-7944, or by mail to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc., 777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, Ohio 43212, Attention: Investor Relations.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above.


110


 

 
Index to Financial Statements
 
         
    Page
 
    F-2  
Consolidated Financial Statements—December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008 and December 30, 2007
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements—March 28, 2010 and March 29, 2009
       
    F-19  
    F-20  
    F-21  
    F-22  
 


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (formerly, Bravo Development, Inc. and Subsidiaries) (a majority-owned subsidiary of Bravo Development Holdings, LLC) (the “Company”), as of December 27, 2009 and December 28, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 27, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 27, 2009 and December 28, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 27, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Columbus, Ohio
 
April 30, 2010 (June 28, 2010 as to the Company name change in Note 1 and July 1, 2010 as to the subsequent event update in Note 1)


F-2


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except par values)
 
                         
 
                Pro Forma
 
    December 28,
    December 27,
    Stockholders’
 
    2008     2009     Equity  
                (Unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 682     $ 249          
Restricted cash
    251                  
Accounts receivable
    3,968       5,534          
Tenant improvement allowance receivable
    3,549       2,435          
Inventories
    1,990       2,203          
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,058       2,049          
                         
Total current assets
    12,498       12,470          
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net
    141,040       144,880          
OTHER ASSETS—Net
    4,226       3,492          
                         
TOTAL
  $ 157,764     $ 160,842          
                         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                       
Trade and construction payables
  $ 14,315     $ 12,675          
Accrued expenses
    19,259       21,658          
Current portion of long-term debt
    1,049       1,039          
Deferred lease incentives
    3,656       4,284          
Deferred gift card revenue
    8,539       8,970          
                         
Total current liabilities
    46,818       48,626          
                         
DEFERRED LEASE INCENTIVES
    48,324       53,451          
                         
LONG-TERM DEBT
    124,901       116,992          
                         
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    13,812       14,463          
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
                       
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS):
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 3,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 1,050,000 shares
    1       1       1  
14% cumulative compounding preferred stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 100,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 59,500 shares
    1       1          
Additional paid-in capital
    110,972       110,972       110,973  
Retained deficit
    (187,065 )     (183,664 )     (183,664 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
    (76,091 )     (72,690 )     (72,690 )
                         
TOTAL
  $ 157,764     $ 160,842     $ 160,842  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
                         
 
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
REVENUES
  $ 265,374     $ 300,783     $ 311,709  
                         
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
                       
Cost of sales
    75,340       84,618       82,609  
Labor
    89,663       102,323       106,330  
Operating
    41,567       47,690       48,917  
Occupancy
    16,054       18,736       19,636  
                         
Total restaurant operating costs
    222,624       253,367       257,492  
                         
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
                       
General and administrative expenses
    16,768       15,042       17,123  
Restaurant pre-opening costs
    5,647       5,434       3,758  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,309       14,651       16,088  
Asset impairment charges
            8,506       6,436  
Other expenses—net
    462       229       157  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    35,186       43,862       43,562  
                         
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    7,564       3,554       10,655  
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
    11,853       9,892       7,119  
                         
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (4,289 )     (6,338 )     3,536  
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    (3,503 )     55,061       135  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (786 )   $ (61,339 )   $ 3,401  
                         
UNDECLARED PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
    (8,920 )     (10,175 )     (11,599 )
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
    (9,706 )     (71,574 )     (8,198 )
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE—BASIC AND DILUTED
  $ (9.24 )   $ (68.17 )   $ (7.81 )
                         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING—BASIC AND DILUTED
    1,050       1,050       1,050  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency in Assets)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                         
 
                                                    Stockholders’
 
                            Additional
                      Equity
 
    Common Stock     Preferred Stock     Paid-In
    Retained
    Treasury Stock     (Deficiency in
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Assets)  
 
BALANCE—December 31, 2006
    1,050,000     $ 1       59,500     $ 1     $ 110,972     $ (124,880 )         $     $ (13,906 )
Net loss
                                            (786 )                     (786 )
Purchase of treasury shares
                                                    (14,701 )     (928 )     (928 )
Sale of treasury shares
                                                    14,701       928       928  
                                                                         
BALANCE—December 30, 2007
    1,050,000       1       59,500       1       110,972       (125,666 )                   (14,692 )
Net loss
                                            (61,399 )                     (61,399 )
Purchase of treasury shares
                                                    (1,585 )     (100 )     (100 )
Sale of treasury shares
                                                    1,585       100       100  
                                                                         
BALANCE—December 28, 2008
    1,050,000       1       59,500       1       110,972       (187,065 )                 (76,091 )
Net loss
                                            3,401                       3,401  
Purchase of treasury shares
                                                    (1,217 )     (184 )     (184 )
Sale of treasury shares
                                                    1,217       184       184  
                                                                         
BALANCE—December 27, 2009
    1,050,000     $   1       59,500     $   1     $ 110,972     $ (183,664 )         $     $ (72,690 )
                                                                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
 
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 30,
    December 28,
    December 27,
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (786 )   $ (61,399 )   $ 3,401  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization (excluding deferred lease incentives)
    12,309       14,651       16,088  
(Gain) loss on disposals of property and equipment
    620       114       (236 )
Impairment of assets
            8,506       6,436  
Amortization of deferred lease incentives
    (2,258 )     (3,139 )     (5,016 )
Interest capitalized in note agreement
    2,758       1,285       1,340  
Deferred income taxes
    (3,557 )     54,895          
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts and tenant improvement receivables
    (1,699 )     446       (452 )
Inventories
    (149 )     24       (213 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,343       (882 )     9  
Trade and construction payables
    6,012       1,596       (1,805 )
Deferred lease incentives
    9,399       15,205       10,771  
Deferred gift card revenue
    933       (587 )     431  
Other accrued liabilities
    1,915       (1,153 )     (545 )
Other—net
    3,451       2,939       3,573  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    31,291       32,501       33,782  
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (35,274 )     (42,496 )     (25,708 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
                    500  
Restricted cash
            (251 )     251  
Intangibles acquired
    (262 )     (341 )        
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (35,536 )     (43,088 )     (24,957 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from long-term debt
    33,250       104,450       103,450  
Funds in escrow
    12,762                  
Payments on long-term debt
    (33,927 )     (93,921 )     (112,708 )
Proceeds from sale of stock
    928       100       184  
Repurchase of stock
    (928 )     (100 )     (184 )
Distribution to previous shareholders
    (6,570 )                
Payment for cancellation of options to option holders
    (1,359 )                
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    4,156       10,529       (9,258 )
                         
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (89 )     (58 )     (433 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
    829       740       682  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year
  $ 740     $ 682     $ 249  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Interest paid—net of $454, $950, and $434 capitalized in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively
  $ 11,275     $ 8,840     $ 7,030  
                         
Income taxes paid (refunded)
  $ 336     $ (83 )   $ 300  
                         
Property additions financed by accounts payable
  $ 3,706     $ 963     $ 994  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Description of Business —Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (BBRG or the “Company”) (formerly, Bravo Development, Inc. and Subsidiaries) owns and operates restaurants under the trade names BRAVO! ® , “BRAVO! Cucina Italiana ® ,” Cucina BRAVO! Italiana ® , BRAVO! Italian Kitchen ® , Brio ® , “Brio Tuscan Grille tm ,” and “Bon Vie ® .” At December 27, 2009, there were 45 BRAVO! Cucina Italiana restaurants (44 at December 28, 2008), 35 BRIO Tuscan Grille restaurants (30 at December 28, 2008), and one Bon Vie (one at December 28, 2008) restaurants in operation in 27 states throughout the United States of America. On June 28, 2010, the name of the Company was changed from Bravo Development, Inc. to Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
 
At December 27, 2009, the Company was contractually committed to lease four restaurants. The estimated cost to complete the construction of these restaurants is approximately $7.2 million.
 
Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and account balances of BDI (a majority-owned subsidiary of Bravo Development Holdings, LLC (“Parent”)) (see Note 2) and subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Fiscal Year End —The Company utilizes a 52- or 53-week accounting period which ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. The fiscal years ended December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, each have 52 weeks.
 
Accounting Estimates —The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time. Actual amounts may differ from those estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all cash and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents. All cash is principally deposited in one bank.
 
Inventories —Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method and consist principally of food and beverage items.
 
Pre-opening Costs —Restaurant pre-opening costs consist primarily of wages and salaries, recruiting, training, travel, and lodging and meals. The Company expenses such costs as incurred. Pre-opening costs also includes an accrual for straight-line rent recorded during the period between date of possession and the restaurant opening date for the Company’s leased restaurant locations.
 
Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Equipment consists primarily of restaurant equipment, furniture, fixtures, and smallwares. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term, including option periods, which are reasonably assured of renewal or the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives of assets are as follows: buildings—15 to 39 years, leasehold improvements—10 to 20 years, and equipment and fixtures—3 to 10 years.
 
Leases —The Company records the minimum lease payments for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal. The lease term commences on the date that the lessee obtains control of the property, which is normally when the property is ready for tenant improvements. Contingent rent expense is recognized as incurred and is usually based on either a percentage of restaurant sales or as a percentage of restaurant sales in excess of a defined amount.


F-7


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
Leasehold improvements financed by the landlord through tenant improvement allowances are capitalized as leasehold improvements with the tenant improvement allowances recorded as deferred lease incentives. Deferred lease incentives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the life of the asset or the lease term, including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal (same term that is used for related leasehold improvements) and are recorded as a reduction of occupancy expense.
 
Other Assets —Other assets include liquor licenses, trademarks, and loan costs and are stated at cost, less amortization, if any. The trademarks are used in the advertising and marketing of the restaurants and are widely recognized and accepted by consumers.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company reviews long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of the asset value, an analysis is performed at the individual restaurant level and primarily includes an assessment of historical cash flows and other relevant factors and circumstances. Negative restaurant-level cash flow over the previous 12-month period is considered a potential impairment indicator. In such situations, the Company evaluates future cash flow projections in conjunction with qualitative factors and future operating plans. Based on this analysis, if the Company believes that the carrying amount of the assets are not recoverable, an impairment charge is recognized based upon the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds fair value as measured by undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by these assets.
 
The Company recognized asset impairment charges of approximately $8.5 million and $6.4 million in fiscal 2008 and 2009, respectively, related to leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment for the impacted sites. No impairment charge was recorded in fiscal 2007.
 
The Company’s impairment assessment process requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and operating outcomes, which are based upon a significant degree of management’s judgment. The Company continues to assess the performance of restaurants and monitors the need for future impairment. Changes in the economic environment, real estate markets, capital spending, and overall operating performance could impact these estimates and result in future impairment charges. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests will not result in additional charges to earnings.
 
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, trade and construction payables, and accrued liabilities at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments. The fair values of the Company’s long-term debt is determined using quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or based on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying amount of the long-term debt under the revolving credit facility and variable rate notes and loan agreements approximate the fair values at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009. The estimated fair value of the fixed long-term debt is $31,500,000 at December 27, 2009. The fair value of the Company’s fixed long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market values offered for the same or similar agreements for which the lowest level of observable input significant to the established fair value measurement hierarchy is Level 2.
 
Revenue Recognition —Revenue from restaurant operations is recognized upon payment by the customer at the time of sale. Revenues are reflected net of sales tax and certain discounts and allowances.
 
The Company records a liability upon the sale of gift cards and recognizes revenue upon redemption by the customer. Revenue is recognized on unredeemed gift cards (breakage) based upon historical redemption patterns when the Company determines the likelihood of redemption of the gift card by the customer is remote and there is no legal obligation to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdiction. Gift card breakage income was not significant in any fiscal year and is reported within revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-8


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
Advertising —The Company expenses the cost of advertising (including production costs) the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $1,918,000, $2,451,000, and $2,809,000 for 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
Self-Insurance Reserves —The Company maintains various policies, including workers’ compensation and general liability. As outlined in these policies, the Company is responsible for losses up to certain limits. The Company records a liability for the estimated exposure for aggregate losses below those limits. This liability is based on estimates of the ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions, including actuarial assumptions, historical trends, and economic conditions.
 
Derivative Instruments —The Company accounts for all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the Company’s interest rate swap derivative are recorded each period in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of interest expense.
 
Income Taxes —Income tax provisions are comprised of federal and state taxes currently due, plus deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts considered by management to be more likely than not of realization in future periods.
 
Stock-Based Compensation —The Company maintains performance incentive plans including incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. Options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company’s common shares at the date of grant. The cost of employee service is recognized as a compensation expense over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award, typically the vesting period, and are exercisable if certain performance targets are achieved. The Company has not recorded any compensation expense related to these stock options since certain performance clauses have not been satisfied according to the 2007 Option Plan (see Note 11).
 
Net Income (loss) Per Share —Basic earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing consolidated net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities, options or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. At December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, there were 256,702, 245,874 and 257,875, respectively, of stock options which were not considered dilutive due to performance conditions not being met.
 
Pro forma Information (unaudited) —Pro forma stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets) is based upon the Company’s historical stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets) as of December 27, 2009, and has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to reflect an exchange of the shares of Series A preferred stock for shares of common stock in connection with the proposed reorganization transactions. Each share of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for that number of shares of common stock having an aggregate fair value, based upon the initial public offering price to the public of shares of our common stock in the proposed public offering, equal to the liquidation preference of each share of Series A preferred stock.
 
Segment Reporting —The Company operates upscale affordable Italian dining restaurants under two brands, exclusively in the United States, that have similar economic characteristics, nature of products and service, class of customer and distribution methods. The Company believes it meets the criteria for aggregating its operating segments, into a single reporting segment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements —The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) updated Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810, Consolidation , with amendments to improve financial reporting by


F-9


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
enterprises involved with variable interest entities (formerly FASB Statement No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) ). These amendments require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest(s) give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. The effective date for this guidance is the beginning of a reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. The Company adopted this guidance and it had no effect on its consolidated financial statements.
 
The FASB also updated ASC Topic 855 , Subsequent Events , to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosing of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued (formerly FASB Statement No. 165, Subsequent Events ). This guidance was effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company’s management has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through July 1, 2010, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There were no subsequent events noted.
 
2.  RECAPITALIZATION
 
On June 2, 2006, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) with Parent and BDI Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent with $56.1 million of capitalization, to consummate a recapitalization of the Company. Under the terms of the Agreement, Merger Sub, an entity formed by Parent, merged with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving entity. Merger and the recapitalization were effected on June 29, 2006 (the “Effective Time”).
 
In connection with this transaction, the Company issued a new series of nonvoting 14% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock. Upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, before any distribution of proceeds to the holders of common stock, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to a preferential distribution in cash in an amount equal to $1,000 (original liquidation preference of $59,500,000) for each preferred share, plus the accumulated dividends with respect to such share. The preferred stock is not subject to call or mandatory redemption rights and cannot be converted into common shares. Total liquidation preference including undeclared/unpaid dividends amounted to $72.6 million, $82.7 million, and $94.3 million for the fiscal years ended 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
In addition to the consideration paid at the Effective Time, the equity holders and the option holders earned additional consideration of $7.9 million (the “Earn-Out Payment”), plus accrued interest, paid in September 2007. Following the recapitalization, Parent owns 80.1% of the Company’s common stock and management shareholders own 19.9% of the Company’s common stock.
 
As part of the Agreement, the shareholders and Parent made an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to treat the recapitalization as an asset purchase for tax purposes. The tax benefit of this election was recorded as an equity transaction. For all periods prior to the recapitalization, the Company operated as an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. However, following the recapitalization, the Company no longer qualified as an S corporation and became subject to U.S. Federal and certain state and local income taxes applicable to C corporations. The transaction was accounted for as a leveraged recapitalization with no change in the book basis of assets and liabilities. All taxes resulting from the Section 338(h)(10) election were paid by the selling shareholders and option holders.


F-10


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
The major classes of property and equipment at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Land and buildings
  $ 5,252     $ 5,402  
Leasehold improvements
    112,573       124,331  
Equipment and fixtures
    70,733       76,714  
Construction in progress
    4,587       4,255  
Deposits on equipment orders
    139       501  
                 
Total
    193,284       211,203  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (52,244 )     (66,323 )
                 
Total
  $ 141,040     $ 144,880  
                 
 
4.  OTHER ASSETS
 
The major classes of other assets and related amortization at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Loan origination fees
  $ 4,512     $ 4,512  
Liquor licenses
    1,397       1,393  
Trademarks
    117       117  
Deposits
    127       150  
                 
Other assets—at cost
    6,153       6,172  
                 
Accumulated amortization:
               
Loan origination fees
    (1,873 )     (2,606 )
Liquor licenses
    (38 )     (58 )
Trademarks
    (16 )     (16 )
                 
Total accumulated amortization
    (1,927 )     (2,680 )
                 
Other assets—net
  $ 4,226     $ 3,492  
                 


F-11


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-term debt at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Term loan
  $ 80,644     $ 79,818  
Note agreement
    30,930       32,270  
Revolving credit facility
    13,750       5,550  
Mortgage notes with payments of principal and interest due through July 2012
    626       393  
                 
Total
    125,950       118,031  
Less current maturities
    (1,049 )     (1,039 )
                 
Long-term debt
  $ 124,901     $ 116,992  
                 
 
As part of the recapitalization of the Company in 2006, as more fully described in Note 2, the Company entered into a $112.5-million Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) composed of a $82.5-million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $30-million Revolving Credit Facility (the “Revolver”).
 
The interest rate on the Term Loan and Revolver is based on prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2% or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by certain financial ratios. The weighted-average interest rate on the borrowings at December 27, 2009, was 3.47% (7.1% at December 28, 2008). In addition, the Company must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the Revolver. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company, except property collateralized by mortgage notes and mature based upon the nature of the borrowing in either 2011 or 2012.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Revolver, the Company is subject to certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, including a consolidated total leverage ratio, a consolidated senior leverage ratio, consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio, and consolidated capital expenditures limitations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 27, 2009.
 
The Revolver also provides for bank guarantee under standby letter of credit arrangements in the normal course of business operations. The Company’s commercial bank issues standby letters of credit to secure its obligations to pay or perform when required to do so pursuant to the requirements of an underlying agreement or the provision of goods and services. The standby letters of credit are cancelable only at the option of the beneficiary who is authorized to draw drafts on the issuing bank up to the face amount of the standby letter of credit in accordance with its terms. As of December 27, 2009, the maximum exposure under these standby letters of credit was $3.65 million. At December 27, 2009, the Company had $20.8 million available under its Revolver.
 
In addition to the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a $27.5 million Note Purchase Agreement (the “Note Agreement”). Under the Note Agreement, interest is payable monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%. The Company may elect monthly during the first year of the Note Agreement to accrue interest at the rate of 14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing the second year of the Note Agreement through the maturity date, the Company may elect to accrue interest at 13.25% and pay interest equal to 9% monthly. Interest accrued, but unpaid during the term of the Note Agreement is capitalized into the principal balance. The Note Agreement is collateralized by a second priority interest in all assets of the Company except property and matures on December 29, 2012. Since November 2006, the Company has elected to capitalize accrued, but unpaid interest in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement.
 
Beginning with the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008, the Company is required to make excess cash flow payments to reduce the outstanding principal balances under the Credit Agreement provided the Company meets


F-12


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
certain leverage ratio requirements. No excess cash flow payments were made in fiscal year 2008 and no excess cash flow payments will be required in fiscal year 2009 based on the fiscal year 2008 results.
 
In connection with settlement of the Earn-Out Payment as described in Note 2, the Company recovered $4.6 million of funds previously held in escrow. These funds were applied to the outstanding borrowings in accordance with the Credit and Note Agreements.
 
On August 14, 2006, the Company entered into a three-year interest rate swap agreement fixing the interest rate on $27 million of its Term Loan debt. The Company settles with the bank quarterly for the difference between the 5.24% and the 90-day LIBOR in effect at the beginning of the quarter. Changes in the market value of the interest rate swap are recorded each period as an adjustment to interest expense. Such adjustments were net increases to interest expense of $782,000 and $120,000 in fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively, and a reduction of interest expense of $755,000 in fiscal 2009. There were no derivative instruments outstanding at December 27, 2009.
 
Mortgage notes are collateralized by first mortgages on individual restaurant real estate assets. The weighted-average variable interest rate on the mortgage notes is 6.83% and 4.61% for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively.
 
Future maturities of debt as of December 27, 2009, are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
 
2010
  $ 1,039  
2011
    6,470  
2012
    110,522  
         
Total
  $ 118,031  
         
 
6.  ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
The major classes of accrued expenses at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Compensation and related benefits
  $ 9,210     $ 10,268  
Accrued self-insurance claims liability
    4,279       4,853  
Other taxes payable
    2,234       3,546  
Other accrued liabilities
    3,536       2,991  
                 
Total accrued expenses
  $ 19,259     $ 21,658  
                 


F-13


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
7.  OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
Other long-term liabilities at December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Deferred rent
  $ 12,201     $ 13,975  
Deferred compensation (Note 9)
    407       166  
Partner surety (Note 9)
    370       200  
Other long-term liability
    79       122  
Interest rate swap
    755        
                 
Other long-term liabilities
  $ 13,812     $ 14,463  
                 
 
8.  LEASES
 
The Company leases certain land and buildings used in its restaurant operations under various long-term operating lease agreements. The initial lease terms range from 2 to 15 years and currently expire between 2009 and 2028. The leases include renewal options for 2 to 20 additional years. The majority of leases provide for base (fixed) rent, plus additional rent based on gross sales, as defined in each lease agreement, in excess of a stipulated amount, multiplied by a stated percentage. The Company is also generally obligated to pay certain real estate taxes, insurances, common area maintenance (CAM) charges, and various other expenses related to the properties.
 
At December 27, 2009, the future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases, including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal, are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
 
2010
  $ 18,398  
2011
    18,933  
2012
    19,188  
2013
    19,378  
2014
    19,614  
Thereafter
    172,631  
         
Total
  $ 268,142  
         
 
The above future minimum rental amounts exclude renewal options, which are not reasonably assured of renewal and additional rent based on sales or increases in the United States Consumer Price Index. The Company generally has escalating rents over the term of the leases and records rent expense on a straight-line basis for operating leases.
 
Rent expense, excluding real estate taxes, CAM charges, insurance, and other expenses related to operating leases, in 2007, 2008, and 2009, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Minimum rent
  $ 9,229     $ 10,618     $ 11,391  
Contingent rent
    1,090       933       705  
                         
Total
  $ 10,319     $ 11,551     $ 12,096  
                         


F-14


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
9.  BONUS PLANS
 
In 2003, the Strategic Partner Plan (SPP) was created to reward and retain top general managers and executive chefs by providing them with a significantly greater Quarterly Performance Bonus payout potential, in addition to sharing in the appreciation of the Company (“Deferred Compensation”), which is based on a quarterly targeted sales value times an earnings factor based on same store sales performance. The Deferred Compensation vests ratably over the initial term of the agreement and is payable at the termination of the contract (generally five years).
 
To participate in the SPP, the invitee (partner) signs an agreement to continue their employment with the Company for the term of the initial agreement (five years) and places a deposit (“Partner Surety”) with the Company, which is reflected in other long-term liabilities. The Partner Surety, as well as any Deferred Compensation that may be credited to the partner’s account, is forfeited if the partner breaches the requirements of the SPP agreement. The Company pays interest on the Partner Surety each quarter based on the three-month Certificate of Deposit rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each calendar quarter and also provides each partner with a $2,500 sign-on bonus when their Partner Surety is received. Total expenses related to the SPP, net of Partner Surety forfeitures, amounted to $3,542,000, $1,227,000, and $771,000, for fiscal years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively. Effective the beginning of fiscal year 2008, the SPP plan is no longer being offered to additional partners although existing partners will continue to participate in the plan until their respective agreements expire at the end of the initial five-year term.
 
10.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all eligible full-time employees. The 401(k) Plan provides for employee salary deferral contributions up to a maximum of 15% of the participants’ eligible compensation, as well as discretionary Company matching contributions. Discretionary Company contributions relating to the 401(k) Plan for the years ended 2007, 2008, and 2009, were $179,000, $222,000, and $180,000, respectively.
 
11.  STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
Stock option activity for 2007, 2008, and 2009, is summarized as follows:
 
                         
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Outstanding—beginning of year
          256,702       245,874  
Weighted-average exercise price
  $     $ 10.00     $ 10.00  
Granted
    265,890             18,500  
Weighted-average exercise price
  $ 10.00     $     $ 8.92  
Forfeited
    (9,188 )     (10,828 )     (6,499 )
Weighted-average exercise price
  $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00  
                         
Outstanding—end of year
    256,702       245,874       257,875  
                         
Weighted-average exercise price
  $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 9.92  
                         
Exercisable—end of year
                 
                         
Weighted-average exercise price
  $     $     $  
                         
 
The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding at December 27, 2009, was 7 years (no options were exercisable).


F-15


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
The total weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2007 and 2009 was $3.61, and was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions were used for these options: weighted-average risk-free interest rate of 4.49%, no expected dividend yield, weighted-average volatility of 32.2%, based upon competitors within the industry, and an expected option life of five years.
 
A summary of the status of, and changes to, unvested options during the year ended December 27, 2009, is as follows:
 
                 
 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    Average Grant
 
    Shares     Date Fair Value  
 
Unvested—beginning of year
    144,293     $ 3.60  
Granted
    18,500       3.25  
Vested
    (59,844 )     3.61  
Forfeited
    (527 )     3.61  
                 
Unvested—end of year
    102,422     $ 3.61  
                 
 
Vested options (155,453) are not exercisable, as the specified performance conditions have not been met. As of December 27, 2009, there was $930,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to vested and nonvested options granted under the Plan. The cost will begin to be recognized upon the satisfaction of certain performance conditions as specified within the option agreements.
 
12. INCOME TAXES
 
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Current income tax expense:
                       
Federal
  $     $     $  
State and local
    54       166       135  
                         
Total current income tax expense
    54       166       135  
                         
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
                       
Federal
    (3,298 )     50,107          
State and local
    (259 )     4,788          
                         
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    (3,557 )     54,895        
                         
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (3,503 )   $ 55,061     $ 135  
                         


F-16


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
Deferred income taxes as of December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
 
    2008     2009  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Goodwill for tax reporting purposes
  $ 41,446     $ 38,127  
Self-insurance reserves
    2,989       2,819  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,292       4,918  
Federal and state net operating losses
    4,619       4,425  
FICA tip credit carryforward
    6,819       9,893  
Other
    1,076       809  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    59,241       60,991  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Prepaid assets
    (361 )     (305 )
Deferred rent
    610       (638 )
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    249       (943 )
                 
Valuation allowance
    (59,490 )     (60,048 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $  
                 
 
Goodwill for tax reporting purposes is amortized over 15 years. At December 27, 2009, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $10,928,000 and $8,233,000 and Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) tip credit carryforwards of $9,893,000, which will expire at various dates from 2026 through 2028.
 
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Both positive and negative evidence are considered in forming management’s judgment as to whether a valuation allowance is appropriate, and more weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The valuation allowance relates to net operating loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences for which management believes that realization is uncertain. The tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets will be recognized as a reduction of future income tax expense.
 
The effective income tax expense differs from the federal statutory tax expense for the years ended December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
 
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Provision at statutory rate
  $ (1,501 )   $ (2,218 )   $ 1,238  
FICA tip credit
    (2,706 )     (2,890 )     (3,073 )
State income taxes—net of federal benefit
    (377 )     (389 )     292  
Other—net
    1,081       1,068       1,120  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
            59,490       558  
                         
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (3,503 )   $ 55,061     $ 135  
                         
 
The Company adopted the authoritative guidance in regard to uncertain tax positions during 2007. The standards require that a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return be recognized in the financial statements when


F-17


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
it is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Upon adoption, the Company determined that these new standards did not have a material effect on prior consolidated financial statements and therefore no change was made to the opening balance of retained earnings. The standards also require that changes in judgment that result in subsequent recognition, derecognition, or change in a measurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period (including any related interest and penalties) be recognized as a discrete item in the interim period in which the change occurs. As of December 30, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, the Company recognized no liability for uncertain tax positions.
 
It is the Company’s policy to include any penalties and interest related to income taxes in its income tax provision, however, the Company currently has no penalties or interest related to income taxes. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2009. The Company’s state income tax returns are open to audit under certain states for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2009.
 
13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is subject to various claims, possible legal actions, and other matters arising out of the normal course of business. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of these issues, management is of the opinion that adequate provision for potential losses has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
14.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Approximately 80% of the common shares of the Company are owned by affiliates of Castle Harlan, Inc. (“Castle Harlan”), Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill and Co., Inc. (BRS), and Golub Capital Incorporated. Management fees are determined pursuant to the Management Agreement between the Company and Castle Harlan and BRS. Prior to fiscal 2009, management fees were based upon a percentage of Earnings Before Interest, Taxes and, Depreciation and Amortization (“Defined EBITDA”) as defined in the Management Agreement. Starting in fiscal 2009 and for all subsequent years, such fees are based upon predetermined amounts as outlined in the Management Agreement. Management fees paid to Castle Harlan and BRS amounted to approximately $379,000, $427,000, and $1,677,000 for fiscal years 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
 
* * * * * *


F-18


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except par values)
 
                         
 
    December 27,
    March 28,
    Pro Forma
 
    2009     2010     Stockholders’ Equity  
          (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 249     $ 241          
Accounts receivable
    5,534       4,738          
Tenant improvement allowance receivable
    2,435       1,957          
Inventories
    2,203       2,017          
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,049       2,212          
                         
Total current assets
    12,470       11,165          
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net
    144,880       147,623          
OTHER ASSETS—Net
    3,492       3,326          
                         
TOTAL
  $ 160,842     $ 162,114          
                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                       
Trade and construction payables
  $ 12,675     $ 11,770          
Accrued expenses
    21,658       21,683          
Current portion of long-term debt
    1,039       913          
Deferred lease incentives
    4,284       4,284          
Deferred gift card revenue
    8,970       6,296          
                         
Total current liabilities
    48,626       44,946          
                         
DEFERRED LEASE INCENTIVES
    53,451       54,991          
                         
LONG-TERM DEBT
    116,992       117,526          
                         
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    14,463       14,825          
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 3)
                       
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS):
                       
Common stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 3,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 1,050,000 shares
    1       1       1  
14% cumulative compounding preferred stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 100,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 59,500 shares
    1       1          
Additional paid-in capital
    110,972       110,972       110,973  
Retained deficit
    (183,664 )     (181,148 )     (181,148 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets)
    (72,690 )     (70,174 )     (70,174 )
                         
TOTAL
  $ 160,842     $ 162,114     $ 162,114  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-19


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except par values and per share data)
 
                 
 
    Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    March 29, 2009     March 28, 2010  
 
REVENUES
  $ 73,593     $ 81,844  
                 
RESTAURANT OPERATING COSTS:
               
Cost of sales
    19,721       21,357  
Labor
    26,096       28,096  
Operating
    12,505       12,753  
Occupancy
    5,061       5,525  
                 
Total restaurant operating costs
    63,383       67,731  
                 
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
               
General and administrative expenses
    4,583       4,423  
Restaurant pre-opening costs
    1,106       1,205  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,816       4,124  
Other (income) expenses—net
    105       (25 )
                 
Total costs and expenses
    9,610       9,727  
                 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    600       4,386  
NET INTEREST EXPENSE
    1,895       1,770  
                 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (1,295 )     2,616  
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    (2 )     100  
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (1,293 )     2,516  
                 
UNDECLARED PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
    (2,710 )     (3,089 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
  $ (4,003 )   $ (573 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE—BASIC AND DILUTED
  $ (3.81 )   $ (0.55 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING—BASIC AND DILUTED
    1,050       1,050  
                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-20


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands, except par values)
 
                 
 
    Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    March 29, 2009     March 28, 2010  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,293 )   $ 2,516  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization (excluding deferred lease incentives)
    3,816       4,124  
Loss on disposals of property and equipment
    48       20  
Amortization of deferred lease incentives
    (901 )     (1,097 )
Interest capitalized in note agreement
    330       114  
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts and tenant improvement receivables
    996       1,274  
Inventories
    198       186  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    543       (163 )
Trade and construction payables
    (2,020 )     (1,200 )
Deferred lease incentives
    2,803       2,637  
Deferred gift card revenue
    (2,654 )     (2,674 )
Other accrued liabilities
    887       25  
Other—net
    195       346  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,948       6,108  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (6,399 )     (6,410 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (6,399 )     (6,410 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Proceeds from long-term debt
    33,950       26,300  
Payments on long-term debt
    (30,720 )     (26,006 )
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    3,230       294  
                 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (221 )     (8 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
    682       249  
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $ 461     $ 241  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
Interest paid—net of $434 and $49 capitalized in 2009 and 2010, respectively
  $ 2,293     $ 1,443  
                 
Income taxes paid
  $ 56     $ 19  
                 
Property additions financed by accounts payable
  $ 683     $ 295  
                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-21


Table of Contents

BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
Description of Business
 
As of March 28, 2010, Bravo Development, Inc. owned and operated 83 restaurants under the names of BRAVO! Cucina Italiana and BRIO Tuscan Grille.
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Operating results for the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 26, 2010.
 
Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, trade and construction payables, and accrued liabilities at December 27, 2009 and March 28, 2010 approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments. The fair values of the Company’s long-term debt is determined using quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or based on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The carrying amount of the long-term debt under the revolving credit facility and variable rate notes and loan agreements approximate the fair values at December 27, 2009 and March 28, 2010. The estimated fair value of the fixed long-term debt is $31,500,000 at March 28, 2010. The fair value of the Company’s fixed long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market values offered for the same or similar agreements for which the lowest level of observable input significant to the established fair value measurement hierarchy is Level 2.
 
Net Income (loss) Per Share
 
Basic earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing consolidated net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted per share amounts reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities, options or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. At March 29, 2009 and March 28, 2010, there were 239,375 and 257,875, respectively, stock options which were not considered dilutive due to performance conditions not being met.
 
Pro Forma Information
 
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets) is based upon the Company’s historical stockholders’ equity (deficiency in assets) as of March 28, 2010, and has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to reflect an exchange of the shares of Series A preferred stock for shares of common stock in connection with the proposed reorganization transactions. Each share of Series A preferred stock will be exchanged for that number of shares common stock having an aggregate fair value, based upon the initial public offering price to the public of


F-22


Table of Contents

 
BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
shares of our common stock in the proposed public offering, equal to the liquidation preference of each share of Series A preferred stock.
 
Recent Accounting Literature
 
Improving disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU No. 2010-06)
 
(Included in ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”)
 
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06 requires new disclosures regarding recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements. Entities will be required to separately disclose significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 measurements in the fair value hierarchy and describe the reasons for the transfers. Entities will also be required to provide information on purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. In addition, entities must provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities, and disclosures about the valuation techniques used in determining fair value for Level 2 or Level 3 measurements. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the gross basis reconciliations for the Level 3 measurements which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December, 15, 2010.
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) updated Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810, Consolidation , with amendments to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities (formerly FASB Statement No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) ). These amendments require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest(s) give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. The effective date for this guidance is the beginning of a reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. The Company adopted this guidance and it had no material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
 
2.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
As part of the recapitalization of the Company in 2006, the Company entered into a $112.5-million Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) composed of a $82.5-million Term Loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $30-million Revolving Credit Facility (the “Revolver”). Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company, except property collateralized by mortgage notes and mature based upon the nature of the borrowing in either 2011 or 2012. The Revolver also provides for bank guarantee under standby letter of credit arrangements in the normal course of business operations. The interest rate on the Term Loan and Revolver is based on prime rate, plus a margin of up to 2% or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a margin up to 3%, with margins determined by certain financial ratios. In addition, the Company must pay an annual commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused portion of the Revolver.
 
As of March 28, 2010, the Company had borrowings outstanding under the Revolver totaling $6.2 million with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.31%. Availability under the Revolver is reduced by outstanding letters of credit totaling $3.8 million as of March 28, 2010, thereby leaving the Company with $20.0 million available under its Revolver.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, including a consolidated total leverage ratio, a consolidated senior leverage ratio, consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio, and consolidated capital expenditures limitations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of March 28, 2010.
 
In addition to the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a $27.5 million Note Purchase Agreement (the “Note Agreement”). Under the Note Agreement, interest is payable monthly at an annual interest rate of 13.25%. The Company may elect monthly during the first year of the Note Agreement to accrue interest at the rate of


F-23


Table of Contents

 
BRAVO BRIO RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
 
14.25% per annum with no payments. Commencing the second year of the Note Agreement through the maturity date, the Company may elect to accrue interest at 13.25% and pay interest equal to 9% monthly. Interest accrued, but unpaid during the term of the Note Agreement is capitalized into the principal balance. The Note Agreement is collateralized by a second priority interest in all assets of the Company except property and matures on December 29, 2012. From November 2006 through January of 2010, the Company elected to capitalize accrued, but unpaid interest in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement.
 
Beginning with the fiscal year ended December 28, 2008, the Company is required to make excess cash flow payments to reduce the outstanding principal balances under the Credit Agreement provided the Company meets certain leverage ratio requirements. No excess cash flow payments were required in fiscal year 2009 based on the fiscal year 2008 results and no excess cash flow payments will be required for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2010.
 
3.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is subject to various claims, possible legal actions, and other matters arising out of the normal course of business. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of these issues, management is of the opinion that adequate provision for potential losses has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
* * * * * *


F-24


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
“The restaurant presents a winning combination: It manages to be a place that people want to go to and a place they want to go back to.” The Capital — Annapolis, MD

 


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
“Tuscan “Tuscan Culina Culinary creations creations are are mastered mastered at BR at BRIO.” Collumbu Columbus s D Dispatch Birmingham, AL (1) Phoenix, AZ (2) Denver, CO (2) Farmington, CT (1) Washington DC (1) Ft. Lauderdale, FL (2) Naples, FL (1) Orlando, FL (2) Palm Beach, FL (1) Tampa, FL (1) Atlanta, GA (2) Chicago, IL (1) Newport, KY (1) Annapolis, MD (1) Detroit, MI (2) Kansas City, MO (1) St. Louis, MO (1) Charlotte, NC (1) Raleigh, NC (1) Cherry Hill, NJ (1) Las Vegas, NV (1) Cleveland, OH (2) Columbus, OH (2) Dayton, OH (1) Dallas, TX (2) Houston, TX (2) Richmond, VA (1) BrioItalian.com

 


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)
BRIO, meaning “lively or full of life,” brings the pleasure of the Tuscan country villa to the American city. The food, staying true to the Tuscan philosophy of “to eat well is to live well,” is simply prepared using the finest and freshest ingredients. Escape to BRIO and experience the flavors of Tuscany. Buon Appetito!

 


Table of Contents

 
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
 
          Shares
 
 
Preliminary Prospectus
 
 
Jefferies & Company Piper Jaffray
 
Wells Fargo Securities
 
KeyBanc Capital Markets Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
 
 


Table of Contents

 
Part II
 
Information Not Required In Prospectus
 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, other than the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 12,300.00  
FINRA filing fee
    17,750.00  
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Registration and transfer agent fees
    *  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
         
Total
    *  
         
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Ohio’s Revised Code expressly authorizes and our Second Amended and Restated Regulations will provide for indemnification by us of any person who, because such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company was or is a party; or is threatened to be made a party to:
 
  •  any threatened, pending or completed civil action, suit or proceeding;
 
  •  any threatened, pending or completed criminal action, suit or proceeding;
 
  •  any threatened, pending or completed administrative action or proceeding;
 
  •  any threatened, pending or completed investigative action or proceeding.
 
The indemnification will be for actual and reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Ohio Revised Code.
 
Section 1701.13(E)(7) of the Ohio Revised Code authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such. We have obtained liability insurance covering our directors and officers for claims asserted against them or incurred by them in such capacity, including claims brought under the Securities Act.
 
Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the underwriters are obligated under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.


II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.
 
During August 2007, we sold 38.25 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $38,250 and 675 shares of our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $6,750 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
During November 2007, we sold 21.25 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $21,250 and 375 shares of our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $3,750 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
During July 2008, we sold 85 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $85,000 and 1,500 shares of our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $15,000 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
During April 2009, we sold 111.125 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $111,125 and 637.5 shares of our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $3,187.50 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
During May 2009, we sold 38 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $38,000 and 400 shares of our common stock for an aggregate offering price of $2,000 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
During September 2009, we sold 30 shares of our Series A 14.0% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock for an aggregate offering price of $30,000 to certain of our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The sale and issuance was deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. In accordance with Rule 701, the shares were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan and the issuance did not, during any consecutive twelve month period, exceed 15.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, calculated in accordance with its provisions.
 
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had adequate access, through their relationship with us, to such information.


II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Document
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .3*   Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  3 .4*   Second Amended and Restated Regulations of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  4 .10*   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Dechert LLP.
  10 .1*   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, General Electric Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as co-documentation agents, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC, as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers.
  10 .2*   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, Waiver and Consent, dated as of March 13, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Lenders and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
  10 .3   Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the Purchasers Party thereto, as purchasers, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
  10 .4   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
  10 .5   New Investors Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holding LLC, and the other investors and parties named therein.
  10 .6   Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and the other investors and parties named therein.
  10 .7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC and the other investors named therein.
  10 .8   Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
  10 .9   Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, effective January 12, 2007, by and between Bravo Development, Inc. and Saed Mohseni.
  10 .11   Bravo Development, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .12   Form of Option Award Letter.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Dechert LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
See the Index to Financial Statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement.


II-3


Table of Contents

All schedules not identified above have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the selected consolidated financial data or notes contained in this registration statement.
 
Item 17. Undertakings.
 
a. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
b. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
c. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Columbus, State of Ohio, on July 1, 2010.
 
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Saed Mohseni
Saed Mohseni
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Power of Attorney
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Saed Mohseni and James J. O’Connor, as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
This power of attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Saed Mohseni

Saed Mohseni
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   July 1, 2010
         
/s/  James J. O’Connor

James J. O’Connor
  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  July 1, 2010
         
/s/  Alton F. Doody, III

Alton F. Doody, III
  Director   July 1, 2010
         
/s/  Harold O. Rosser II

Harold O. Rosser II
  Director   July 1, 2010
         
/s/  David B. Pittaway

David B. Pittaway
  Director   July 1, 2010
         
/s/  Michael J. Hislop

Michael J. Hislop
  Director   July 1, 2010
         
/s/  Allen J. Bernstein

Allen J. Bernstein
  Director   July 1, 2010


II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Document
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .3*   Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  3 .4*   Second Amended and Restated Regulations of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  4 .10*   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Dechert LLP.
  10 .1*   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, General Electric Capital Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as co-documentation agents, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC, as co-lead arrangers and joint book managers.
  10 .2*   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, Waiver and Consent, dated as of March 13, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Lenders and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
  10 .3   Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., as borrower, Bravo Development Holdings, LLC and the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time parties thereto, as guarantors, the Purchasers Party thereto, as purchasers, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
  10 .4   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent.
  10 .5   New Investors Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holding LLC, and the other investors and parties named therein.
  10 .6   Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and the other investors and parties named therein.
  10 .7   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC and the other investors named therein.
  10 .8   Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
  10 .9   Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, by and among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc. and Bravo Development, Inc.
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, effective January 12, 2007, by and between Bravo Development, Inc. and Saed Mohseni.
  10 .11   Bravo Development, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .12   Form of Option Award Letter.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Dechert LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page).
 
* To be filed by amendment.


II-6

Exhibit 10.3
 
NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
as Borrower,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
and
THE DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,
as Guarantors,
THE PURCHASERS PARTIES HERETO,
and
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent,
Dated as of June 29, 2006
$27,500,000
13.25% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED NOTES
DUE DECEMBER 29, 2012
 
THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBORDINATED TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT AND SATISFACTION IN CASH OF ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS, AS DEFINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2006, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, RESTATED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME, TO THE EXTENT, AND IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN SUCH INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1 Defined Terms
    1  
Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions
    23  
Section 1.3 Accounting Terms
    23  
Section 1.4 Time References
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE; TERMS OF THE NOTES
    24  
 
       
Section 2.1 Note Register; Notes
    24  
Section 2.2 Payment of Purchase Price
    25  
Section 2.3 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    25  
Section 2.4 Manner of Payment
    25  
Section 2.5 Terms of the Notes
    25  
Section 2.6 Use of Proceeds
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    30  
 
       
Section 3.1 Financial Condition; Projections
    30  
Section 3.2 No Change
    31  
Section 3.3 Corporate Existence
    31  
Section 3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
    31  
Section 3.5 Compliance with Laws; No Conflict; No Default
    32  
Section 3.6 No Material Litigation
    32  
Section 3.7 Investment Company Act; Etc
    33  
Section 3.8 Margin Regulations
    33  
Section 3.9 ERISA
    33  
Section 3.10 Environmental Matters
    33  
Section 3.11 Subsidiaries; Capitalization
    34  
Section 3.12 Ownership of Property and Assets
    35  
Section 3.13 Taxes
    35  
Section 3.14 Intellectual Property Rights
    36  
Section 3.15 Solvency
    36  
Section 3.16 Location of Collateral, Etc
    36  
Section 3.17 No Burdensome Restrictions
    37  
Section 3.18 Labor Matters
    37  
Section 3.19 Accuracy and Completeness of Information
    37  
Section 3.20 Material Contracts
    37  
Section 3.21 Insurance
    37  
Section 3.22 Security Documents
    38  
Section 3.23 Regulation H
    38  
Section 3.24 Classification of Senior Indebtedness
    38  
Section 3.25 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
    38  
Section 3.26 Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations
    38  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
Section 3.27 Consummation of Recapitalization; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents
    39  
Section 3.28 Certain Transactions
    39  
Section 3.29 Use of Proceeds
    39  
Section 3.30 Small Business Concern
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    40  
 
       
Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing Date
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    45  
 
       
Section 5.1 Financial Statements
    45  
Section 5.2 Certificates; Other Information
    47  
Section 5.3 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations
    48  
Section 5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
    48  
Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
    49  
Section 5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
    49  
Section 5.7 Notices
    50  
Section 5.8 Environmental Laws
    51  
Section 5.9 Financial Covenants
    51  
Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors
    53  
Section 5.11 Compliance with Law
    54  
Section 5.12 Pledged Assets
    54  
Section 5.13 Hedging Agreements
    55  
Section 5.14 Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
    55  
Section 5.15 Use of Proceeds
    56  
Section 5.16 Further Assurances
    56  
Section 5.17 Observation Rights
    56  
Section 5.18 Exercise of Rights
    57  
Section 5.19 Amendments and Modifications to the Senior Debt Documents
    57  
Section 5.20 Further Assurances Regarding Real Property
    58  
Section 5.21 Payment of Certain Indebtedness
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    59  
 
       
Section 6.1 Indebtedness
    59  
Section 6.2 Liens
    60  
Section 6.3 Nature of Business
    60  
Section 6.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc
    60  
Section 6.5 Advances, Investments and Loans
    61  
Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates
    61  
Section 6.7 Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions
    62  
Section 6.8 Fiscal Year; Organizational Documents; Material Contracts; Etc
    62  
Section 6.9 Limitation on Restricted Actions
    62  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
Section 6.10 Restricted Payments; Prepayments of Other Indebtedness
    62  
Section 6.11 Amendment of Debt or Recapitalization Documents
    64  
Section 6.12 Sale Leaseback Transactions
    65  
Section 6.13 No Further Negative Pledges
    65  
Section 6.14 Management Fees
    66  
Section 6.15 Restrictions on Holdings
    66  
Section 6.16 Use of Proceeds
    66  
Section 6.17 Equity Documents
    66  
Section 6.18 Financial Assistance to Senior Lender
    67  
Section 6.19 SBIC Covenants
    67  
 
       
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    67  
 
       
Section 7.1 Events of Default
    67  
Section 7.2 Acceleration; Remedies
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
    70  
 
       
Section 8.1 Appointment
    70  
Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties
    71  
Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions
    71  
Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent
    71  
Section 8.5 Notice of Default
    72  
Section 8.6 Non Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers
    72  
Section 8.7 Indemnification
    73  
Section 8.8 The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
    73  
Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent
    73  
Section 8.10 Other Agents
    74  
Section 8.11 Intercreditor Agreement
    74  
Section 8.12 Collateral and Guaranty Matters
    74  
 
       
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS
    75  
 
       
Section 9.1 Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral
    75  
Section 9.2 Notices
    77  
Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    79  
Section 9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    79  
Section 9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes
    79  
Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Securitization; Transfers
    80  
Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set off
    82  
Section 9.8 Table of Contents and Section Headings
    83  
Section 9.9 Counterparts
    83  
Section 9.10 Integration; Effectiveness; Continuing Agreement
    83  
Section 9.11 Severability
    84  
Section 9.12 Governing Law
    84  
Section 9.13 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
    85  

-iii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
Section 9.14 [Intentionally Omitted.]
    85  
Section 9.15 Confidentiality
    85  
Section 9.16 Acknowledgments
    86  
Section 9.17 Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages
    86  
Section 9.18 Patriot Act Notice
    86  
Section 9.19 Subordination of Intercompany Debt
    87  
 
       
ARTICLE X GUARANTY
    87  
 
       
Section 10.1 The Guaranty
    87  
Section 10.2 Bankruptcy
    88  
Section 10.3 Nature of Liability
    88  
Section 10.4 Independent Obligation
    88  
Section 10.5 Authorization
    89  
Section 10.6 Reliance
    89  
Section 10.7 Waiver
    89  
Section 10.8 Limitation on Enforcement
    90  
Section 10.9 Confirmation of Payment
    90  

-iv-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
     
Schedules
   
 
   
Schedule 1.1(a)
  Existing Investments
Schedule 1.1(b)
  Existing Liens
Schedule 1.1(c)
  Scheduled Financial Information
Schedule 2.1(a)
  Purchasers
Schedule 2.1(c)
  Form of Note
Schedule 2.3
  Fees, Costs and Expenses
Schedule 3.11(a)
  Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.11(b)
  Capitalization
Schedule 3.14
  Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.16(a)
  Location of Real Property
Schedule 3.16(b)
  Location of Collateral
Schedule 3.16(c)
  States of Incorporation, Chief Executive Offices, etc.
Schedule 3.18
  Labor Matters
Schedule 3.20
  Material Contracts
Schedule 3.21
  Insurance
Schedule 3.28
  Certain Transactions
Schedule 3.30
  Small Business Concern
Schedule 4.1(b)
  Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Schedule 4.1(i)
  Form of Solvency Certificate
Schedule 4.1(u)
  Adjusted Run Rate EBITDA
Schedule 5.2(b)
  Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate
Schedule 5.10
  Form of Joinder Agreement
Schedule 6.1(b)
  Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.12
  Existing Sale Leaseback Transactions
Schedule 9.6(c)
  Form of Transfer Supplement

-V-


 

      NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of June 29, 2006, among BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC ., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC (“ Holdings ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and each of those Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto and such other Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower as may from time to time become a party hereto (together with Holdings, collectively the “ Guarantors ” and individually a “ Guarantor ”), the purchasers from time to time parties to this Note Purchase Agreement (collectively the “ Purchasers ” and individually a “ Purchaser ”), and GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED , a New York corporation, as administrative agent for the Purchasers hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ” or the “ Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Purchasers make loans and other financial accommodations to the Borrower in the amount of up to $27,500,000, as more particularly described herein;
     WHEREAS, the Purchasers have agreed to make such loans and other financial accommodations to the Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
      Section 1.1 Defined Terms .
     As used in this Note Purchase Agreement, terms defined in the preamble to this Note Purchase Agreement have the meanings therein indicated, and the following terms have the following meanings:
     “ Acquisition ” shall mean the recapitalization of the Borrower pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.
     “ Acquisition Documents ” shall mean the Purchase Agreement and any other material agreement, document or instrument executed in connection with the foregoing (other than the Senior Debt Documents and the Note Purchase Documents), in each case as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Additional Credit Party ” shall mean each Person that becomes a Guarantor by execution of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.10.

 


 

     “ Administrative Agent ” or “ Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note Purchase Agreement and any successors in such capacity.
     “ Affiliate ” shall mean as to any Person, any other Person (excluding any Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” a Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power either (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.
     “ Agreement ” or “ Note Purchase Agreement ” shall mean this Note Purchase Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.
     “ Applicable Cash Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).
     “ Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced from time to time.
     “ Bankruptcy Event ” shall mean any of the events described in Section 7.1(f).
     “ Board Observer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.17.
     “ Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ BRS Management Agreement ” shall mean the Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Borrower and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. L.L.C., as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.
     “ Business Day ” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
     “ Calculation Date ” means the date of the applicable Specified Transaction which gives rise to the requirement to calculate the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9(a) (c) on a Pro Forma Basis.
     “ Calculation Period ” means, in respect of any Calculation Date, the period of four fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ended as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries preceding such Calculation Date for which the Administrative Agent shall have received (a) the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) for such fiscal period or quarter, and (b) the certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower required by Section 5.2(b) to be delivered with the financial statements described in clause (a) above.

2


 

     “ Capital Lease ” shall mean any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations with respect to which are required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP; provided that no lease shall be deemed to be a Capital Lease solely as a result of the “continued involvement” of Borrower as such term is used in SFAS 98.
     “ Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean the capitalized lease obligations relating to a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Capital Stock ” shall mean (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
     “ Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition (“ Government Obligations ”), (b) Dollar denominated (or foreign currency fully hedged to the Dollar) time deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits and Eurodollar certificates of deposit of (i) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 or (ii) any bank whose short term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements with a bank or trust company or a recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America, (e) obligations of any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof for the payment of the principal and redemption price of and interest on which there shall have been irrevocably deposited Government Obligations maturing as to principal and interest at times and in amounts sufficient to provide such payment and (f) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e).
     “ Cash Management Agreements ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer or other cash management arrangements.
     “ CH Management Agreement ” means the Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Borrower and Castle Harlan, Inc., as in effect on the date hereof.

3


 

     “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (a) (i) the failure of the Sponsors, collectively or individually, to maintain beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Voting Stock and economic interests of Holdings representing at least 51% of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock and economic interests of Holdings; (ii) Sponsors, collectively or individually cease to possess the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of Borrower and each Subsidiary; (iii) the replacement of a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the board of directors of the Borrower, as applicable, at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not (1) have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower, then still in office who either were members of such board of directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such board of directors was previously so approved, or (2) have been elected or nominated for election by the Sponsors; (iv) the failure of Holdings to own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower; (v) the failure of the Borrower to own, directly or indirectly, all of the Capital Stock and economic interests of each Subsidiary; or (vi) the consummation of an IPO; or
     (b) there shall have occurred (i) under any indenture or other instrument evidencing any Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 any “change in control” or similar provision (as set forth in the indenture, agreement or other evidence of such Indebtedness) obligating Holdings or the Borrower to repurchase, redeem or repay all or any part of the Indebtedness or Capital Stock provided for therein, or (ii) the Borrower’s certificate of incorporation any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower, or any consolidation, merger or other event that is deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower pursuant to the Borrower’s certificate of incorporation.
As used in this definition, “beneficial ownership” shall have the meaning provided in Rule 13d 3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     “ Closing Date ” shall mean the date of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “ Collateral ” shall mean a collective reference to the collateral which is identified in, and at any time will be covered by, the Security Documents and any other collateral that may from time to time secure the Credit Party Obligations.
     “ Commonly Controlled Entity ” shall mean an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ Consolidated ” shall mean, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with the consolidation principles of GAAP.

4


 

     “ Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, all expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period that in accordance with GAAP would be classified as capital expenditures, including without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations. The term “Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall not include (a) any Permitted Acquisition or (b) capital expenditures in respect of the reinvestment of proceeds from Recovery Events in accordance with the terms of Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof or (c) interest expense incurred during construction of a new Restaurant to the extent required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, all cash interest expense (excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component under Capital Leases) for such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (a) for the calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (b) for the calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the two fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by two (2) and (c) for the calculation of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense as of March 31, 2007, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for the three fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by one and one third (1 1/3).
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a Consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income: (i) income taxes, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non cash charges (except to the extent that such non cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), (iv) extraordinary or unusual losses as determined in accordance with GAAP, and other non-recurring or unusual losses or charges reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (v) Transaction Costs in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,000,000, (vi) Pre Opening Costs incurred during such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $475,000 per new Restaurant in any period, (vii) any charges related to Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.1(d), (viii) any non-cash charges related to option plans, (ix) management fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to the Management Agreements and permitted under Section 6.14 and (x) any non-cash charges relating to Strategic Partner Plan Appreciation expense less (c) the sum of the following to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income: (i) interest income, (ii) cash charges relating to Strategic Partner Plan Appreciation expense and (iii) any extraordinary, non recurring, unusual or non-cash gains. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for the historical fiscal periods set forth in Schedule 1.1(c) shall be as set forth in such schedule.
     “ Consolidated EBITDAR ” means, for any period, the sum of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period plus (ii) Consolidated Rental Expense for such period.

5


 

     “ Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Income Cash Taxes for such period, plus (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period plus (c) Consolidated Rental Expense for such period, plus (d) Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for such period, plus (e) Management Fees payable during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Fixed Charges for the historical fiscal periods set forth in Schedule 1.1(c) shall be as set forth in such schedule.
     “ Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDAR for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date minus Consolidated Maintenance Capital Expenditures for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.
     “ Consolidated Funded Debt ” shall mean, on any date of calculation, Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
     “ Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures ” shall mean (a) Consolidated Capital Expenditures relating to the construction, acquisition or opening of new Restaurants operated by Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, plus (b) to the extent not included in the calculation of Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Pre Opening Costs, minus (c) any capitalized interest expense included in Consolidated Interest Expense with respect to expenditures described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).
     “ Consolidated Income Cash Taxes ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all income taxes (including, without limitation, any federal, state, local and foreign income taxes) actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis during such period.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the gross interest expense (excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component under Capital Leases) for such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (a) for the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated Interest Expense for the fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (b) for the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated Interest Expense for the two fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by two (2) and (c) for the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as of March 31, 2007, Consolidated Interest Expense for the three fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by one and one third (1 1/3).
     “ Consolidated Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, any Consolidated Capital Expenditures that are not Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures, minus, without duplication, any capitalized interest expense included in Consolidated Interest Expense with respect to such Consolidated Capital Expenditures.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated

6


 

basis; -provided that there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income (a) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time during such period, (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest with a third party, except to the extent such net income is actually paid in cash to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period and (c) the net income (if positive) of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of such net income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement or instrument applicable to such Subsidiary or Requirement of Law.
     “ Consolidated Rental Expense ” shall mean, for any period, all GAAP rental expense for such period of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis.
     “ Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Funded Debt for such period; it being understood that scheduled payments on Consolidated Funded Debt shall not include optional prepayments or the mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Senior Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments shall be annualized during such fiscal quarters such that (i) for the calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of September 30, 2006, Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter then ending will be multiplied by four (4), (ii) for the calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of December 31, 2006, Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for the two fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by two (2) and (iii) for the calculation of Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments as of March 31, 2007, Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for the three fiscal quarter period then ending will be multiplied by one and one third (1 1/3).
     “ Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt (other than the Notes and Subordinated Debt) as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period then ended.
     “ Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period then ended.
     “ Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) current assets (excluding cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time less (b) current liabilities (excluding current maturities of long term debt) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time, all as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the calculation of Consolidated Working Capital for the purposes of this Credit Agreement shall not include any changes in assets and/or liabilities associated with gift card sales.

7


 

     “ Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “ Control Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Copyright Licenses ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in all works, now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 and all renewals thereof.
     “ Credit Party ” shall mean any of the Borrower or the Guarantors.
     “ Credit Party Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, whenever arising, under this Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Note Purchase Documents, including principal, interest, fees, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code).
     “ Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
     “ Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth thereof or under the laws of the District of Columbia.
     “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirement of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health from exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern or the pollution or protection of the environment, as now or may at any time be in effect during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement.

8


 

     “ Equity Documents ” shall mean the Stockholders Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreement and the certificate of incorporation and by laws or other organizational or governing documents of any Credit Party.
     “ Equity Retention ” shall mean, after giving effect to the Acquisition, the retention by the Management Investors and/or purchase by the Management Investors with option proceeds on the Closing Date, collectively, of approximately 19.9% of the Borrower’s outstanding Capital Stock valued at approximately $13,930,000.
     “ Equity Retention Documents ” shall mean the Purchase Agreement and each other document executed and delivered in connection with the consummation of the Equity Retention.
     “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
     “ Escrow Account ” means the Earn Out Escrow Account (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and holding $12,500,000 of the purchase price payable by Holdings to in connection with the Acquisition.
     “ Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdings, the Borrower, Mark Sheridan, as seller representative and KeyBank, N.A., as Escrow Agent, in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Event of Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1; provided , however, that any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
     “ Existing Mortgage Debt ” shall mean the Indebtedness owned by the Borrower to The Huntington National Bank in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,300,000 and secured by mortgages on the four (4) owned real Properties listed on Schedule 3.16(a) .
     “ Flood Hazard Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iv).
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “ Funded Debt ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all Indebtedness of such Person other than Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (i) and (j) (so long as undrawn) of the definition of “Indebtedness”.
     “ GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis, subject, however, in the case of determination of compliance with the financial covenants set out in Section 5.9 to the provisions of Section 1.3.
     “ GCI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
     “ Governmental Approvals ” shall mean all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

9


 

     “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
     “ Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Guaranty ” shall mean the guaranty of the Guarantors set forth in Article X.
     “ Guaranty Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (c) to lease or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (d) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.
     “ Hedging Agreements ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement entered into to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, or currency or raw materials values, including, without limitation, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement between such Person and one or more counterparties, any foreign currency exchange agreement, currency protection agreements, commodity purchase or option agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging agreements.
     “ Holdings ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Incurrence Ratio ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio permitted. under Section 5.9(a) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrowers have delivered a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b), less 0.125.
     “ Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily made, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (d) all

10


 

obligations (including, without limitation, earnout obligations and obligations under non competition or similar agreements that have not been paid within 30 days of becoming fixed and matured) of such Person incurred, issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within six months of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person under take or pay or similar arrangements or under commodities agreements, (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of another Person, (h) the principal portion of all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements, excluding any portion thereof which would be accounted for as interest expense under GAAP, (j) the maximum amount of all letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed), (k) all preferred Capital Stock issued by such Person and which by the terms thereof could at any time prior to the Maturity Date be (at the request of the holders thereof or otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other acceleration, (1) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product and (m) the Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer.
     “ Insolvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4245 of ERISA.
     “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean the Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, all goodwill associated therewith and all rights to sue for infringement thereof.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Agent, the Control Agent and the Credit Parties, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” shall mean the last day of each calendar month, or, if any such date shall not be a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, but interest shall continue to accrue on any applicable payment until payment is made.
     “ Investment ” shall mean (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of shares of Capital Stock, other ownership interests or other securities of any Person or bonds, notes, debentures or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any Person (other than deposits made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) any other capital contribution to or investment in any Person, including, without limitation, any Guaranty Obligation (including any support for a letter of credit issued on behalf of such Person) incurred for the benefit of such Person.

11


 

     “ IPO ” means a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of voting common Capital Stock in the Borrower or a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower.
     “ Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Schedule 5.10 , executed and delivered by an Additional Credit Party in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10.
     “ Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “ Management Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the BRS Management Agreement and the CH Management Agreement.
     “ Management Investors ” shall mean collectively, (i) those employees of the Borrower and its subsidiaries from time to time holding shares of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, and (ii) any former employee of the Borrower holding the Capital Stock of the Borrower that was an employee of the Borrower at the time any such Person acquired such Capital Stock of the Borrower.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations, when such obligations are required to be performed, under this Note Purchase Agreement, any of the Notes or any other Note Purchase Document or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Note Purchase Agreement, any of the Notes or any of the other Note Purchase Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Purchasers hereunder or thereunder.
     “ Material Contract ” shall mean (a) any contract or other agreement, written or oral, of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries involving monetary liability of or to any such Person in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 per annum (including, without limitation, the Senior Debt Documents) and (b) any other contract, agreement, permit or license, written or oral, of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation of failure to renew by any party thereto, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     “ Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof), petroleum products, asbestos, materials containing asbestos, pesticides, lead-based paint, radon, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea formaldehyde and any hazardous or toxic substances, chemicals, materials or wastes, defined or regulated in or under any Environmental Law.
     “ Maturity Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
     “ Maximum Accrual ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(iv).

12


 

     “ Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
     “ Mortgage Instrument ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt executed by a Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1(e)(i), 5.10 or 5.12, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Mortgaged Property ” shall mean any owned or leased real property of a Credit Party with respect to which such Credit Party executes a Mortgage Instrument in favor of the Administrative Agent.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
     “ New Property ” shall mean any Property that was not owned, operated or leased by the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.
     “ Note ” or “ Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).
     “ Note Purchase Documents ” shall mean this Note Purchase Agreement, each of the Notes, any Joinder Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents and all other documents, certificates and instruments delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser by any Credit Party in connection therewith.
     “ OFAC ” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.
     “ Operating Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease (including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) which is not a Capital Lease other than any such lease in which that Person is the lessor.
     “ Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).
     “ Patent Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any, right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Patents ” shall mean (a) all letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all improvement patents, reissues, reexaminations, patents of additions, renewals and extensions thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement, and (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all provisionals, divisions, continuations and continuations in part and substitutes thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement.

13


 

     “ PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.
     “ Perfection Certificate ” shall mean the perfection certificate, dated as of the date hereof and delivered to the Agent.
     “ Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an acquisition or any series of related acquisitions by a Credit Party of (a) all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock or economic interests of a Person that is incorporated, formed or organized in the United States or (b) any division, line of business or other business unit of a Person that is incorporated, formed or organized in the United States (such Person or such division, line of business or other business unit of such Person shall be referred to herein as the “ Target ”), in each case that is a type of business (or assets used in a type of business) permitted to be engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.3, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would exist after giving effect thereto, (ii) the Credit Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and the Required Purchasers that, after giving effect to the acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 and with the Incurrence Ratio, (iii) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Purchasers, shall have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such acquisition) a first priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt) perfected security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock) acquired with respect to the Target in accordance with the terms of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 and the Target, if a Person, shall have executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 5.10, (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have received (A) a description of the material terms of such acquisition, (B) audited financial statements (or, if unavailable, management prepared financial statements) of the Target for its two most recent fiscal years and for any fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date and (C) consolidated projected income statements of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (giving effect to such acquisition), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the Target shall have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the four fiscal quarter period prior to the acquisition date in an amount greater than $0, (vi) such acquisition shall not be a “hostile” acquisition and shall have been approved by the Board of Directors and/or shareholders of the applicable Credit Party and the Target, (vii) after giving effect to such acquisition, there shall be at least $10,000,000 of borrowing availability under the Revolving Committed Amount (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof) and (viii) the aggregate consideration (including without limitation equity consideration, earn outs or deferred compensation or non competition arrangements and the amount of Indebtedness and other liabilities assumed by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) paid by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (A) in connection with any such acquisition shall not exceed $5,000,000, (B) for all such acquisitions made during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (C) for all acquisitions made during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $15,000,000.
     “ Permitted Investments ” shall mean:
     (a) cash and Cash Equivalents;

14


 

     (b) Investments set forth on Schedule 1.1(a);
     (c) receivables owing to the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any receivables and advances to suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     (d) Investments in and loans to any Credit Party (other than Holdings);
     (e) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that such loans and advances shall comply with all applicable Requirements of Law;
     (f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) Investments, acquisitions or transactions permitted under Section 6.4(b) (including any Investments owned by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition);
     (h) Hedging Agreements to the extent permitted hereunder; and
     (i) additional loan advances and/or Investments of a nature not contemplated by the foregoing clauses hereof; provided that such loans, advances and/or Investments made after the Closing Date pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $5,000,000.
     “ Permitted Liens ” shall mean:
     (a) Liens created by or otherwise existing under or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents in favor of the Secured Parties;
     (b) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations (and refinancings thereof) to the extent permitted under Section 6.1(c); provided , that (A) any such Lien attaches to such property concurrently with or within 30 days after the acquisition thereof and (B) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction;
     (c) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other governmental levies not yet due or as to which the period of grace (not to exceed 60 days), if any, related thereto has not expired or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP (or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries with significant operations outside the United States of

15


 

America, generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in their respective jurisdictions of incorporation);
     (d) statutory Liens such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlords’, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that a reserve or other appropriate provision shall have been made therefor and the aggregate amount of such Liens is less than $500,000 (other than landlord’s liens for rent not overdue);
     (e) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self insurance arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000;
     (f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (g) Liens granted pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents to the extent such Liens secure Senior Debt;
     (h) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
     (i) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in this definition (other than Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(b)); provided that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property); provided, further, that any Liens with respect to any such extension, renewal or replacement of the Senior Obligations shall be a Permitted Lien only if such extension, renewal or replacement constitutes Senior Debt;
     (j) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(b); provided that (i) no such Lien shall at any time be extended to cover property or assets other than the property or assets subject thereto on the Closing Date and improvements thereon and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not be extended, renewed, refunded or refinanced;
     (k) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by virtue of any contractual, statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set off or similar rights and remedies covering deposit or securities accounts (including funds or other assets credited thereto) or other funds maintained with a depository institution or securities intermediary;

16


 

     (l) any zoning, building or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority;
     (m) restrictions on transfers of securities imposed by applicable securities laws;
     (n) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in a Default; provided that the Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review;
     (o) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license or sublease entered into by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, licensed or subleased;
     (p) assignments of insurance or condemnation proceeds provided to landlords (or their mortgagees) pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in any lease for rent or for compliance with the terms of such lease; and
     (q) additional Liens so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate.
     “ Permitted Management Capital Stock ” means the Capital Stock of the Borrower held by the Management Investors.
     “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
     “ Plan ” shall mean, at any particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
     “ Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date given by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
     “ Pre Opening Costs ” means “start up costs” (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff training, and recruiting, travel costs for employees engaged in such start up activities advertising and rent accrued prior to opening.
     “ Principal Increase ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).
     “ Pro Forma Basis ” means, in connection with the calculation as of the applicable Calculation Date (utilizing the principles set forth in the last paragraph of Section 5.9) of the

17


 

financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9(a) (c) in respect of a proposed transaction (a “ Specified Transaction ”) as of the date on which such Specified Transaction is to be effected, the making of such calculation after giving effect on a pro forma basis to:
     (a) the consummation of such Specified Transaction as of the first day of the applicable Calculation Period;
     (b) the assumption, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Person which became a Subsidiary pursuant to or in connection with such Specified Transaction) in connection with such Specified Transaction, as if such Indebtedness had been assumed, incurred or issued (and the proceeds thereof applied) on the first day of such Calculation Period (with any such Indebtedness bearing interest at a floating rate being deemed to have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period equal to the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as of the applicable Calculation Date);
     (c) the permanent repayment, retirement or redemption of any Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness, except to the extent accompanied by a permanent commitment reduction) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Person which became a Subsidiary pursuant to or in connection with such Specified Transaction) in connection with such Specified Transaction, as if such Indebtedness had been repaid, retired or redeemed on the first day of such Calculation Period;
     (d) other than in connection with such Specified Transaction, any assumption, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during the period beginning with the first day of the applicable Calculation Period through and including the applicable Calculation Date, as if such Indebtedness had been assumed, incurred or issued (and the proceeds thereof applied) on the first day of such Calculation Period (with any such Indebtedness bearing interest at a floating rate being deemed to have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period equal to the weighted average of the interest rates actually in effect with respect to such Indebtedness during the portion of such period that such Indebtedness was outstanding); and
     (e) other than in connection with such Specified Transaction, the permanent repayment, retirement or redemption of any Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness, except to the extent accompanied by a permanent commitment reduction) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during the period beginning with the first day of the applicable Calculation Period through and including the applicable Calculation Date, as if such Indebtedness had been repaid, retired or redeemed on the first day of such Calculation Period.
     “ Properties ” shall mean the assets, facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any of the Credit Parties.
     “ Purchase Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Holdings, BDI Acquisition Corp., an Ohio corporation, the Borrower and the other Persons party thereto.

18


 

     “ Recapitalization ” shall mean the Acquisition, the Equity Retention and the transactions related thereto.
     “ Recapitalization Documents ” shall mean the Acquisition Documents and the Equity Retention Documents.
     “ Recovery Event ” shall mean the receipt by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation or expropriation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets other than obsolete property or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.
     “ Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
     “ Reorganization ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is in reorganization within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4241 of ERISA.
     “ Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. §4043.
     “ Required Purchasers ” shall mean Purchasers holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Notes, based upon the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at such time.
     “ Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and each law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
     “ Responsible Officer ” shall mean, as to (a) the Borrower, the president, the chief financial officer or the chief operating officer or (b) any other Credit Party, any duly authorized officer thereof.
     “ Restaurant ” means a particular restaurant at a particular location that is owned or operated by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.
     “ Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) the payment or declaration of any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (d) any payment with respect to any earnout obligation, (e) any payment, prepayment, redemption or similar payment with respect to any Subordinated Debt of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and (f) the

19


 

payment by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any management, advisory or consulting fee to any Person or the payment of any extraordinary salary, bonus or other form of compensation to any Person who is directly or indirectly a significant partner, shareholder, owner or executive officer of any such Person, to the extent such extraordinary salary, bonus or other form of compensation is not included in the corporate overhead of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary.
     “ Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
     “ Sale Leaseback Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.
     “ Sanctioned Country ” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at
      http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time.
     “ Sanctioned Person ” shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii)(A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
     “ SBA Loans ” shall mean the Indebtedness owned by the Borrower to Mid City Pioneer Corporation and guaranteed by the Small Business Administration in an aggregate amount not to exceed $271,000 as disclosed on Schedule 6.1(b).
     “ Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers.
      “Security Agreement ” shall mean the Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date given by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.
     “ Security Documents ” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments, the Perfection Certificate and such other documents executed and delivered and/or filed in connection with the attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interests and liens arising thereunder, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements and patent, trademark and copyright filings.
     “ Senior Agent ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and any successor with respect thereto.

20


 

     “ Senior Credit Agreement ” shall mean the credit agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Credit Parties, Senior Agent and the lenders party thereto, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Senior Debt ” shall mean “Senior Indebtedness”, as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise modified with the consent of the Borrower).
     “ Senior Debt Documents ” shall mean the Senior Credit Agreement and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered to the Senior Agent or any Senior Lender by any Credit Party or Affiliate thereof in connection therewith (other than any agreement, document, certificate or instrument related to a Hedging Agreement), in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Senior Lenders ” shall mean the “Lenders” as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Senior Obligations ” shall mean the “Credit Party Obligations” as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Single Employer Plan ” shall mean any Plan that is not a Multiemployer Plan.
     “ Specified Sales ” shall mean (a) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of inventory and materials in the ordinary course of business, (b) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of obsolete or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business and (c) the sale, transfer or other disposition of cash into Cash Equivalents or Cash Equivalents into cash.
     “ Specified Transaction ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” set forth in this Section 1.1.
     “ Sponsors ” shall mean Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. L.L.C., together with their respective Affiliates.
     “ Strategic Partner Plan ” shall mean the Borrower’s employee incentive plan for certain key operating employees of the Borrower.
     “ Strategic Partner Plan Appreciation ” shall mean the value of amounts accrued by employees participating in the Strategic Partner Plan, determined on the basis of improved same store sale performance and other criteria set forth in the Strategic Partner Plan and vested as set forth in the Strategic Partner Plan.
     “ Stockholders Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the New Investor Securities Holders Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Securities Holders Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), in each case in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.

21


 

     “ Subordinated Debt ” shall mean any indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party which by its terms is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Credit Party Obligations and contains subordination and other terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
     “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Note Purchase Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
     “ Swingline Loan ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Target ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” set forth in this Section 1.1.
     “ Term Loan ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Testing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)(iv).
     “ Trademark License ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Trademarks ” shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, service marks, elements of package or trade dress of goods or services, logos and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14 to this Note Purchase Agreement, and (b) all renewals thereof including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.14.
     “ Transaction Costs ” shall mean all one time legal, accounting, consulting and professional fees and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties in connection with the Transactions.
     “ Transactions ” shall mean the closing of this Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, the closing of the Senior Debt and the Senior Debt Documents and the consummation of the Recapitalization and the other transactions contemplated hereby to occur in connection with such closing and Recapitalization (including, without limitation, the issuance of

22


 

the Notes under the Note Purchase Documents, the incurrence of the Senior Debt and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with all of the foregoing).
     “ Transfer Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in each Transfer Supplement.
     “ Transfer Supplement ” shall mean a Transfer Supplement, in substantially the form of Schedule 9.6(c) .
     “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
     “ Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote may be or have been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.
      Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .
     (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Note Purchase Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Notes or other Note Purchase Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
     (b) The words “hereof’, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Note Purchase Agreement shall refer to this Note Purchase Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Note Purchase Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Note Purchase Agreement unless otherwise specified.
     (c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
      Section 1.3 Accounting Terms .
     Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Purchasers; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that it wishes to amend any covenant in Section 5.9 to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Purchasers wish to amend Section 5.9 for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Purchasers.
     The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser at the same time as the delivery of any annual or quarterly financial statements given in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1, (i) a description in reasonable detail of any material change in the application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of such financial statements

23


 

from those applied in the most recently preceding quarterly or annual financial statements as to which no objection shall have been made in accordance with the provisions above and (ii) a reasonable estimate of the effect on the financial statements on account of such changes in application.
     For purposes of computing the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 for any applicable test period, the Acquisition and any Permitted Acquisition or permitted sale of assets (including a stock sale) shall have been deemed to have taken place as of the first day of such applicable test period.
      Section 1.4 Time References .
     Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE; TERMS OF THE NOTES.
      Section 2.1 Note Register; Notes .
     (a)  Purchase and Sale of the Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower agrees to sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser severally agrees to purchase from the Borrower, on the Closing Date, at par, the Borrower’s 13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Notes in the amount set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule 2.1(a) . Each Note shall mature on December 29, 2012 (the “ Maturity Date ”); provided, that such final installment shall in any event be in an amount equal to all remaining principal of and accrued but unpaid interest (and any unpaid penalties, fees or other charges) on such Note, including all Principal Increases associated therewith.
     (b)  Note Register . The Administrative Agent shall maintain at Administrative Agent’s office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Purchasers, the initial principal amount owing to each such Purchaser, any Principal Increases added to such principal amount from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof and any assignments by any Purchaser made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Purchaser hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice to the Administrative Agent. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or substantive change to the Note Purchase Documents is pending, any Purchaser may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
     (c)  Evidence of Debt; Notes . Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to subsection (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Purchaser under this Agreement, absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of the

24


 

Administrative Agent to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Borrower agrees that upon notice by any Purchaser (with a copy of such notice to the Administrative Agent) requesting to the effect that a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness is required or appropriate in order for such Purchaser to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the obligations owing to such Purchaser by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Purchaser, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, a Note substantially in the form of Schedule 2.1(c) (each, a “ Note ” and collectively, the “ Notes ”), payable to the order of such Purchaser. All references to a Note or the Notes in the Note Purchase Documents shall be deemed to refer to the obligations of the Borrower hereunder as evidenced by the Register and/or any Notes to the extent issued hereunder, as applicable.
      Section 2.2 Payment of Purchase Price .
     The purchase price for the Notes shall be payable on the Closing Date in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the Borrower’s written instructions.
      Section 2.3 Fees, Costs and Expenses .
     On the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay: (i) the commitment fee of $550,000 due and payable to such Persons set forth on Schedule 2.3, in such amounts set forth opposite each such Person’s name, and (ii) the costs and expenses of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent, as set forth in Section 9.6.
      Section 2.4 Manner of Payment .
     All payments and prepayments of principal or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and all fees and other payments due under the Note Purchase Documents, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim to the applicable Purchasers (or any other party, in the case of such fees and other payments) by wire transfer or other transfer or delivery of funds, in accordance with each Purchaser’s (or other party’s) instructions from time to time, so that such funds are received by and available to the Purchasers (or other party, as the case may be) on or before the due date of each such payment. Any principal, interest or other amount payable under the Note Purchase Documents that becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day shall be payable on the next Business Day.
      Section 2.5 Terms of the Notes .
     (a)  Optional Prepayments . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, to prepay the Notes in whole or in part, in an amount specified in such notice, by payment of the principal amount of the Notes (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment and all Principal Increases (attributable to the portion of the Notes being prepaid) incurred to the date of the prepayment, plus a premium equal to the applicable percentage of the principal amount to be prepaid, determined as follows:

25


 

         
If Prepaid During 12 Month Period Ending On:   Applicable Percentage  
the first anniversary of the Closing Date
    3 %
the second anniversary of the Closing Date
    2 %
the third anniversary of the Closing Date
    1 %
Thereafter
    0 %
     Any optional partial prepayment of the Notes shall be in the aggregate principal amount of not less than $5,000,000, or any greater amount which is a multiple of $1,000,000, and shall be accompanied by a written certification or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the Senior Agent stating that such optional prepayment is permitted pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, if such Intercreditor Agreement is still in effect. Each notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable and shall require the specified payment to be made not more than 15 Business Days and not less than 10 Business Days after such notice. Partial prepayments of the Notes made as provided in this Section 2.5(a) shall, to the extent thereof, be applied as set forth in Section 2.5(f).
     (b)  Prepayments at Option of Holder, Mandatory Prepayments . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement:
     (i) If there shall occur a Change of Control, then upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall, upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, prepay the Notes in full, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment (including the amount of all Principal Increases), together with the applicable premium set forth in the table in Section 2.5(a).
     (ii) If there shall occur a merger or consolidation of the Borrower, or a sale or divestiture of 50% or more of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets, or other transaction which effectively accomplishes such a sale or divestiture, then upon the request of the Administrative Agent the Borrower shall, on the closing date of such transaction, prepay the Notes in full, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment (including the amount of all Principal Increases), together with the applicable premium set forth in the table in Section 2.5(a).
     (iii) Immediately upon receipt by the Borrower or any other Credit Party of any amounts from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, then upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall prepay the Notes as follows: (A) except as otherwise provided in the following clause (B), apply at least 40% of such amounts released from the Escrow Account (1) first, to prepay all Principal Increases and accrued interest with respect to the Notes and (2) second, to permanently prepay the Notes and the Senior Term Loan on a pro rata basis, and (B) if at the time of the receipt by the Credit Parties of amounts from the Escrow Account the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which the Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) and as certified in the compliance certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(b) in connection

26


 

therewith) is greater than 5.00 to 1.00, the. Borrower shall apply (or cause to be applied) up to 100% (and in no event less than 40%) of such amounts released from the Escrow Account (1) first, to prepay all Principal Increases and accrued interest with respect to the Notes and (2) second, to permanently prepay the Notes and the Senior Term Loan on a pro rata basis in a sufficient amount so that, after giving effect to such payments on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00; provided, however, that if the Senior Agent and/or Senior Lenders waive or otherwise do not accept a portion of the corresponding prepayment of the Senior Term. Loan from the Escrow Account proceeds in connection with the foregoing application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 2.5(b)(iii), then, at the request of the Administrative Agent, any such amounts that would otherwise be applied to the Senior Term Loan shall be used to prepay the Notes. Any prepayment of the Notes required by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.5(b)(iii) shall not require the payment of any premium set forth in the table in Section 2.5(a).
     (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.5(c)(ii) below, if (1) the Notes remain outstanding after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance thereof and (2) the aggregate amount of the accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of any Testing Date occurring after such fifth anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual, then all such accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of such time in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual shall be paid in cash by the Borrower to the holders thereof on such Testing Date, it being the intent of the parties hereto that the deductibility of interest under the Notes shall not be limited or deferred by reason of Section 163(i) of the Code. For these purposes, the “ Maximum Accrual ” is an amount equal to the product of such Notes’ issue price (as defined in Code Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a)) and their yield to maturity, and a “ Testing Date ” is any Interest Payment Date and the date on which any “accrual period” (within the meaning of Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) closes. Any accrued interest which for any reason has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on a Note is made.
     (c)  Interest . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement:
     (i) From the Closing Date through and including the twelfth Interest Payment Date (as defined below), interest on each Note shall accrue at the rate of 13.25% per annum and shall be paid in cash on each such Interest Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the holder of such Note; provided , however , that the Borrower may, at its option, elect, by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to any such Interest Payment Date, to pay all, but not less than all, of the accrued interest on the Notes otherwise due and payable on such

27


 

Interest Payment Date by increasing the outstanding principal amount of such Note on such Interest Payment Date by an amount (the “ Principal Increase ”) equal to 14.25% per annum on such Interest Payment Date. Each holder of Notes may elect, in its sole discretion, to have any Principal Increase above paid in the form of notes substantially similar to the Notes; provided , however , that the failure to deliver any Note in connection with a standing request to have all such Principal Increases payable in respect of this Section 2.5(c)(i) paid in the form of a note (as opposed to a one-time request) shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder until such time as the Borrower is notified of its failure to comply with such request and fails to comply with such request within a reasonable period of time after such notice is delivered.
     (ii) Subject to Section 2.5(d) below, after the twelfth Interest Payment Date, interest on each Note shall accrue at the rate of 13.25% per annum and shall be paid as follows: (I) the Applicable Cash Percentage (as defined below) of the interest on such Note shall be paid in cash on each Interest Payment Date (as defined below) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the holder of such Note, and (II) a Principal Increase equal to any portion of the interest on such Note not paid in cash pursuant to the preceding clause (I) on such Interest Payment Date ( provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the payment of cash interest on each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the provisions of the preceding clause (I)). Each holder of Notes may elect, in its sole discretion, to have any interest payable in respect of clause (H) above paid in the form of notes substantially similar to the Notes; provided , however , that the failure to deliver any Note in connection with a standing request to have all interest payable in respect of clause (II) above paid in the form of a note (as opposed to a one-time request) shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder until such time as the Borrower is notified of its failure to comply with such request and fails to comply with such request within a reasonable period of time after such notice is delivered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may, at its option, elect to pay an amount in excess of the Applicable Cash Percentage of the interest on the Notes in cash on each Interest Payment Date, provided that such payment shall be accompanied by a written certification or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the Senior Agent stating that such additional cash payment is permitted pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, if such Intercreditor Agreement is still in effect.
     (iii) Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the Closing Date until repayment of the principal (including all Principal Increases) and payment of all accrued interest in full. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months and shall compound monthly.
     (iv) “ Applicable Cash Percentage ” shall be equal to 67.925%.
     (d)  Default Rate of Interest . If any principal of or interest on the Notes is not paid when due or there exists any other Default or Event of Default, the Notes shall bear interest thereafter at the rate of three percent (3.0%) per annum in excess of the rate specified in Section

28


 

2.5(c) above until either the date on which such overdue principal or interest is paid in full or the date on which such other Default or Event of Default is cured. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, at the election of the Administrative Agent acting in its sole discretion, all payments of additional interest on the Notes pursuant to this Section 2.5(d) may be paid in-kind as Principal Increases with respect to the Notes.
     (e)  Maximum Legal Rate of Interest . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Notes shall require the Borrower to pay interest at a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law and the interest rate otherwise applicable to the Notes (including any default rate of interest) shall be reduced, if necessary, to conform to such maximum rate.
     (f)  Application of Payments . All cash payments received in respect of the Notes shall be applied (to the extent thereof) as follows: (i) first, to all costs and expenses of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent that are payable by the Borrower hereunder, (ii) second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, (iii) third, to any prepayment premium due as a result of such payment, and (iv) fourth, to the payment of the then outstanding principal balance of the Notes. Unless otherwise agreed among the holders of the Notes, and evidenced in writing to the Borrower prior to the payment date, all payments applied pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above shall be applied among the Notes pro rata based on the principal amount of the Notes outstanding and held by each holder thereof.
     (g)  Agreements Between Note Holders and Subordination Agreements . The Borrower agrees to acknowledge and abide by the terms and conditions of any allocation, participation, sharing or subordination agreements now or hereafter entered into between and among the holders of the Notes, or between the holders of the Notes and any other creditor of the Borrower (of which it has prior written notice in adequate detail to so comply or to which it is a party), and shall join in any such agreements at the request of the holders of the Notes.
     (h)  No Acquisition of Notes or Senior Obligations . The Credit Parties shall not permit any of their Affiliates (including any Sponsor) to purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes or Senior Obligations. The Borrower will promptly cancel all Notes or Senior Obligations acquired by it, any other Credit Party, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate (including any Sponsor) pursuant to any purchase, redemption, prepayment or tender for the Notes or Senior Obligations pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or otherwise and no Notes or Senior Obligations may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes or Senior Obligations.
      Section 2.6 Use of Proceeds .
     The Borrower will use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes solely in accordance with the statement of sources and uses provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.29 hereof.

29


 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     To induce the Purchasers to enter into this Note Purchase Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the Credit Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and to each Purchaser that:
      Section 3.1 Financial Condition; Projections .
     (a)  Financial Condition . The Borrower has delivered the following financial statements to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) balance sheets and the related statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2005 for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, audited by nationally recognized independent certified public accountants;
     (ii) company prepared unaudited quarterly balance sheets and related - statements of income and cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through March 26, 2006;
     (iii) company prepared unaudited monthly balance sheets and related statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through May 21, 2006; and
     (iv) (A) company prepared unaudited monthly balance sheets and related statements of income for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each month of the 12 month period ending May 21, 2006 and (B) an opening pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of May 21, 2006, each giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the other Transactions to occur on the Closing Date.
     The financial statements referred to in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above are complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein), subject, in the case of interim statements, to the absence of footnotes and normal year end audit adjustments.
     (b)  Projections . The projections of the annual operating budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 2006 to 2011 fiscal years, copies of which have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, disclose all assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market conditions used in formulating such projections on the pro forma balance sheet referred to in Section 3.1(a)(iv)(B) above. To the knowledge of the Credit Parties, no facts exist that (individually or in the aggregate) would result in any material change in any of such projections or the pro forma balance sheet. The projections are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, have been

30


 

prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect the reasonable estimates of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the results of operations and other information projected therein.
      Section 3.2 No Change .
     Since December 25, 2005, there has been no development or event which, either individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the financial statements provided to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, from December 25, 2005 through the Closing Date, there has occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as shown on or reflected in the balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 25, 2005, or the statement of income for the fiscal period then ended, other than changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had any materially adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate on the business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
      Section 3.3 Corporate Existence .
     Each of the Credit Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own and operate all its material property, to lease the material property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, and (c) is duly qualified to conduct business and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .
     Each of the Credit Parties has full power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform the Note Purchase Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Note Purchase Documents to which it is party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery or performance of any Note Purchase Document by any of the Credit Parties (other than those which have been obtained) or with the validity or enforceability of any Note Purchase Document against any of the Credit Parties (except such filings as are necessary in connection with the perfection of the Liens created by such Note Purchase Documents). Each Note Purchase Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the applicable Credit Party. Each Note Purchase Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

31


 

      Section 3.5 Compliance with Laws; No Conflict; No Default .
     (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Note Purchase Documents to which such Credit Party is a party, in accordance with their respective terms, the borrowings hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, by the passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise, (i) require any Governmental Approval (other than such Governmental Approvals that have been obtained or made and not subject to suspension, revocation or termination) or violate any Requirement of Law relating to such Credit Party, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under the articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, operating agreement or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or the Senior Debt Documents or any material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or any Governmental Approval relating to such Person, or (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person other than Liens arising under the Note Purchase Documents and the Senior Debt Documents.
     (b) Each Credit Party (i)(x) has all Governmental Approvals required by law for it to conduct its business, each of which is in full force and effect, (y) each such Governmental Approval is final and not subject to review on appeal and (z) each such Governmental Approval is not the subject of any pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack by direct or collateral proceeding, in each case except to the extent as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) is in compliance with each Governmental Approval applicable to it and in compliance with all other Requirements of Law relating to it or any of its respective properties, in each case except to the extent the failure to comply with such Governmental Approval or Requirement of Law could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party possesses or has the right to use, all leaseholds, licenses, easements and franchises and all authorizations and other rights that are material to and necessary for the conduct of its business. Except to the extent noncompliance with the foregoing leaseholds, easements and franchises could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, and the Credit Parties are in substantial compliance with the foregoing without any known conflict with the valid rights of others. No event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any such Governmental Approval, leasehold, license, easement, franchise or other right, which termination or revocation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) None of the Credit Parties is in default under or with respect to any of its Material Contracts or under or with respect to any of its other Contractual Obligations, or any judgment, order or decree to which it is a party, in any respect which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      Section 3.6 No Material Litigation .
     No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened by or against any Credit Party or any Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties or against any of its or their respective

32


 

properties or revenues (a) with respect to the Note Purchase Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No permanent injunction, temporary restraining order or similar decree has been issued against Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 3.7 Investment Company Act; Etc .
     None of the Credit Parties is (a) an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) subject to any other law or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness and/or the Credit Party Obligations.
      Section 3.8 Margin Regulations .
     No part of the proceeds of any Notes will be used directly or indirectly for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. The Credit Parties are not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U.
      Section 3.9 ERISA .
     Neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, except to the extent that any such occurrence or failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred resulting in any liability that has remained underfunded, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five year period which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by an amount which, as determined in accordance with GAAP, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Credit Parties, none of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and no Commonly Controlled Entity is currently subject to any liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 3.10 Environmental Matters .
     (a) Except where such violation or liability could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Properties do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.

33


 

     (b) Except where such violation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Properties and all operations of the Credit Parties at the Properties are in compliance, and have been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, except for any non-compliances that are no longer outstanding or unresolved, and there has been no release of Materials of Environmental Concern by the Credit Parties or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, any other Person at, under or about the Properties or violation by the Credit Parties of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the any of the Credit Parties (the “ Business ”).
     (c) None of the Credit Parties has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non compliance, liability or potential liability regarding an actual or threatened release of Materials of Environmental Concern or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the Business which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor does any of the Credit Parties have knowledge of any such threatened notice.
     (d) Except where such violation or liability, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.
     (e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any of the Credit Parties is, or to the knowledge of the Credit Parties will be, named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are the Credit Parties liable for the fulfillment of any outstanding requirements of any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (f) Except where such violation or liability, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any of the Credit Parties in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.
      Section 3.11 Subsidiaries; Capitalization .
     (a) Set forth on Schedule 3.11(a) is a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date. Information on such Schedule includes the number of shares of each class of Capital Stock or other equity interests outstanding; the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of stock owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date; the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding

34


 

options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights. The outstanding Capital Stock and other equity interests of all such Subsidiaries is validly issued, fully paid and non assessable and is owned, free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising under or contemplated in connection with the Senior Debt Documents and the Note Purchase Documents).
     (b) On the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, (i) the Capital Stock of Borrower will consist of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock, all of which will have been duly authorized and 1,050,000 of which will be issued and outstanding and owned of record and beneficially as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock, all of which will have been duly authorized and 59,500 of which will be issued and outstanding and owned of record and beneficially as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), (ii) such issued and outstanding shares will be validly issued by Borrower and fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive rights (except as provided in the Stockholders Agreements), and (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), there will be no options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock from the Borrower, or agreements or other rights binding upon the Borrower to issue or sell Capital Stock of the Borrower, whether on conversion or exchange of convertible securities or otherwise.
      Section 3.12 Ownership of Property and Assets .
     Each of the Credit Parties is the owner of, and has good and marketable title to, all of its respective assets, which, together with assets leased or licensed by the Credit Parties, represents all assets individually or in the aggregate material to the conduct of the businesses of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole on the date hereof, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens. Each Credit Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all of its leases and all such leases are valid and subsisting and in full force and effect except where any such failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Credit Parties have delivered to the Administrative Agent complete and accurate copies of all material leases in effect as of the Closing Date.
      Section 3.13 Taxes .
     Each of the Credit Parties has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state and other material tax returns required to be filed and paid (a) all federal, state and other material amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and (b) all other taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges (including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and intangibles taxes) known by such Credit Party to be owing by it, except for such taxes (i) which are not yet delinquent or (ii) that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. None of the Credit Parties is aware as of the Closing Date of any proposed tax assessments against it or any of its Subsidiaries which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

35


 

      Section 3.14 Intellectual Property Rights .
     Each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right to use, the Intellectual Property necessary for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted. Set forth on Schedule 3.14 is a list of all registered or issued Intellectual Property owned by each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and all applications for registration or issuance of Intellectual Property filed on the name of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.14 hereto, (a) one or more of the Credit Parties has the right to use the Intellectual Property disclosed in Schedule 3.14 hereto without payment of royalties and (b) all registrations with and applications to Governmental Authorities in respect of such Intellectual Property are in full force and effect. Except as in each case could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Credit Parties is in default (or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would be in default) under any license to use any Intellectual Property; no claim has been asserted in writing or is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property in their business or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries know of any claim; and, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person. Schedule 3.14 may be updated from time to time by the Borrower to include new Intellectual Property acquired after the Closing Date by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.
      Section 3.15 Solvency .
     After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the Credit Parties assets, measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities, including those to be incurred pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement. After giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole (a) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which it is or proposes to be engaged or (b) have not incurred, and do not believe that they will incur after giving effect to the Recapitalization, the incurrence of the Senior Obligations and the other transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due. In executing the Note Purchase Documents and consummating the Transactions, none of the Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become indebted.
      Section 3.16 Location of Collateral, Etc .
     Set forth on Schedule 3.16(a) is a list of the owned and leased real Properties of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date with street address, county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.16(b) is a list of all locations where any tangible personal property of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries is located as of the Closing Date, including county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.16(c) is the state of incorporation or formation, chief executive office and principal place of business and federal tax identification number of each of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date.

36


 

      Section 3.17 No Burdensome Restrictions .
     None of the Credit Parties is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any other obligation or any charter or corporate restriction or any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 3.18 Labor Matters .
     There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.18 hereto, and as of the Closing Date none of the Credit Parties has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.18 hereto. There are no strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty pending or threatened against the Borrower or any Subsidiary except such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 3.19 Accuracy and Completeness of Information .
     All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser for purposes of or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, is or will be true and accurate in all material respects and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading. There is no fact now known to any of the Credit Parties which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect which fact has not been set forth herein, in the financial statements of the Credit Parties furnished to the Administrative Agent and/or the Purchasers, or in any certificate, opinion or other written statement made or furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and/or the Purchasers.
      Section 3.20 Material Contracts .
      Schedule 3.20 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in effect as of the Closing Date. Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.20 , each such Material Contract is, and after giving effect to the Transactions will be, in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof. The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries have delivered to the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of each Material Contract. Schedule 3.20 may be updated from time to time by the Borrower to include new Material Contracts by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.
      Section 3.21 Insurance .
     The insurance coverage of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type and amount on Schedule 3.21 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5(b).

37


 

      Section 3.22 Security Documents .
     The Security Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, which security interests and Liens are currently (or will be, upon the execution of control agreements with respect to deposit and securities accounts and the filing or recording of appropriate financing statements, Mortgage Instruments and notices of grants of security interests in Intellectual Property, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties) perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens.
      Section 3.23 Regulation H .
     Except as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, no Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property.
      Section 3.24 Classification of Senior Indebtedness .
     The Credit Party Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” under and as defined in any agreement governing any Subordinated Debt and the subordination provisions set forth in each such agreement are legally valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.
      Section 3.25 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc .
     Neither any Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended. Neither any Credit Party nor any or its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18). None of the Credit Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section 1 of the Anti Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.
      Section 3.26 Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations .
     None of Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Guarantor (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has any assets in Sanctioned Countries, (iii) derives any of its operating income from investments in, or transactions, with Sanctioned Countries, (iv) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons, or (v) to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, derives any of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons. No part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

38


 

      Section 3.27 Consummation of Recapitalization; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents .
     The Recapitalization and related transactions and the incurrence of the Senior Obligations have been consummated substantially in accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Documents and the Senior Debt Documents. As of the Closing Date, the Recapitalization Documents have not been altered, amended or otherwise modified or supplemented or any condition thereof waived in a manner adverse to the Purchasers without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. As of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, each of the representations and warranties made in the Recapitalization Documents by each of the parties thereto is true and correct in all material respects except for representations and warranties that relate to a particular date and, with regard to such representations and warranties, the same were true and correct as of such date. On the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties made in the Senior Debt Documents by the Credit Parties is true and correct in all material respects except for representations and warranties that relate to a particular date and, with regard to such representations and warranties, the same were true and correct as of such date.
      Section 3.28 Certain Transactions .
     Except for transactions set forth on Schedule 3.28 hereto, none of the Affiliates, officers, directors, or employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries is presently a party to any transaction with any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.
      Section 3.29 Use of Proceeds .
     On the Closing Date, the proceeds of the Notes shall be used, together with the proceeds from the incurrence of the Senior Obligations (i) to finance in part the Recapitalization, (ii) to pay certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions, (iii) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, (iv) to pay any fees and expenses associated with this Note Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date and (v) for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder), in each case not in contravention of any Law or Note Purchase Document.
      Section 3.30 Small Business Concern .
     The Credit Parties together with their “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Section 121.103 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations) are a “small business concern” within the meaning of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“ SBIA ”), and the regulations thereunder (the “ SBIC Regulations ”), including Title 13, C.F.R. Section 121.301(c). The information pertaining to the Credit Parties set forth in Small Business Administration Form

39


 

1031 delivered to each Purchaser that is a Small Business Investment Company (“ SBIC ”) licensed by the United States Small Business Administration (each an “ SBIC Lender ”) is accurate and complete. The Credit Parties do not presently engage in, or shall hereafter engage in, any activities, nor shall the Credit Parties use the proceeds of the sale of the Notes directly or indirectly for any purpose for which an SBIC is prohibited from providing funds by the regulations under the SBIC Regulations (including, without limitation, 13 C.F.R. Section 107.720). To the knowledge of the Credit Parties, each SBIC that owns any securities issued by the Borrower, together with a description of the kinds and amounts of securities held, are listed on Schedule 3.30 hereto.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
      Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing Date .
     This Credit Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of each Purchaser to purchase the Notes on the Closing Date is subject to, the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a)  Execution of Note Purchase Agreement and Note Purchase Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Note Purchase Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party hereto, (ii) for the account of each Purchaser requesting a promissory note, a Note, (iii) counterparts of the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, in each case conforming to the requirements of this Note Purchase Agreement and executed by duly authorized officers of the Credit Parties or other Person, as applicable, (iv) counterparts of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto and (v) counterparts of any other Note Purchase Document, executed by the duly authorized officers of the parties thereto.
     (b)  Authority Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following:
     (i) Articles of Incorporation; Partnership Agreement . Copies of the articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other charter documents of each Credit Party certified to be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental authority of the state of its incorporation or formation.
     (ii) Resolutions . Copies of resolutions of the board of directors or other comparable managing body of each Credit Party approving and adopting the Note Purchase Documents, the transactions contemplated therein and authorizing execution and delivery thereof, certified by an officer or managing member of such Credit Party as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.
     (iii) Bylaws . A copy of the bylaws or other operating agreement of each Credit Party certified by an officer or managing member of such Credit Party

40


 

as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.
     (iv) Good Standing . Copies of (i) certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent with respect to the each Credit Party certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental authorities of the state of incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and each other state in which the failure of such Credit Party to be qualified to do business could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent readily available, a certificate indicating payment of all corporate and other franchise taxes certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental taxing authorities.
     (v) Incumbency . An incumbency certificate of each Credit Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary to be true and correct as of the Closing Date.
     Each officer’s certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall be substantially in the form of Schedule 4.1(b) hereto.
     (c)  Legal Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in each case, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers and in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) a legal opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties; and
     (ii) a legal opinion of special local counsel for the Borrower and each other Credit Party incorporated or organized in the State of Ohio.
     (d)  Personal Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) searches of UCC filings in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office and jurisdiction of formation of each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and Liens that are to be terminated on the Closing Date;
     (ii) UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;
     (iii) searches of ownership of Intellectual Property in the appropriate governmental offices;

41


 

     (iv) such patent/trademark/copyright filings as requested by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property;
     (v) all stock certificates, if any, evidencing the Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with duly executed in blank undated stock powers attached thereto, shall be delivered to the Control Agent, who shall hold such items for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (vi) all instruments and chattel paper in the possession of any of the Credit Parties, together with allonges or assignments as may be necessary or appropriate to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, shall be delivered to the Control Agent, who shall hold such items for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement; and
     (vii) duly executed consents as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Purchasers’ security interest in the Collateral.
     (e) [Intentionally Omitted.]
     (f)  Liability and Casualty Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing liability and casualty insurance (including, but not limited to, business interruption insurance) meeting the requirements set forth herein or in the Security Documents. The Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall be named as lender’s loss payee on all casualty insurance policies providing coverage in respect of any Collateral and as additional insured on all liability insurance policies, in each case for the benefit of the Purchasers.
     (g)  Reliance . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each opinion, report, agreement, and other document required to be delivered pursuant to the Recapitalization Documents in connection with the Recapitalization and related transactions.
     (h)  Litigation . There shall not exist any pending litigation or investigation affecting or relating to (i) any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and Purchasers could materially adversely affect the any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, this Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents, that has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date or (ii) this Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents, the Senior Debt or the Recapitalization that has not been settled, dismissed, vacated, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing Date.
     (i)  Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Recapitalization, the issuance of the Notes and the initial borrowings under the Senior Debt Documents, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(i) hereto.

42


 

     (j)  Organizational Structure . The corporate and capital and ownership structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Transactions) shall be as described in Schedule 3.11(a) and/or Schedule 3.11(b) . The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the management structure, legal structure, voting control, liquidity, total leverage and total capitalization of the Credit Parties.
     (k)  Recapitalization Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have reviewed and approved in its sole discretion all of the Recapitalization Documents (it being acknowledged the form of Purchase Agreement as executed (including all exhibits and schedules) has been approved by the Administrative Agent) and there shall not have been any material modification, amendment, supplement or waiver to the Recapitalization Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, and the Recapitalization shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Documents (without waiver of any conditions precedent to the obligations of any party thereto). The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, certified by an officer of the Borrower as true and complete, of each Recapitalization Document as originally executed and delivered, together with all exhibits and schedules thereto.
     (l)  Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all boards of directors (including, without limitation, the board of directors of the Borrower prior to Recapitalization), governmental, shareholder and material third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and all applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken by any authority that could restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on such transactions or that could seek or threaten any of the foregoing.
     (m)  Compliance with Laws . The financings and other Transactions contemplated hereby shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (including all applicable securities and banking laws, rules and regulations).
     (n)  Bankruptcy . There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.
     (o)  Senior Debt . The Borrower, the Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall have entered into documentation with respect to the issuance of the Senior Debt in form and substance (including, but not limited to, the composition, intercreditor and right of payment terms) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers. The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, certified by an officer of the Borrower as true and complete, of each Senior Debt Document as originally executed and delivered, together with all exhibits and schedules thereto. There shall not have been any material modification, amendment, supplement or waiver to the Senior Debt Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and Purchasers. The Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Debt in an amount equal to $82,500,000 and the Borrower shall have at least $17,000,000 available for borrowing under the Revolving Loans.
     (p)  Existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties . All of the existing Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist

43


 

pursuant to Section 6.1) shall be repaid in full and all security interests related thereto shall be terminated on the Closing Date.
     (q)  Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have received copies of the financial statements and projections referred to in Section 3.1 hereof, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it.
     (r)  No Material Adverse Change . Since December 25, 2005, there has been no material adverse change in the business, results of operations or financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, taken as a whole.
     (s)  Financial Condition Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as of the Closing Date stating that (i) no action, suit, investigation or proceeding is pending, ongoing or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in any court or before any other Governmental Authority that purports to affect any Credit Party or any transaction contemplated by the Note Purchase Documents, which action, suit, investigation or proceeding could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) immediately after giving effect to this Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents, and all the Transactions contemplated to occur on such date, (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Note Purchase Documents are true and correct in all respects, and (C) the Credit Parties are in pro forma compliance with each of the initial financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 (as evidenced through detailed calculations of such financial covenants on a schedule to such certificate) as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Closing Date.
     (t)  Equity Contribution . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Borrower shall have received from the Sponsors and the Management Investors an equity contribution in cash (and the value of the Equity Retention) of at least $69,000,000 (at least 75% of which shall be provided by the Sponsors), and such equity contribution shall constitute not less than 30% of the total capitalization of the Borrower, in each case on terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
     (u)  Adjusted Leverage Ratios . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the ratio of (A) Consolidated Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date to (B) Adjusted Run Rate EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12 month period ended April 30, 2006, does not exceed 5.00 to 1.00. “ Adjusted Run-Rate EBITDA ” shall mean the EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the applicable period on a Consolidated basis, calculated on the manner set forth on Schedule 4.1(u) .
     (v)  Usage of Revolving Commitments . After giving effect to the Transactions, including the issuance of the Notes hereunder on the Closing Date, (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans, plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed $5,900,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall not exceed $1,000,000.

44


 

     (w)  Patriot Act Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate satisfactory thereto, for benefit of itself and the Purchasers, provided by the Borrower that sets forth information required by the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18) including, without limitation, the identity of the Borrower, the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
     (x)  Fees . The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers shall have received all fees, if any, owing pursuant to Section 2.6.
     (y)  Certain Existing Indebtedness . The Administrative Agent shall have received true, correct and complete copies, as certified by an officer of the Borrower, of all material agreements, notes, instruments and other documents with respect to the (a) Existing Mortgage Debt and (b) the SBA Loans.
     (z)  Additional Matters . All other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Note Purchase Agreement is in effect and until the Credit Party Obligations have been paid in full, the Credit Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to:
      Section 5.1 Financial Statements .
     Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers:
     (a)  Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a copy of the Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related Consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such year, audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the preceding fiscal year and the projections for such fiscal year and all such consolidated statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to important operational and financial developments during such fiscal period, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification indicating that the scope of the audit was inadequate to permit such independent certified public accountants to certify such financial statements without such qualification and (ii) a list of any new Restaurants acquired or opened (or any Restaurants closed or sold) within the last fiscal quarter of such fiscal year and, if applicable, an amended Schedule 3.16(a) reflecting the addition of any new owned or leased Properties (or the deletion of any owned or leased Properties) as applicable, which

45


 

amended Schedule 3.16(a) shall, upon consummation of the applicable acquisition or opening, or closing or sale, be substituted as a replacement Schedule 3.16(a) ;
     (b)  Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower, (i) a company prepared Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company prepared Consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year (subject to normal recurring year end audit adjustments) and the projections for such quarterly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to important operational and financial developments during such fiscal period and (ii) a list of any new Restaurants acquired or opened (or any Restaurants closed or sold) within such fiscal quarter and, if applicable, an amended Schedule 3.16(a) reflecting the addition of any new owned or leased Properties (or the deletion of any owned or leased Properties) as applicable, which amended Schedule 3.16(a) shall, upon consummation of the applicable acquisition or opening, or closing or sale, be substituted as a replacement Schedule 3.16(a) ;
     (c)  Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Borrower, (i) a company prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company prepared statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such monthly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidated figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year (subject to normal recurring quarterly adjustments and year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and the projections for such fiscal month all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with management discussion and analysis relating to important operational and financial developments during such fiscal period and a certification by the principal financial or accounting officer of Borrower that the information contained in such financial statements fairly presents the financial condition of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments) and (ii) monthly profit and loss statements for each Restaurant in electronic format or in such other manner as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; and
     (d)  Annual Financial Plans . As soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year, a Consolidated budget and cash flow projections prepared on a monthly basis of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the following fiscal year, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Purchasers, such budget to be prepared by the Borrower in a manner consistent with GAAP and to include an operating and capital budget, a summary of the material assumptions made in the preparation of such budget. Such budget shall be accompanied by a certificate of the managing partner or chief financial officer of the Borrower to the effect that the budgets and other financial data are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, all of which are fair in

46


 

light of the conditions which existed at the time the budget was made, have been prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, and reflect, as of the time so furnished, the reasonable estimate of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries of the budgeted results of the operations and other information budgeted therein;
all such financial statements to fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results from operations of the entities and for the periods specified and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of interim statements, to normal recurring year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and further accompanied by a description of, and an estimation of the effect on the financial statements on account of, a change in the application of accounting principles as provided in Section 1.3.
      Section 5.2 Certificates; Other Information .
     Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers:
     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default under this Note Purchase Agreement, except as specified in such certificate;
     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006), a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Schedule 5.2(b) (i) stating that (A) such financial statements present fairly the financial position of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), (B) each of the Credit Parties during such period observed or performed in all material respects all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied in all material respects every condition, contained in this Note Purchase Agreement to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and (C) such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) providing calculations in reasonable detail required to indicate compliance with Section 5.9 as of the last day of such period;
     (c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
     (d) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a certificate containing information regarding (i) the calculation of Excess Cash Flow

47


 

(as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007) and (ii) the amount of all Asset Dispositions, Debt Issuances, and Equity Issuances (as such terms are defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) that were made during the prior fiscal year and amounts received in connection with any Recovery Event during the prior fiscal year;
     (e) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy or summary of any other report, or “management letter” submitted or presented by independent accountants to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit of the books of such Person;
     (f) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices delivered to the Borrower or any other Credit Party or sent by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to the Senior Obligations;
     (g) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Credit Parties to the public concerning material developments in the business of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and (ii) any non routine correspondence or official notices received by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries from any federal, state or local governmental authority which regulates the operations of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries;
     (h) promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the current version of the registry of holders of the Senior Obligations; and
     (i) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any Purchaser, may from time to time reasonably request.
      Section 5.3 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations .
     Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, in accordance with industry practice (subject, where applicable, to specified grace periods) all its taxes (Federal, state, local and any other taxes) and other obligations and liabilities of whatever nature and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of any failure to so pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such taxes, obligations and liabilities, except when the amount or validity of any such taxes, obligations and liabilities is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves, if applicable, in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Credit Parties.
      Section 5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence .
     Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it on the Closing Date (and other businesses ancillary or related thereto) and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and good standing take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and to maintain its goodwill; comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law applicable to it except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

48


 

      Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .
     (a) Keep all material property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence excepted).
     (b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property (including without limitation its tangible Collateral) in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same geographical area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business (including, without limitation, business interruption insurance); and furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried. The Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall be named as loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, with respect to any such casualty insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each of the Senior Agent and Control Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall be named as an additional insured with respect to any liability insurance, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent and Control Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent or Control Agent, as applicable, thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled, and that no act or default of any Credit Party or any other Person shall affect the rights of the Administrative Agent, Control Agent or the Purchasers under such policy or policies.
     (c) In case of any material loss, damage to or destruction of the Collateral of any Credit Party or any part thereof, such Credit Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent generally describing the nature and extent of such damage or destruction. In case of any loss, damage to or destruction of the Collateral of any Credit Party or any part thereof, such Credit Party, whether or not the insurance proceeds, if any, received on account of such damage or destruction shall be sufficient for that purpose, at such Credit Party’s cost and expense, will promptly repair or replace the Collateral of such Credit Party so lost, damaged or destroyed unless such Credit Party shall have reasonably determined that such repair or replacement of the affected Collateral is not economically feasible or is not deemed in the best business interest of such Credit Party.
      Section 5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .
     Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its businesses and activities; and permit, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent and any of its representatives (including, without limitation, counsel, accountants, environmental consultants or engineers and other professional advisers) to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time (at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense only for the initial visit and inspection each calendar year, except as otherwise provided below) and upon reasonable notice and as often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Credit Parties with officers and employees of the Credit Parties and with their independent certified public accountants; provided, however, that when an Event of Default exists the

49


 

Administrative Agent or any Purchaser (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours, with reasonable advance notice.
      Section 5.7 Notices .
     (a) Immediately after any Credit Party obtains actual knowledge thereof, provide written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall transmit such notice to each Purchaser as soon as practicable) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.
     (b) Promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after any Credit Party obtains actual knowledge thereof) provide written notice of the following to the Administrative Agent (which shall transmit such notice to each Purchaser as soon as practicable):
     (i) the occurrence of any default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any of the Credit Parties which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or involve a monetary claim in excess of $1,000,000;
     (ii) any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding (A) affecting any of the Credit Parties and involving amounts in controversy in excess of $1,000,000 or involving injunctions or requesting injunctive relief by or against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of the Credit Parties or (B) affecting or with respect to this Note Purchase Agreement, any other Note Purchase Document or any Recapitalization Document;
     (iii) (A) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC (other than a Permitted Lien) or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (B) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or any Credit Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;
     (iv) any notice of any material violation received by any Credit Party from any Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of material violation of Environmental Laws;
     (v) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a strike or other work action against any Credit Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (vi) any attachment, judgment, lien, levy or order exceeding $1,000,000 that may be assessed against or threatened against any Credit Party other than Permitted Liens; and

50


 

     (vii) any other development or event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. in the case of any notice of a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower shall specify that such notice is a Default or Event of Default notice on the face thereof.
      Section 5.8 Environmental Laws .
     (a) Comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain any and all material licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws; provided , however , that the any failure(s) to comply with this Section 5.8 shall not constitute a breach of this Section 5.8 until such time as the possible liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind that may be incurred in connection therewith exceed $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate.
     (b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the Properties or the operation thereof.
     (c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability (in each case, whether threatened or actual) under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Credit Parties or the Properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s and consultant’s fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
      Section 5.9 Financial Covenants .
     Comply with the following financial covenants:
     (a)  Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio . As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending during the following periods, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to:

51


 

         
Period   Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    6.45 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
    6.15 to 1.00  
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    5.45 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
    4.75 to 1.00  
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    4.10 to 1.00  
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
    3.90 to 1.00  
     (b)  Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio . As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending during the following periods, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to:
         
Period   Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    4.80 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
    4.60 to 1.00  
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    4.10 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
    3.60 to 1.00  
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    3.05 to 1.00  
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
    2.75 to 1.00  
     (c)  Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending during the following periods, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be greater than or equal to:
         
Period   Minimum Ratio
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    1.00 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through September 30, 2007
    1.10 to 1.00  
October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008
    1.20 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 and thereafter
    1.30 to 1.00  
     (d)  Consolidated Capital Expenditures . The sum of (a) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year less (b) the amount of payments for tenant incentives actually received by the Borrower and its subsidiaries during such fiscal year, shall be less than or equal to the amounts set forth in the table below opposite such fiscal year; provided that the maximum amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted in each fiscal year shall be increased by one hundred (100%) of the unused Consolidated Capital Expenditures from the immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without reference to any amounts carried forward to such preceding year from any earlier year pursuant to this proviso); provided further , however , that to the extent that less than seventy percent (70%) of the permitted Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year is utilized, the Borrower shall only be permitted to carry forward to the following fiscal year fifty percent (50%) of such unused Consolidated Capital Expenditures from such immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without reference to any amounts carried forward from prior years pursuant to this proviso):

52


 

         
Fiscal Year   Amount
Fiscal Year 2006
  $ 24,200,000  
Fiscal Year 2007
  $ 22,300,000  
Fiscal Year 2008
  $ 22,300,000  
Fiscal Year 2009
  $ 22,900,000  
Fiscal Year 2010
  $ 23,500,000  
Fiscal Year 2011 and thereafter
  $ 23,600,000  
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will not (and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) commit to open any new Restaurants (including without limitation entering into any lease, purchase agreement, construction contract or other agreement or arrangement relating to the lease, acquisition, build-out or refurbishment of any property in connection with the opening or anticipated opened of a new Restaurant (other than leases which are subject to a binding written commitment)) if at such time, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b) exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, or if any Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom; provided , however , that if at any time, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(b) exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures.
     Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 5.9 (including, without limitation for the purposes of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” set forth in Section 1.1), (i) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, (A) income statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Target acquired in such transaction shall be included in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Required Purchasers, and (B) Indebtedness of a Target which is retired in connection with the Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of such applicable period and (ii) after any asset disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a)(vi), (A) income statement items, cash flow statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or assets disposed of shall be excluded in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Purchasers) and (B) Indebtedness that is repaid with the proceeds of such asset disposition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been repaid as of the first day of such applicable period.
      Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors .
     The Credit Parties will cause each of their Domestic Subsidiaries, whether newly formed, after acquired or otherwise existing, and each other entity that guarantees the Senior Obligations to promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after such Domestic Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its

53


 

reasonable discretion)) become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement. In connection therewith, the Credit Parties shall give notice to the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) days prior to creating a Domestic Subsidiary (or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or acquiring the Capital Stock of any other Person. The Credit Party obligations shall be secured by, among other things, a first priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt) perfected security interest in the Collateral of such new Guarantor and a pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of such new Guarantor and its Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% (or such higher percentage that would not result in material adverse tax consequences for such new Guarantor) of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non voting Capital Stock of its first tier Foreign Subsidiaries. In connection with the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor to the extent applicable, substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.1(b) (f) and 5.12 and such other documents or agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
      Section 5.11 Compliance with Law .
     Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders, and all applicable restrictions imposed by all Governmental Authorities, applicable to it and its property, except in such instances in which (a) such law, rule, regulation, order or restriction is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) such noncompliance with any such law, rule, regulation, order or restriction, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.12 Pledged Assets .
     (a) Cause 100% of the Capital Stock in each of its direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than, with respect to the Capital Stock of the Borrower, any Permitted Management Capital Stock) and 65% of the Capital Stock in each of its Foreign Subsidiaries to be subject at all times to a first priority (subject only to the Lien in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt), perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Security Documents or such other security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.
     (b) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, a Credit Party shall acquire any real property or any securities, instruments, chattel paper or other personal property required for perfection to be delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, as the case may be, to the Control Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) as Collateral hereunder or under any of the Security Documents, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) after any Responsible Officer of a Credit Party acquires knowledge of same notify the Administrative Agent of same.
     (c) Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action at its own expense as requested by the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(d) or (e) hereof and delivery of opinions of counsel) to ensure that the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) to secure the Credit Party Obligations in (i) all personal property of the Credit

54


 

Parties located in the United States, (ii) to the extent deemed to be material by the Administrative Agent or the Required Purchasers in its or their sole reasonable discretion, all other personal property of the Credit Parties, (iii) subject to Section 5.20, all owned real property of the Credit Parties located in the United States and (iv) subject to Section 5.20, all leased real property of the Credit Parties located in the United States. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, adhere to the covenants regarding the location of personal property as set forth in the Security Documents.
      Section 5.13 Hedging Agreements .
     Within 90 days following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall obtain interest rate protection, pursuant to Hedging Agreements for a term of at least three (3) years with a counterparty and on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such that at least 50% of the Borrower’s total capitalization consists of Indebtedness bearing interest at a fixed rate.
      Section 5.14 Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights .
     (a) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows or has reason to know that any application, letters patent or registration relating to any Patent, Patent License, Trademark or Trademark License of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries may become abandoned, or of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any court) regarding a Credit Party’s or any of its Subsidiary’s ownership of any Patent or Trademark, its right to patent or register the same, or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under any Patent License or Trademark License, in each case to the extent any such developments could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it knows or has reason to know of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in any court) regarding any Copyright or Copyright License of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, whether (i) such Copyright or Copyright License may become invalid or unenforceable prior to its expiration or termination, or (ii) such Credit Party’s or any of its Subsidiary’s ownership of such Copyright, its right to register the same or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under such Copyright License, may become affected, in each case to the extent any such developments could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) (i) Promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any filing by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee (but in no event later than the 30th day following such filing), of any application for registration by a Credit Party of any Intellectual Property with the United States Copyright Office or United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof.
     (i) Concurrently, with the delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements of the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, provide the

55


 

Administrative Agent and its counsel a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries that have not been set forth as annexes of such documents and instruments.
     (ii) Upon request of the Administrative Agent, execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property and the general intangibles referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) owned by the Credit Parties.
     (d) Take all necessary actions, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain each material item of Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, payment of maintenance fees, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings.
     (e) In the event that any Credit Party becomes aware that any Intellectual Property owned by a Credit Party is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in any material respect, notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it learns thereof and, unless the Credit Parties shall reasonably determine that such Intellectual Property is not material to the business of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole take such actions as the Credit Parties shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.
      Section 5.15 Use of Proceeds .
     Use the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes (i) to finance in part the Recapitalization, (ii) to pay certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions, (iii) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, (iv) to pay any fees and expenses associated with this Note Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date and (v) for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder), in each case not in contravention of any Law or Note Purchase Document.
      Section 5.16 Further Assurances .
     Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly perform or cause to be performed any and all acts and execute or cause to be executed any and all documents for filing under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or any other Requirement of Law which are necessary or advisable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Credit Parties under, the Note Purchase Documents and all applicable Requirements of Law.
      Section 5.17 Observation Rights .
     The Credit Parties shall allow one representative of the Purchasers to attend and participate in all meetings and other activities of the boards of directors (including any

56


 

comparable governing body) of each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and all committees thereof (the “ Board Observer ”); provided , however , that upon the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default the number of any such Board Observers of the Purchasers shall be increased to two. The Credit Parties shall (i) give the Administrative Agent notice of all such meetings, at the same time as furnished to board members of each Credit Party and Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) pay the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Board Observer in connection with his attendance at such meetings or other activities, and indemnify the Board Observer to the extent as their other board members, (iii) provide to the Board Observer all notices, documents and information furnished to the board members of each such Credit Party and Subsidiary, as the case may be, whether at or in anticipation of a meeting, an action by written consents or otherwise, at the same time furnished to such board members, (iv) notify the Board Observer and permit the Board Observer to participate by telephone in, emergency meetings of such boards of directors and all committees thereof, (v) provide the Board Observer copies of the minutes of all such meetings at the time such minutes are furnished to the board of directors of each such Credit Party or Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (vi) cause regularly-scheduled meetings of the Boards of Directors of each of the Borrower to be held.
      Section 5.18 Exercise of Rights .
     The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, enforce all of the Credit Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ material rights, including, without limitation, all material indemnification rights under the Recapitalization Documents, and pursue all material remedies available to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries with diligence and in good faith in connection with the enforcement of any such rights, in each case in accordance with the reasonable business judgment of their respective boards of directors after taking into account the interests of the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent.
      Section 5.19 Amendments and Modifications to the Senior Debt Documents .
     The Credit Parties shall promptly, and in any event within one Business Day of the occurrence of the same, notify the Administrative Agent of any amendment, supplement, modification (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) or refinancing the terms of the Senior Obligations or the Senior Debt Documents, which notice shall include a certified copy of such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or refinancing. If any amendment or modification to the Senior Debt Documents amends or modifies any covenant (including any financial covenant) or event of default contained in the Senior Debt Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more restrictive than the applicable provisions permit as of the date hereof; or if any amendment or modification to the Senior Credit Agreement or other Senior Debt Document adds an additional covenant or event of default therein, the Credit Parties shall permit the Purchasers to make a similar amendment or modification to the corresponding covenant or Event of Default in this Agreement or such other Note Purchase Document or insert a corresponding new covenant or event of default in this Agreement or such other Note Purchase Document without the need for any further action or consent by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of any amendment or modification to any financial covenant, following such amendment or modification, the ratio that the original ratio in

57


 

the Senior Credit Agreement bears to the corresponding ratio in this Agreement in effect as of the date hereof remains the same.
      Section 5.20 Further Assurances Regarding Real Property .
     (a) Within (x) sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, in the case of owned real property, and (y) one hundred twenty (120), in the case of leased real property, subject to subsection (b) below (or in each case such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) fully executed and notarized Mortgage Instruments encumbering the owned and leased real Properties listed in Schedule 3.16(a) ;
     (ii) a title commitment obtained by the Credit Parties in respect of each of the owned and leased real Properties listed in Schedule 3.161a) ;
     (iii) surveys of the owned real Properties listed in Schedule 3.16(a) ;
     (iv) an opinion of counsel to the Credit Parties for each jurisdiction in which the owned and leased real Properties listed on Schedule 3.16(a) is located; and
     (v) with respect to the owned Real Properties listed in Schedule 3.16(a), an intercreditor agreement between the Administrative Agent and The Huntington National Bank.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any leased real property, the Credit Parties shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consents of the applicable landlords to mortgages on such leased real property and the failure of any such landlord to give its consent thereto shall not, in and of itself; be deemed a Default or Event of Default hereunder. In the event that any such landlord will not give its consent to a mortgage on such leased real property, then, to the extent there is located at such any such leased location any personal property Collateral, the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord waiver, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that the failure of any such landlord to provide such waiver shall not, in and of itself, be deemed a Default or Event of Default hereunder.
      Section 5.21 Payment of Certain Indebtedness .
     Within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date (or, if sooner, as required by the documents with respect thereto), the Borrower shall have repaid the SBA Loans in full and provided to the Administrative Agent evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all liens, security interests and other encumbrances related thereto have been terminated.

58


 

ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Note Purchase Agreement is in effect and until the Credit Party Obligations have been paid in full, that:
      Section 6.1 Indebtedness .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) Indebtedness arising or existing under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents;
     (b) Indebtedness (excluding the Senior Obligations) existing as of the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 6.1(b) and any renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof in a principal amount not in excess of that outstanding as of the date of such renewal, refinancing or extension;
     (c) Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date consisting of Capital Leases or Indebtedness incurred to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset; provided that (i) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price or cost of construction of such asset; (ii) no such Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing; and (iii) the total amount of all such Indebtedness (excluding any such Indebtedness consisting of a Sale-Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 6.12 to the extent such lease is deemed to be a Capital Lease) shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;
     (d) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Hedging Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate or exchange rate risks and not for speculative purposes;
     (e) Indebtedness owed from a Credit Party to another Credit Party (other than Holdings);
     (f) the Senior Debt;
     (g) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to exist or be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1, in each case to the extent the related Investment made by the provider of such Guaranty Obligation is permitted under Section 6.5; and
     (h) other unsecured Indebtedness of Credit Parties which does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding; provided , however , that the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding unless, as of the date of such incurrence, after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for

59


 

which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio does not exceed the Incurrence Ratio.
      Section 6.2 Liens .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of their respective property or assets of any kind (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Credit Party shall grant a Lien on any of its assets in violation of this Section 6.2, then it shall be deemed to have simultaneously granted an equal and ratable Lien on any such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers.
      Section 6.3 Nature of Business .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage directly or indirectly (whether through Subsidiaries or otherwise) in any type of business other than the businesses conducted by them on the Closing Date and in ancillary or related businesses.
      Section 6.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to:
     (a) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, consolidate or merge with another Person, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property or assets or agree to do so at a future time except the following, without duplication, shall be expressly permitted:
     (i) Specified Sales;
     (ii) the disposition of property or assets as a result of a Recovery Event to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are used to repay Senior Debt pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof without giving effect to any waiver or consent with respect thereto or repair or replace damaged property or to purchase or otherwise acquire new assets or property in accordance with the terms of Section 2.7(b)(vi) of the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof without giving effect to any waiver or consent with respect thereto;
     (iii) the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets from a Credit Party to another Credit Party (other than Holdings); provided that prior to or simultaneously with any such sale, lease or transfer, all actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent shall be taken to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on such property and assets;
     (iv) the consolidation, liquidation or merger of a Credit Party into the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Subsidiary into

60


 

the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (A) prior to or simultaneously with any such consolidation, liquidation or merger, all actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent shall be taken to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on the property and assets of each such Credit Party and (B) if such consolidation, liquidation or merger involves the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the surviving entity;
     (v) the termination of any Hedging Agreement permitted pursuant to Section 6.1;
     (vi) Sale Leaseback Transactions permitted pursuant to Section 6.12(ii);
     (vii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of property or assets in connection with the closing or relocation of restaurants not to exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year or $10,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement; and
     (viii) other sales, leases or transfers of property or assets (excluding sale and lease back transactions) in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement;
provided , that, with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (vi) above, at least 75% of the consideration received therefor by such Credit Party shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; or
     (b) (i) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the property or assets of any Person (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, leases, materials, property and equipment in the ordinary course of business, except as otherwise limited or prohibited herein) or (ii) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, except for (A) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 6.4(a), (3) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.5, and (C) Permitted Acquisitions.
      Section 6.5 Advances, Investments and Loans .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, lend money or extend credit or make advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any Person except for Permitted Investments.
      Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates .
     Except for transactions expressly permitted hereunder, the Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable as would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate; provided that the Credit Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with a written notice of any such

61


 

proposed permitted transaction a reasonable number of Business Days in advance of the consummation of such transaction (which written notice shall set forth a summary of the material terms of such transaction and a copy of all documentation proposed to be executed or delivered in connection therewith); and provided further that so long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing the foregoing restriction shall not apply to management fees and expenses permitted by Section 6.14.
      Section 6.7 Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, (a) permit any person (other than the Borrower or any a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) to own any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to issue or have outstanding any shares of preferred Capital Stock, (c) permit, create, incur or assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for Permitted Liens, (d) create, form or acquire any Foreign Subsidiaries or (e) become a general partner in a partnership.
      Section 6.8 Fiscal Year; Organizational Documents; Material Contracts; Etc .
     No Credit Party will, nor will they permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) change its fiscal year, (b) amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation, certificate of designation (or corporate charter or other similar organizational document) operating agreement or bylaws (or other similar document) in any respect adverse to the interests of the Purchasers without the prior written consent of the Required Purchasers, (c) change its state of incorporation, organization or formation or have more than one state of incorporation, organization or formation, or (d) make any change in accounting polices or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP.
      Section 6.9 Limitation on Restricted Actions .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Person to (a) declare or pay dividends or any other distributions to any Credit Party (other than Holdings) on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Credit Party, (c) make loans or advances to any Credit Party, (d) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to any Credit Party, or (e) act as a Guarantor or encumber its assets pursuant to the Note Purchase Documents, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (a) (d) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, (ii) applicable law, (iii) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(c); provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (iv) the Senior Debt Documents or (v) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien.
      Section 6.10 Restricted Payments; Prepayments of Other Indebtedness .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

62


 

     (a) declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted Payment, except:
     (i) to make dividends payable solely in the same class of Capital Stock of such Person;
     (ii) to make dividends or other distributions payable to any Credit Party (other than Holdings);
     (iii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may pay such amounts as are permitted under Section 6.14;
     (iv) the Borrower may make payments to Holdings to pay (A) franchise taxes, directors fees (to someone not otherwise an Affiliate of any Sponsor (other than a portfolio company of the Sponsors) or Credit Party) and reasonable accounting, legal and other administrative expenses incurred in the ordinary course of operating a holding company of Holdings when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year, and (B) all federal, state and local income taxes payable by Holdings to the extent attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
     (v) the Borrower may repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Borrower, and the Borrower may make distributions, loans and advances to Holdings to enable the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Holdings held by (A) any current or former officer, director, consultant or employee of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower (or heirs or other permitted transferees thereof); provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made by the Borrower pursuant to this clause (v) may not exceed (A) $2,500,000 million in any fiscal year, and (B) $5,000,000 for all such Restricted Payments made after the Closing Date; provided , further , that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would exist after giving effect to any Restricted Payment made pursuant to this clause (v), and the Credit Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to such payment on a Pro Forma Basis the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9;
     (vi) there shall be permitted hereunder (i) the repurchase of Capital Stock by the Borrower deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities to the extent such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of those options, warrants or other convertible securities, and (ii) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities; and

63


 

     (vii) the Borrower may repay the Senior Debt in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Intercreditor Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise modified with the consent of the Borrower).
     (b) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or indirectly caused as a result thereof, make (or give any notice with respect thereto) any voluntary, optional or other non scheduled payment, prepayment, redemption, acquisition for value (including without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee with respect thereto before due for the purpose of paying when due), refund, refinance or exchange of any Indebtedness of such Person (other than Indebtedness under the Note Purchase Documents or the Senior Debt Documents) (in each case, whether or not mandatory);
     (c) make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt in violation of the relevant subordination provisions; or
     (d) make any payment or prepayment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any Indebtedness of such Person held by a Sponsor or any of its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower).
      Section 6.11 Amendment of Debt or Recapitalization Documents .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (a) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or indirectly caused as a result thereof, amend or modify any of the terms of any Indebtedness of such Person (other than Indebtedness under the Note Purchase Documents, the Senior Debt Documents and the documents governing the Existing Mortgage Debt) if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to such Person, or shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto;
     (b) amend or modify any Senior Debt Document, except in accordance with the terms of and as specifically permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise modified with the consent of the Borrower);
     (c) amend or modify any of the terms of any Subordinated Debt of such Person if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to such Person, shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity thereof or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto or change any subordination provision thereof;
     (d) enter into, or permit to become effective, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to or waiver of any Recapitalization Document that is materially adverse to the interests of the Purchasers; or
     (e) amend or modify the terms with respect to the Existing Mortgage Debt.

64


 

      Section 6.12 Sale Leaseback Transactions .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an Operating Lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease (any such transaction, a “ Sale-Leaseback Transaction ”); provided that:
     (i) the Credit Parties may remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease entered into by any such Credit Party prior to the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.12 hereto; and
     (ii) to the extent such Sale Leaseback Transaction relates to a New Property, the Credit Parties may become liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with respect to a new lease that would otherwise be prohibited by this Section 6.12 to the extent that (A) such lease, if a Capital Lease, is permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c), (B) the consideration received shall be at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold as determined in good faith by the Credit Party’s board of directors or other comparable managing body, (C) such Sale Leaseback Transaction shall be completed on an arm’s length basis on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (D) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would exist after giving effect thereto, (E) the Credit Parties shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9, (F) such Sale Leaseback Transaction shall be completed within 360 days of the acquisition or completion of construction, improvement or remodeling, as the case may be, of such property or asset by the Credit Parties; (G) the aggregate amount of assets sold pursuant to all Sale Leaseback Transactions made under this subsection (ii) shall not exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Note Purchase Agreement.
      Section 6.13 No Further Negative Pledges .
     The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, enter into, assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (a) pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, (b) pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents, (c) pursuant to any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(c); provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, and (d) in connection with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted

65


 

Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien.
      Section 6.14 Management Fees .
     The Credit Parties shall not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate or to any manager, director, officer or employee of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom on an actual or Pro Forma Basis (including compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9), the Credit Parties may pay (a) on the Closing Date, the “Closing Fee” due to each Sponsor under the applicable Management Agreement in an aggregate amount for both such fees not to exceed $3,100,000 and (b) after the Closing Date, the “Annual Fees,” fees for “Significant Transactions” and “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” payable to each Sponsor as provided for and in accordance with the applicable Management Agreement between the Borrower and such Sponsor as in effect on the Closing Date. For the purposes of this Section 6.14, the terms “Closing Fee,” “Annual Fees,” “Significant Transactions” and “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” shall mean, with respect to each Sponsor, the meaning given to such terms in the applicable Management Agreement between the Borrower and such Sponsor as in effect on the Closing Date.
      Section 6.15 Restrictions on Holdings .
     Holdings shall not incur any Indebtedness nor grant any Liens upon any of its properties or assets nor engage in any operations, business or activity (including, without limitation, any issuance of additional shares of its Capital Stock or other equity interests) other than holding a majority of the Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, pledging its interests therein to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, executing the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchasers, guaranteeing the Credit Party Obligations as provided herein, and executing a security agreement in favor of the Senior Agent securing the Senior Debt and guaranteeing the Senior Debt as provided herein.
      Section 6.16 Use of Proceeds .
     The Credit Parties will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, use the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
      Section 6.17 Equity Documents .
     The Credit Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) the terms and conditions of any of the Equity Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent if such change could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Administrative Agent’s or any

66


 

Purchaser’s rights or interests, or the Credit Parties’ or any Subsidiary’s ability to fulfill their obligations under the Note Purchase Documents, or could otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, the Credit Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to amend, supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) the terms of the Equity Documents in any manner which would (i) create a mandatory obligation to make any Restricted Payment thereunder or with respect to any Capital Stock which such Credit Party or Subsidiaries is not obligated to make on the Closing Date or (ii) increase the amount of, or accelerate the timing of, the Credit Parties’ or any Subsidiary’s obligation to make any Restricted Payment thereunder or with respect to any Capital Stock.
      Section 6.18 Financial Assistance to Senior Lender .
     The Credit Parties shall not, and will not cause or permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, guarantee or otherwise provide credit support for any portion of the Senior Obligations unless a similar guarantee or credit support is offered to the holders of the Notes.
      Section 6.19 SBIC Covenants .
     (a) Without the consent of each SBIC Lender, the Borrower will not issue securities to any SBIC in the future if such issuance would cause such SBIC Lender to be deemed to be a member of an “Investor Group” in “Control” of the Borrower (as such terms are defined in 13 C.F.R. § 107.865).
     (b) The Borrower shall permit representatives of each SBIC Lender reasonable access to the Borrower’s records. Upon the request of an SBIC Lender or any of its affiliates, the Borrower will furnish to such person all information reasonably requested by it in order for it to comply with its record keeping, reporting and other obligations under the SBIA or any SBIC Regulation.
     (c) For a period of one year following the date hereof, the Borrower will not change its business activity if such change would render the Borrower ineligible to receive financial assistance from an SBIC under the SBIA and the regulations thereunder (within the meanings of 13 C.F.R. §§ 107.720 and 107.760(b)).
     (d) The Borrower will at all times comply with the non-discrimination requirements of 13 C.F.R., Parts 112, 113 and 117.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
      Section 7.1 Events of Default .
     An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “Event of Default”):
     (a)  Payment Default . The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal on any Note when due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Note or any fee or other

67


 

amount payable hereunder when due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof and such failure shall continue unremedied for three (3) Business Days; or any Guarantor shall fail to pay on the Guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of any other Guaranty Obligations thereunder.
     (b)  Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein, in the Security Documents or in any of the other Note Purchase Documents or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made.
     (c)  Covenant Default . (i) Any Credit Party shall fail to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in Sections 2.5(h), 5.1, 5.2, 5.4, 5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 5.11, 5.13, 5.17 or Article VI hereof; or (ii) any Credit Party shall fail to comply with any other covenant contained in this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument among any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers or executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Purchasers (other than as described in Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(c)(i) above), and such breach or failure to comply is not cured within thirty (30) days of its occurrence.
     (d)  Debt Cross Default . (i) any Credit Party shall default in the payment of any principal of or any interest on the Existing Mortgage Debt, (ii) any Credit Party shall default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Senior Debt, the Notes, the Guaranty and the Existing Mortgage Debt) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $1,000,000 for the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries in the aggregate beyond any applicable grace period (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) any Credit Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Senior Debt, the Notes, Guaranty and the Existing Mortgage Debt) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate for the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.
     (e) [Intentionally Omitted.]
     (f)  Bankruptcy Default . (i) The Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to have it judged bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all

68


 

or any substantial part of its assets, or the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.
     (g)  Judgment Default . One or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall be entered against the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not paid when due or covered by insurance) of $2,000,000 or more and all such judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall not have been paid and satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.
     (h)  ERISA Default . (i) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan (other than a Permitted Lien) shall arise on the assets of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a Trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Purchasers, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Purchasers is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, any Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other similar event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (i)  Change of Control . A Change of Control shall have occurred.
     (j)  Failure of Note Purchase Documents . This Note Purchase Agreement (including the Guaranty) or any other Note Purchase Document or any provision hereof or thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Purchasers the security interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby, or any Credit Party or any Person acting by or on behalf of any Credit Party shall (i) deny or disaffirm any Credit Party’s obligations under this

69


 

Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document or (ii) assert the invalidity or lack of perfection or priority of any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.
     (k) [Intentionally Omitted.]
     (l)  Subordinated Debt . Any default (which is not waived or cured within the applicable period of grace) or event of default shall occur under any Subordinated Debt or the subordination provisions contained therein shall cease to be in full force and effect or to give the Purchasers the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby.
     (m)  Acceleration of Senior Obligations . The maturity of any of the Senior Obligations is accelerated.
      Section 7.2 Acceleration; Remedies .
     Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, then, and in any such event, (a) if such event is a Bankruptcy Event, automatically the Notes (with accrued interest thereon), and all other amounts under the Note Purchase Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, subject to the terms of Section 8.5, with the written consent of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent shall, take any or all of the following actions: (i) by notice of default to the Borrower declare the Notes (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and/or (ii) exercise on behalf of the Purchasers all of its other rights and remedies under this Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents and applicable law. Except as expressly provided above in this Section 7.2, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Credit Parties.
ARTICLE VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
      Section 8.1 Appointment .
     Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Golub Capital Incorporated (“GCI”) as the Administrative Agent of such Purchaser under this Note Purchase Agreement, and each such Purchaser irrevocably authorizes GCI, as the Administrative Agent for such Purchaser, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Note Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities

70


 

shall be read into this Note Purchase Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
      Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties .
     The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Note Purchase Agreement by or through agents or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in fact selected by it with reasonable care. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may appoint one of its affiliates as its agent to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder relating to the advancing of funds to the Borrower and distribution of funds to the Purchasers and to perform such other related functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions.
      Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions .
     Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact, Subsidiaries or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Purchasers for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Note Purchase Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Note Purchase Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any of the Note Purchase Documents or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Purchaser to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance by any Credit Party of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Note Purchase Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.
      Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent .
     (a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless an executed Transfer Supplement has been filed with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) with respect to such Note. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Note Purchase Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Purchasers as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Purchasers against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason

71


 

of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under any of the Note Purchase Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Purchasers or all of the Purchasers, as may be required under this Note Purchase Agreement, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Purchasers and all future holders of the Notes.
     (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.1, each Purchaser that has signed this Note Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Purchaser.
      Section 8.5 Notice of Default .
     The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Purchaser or the Borrower referring to this Note Purchase Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Purchasers. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Purchasers; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Purchasers except to the extent that this Note Purchase Agreement expressly requires that such action be taken, or not taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the Required Purchasers, or all of the Purchasers, as the case maybe.
      Section 8.6 Non Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers .
     Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates has made any representation or warranty to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Purchaser. Each Purchaser represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party and made its own decision to purchase the Notes hereunder and enter into this Note Purchase Agreement. Each Purchaser also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Note Purchase Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the

72


 

Borrower and the other Credit Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Purchasers by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates.
      Section 8.7 Indemnification .
     The Purchasers agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity hereunder (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to the principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Notes) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of any Note Purchase Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, however, that no Purchaser shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement and payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
      Section 8.8 The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity .
     The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept payments from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and the other Credit Parties as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to any Note issued to it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Note Purchase Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.
      Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent .
     The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Purchasers. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, then the Required Purchasers shall appoint from among the Purchasers a successor administrative agent for the Purchasers, which appointment shall be subject to the Borrower’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, whereupon such successor administrative agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term

73


 

“Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Note Purchase Agreement or any holders of the Notes. If no successor Administrative Agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent shall have the right, on behalf of the Purchasers, to appoint a successor administrative agent, which appointment shall be subject to the Borrower’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided that such successor administrative agent has minimum capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent within sixty (60) days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless become effective and the Purchasers shall perform all duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Purchasers appoint a successor administrative agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the indemnification provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents and the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Note Purchase Agreement.
      Section 8.10 Other Agents .
     None of the Purchasers or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “co—agent,” “book manager,” “book runner,” “lead manager,” “arranger,” “lead arranger” or “co—lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Purchasers, those applicable to all Purchasers as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Purchasers or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Purchasers or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
      Section 8.11 Intercreditor Agreement .
     Each of the Purchasers hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Each Purchaser (and each Person that becomes a Purchaser hereunder pursuant to Section 9.6(c)) hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Purchaser and agrees that the Administrative Agent may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
      Section 8.12 Collateral and Guaranty Matters .
     (a) The Purchasers irrevocably authorize and direct the Administrative Agent:

74


 

     (i) to release any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Note Purchase Document (i) upon the payment in full of all Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under Section 6.4, or (iii) subject to Section 9.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Purchasers;
     (ii) to subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the such Agent under any Note Purchase Document to the holder of any Lien on such Property that is permitted described under clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Lien in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and permitted by Section 6.2 hereof;
     (iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Guarantor as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
     (iv) to release any Lien or release any Guarantor to the extent required under the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (b) In connection with a termination or release pursuant to this Section 8.12, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party, at the Borrower’s expense, all documents that the applicable Credit Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Purchasers will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 8.12.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 9.1 Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral .
     Neither this Note Purchase Agreement, nor any of the Notes, nor any of the other Note Purchase Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may the Borrower or any Guarantor be released except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1. The Required Purchasers may, or, with the written consent of the Required Purchasers, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the Borrower or any other Credit Party written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Note Purchase Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Purchasers or of the Borrower or any other Credit Party hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Purchasers may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents or any

75


 

Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, waiver, supplement, modification or release shall:
     (i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Note or any installment thereon, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post default rate set forth in Section 2.5(d) which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Purchasers) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each case without the written consent of each Purchaser directly affected thereby; provided that, it is understood and agreed that no waiver, reduction or deferral of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.5, nor any amendment of Section 2.5 or the definition of Change of Control, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, any principal installment of any Note; or
     (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Purchasers, without the written consent of all the Purchasers; or
     (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article VIII without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent; or
     (iv) except as otherwise provided in Section 8.12, release the Borrower or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their respective obligations hereunder or under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
     (v) except as otherwise provided in Section 8.12 or Section 9.6(a), release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of all of the Secured Parties; or
     (vi) subordinate the Notes or other Credit Party Obligations to any other Indebtedness without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
     (vii) permit the Borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement or other Note Purchase Documents without the written consent of all of the Purchasers; or
     (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Note Purchase Documents requiring consent, approval or request of the Required Purchasers or all Purchasers without the written consent of the Required Purchasers or all the Purchasers as appropriate; or
     (ix) amend, modify or waive the order in which Credit Party Obligations are paid in Section 2.5(f) or the pro rata treatment of payments in Section 2.5(f), without the written consent of the Required Purchasers;

76


 

      provided , further , that no amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under any Note Purchase Document shall in any event be effective, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent, in addition to the Purchasers required hereinabove to take such action.
     Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any such release shall apply equally to each of the Purchasers and shall be binding upon the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Notes and other Note Purchase Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the Credit Parties shall not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the provisions of Article VIII (other than the provisions of Section 8.9); provided, however, that the Administrative Agent will provide written notice to the Borrower of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
     Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Purchasers is required in certain circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Purchaser is entitled to vote as such Purchaser sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Notes, and each Purchaser acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersede the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (y) the Required Purchasers may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
      Section 9.2 Notices .
     (a) Except as otherwise provided in Article II, all notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or other electronic communications as provided below), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out herein, (c) the Business Day following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid (or pursuant to an invoice arrangement) to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Notes:
     
The Borrower and the other Credit Parties:
  Bravo Development, Inc.
 
  777 Goodale Boulevard
 
  Columbus, Ohio 43212
 
  Attention: Jerry Henderson
 
  Fax: (614) 340-7923
 
  Tele: (614) 340-9218

77


 

     
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  Bravo Development Holdings, LLC
 
  c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherril & Co.
 
  126 East 56th Street, 29th Floor
 
  New York, New York 10022
 
  Attention: Richard Leonard
 
  Telecopier: (212) 521-3799
 
  Telephone: (212) 521-3791
 
   
The Administrative Agent and any Purchaser:
  Golub Capital Incorporated
 
  551 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor
 
  New York, NY 10022
 
  Attention: Gregory W. Cashman
 
                   Russell C. Zomback
 
  Telecopier: 212-750-5505
 
  Telephone: 212-660-7270
 
   
 
  with a copy to:
 
   
 
  Proskauer Rose LLP
 
  One International Place
 
  Boston, MA 02110
 
  Attention: Steven M. Ellis
 
  Telecopier: 617-526-9899
 
  Telephone: 617- 526-9660
     (b) Notices and other communications to the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Purchaser pursuant to Article H if such Purchaser, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e mail address shall be deemed to have been delivered upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours

78


 

of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered at later of the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient or the sender’s receipt of such acknowledgement, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
      Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .
     No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
      Section 9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties .
     All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes; provided that all such representations and warranties shall terminate on the date upon which all amounts owing hereunder and under any Notes have been paid in full.
      Section 9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes .
     The Credit Parties agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, printing and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification (in any case, whether executed or proposed) to, this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes and any such other documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the Purchasers (including reasonable allocated costs of in house legal counsel), (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, the Note Purchase Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent and their Affiliates harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or

79


 

nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of the Note Purchase Documents and any such other documents and the use, or proposed use, of proceeds of the Notes (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “indemnified liabilities”); provided , however , that the Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
      Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Securitization; Transfers.
     (a) This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents without the prior written consent of each Purchaser.
     (b) Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (“Participants”) participating interests in any Note held by such Purchaser or any other interest of such Purchaser hereunder, in each case in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire principal amount of such Purchaser’s Note or the entire amount of such other interests). In the event of any such sale by a Purchaser of participating interests to a Participant, such Purchaser’s obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement to the other parties to this Note Purchase Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Purchaser shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this Note Purchase Agreement, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser’s rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement. No Purchaser shall transfer or grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the scheduled maturity of any Note or other interest in which such Participant is participating, or reduce the stated rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post default rate) or reduce the principal amount thereof or any other amount payable with respect thereto (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation), (ii) release any material Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, (iii) release any material portion of the Collateral, or (iv) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights under this Note Purchase Agreement or any of the other Note Purchase Documents (the Participant’s rights against such Purchaser in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Purchaser in favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Purchaser had not sold such participation; provided that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.5 with respect to its participation in the Notes outstanding from time to time; provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to

80


 

such Sections than the transferor Purchaser would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Purchaser to such Participant had no such transfer occurred. If at any time a Purchaser wishes to assign and transfer of record into the name of any Participant its participation and related rights and obligations arising under the Note Purchase Documents, the Credit Parties and the other Purchasers will execute and deliver such agreements and instruments as such Purchaser may reasonably request (including without limitation new Notes in such amounts as such Purchaser may request) to effect the assignment and transfer to such Participant (in its own name) of such participation, or such part thereof as may be so assigned and transferred.
     (c) Each Purchaser shall be entitled to assign and transfer all or any part of its Notes, or any interest or participation therein, and its related rights under the Note Purchase Documents to one or more Eligible Transferees (as defined below) by the execution of a Transfer Supplement; provided , however , that any assignment and transfer of a Note (or portion thereof) to any Person other than an Affiliate of any Purchaser shall be in a principal amount not less than the lesser of (i) $1,000,000 and (ii) the remaining principal amount with respect to such Note. Upon the assignment or transfer by such Purchaser of all or any part of its Notes or its interest therein, the term “Purchaser” as used herein shall thereafter include, to the extent of the interest so assigned or transferred, the assignee or transferee of such interest. “ Eligible Transferee ” shall mean: (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $250,000,000, (ii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of any such country and which has total assets in excess of $250,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States, (iii) a finance company, insurance company or other financial institution or investment fund that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise investing in loans or debt securities, provided that any such entity shall be subject to the Borrower’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless GCI continues to be the Administrative Agent for such entity, (iv) any other Purchaser, (v) any Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Purchaser and any Purchaser’s Related Funds, and (vi) any other Person, provided that any such other Person shall be subject to the Borrower’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. “ Related Fund ” shall mean a fund, special purpose investment vehicle, securitization vehicle, money market account, investment account or other account managed or serviced by a Purchaser or an Affiliate of such Purchaser or its investment manager, or any other entity in which a Purchaser or an Affiliate of such Purchaser has a substantial equity interest.
     (d) The Credit Parties hereby acknowledge that the Purchasers and each of their Affiliates may sell or securitize all or any part of the Notes (a “ Securitization ”) through the pledge of all or any part of the Notes as collateral security for loans to such Purchasers or their Affiliates or through the sale of all or any part of the Notes or the issuance of direct or indirect interests in all or any part of the Notes, which loans to such Purchasers or their Affiliate or direct or indirect interests may be rated by Moody’s, S&P or one or more other rating agencies (the “ Rating Agencies ”). The Credit Parties shall cooperate with such Purchasers and their Affiliates to effect the Securitization, including by (a) amending this Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, and executing such additional documents, as reasonably requested by such

81


 

Purchasers in connection with the Securitization, provided that (i) any such amendment or additional documentation does not impose additional costs on the Credit Parties (other than de minimus costs) and (ii) any such amendment or additional documentation does not adversely affect the rights, or increase the obligations, of the Credit Parties under the Note Purchase Documents or change or affect in a manner adverse to the Credit Parties the financial terms of the Notes, and (b) providing such information as may be reasonably requested by such Purchasers in connection with the rating of the Notes or the Securitization.
     (e) Upon its receipt of a duly executed Transfer Supplement, together with payment to the Administrative Agent by the transferor Purchaser or the Purchasing Purchaser (except for any assignment by a Purchaser to an Affiliate of such Purchaser), as agreed between them, of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 for each transferee listed in such Transfer Supplement and the Notes subject to such Transfer Supplement, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Transfer Supplement and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register.
     (f) Each Credit Party authorizes each Purchaser to disclose to any Participant or transferee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Purchaser’s possession concerning the Credit Parties and their Affiliates which has been delivered to such Purchaser by or on behalf of a Credit Party pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement or which has been delivered to such Purchaser by or on behalf of a Credit Party in connection with such Purchaser’s credit evaluation of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Note Purchase Agreement, in each case subject to Section 9.15.
     (g) [Intentionally Omitted.]
     (h) Nothing herein shall prohibit any Purchaser from pledging or assigning any of its rights under this Note Purchase Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to payment of principal and interest under any Note) to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable laws.
      Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set off .
     (a) Each Purchaser agrees that if any Purchaser (a “ benefited Purchaser ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Notes, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 7.1(f), or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Purchaser, if any, in respect of such other Purchaser’s Notes, or interest thereon, such benefited Purchaser shall purchase for cash from the other Purchasers a participating interest in such portion of each such other Purchaser’s Note, or shall provide such other Purchasers with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Purchaser to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Purchasers; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Purchaser, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Borrower agrees that each Purchaser so purchasing a portion of another Purchaser’s Notes may exercise all rights of

82


 

payment (including, without limitation, rights of set off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Purchaser were the direct holder of such portion.
     (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Purchasers provided by law (including, without limitation, other rights of set off), each Purchaser shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, to setoff and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held by or owing to such Purchaser or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Purchaser may elect, against and on account of the Notes and other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties to such Purchaser hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Purchaser against the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under any other Note Purchase Document or any Hedging Agreement provided by such Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, as such Purchaser may elect, whether or not such Purchaser has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The aforesaid right of set off may be exercised by such Purchaser against the Borrower, any other Credit Party or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment or attachment creditor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, or against anyone else claiming through or against the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any such trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that such right of set off shall not have been exercised by such Purchaser prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default. Each Purchaser agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Purchaser; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off and application.
      Section 9.8 Table of Contents and Section Headings .
     The table of contents and the Section and subsection headings herein are intended for convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Note Purchase Agreement.
      Section 9.9 Counterparts .
     This Credit Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Note Purchase Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Note Purchase Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
      Section 9.10 Integration; Effectiveness; Continuing Agreement .
     (a) This Credit Agreement, together with the other Note Purchase Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and

83


 

thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and those of any other Note Purchase Document, the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Purchasers in any other Note Purchase Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Note Purchase Agreement. Each Note Purchase Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
     (b) This Credit Agreement shall become effective at such time when all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied or waived by the Purchasers and it shall have been executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof (telefaxed or otherwise) which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each Purchaser, and thereafter this Note Purchase Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     (c) This Credit Agreement shall be a continuing agreement and shall remain in full force and effect until all Notes, interest, fees and other Credit Party Obligations (other than those obligations that expressly survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement) have been paid in full. Upon termination, the Credit Parties shall have no further obligations (other than those obligations that expressly survive the termination of this Note Purchase Agreement) under the Note Purchase Documents and the Administrative Agent shall, at the request and expense of the Borrower, deliver all the Collateral in its possession to the Borrower and release all Liens on the Collateral; provided that should any payment, in whole or in part, of the Credit Party Obligations be rescinded or otherwise required to be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, then the Note Purchase Documents shall automatically be reinstated and all Liens of the Administrative Agent shall reattach to the Collateral and all amounts required to be restored or returned and all costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser in connection therewith shall be deemed included as part of the Credit Party Obligations.
      Section 9.11 Severability .
     Any provision of this Note Purchase Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      Section 9.12 Governing Law .
     This Credit Agreement and the Notes and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

84


 

      Section 9.13 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process .
     All judicial proceedings brought against the Borrower and/or any other Credit Party with respect to this Note Purchase Agreement, any Note or any of the other Note Purchase Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Note Purchase Agreement, each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement from which no appeal has been taken or is available. Each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties irrevocably agrees that all service of process in any such proceedings in any such court may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified, mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 9.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto, such service being hereby acknowledged by the each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties to be effective and binding service in every respect. Each of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers irrevocably waives any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in any such jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any Purchaser to bring proceedings against the Borrower or the other Credit Parties in the court of any other jurisdiction.
      Section 9.14 [ Intentionally Omitted .]
      Section 9.15 Confidentiality .
     The Administrative Agent and each of the Purchasers agrees that, without the prior consent of the Borrower, it will not disclose any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant to this Note Purchase Agreement, any other Note Purchase Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein and which is designated by the Borrower to the Purchasers in writing as confidential or as to which it is otherwise reasonably clear such information is not public, except that the Administrative Agent and any Purchaser may disclose any such information (a) to its employees, Affiliates, auditors and counsel or to another Purchaser, (b) as has become generally available to the public other than by a breach of this Section 9.15, (c) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Purchaser or to the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the OCC or the NAIC or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (d) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Purchaser, (e) to any prospective Participant, Transferee or assignee in connection with any contemplated transfer, assignment, participation or Securitization pursuant to Section 9.6; provided that such prospective transferee shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Note Purchase Agreement, (f) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade publications; such information to consist of deal terms and other information regarding the credit facilities evidenced by this Note Purchase Agreement

85


 

customarily found in such publications), (g) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its claims, rights, remedies or interests under or in connection with the Note Purchase Documents or any Hedging Agreement, (h) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.15), (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Purchaser’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Purchaser, and (j) to its actual or prospective limited partners or members in the ordinary course of their operations as an investment fund, subject to reasonable and customary confidentiality precautions.
      Section 9.16 Acknowledgments .
     The Borrower and the other Credit Parties each hereby acknowledges that:
     (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of each Note Purchase Document;
     (b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Purchaser has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising out of or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Purchasers, on one hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
     (c) no joint venture exists among the Purchasers or among the Borrower or the other Credit Parties and the Purchasers.
      Section 9.17 Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages .
     THE BORROWER, THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE PURCHASERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER NOTE PURCHASE DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. Each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties agree not to assert any claim against any other party to this Note Purchase Agreement or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, Affiliates or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to any of the transactions contemplated herein.
      Section 9.18 Patriot Act Notice .
     Each Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107 56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes

86


 

the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Purchaser or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
      Section 9.19 Subordination of Intercompany Debt .
     Each Credit Party agrees that all intercompany Indebtedness among Credit Parties (the “ Intercompany Debt ”) is subordinated in right of payment, to the prior payment in fall of all Credit Party Obligations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Credit Parties may make and receive payments with respect to the Intercompany Debt to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement; provided that in the event of and during the continuation of any Event of Default, no payment shall be made by or on behalf of any Credit Party on account of any Intercompany Debt. In the event that any Credit Party receives any payment of any Intercompany Debt at a time when such payment is prohibited by this Section 9.19, such payment shall be held by such Credit Party, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE X
GUARANTY
      Section 10.1 The Guaranty .
     In order to induce the Purchasers to enter into this Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents and to extend credit hereunder and thereunder, and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the Guarantors from the extensions of credit hereunder, each of the Guarantors hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers as follows: Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably jointly and severally guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser. If any or all of the indebtedness becomes due and payable hereunder, each Guarantor unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties or their respective order, on demand, together with any and all reasonable expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties in collecting any of the Credit Party Obligations. The word “indebtedness” is used in this Article X in its most comprehensive sense and means any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower arising in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Documents, including specifically all Credit Party Obligations, in each case, heretofore, now, or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, whether or not such indebtedness is from time to time reduced, or extinguished and thereafter increased or incurred, whether the Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, whether or not recovery upon such indebtedness may be or hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, and whether or not such indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.

87


 

     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Note Purchase Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, Bankruptcy Laws).
      Section 10.2 Bankruptcy .
     Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally the payment of any and all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower to the Secured Parties whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.1(f), and unconditionally promises to pay such Credit Party Obligations to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that to the extent that the Borrower or a Guarantor shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided, and/or required to be repaid to the Borrower or a Guarantor, the estate of the Borrower or a Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made.
      Section 10.3 Nature of Liability .
     The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower whether executed by any such Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrower, or (e) any payment made to the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party on the Credit Party Obligations which the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party repays the Borrower pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Guarantors waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding.
      Section 10.4 Independent Obligation .
     The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Guarantor or the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor whether or not action is brought against any other Guarantor or the Borrower and whether or not any other Guarantor or the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions.

88


 

      Section 10.5 Authorization .
     Each of the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with this Note Purchase Agreement, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold security from any Guarantor or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty or the Credit Party Obligations and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers in their discretion may determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, Guarantors, the Borrower or other obligors.
      Section 10.6 Reliance .
     It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrower or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any Credit Party Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
      Section 10.7 Waiver .
     (a) Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agent’s or any Secured Party’s power whatsoever. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations), including without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations. The Administrative Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser may have against the Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Credit Party Obligations have been paid in full. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Administrative Agent or any of the Purchasers, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantors against the Borrower or any other party or any security.
     (b) Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notice of protest,

89


 

notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Credit Party Obligations. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Credit Party Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Purchaser shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.
     (c) Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of any Secured Party against the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Secured Party (collectively, the “ Other Parties ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Credit Party Obligations shall have been paid in full. Each of the Guarantors hereby further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party now have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to or for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure payment of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower until such time as the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full.
      Section 10.8 Limitation on Enforcement .
     The Secured Parties agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Purchasers and that no Secured Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the terms of this Note Purchase Agreement. The Secured Parties further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Guarantors.
      Section 10.9 Confirmation of Payment .
     The Administrative Agent and the Purchasers will, upon request after the irrevocable payment of the indebtedness and obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty in full, confirm to the Borrower, the Guarantors or any other Person that such indebtedness and obligations have been paid, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

90


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note Purchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
BORROWER : BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC .,
an Ohio Corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jerome P. Henderson    
    Name:   Jerome P. Henderson   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 
HOLDINGS : BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
    Title:   Advisor   
 
GUARANTORS : CUCINA CONSTRUCTION, INC.
an Ohio corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jerome P. Henderson    
    Name:   Jerome P. Henderson   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT OF KANSAS, INC.
a Kansas corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jerome P. Henderson    
    Name:   Jerome P. Henderson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  BRIO TUSCAN GRILLE OF WOODLANDS, INC.
a Texas corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Laura A. Tappen    
    Name:   Laura A. Tappen   
    Title:   President, Secretary and Treasurer   
 
Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page

 


 

         
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT : GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED ,
a New York Corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
PURCHASERS : GOLUB CAPITAL CP FUNDING LLC ,
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Chief Investment Officer   
 
  GOLUB CAPITAL LOAN TRUST 2005-1
 
 
  By:   Golub Capital Incorporated, as Servicer    
         
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Chief Investment Officer   
 
  LEG PARTNERS DEBENTURE SBIC, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Golub Debenture GP, LLC,
its General Partner  
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  LEG PARTNERS III SBIC, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Golub PS-GP, LLC,
its General Partner  
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Note Purchase Agreement Signature Page

 


 

Schedule 1.1(a)
Existing Investments
None.

 


 

Schedule 1.1(b)
Existing Liens
Existing Liens
Liens on various equipment disclosed in the chart below.
                 
Debtor Name   Filing State   Secured Party   Filing Number   Collateral
Bravo Development, Inc.
  Ohio   Fleet Business
Credit Corporation
  OH00039488572   Equipment
 
               
Bravo Development, Inc.
  Ohio   Fleet Business
Credit Corporation
  OH00039526059   Equipment
 
               
Bravo Development, Inc.
  Ohio   CIT Bank   OH00098345652   Equipment
Liens on the real property and fixtures with respect thereto pursuant to the mortgages and loans disclosed on Schedule 6.1(b).

 


 

Schedule 1.1(c)
Scheduled Financial Information
1.   Consolidated Fixed Charges for fiscal quarter ending:
 
    March 31, 2006:           $2,475,000
 
2.   Consolidated EBITDA for fiscal quarter ending:
 
    March 31, 2006:           $3,867,000

 


 

Schedule 2.1(a)
Purchasers
         
Purchaser   Note  
Golub Capital CP Funding LLC
  $ 12,250,000.00  
Golub Capital Loan Trust 2005-1
  $ 2,500,000.00  
LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
  $ 10,000,000.00  
LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
  $ 2,750,000.00  
TOTAL:
  $ 27,500,000.00  

 


 

Schedule 2.1(c)
[FORM OF NOTE]
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM AS PROVIDED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT AND SATISFACTION IN CASH OF ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS, AS DEFINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 2006, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, RESTATED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT”), TO THE EXTENT, AND IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Note
$                                             , 2006
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of [                      ] (together with any successors and/or assigns, the “Purchaser”), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of [                              ] DOLLARS ($                      ), with interest thereon from time to time as provided herein.
     The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in Sections 2.5(c) and (d) of the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) until paid in full. A portion of the interest payable on this Note shall be paid by increasing the principal amount of this Note, as provided in Section 2.5(c) of the Purchase Agreement.
     All payments hereunder shall be made for the account of the Purchaser at its office located at 551 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10022, or to such other address as the Purchaser may designate in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement.
     If any principal of or interest on this Note is not paid when due or there exists an Event of Default under the Purchase Agreement, certain additional interest may be payable on this Note in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5(d) of the Purchase Agreement.

 


 

     This Note is one of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Secured Notes, identical in all respects except as to principal amount and payee, issued by the Borrower pursuant to and subject to the terms of a certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and the original Purchasers listed on Schedule 2.1(a) thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
     Reference is made to the Purchase Agreement for a description of the agreements of the parties, the circumstances under which the maturity of this Note may be accelerated, and the obligations of the Borrower to pay the costs of enforcement of this Note (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by or on behalf of the holder of this Note. In the event that this Note becomes or is declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity, this Note shall become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.
     The Borrower has the right under certain circumstances to prepay this Note in whole or in part, and is obligated to make certain mandatory prepayments on this Note, in each case as provided in the Purchase Agreement.
     This Note is secured by and entitled to the benefit of the Security Documents and reference is hereby made to the Note Purchase Agreement and such Security Documents for a description of the properties mortgaged, pledged and assigned, the nature and extent of the Collateral and the rights of the parties to the Security Documents in respect of such Collateral.
     This Note was issued with original issue discount (as defined in Section 1273(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.(the “ IRC ”) and Regulation Section 1-1273-1 promulgated thereunder). The Purchaser can obtain the information described in Regulation Section 1.1275-3 promulgated under the IRC by writing to: Chief Financial Officer, bravo Development, Inc., 777 Goodale Boulevard, Suite 100, Columbus, OH 43212.

 


 

     This Note is to be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, ]NC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Schedule 2.3
Commitment Fee
         
Recipient   Amount  
Golub Associates, LLC
  $ 295,000  
 
       
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006812
Account Name: Golub Associates, LLC
       
 
       
LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
  $ 200,000  
 
       
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006705
Account Name: LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
       
 
       
LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
  $ 55,000  
 
       
wire transfer instructions:
First Republic Bank
Branch 79
ABA #321 081 669
Account Number: 97900006713
Account Name: LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.
       
 
       
Total:
  $ 550,000  

 


 

Schedule 3.11(a)
Subsidiaries
         
Subsidiary   Outstanding Shares   Ownership
Cucina Construction, Inc.
  20 shares of Common Stock   100% by Bravo Development, Inc.
Bravo Development of Kansas, Inc.
  100 shares of Common Stock   100% by Bravo Development, Inc.
Brio Tuscan Grille of Woodlands, Inc.
  100 shares of Common stock   100% by Bravo Development, Inc.

 


 

Schedule 3.11(b)
Capitalization
                 
    Preferred Stock   Number of   Common Stock   Number of
Name of   Certificate   Shares of   Certificate   Shares of
Stockholder   Number   Preferred Stock   Number   Common Stock
Bravo Development
Holdings LLC
  1   47,659.50   1   841,050
Alton F. Doody, III   2   5,678.00   2   100,200
John C. Doody   3   2,095.25   3   36,975
Philip S. Yandolino   4   833.00   4   14,700
Jerry Henderson   5   510.00   5   9,000
Michael Moser   6   335.75   6   5,925
Matt Harding   7   208.25   7   3,675
Jim MacKenzie   8   208.25   8   3,675
Ron Dee   9   187.00   9   3,300
Brian O’Malley   10   165.75   10   2,925
Vernessa Gates   11   165.75   11   2,925
Jeff Ramm   12   127.50   12   2,250
Joe Isbell   13   127.50   13   2,250
Mike Creedon   14   127.50   14   2,250
Mike Woodburn   15   127.50   15   2,250
Debbie Ticknor   16   127.50   16   2,250
Lance Juhas   17   127.50   17   2,250
Tom Vahle   18   127.50   18   2,250
Lou Rios   19   127.50   19   2,250
Bret Adams   20   127.50   20   2,250
Justin Stratford   21   106.25   21   1,875
Laura Tappen   22   63.75   22   1,125
Dave Whisler   23   38.25   23   675
Karen Brennan   24   34.00   24   600
Nicole Fessler Roope   25   21.25   25   375
Brian Hunter   26   21.25   26   375
David Petrill   27   21.25   27   375

 


 

Schedule 3.14
Intellectual Property
                 
            Application/   Application/
Owner   Mark   Jurisdiction   Registration Number   Registration Date
Bravo
  BRIO   US   74/725916   9/7/1995
Development, Inc.
          2018983   11/26/1996
 
               
Bravo
  BRAVO! CUCINA   US   76/048342   5/15/2000
Development, Inc
  ITALIANA       2622987   9/24/2002
 
               
Bravo
  CUCINA BRAVO!   US   76/048071   5/15/2000
Development, Inc
  ITALIANA       2622985   9/24/2002
 
               
Bravo
  BON VIE   US   76/225708   3/16/2001
Development, Inc
          2773908   10/14/2003
 
               
Bravo
  BON VIE (LOGO)   US   76/314784   9/18/2001
Development, Inc
          2668498   12/31/2002
 
               
Bravo
  BRAVO CUCINA &   US   75/924274   2/19/2002
Development, Inc
  Design       2731038   7/1/2003
 
               
Bravo
  BRIO   US   76/603870   7/23/2004
Development, Inc
          2996778   9/20/2005
 
               
Bravo
  BRAVO!   US   76/603862   7/23/2004
Development, Inc
               
 
               
Bravo
  BRIO & Design   US   78/605918   4/11/2005
Development, Inc
               
Domain Name: www.bestitalianusa.com

 


 

Schedule 3.16(a)
Location of Real Property
         
Property   Address   County
Development Office
  18 North Main Street, Suite 4
Chagrin Falls, OH 44022-3059
  Cuyahoga
 
       
Warehouse
  8315B Washington Street
Chagrin Falls, OH 44023
  Geauga
 
       
Home Office
  777 Goodale Boulevard - Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
  Franklin
 
       
Bravo! Bethel #2 (owned)
  3000 Hayden Road
Columbus, OH 43235
  Franklin
 
       
Bravo! Castleton #3 (owned)
  8651 Castlecreek Pkwy. E. Drive
Indianapolis, IN 46250
  Marion
 
       
Bravo! Dayton #4 (scheduled to move 9/4/06)
  2148 Miamisburg-Centerville
Centerville, OH 45459
  Montgomery
 
       
Bravo! Dayton #4 (new address starting 9/4/06)
  2779 Miamisburg – Centerville Road
Dayton, Ohio 45439
  Montgomery
 
       
Bravo! Crosswoods #5 (owned)
  7470 Vantage Drive
Columbus, OH 43235
  Franklin
 
       
Bravo! Cincinnati #6
  12110 Montgomery Road
Cincinnati, OH 45249
  Hamilton
 
       
Bravo! McKnight #7 (owned)
  4976 McKnight Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15237
  Allegheny
 
       
Bravo! Willowlake #9
  2658 Lake Circle Drive
Indianapolis, IN 46268
  Marion
 
       
Bravo! Metairie #10
  3413 Veteran’s Memorial Blvd
Metairie, LA 70002
  Jefferson
 
       
Brio Easton #11
  3993 Easton Station
Columbus, OH 43219
  Franklin
 
       
Bravo! Robinson #12
  211 Summit Park Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15275
  Allegheny
 
       
Bravo! Cranberry #13
  2001 – Route #19
Cranberry Township, PA 16066
  Butler
 
       
 
       
Brio Winter Park #14
  480 N. Orlando Avenue – Ste. #108
Winter Park, FL 32789
  Orange
 
       
Brio Buckhead #15
  2964 Peachtree Road N.W.
Atlanta, GA 30305
  Fulton
 
       
Bravo! Waterfront #16
  250 W. Bridge St.
W. Homestead, PA 15120
  Allegheny
 
       
Bon Vie Easton #17
  4089 The Strand East
Columbus, OH 43219
  Franklin

 


 

         
Property   Address   County
Brio Birmingham #18
  591 Brookwood Village
Birmingham, AL 35209
  Jefferson
 
       
Lindey’s Polaris #19
  1500 Polaris Parkway, Ste. 200
Columbus, OH 43240
  Delaware
 
       
Brio Newport #20
  1 Levee Way – Ste. #1140
Newport, KY 41071
  Campbell
 
       
Bravo! Lansing #21
  2970 Towne Centre Blvd.
Lansing, MI 48912
  Ingham
 
       
Brio Millenia #22
  The Mall at Millenia
4200 Conroy Rd., Ste. 154
Orlando, FL 32839
  Orange
 
       
Bravo! Rochester #23
  Village of Rochester Hills
286 N. Adams Rd.
Rochester Hills, MI 48309-1359
  Oakland
 
       
Brio Perimeter #24
  700 Ashwood Parkway
Atlanta, GA 30338
  Dekalb
 
       
Brio Crocker Park #25
  200 Crocker Park Blvd.
Westlake, OH 44145
  Cuyahoga
 
       
Bravo! Eton #26
  28889 Chagrin Blvd.
Woodmere, OH 44122
  Cuyahoga
 
       
Bravo! Leawood #27
  5005 West 117 th St.
Leawood, Kansas 66211
  Johnson
 
       
Bravo! Louisville #28
  206 Bullitt Lane
Louisville, KY 40222
  Jefferson
 
       
Brio Legacy #29
  24325 Cedar Road, Legacy Village
Lyndhurst, OH 44124
  Cuyahoga
 
       
Brio West Palm #30
  The Gardens Mall
3101 PGA Blvd.
Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410
  Palm Beach
 
       
Bravo! West Chester #31
  9436 Waterfront Dr.
West Chester, OH 45069
  Butler
 
       
Brio Frontenac #32
  1601 South Lindbergh Blvd.
St. Louis, MO 63131
  Saint Louis
 
       
Brio Stony Point #33
  9210 Stony Point Parkway
Richmond, VA 23235
  Chesterfield
 
       
Bravo! Galleria #34
  1500 Washington Rd.
Pittsburgh, PA 15228
  Allegheny
 
       
Brio Woodlands #35
  1201 Lake Woodlands Dr. Ste. 303
(Woodlands Shopping Center)
The Woodlands, TX 77380
  Montgomery

 


 

         
Property   Address   County
Bravo! Knoxville #36
  106 Major Reynolds Place
(Knollwood Commercial Park)
Knoxville, TN 37919-4853
  Knox
 
       
Bravo! Glenview #37
  2600 Navy Blvd.
Glenview, IL 60025
  Cook
 
       
Bravo! Zona Rosa #38
  7301 N.W. 87 th Street
Kansas City, MO 64153
  Platte
 
       
Bravo! Virginia Beach #39
  193 Central Park Avenue
Virginia Beach, VA 23462
  Virginia Beach City
 
       
Bravo! Jordan Creek #40
  Jordan Creek Town Center
120 South Jordan Creek Parkway
West Des Moines, IA 50266
  Dallas
 
       
Brio Country Club #41
  Country Club Plaza
502 Nichols Drive
Kansas City, MO 64112
  Jackson
 
       
Bravo! Livonia #42
  17700 Haggerty Road
Livonia, MI 48152
  Wayne
 
       
Bravo! Mentor #43
  7787 Reynolds Road
Mentor, OH 44060
  Lake
 
       
Bravo! Memorial Square #44
  13810 North Pennsylvania Avenue
Oklahoma City, OK 73134
  Oklahoma
 
       
Bravo! Brookfield Square #45
  Brookfield Square, Unit D68
95 N. Moorland A147
Brookfield, WI 53005
  Waukesha
 
       
Bravo! Franklin Park #46
  5001 Monroe Street, Suite R-3
Toledo, OH 43623
  Lucas
 
       
Brio Somerset #47
  Somerset Collection
2801 West Big Beaver Road, Suite
E150
Troy, MI 48084-3201
  Oakland
 
       
Brio Tysons Corner #48
  7854L Tysons Corner Center
McLean, VA 22102
  Fairfax
 
       
Bravo! La Cantera #49
  The Shops at La Cantera
15900 La Cantera Parkway,
Bldg #11, Suite 11200
San Antonio, TX 78256
  Bexar
 
       
Bravo! Northlake Mall #50
  North Lake Mall
6851 North Lake Mall Drive
Charlotte, NC 28216
  Mecklenburg
 
       
Bon Vie Somerset #51
  2801 W. Big Beaver Road, Suite J230
Troy, MI 48084
  Oakland

 


 

         
Property   Address   County
Bravo! Belden Village #52
  4224 Everhard Road NW
Canton, OH 44718
  Stark
 
       
Brio Waterside #53
  5505 Tamiami Trail N Suite J1
Naples, FL 34108
  Collier
 
       
Brio Southlake #54
  Southlake Town Square
1431 Plaza Place
Southlake, TX 76092
  Tarrant
 
       
Brio Piedmont #55** (scheduled to open 6/26/06)
  4720 Piedmont Row Drive, Suite 150
Charlotte, NC 28209
  Mecklenburg
 
       
Brio The Green #56** (scheduled to open 8/24/06)
  4459 Cedar Park Drive
Beaver Creek, OH 45440
  Greene
 
       
Bravo! Greensboro #57** (scheduled to open 9/18/06)
  3324 West Friendly Avenue
Greensboro, NC
   
 
       
Bravo! Walden #58** (scheduled op open 10/16/06)
  Sublot: TH133
One Walden Galleria
Buffalo, NY 14225
  Erie
 
       
Bravo! Bayshore #59** (scheduled to open 11/2/06)
       
 
       
Bravo! Uptown #60** (scheduled to open 11/13/06)
  2220 Louisiana Boulevard, NE
Albuquerque, NM
  Bernalillo
 
       
Bravo! Partridge Creek** (scheduled to open in 2007)
  Partridge Creek Fashion Mall
Space #R-100
Clinton Township, MI 48038
  Macomb
 
*   all properties are leased unless otherwise indicated
 
**   addresses for stores not yet open may change

 


 

Schedule 3.16(b)
Location of Collateral
All locations disclosed on Schedule 3.16(a)

 


 

Schedule 3.16(c)
States of Incorporation, Chief Executive Offices, etc.
                 
                Federal Tax
    State of   Chief Executive   Principal Place   Identification
Credit Party   Incorporation   Office   of Business   Number
Bravo Development, Inc.
  Ohio   777 Goodale Boulevard- Suite 100 Columbus, OH   Same   34-1566328
Bravo Development
Holdings, LLC
  Delaware   c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., 126 East 56th Street, New York, New York 10022   Same   11-3781466
Cucina Construction, Inc.
  Ohio   777 Goodale Boulevard- Suite 100 Columbus, OH   Same   31-1691227
Bravo Development of Kansas, Inc.
  Kansas   777 Goodale Boulevard- Suite 100 Columbus, OH   Same   None
Brio Tuscan Grille of Woodlands, Inc.
  Texas   777 Goodale Boulevard- Suite 100 Columbus, OH   Same   None

 


 

Schedule 3.18
Labor Matters
None.

 


 

Schedule 3.20
Material Contracts
Leases
18 N. Main Street
Lease with Newbury Triangle, dated August 23, 2002
8315B Washington
Lease with F.A.O., Inc., dated February 28, 2003, as amended September 8, 2005 and February 13, 2006
777 W. Goodale
Lease with 777 Goodale Partners, LLC, dated April 5, 2005, as amended February 1, 2006
Dayton (#4)
Lease with Dayton Mall Venture, LLC, dated March 2, 2006
Cincinnati (#6)
Lease with Dittos-Montgomery Limited Partnership, Inc., dated October 21, 1998
Willowlake (#9)
Lease by Willow Lake East, LLC and Indianapolis Barocco Partners, LLC, as amended October 1, 1998
Metairie (#10)
Lease with Greater Lakeside Corp., dated August 26, 1998
Brio Easton (#11)
Lease with Easton Town Center LLC, dated November 12,1998
Robinson (#12)
Lease with Lafayette Partners, dated August 31, 1998, as amended February 2, 1999
Cranberry (#13)
Lease by Express Hotel Associates and the Company (“Landlord”), and THM Management Associates (“Tenant”), dated May 18, 1999
Winter Park (#14)
Lease with Winter Park Town Center, Ltd., dated April 13, 1999
Buckhead (#15)
Lease with Sheffield Inc., dated December 17, 1999

 


 

Waterfront (#16)
Lease with The Waterfront Partners, LLC, dated September 18, 2000, as amended September 4, 2001
Bon Vie Easton (#17)
Lease with Easton Town Center LLC, dated March 8, 2001, as amended August 6, 2001 and November 3, 2003
Birmingham (#18)
Lease with Colonial Realty Limited Partnership, dated March 12, 2001, as amended March 20, 2001 and October 24, 2002
Lindey’s Polaris (#19)
Lease with Polaris Mall, LLC, dated June 4, 2001, as amended August 3, 2001 and August 17, 2001
Newport (#20)
Lease with Newport on the Levee LLC, dated May 18, 2001, as amended January 7, 2002
Lansing (#21)
Lease with Lansing Pavilion, LLC, dated July 17, 2001
Millenia (#22)
Lease with Forbes Taubman Orlando, L.L.C., dated January 17, 2002
Rochester (#23)
Lease with Meadowbrook Associates, L.L.C., dated March 11, 2002
Perimeter (#24)
Lease with Mony Life Insurance Company, dated May 29, 2002
Crocker Park (#25)
Lease with Crocker Park, LLC, dated June 17, 2002, as amended September 6, 2002, January 13, 2003 and December 13, 2004.
Eton (#26)
Lease with Chagrin Retail, LLC, dated June 17, 2002, as amended August 11, 2003
Leawood (#27)
Lease with Town Center Plaza, L.L.C., dated July 17, 2002
Louisville (#28)
Lease with PNC Bank, National Association, Stock Yards Bank & Trust Company, dated October 1, 2002

 


 

Legacy (#29)
Lease with Legacy Village Partners, LLC, dated August 23, 2002
West Palm (#30)
Lease with Forbes/Cohen Florida Properties Limited Partnership, dated October 15, 2002, as amended July 9, 2003
Westchester (#31)
Lease with Cincinnati Specialty Centers, LLC, dated November 5, 2002
Frontenac (#32)
Lease with Davis Street Land Company of Missouri L.L.C., dated February 26, 2003
Stony Point (#33)
Lease with Stony Point Associates, LLC, dated December 2, 2002
Galleria (#34)
Lease with Continental/Galleria, LP, dated June 26, 2003, as amended February 29, 2004
Woodlands (#35)
Lease with The Woodlands Mall Associates, dated August 26, 2003, as amended October 7, 2004
Knoxville (#36)
Lease with Spartan Holdings, LLC, dated November 17, 2003
Glenview (#37)
Lease with Oliver McMillan Glenview, LLC, dated May 18, 2003
Zona Rosa (#38)
Lease with Zona Rosa Development, LLC, dated October 31, 2003, as amended June 4, 2004
Virginia Beach (#39)
Lease with Town Center Associates 8, L.L.C., dated November 6, 2003, as amended November 1, 2004, November 19, 2004 and June 15, 2005.
Jordan Creek (#40)
Lease with GGP Gordon Creek L.L.C., dated April 20, 2004
Country Club (#41)
Lease with Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership, dated June 25, 2004, as amended December 7, 2004
Livonia (#42)
Lease with Schoolcraft Commons Unit 3, L.L.C., dated April 2, 2004

 


 

Mentor (#43)
Lease with Torrent Properties, LLC, dated April 13, 2004
Memorial Square (#44)
Lease with Memorial Square SC, LLC, dated September 23, 2004
Brookfield Square (#45)
Lease with Brookfield Square Joint Venture, dated September 14, 2004
Franklin Park (#46)
Lease with Westfield Franklin Park Mall LLC, dated December 13, 2004, as amended May 18, 2005
Brio Somerset (#47)
Lease with Somerset Collection Limited Partnership, dated October 28, 2004
Tysons Corner (#48)
Lease with Tysons Corner Holdings LLC, dated April 6, 2005
La Cantera (#49)
Lease with La Cantera Retail Limited Partnership, dated April 14, 2005
Northlake Mall (#50)
Lease with TRG Charlotte LLC, dated March 17, 2005, as amended August 18, 2005
Bon Vie Somerset (#51)
Lease with Somerset Collection Limited Partnership, dated February 22, 2005
Belden Village (#52)
Lease with WEA Belden LLC, dated May 18, 2005, as amended August 18, 2005
Naples (#53)
Lease with Waterside Shops at Pelican Bay Trust, dated October 14, 2005
Southlake (#54)
Lease with SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P., dated June 15, 2005
Piedmont (#55)
Lease with Piedmont Town Center One, LLC, dated December 20, 2005
Dayton the Greene (#56)
Lease with Greene Town Center, LLC, dated September 2, 2005
Greensboro (#57)
Lease with Hobbs Street Properties, LLC, dated April 19, 2006

 


 

Walden (#58)
Lease with Pyramid Walden Company, L.P., dated September 15, 2005, as modified April 17, 2006
Bayshore (#59)
Lease with Bayshore Town Center, LLC, dated September 1, 2005
Uptown (#60)
Lease with Hunt Uptown, LLC, dated February 23, 2006
Partridge Creek
Lease with Partridge Creek Fashion Park, LLC, dated November 1, 2005
Other Agreements
“Crosswoods”
Promissory Note by Encore Bravo, Ltd. in favor of The Huntington National Bank, dated
July 11, 1995, and associated Mortgage and Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement, dated July
11, 1995, and the Note and Mortgage Modification Agreement dated November 11, 1995.
“Hayden Road/Bethel Road”
Promissory Note by Alton F. Doody, III in favor of The Huntington National Bank, dated May 29, 1992, and associated Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement.
“Indianapolis/Castleton”
Mortgage, by and between Arcadia Properties, LLC and Mid City Pioneers Corporation, dated November 10, 1994, and associated Security Agreement dated November 10, 1994.
Promissory Note, by Arcadia Properties, LLC, in favor of The Huntington National Bank of Indiana, dated April 12, 1994.
Loan Agreement, by and among Bravo Cucina of Indianapolis, Inc., Bravo Cucina, Inc., Arcadia Properties, LLC, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody, and Mid City Pioneer Corporation, dated November 10, 1994.
“Pittsburgh/McKnight”
Promissory Note by Pittsburgh Bacco Partners, L.P. in favor of The Huntington National Bank dated January 6, 1997, and associated Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated January 6, 1997, Security Agreement dated January 6, 1997, and Reamortization Agreement, dated July 6, 1997.

 


 

Master Consulting Services Agreement by and between Bravo Development, Inc. and CIBER, Inc., dated May 17, 2006, and associated Statement of Work.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Zelinko Construction, made as of January 1, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Venture Construction Company, made as of
April 3, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and Zelinko Construction, for commencement date of April 12, 2006.
Letter of Intent by the Borrower to Venture Construction, dated April 12, 2006.
Agreement by and between the Borrower and STM Development, LLC, made as of May 4, 2006.
Letter of Intent by the Borrower to Arlington Construction, dated April 12, 2006.
Fountain Beverage Sales Agreement by and between Pepsi-Cola Company and the Borrower, effective January 1, 2002.
Foodservice Distribution Agreement by and between Distribution Market Advantage, Inc. and the Borrower, dated June 18, 2006.
Senior Credit Agreement
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. and the Borrower.
Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Castle Harlan, Inc. and the Borrower.

 


 

Schedule 3.21
Insurance
                     
Coverage Type   Carrier   Policy Number   Expiration Date   Amount
Primary Umbrella
  Continental Casualty Company     2068204222     04/01/2007   $10,000.000 each incident;
$10,000,000 aggregate
General Liability
  Continental Casualty Company     2088596839     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each incident;
$2,000,000 aggregate
Automobile Liability
  Continental Casualty Company     2088596842     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each accident
Employers Liability
  Transportation Insurance     2088596871     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each accident
Liquor Liability
  Continental Casualty Company     2088596839     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each accident;
$2,000,000 aggregate
Employee Benefit Liability
  Continental Casualty Company     2088596839     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each employee;
$2,000,000 aggregate
Excess Umbrella
  Federal Insurance Company     79815113     04/01/2007   $25,000,000 each occurrence;
$25,000,000 aggregate
Deductible Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability
  American Casualty Company of Reading     2088596808     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each accident;
$1,000,000 aggregate
Retrospective Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability
  Transportation Insurance Company     2088596871     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 each accident; $1,000,000 aggregate
Retrospective Stop Gap Liability
  Transportation Insurance Company     2088596825     04/01/2007   $1,000,000 occurrence;
$1,000,000 aggregate
Commercial Property Coverage
  CNA Insurance     2072437497     04/01/2007   Various;
$2,000,000 aggregate / Blanket
Inland Marine
  CNA Insurance     2072437497     04/01/2007   Various
Commercial Crime
  CNA Insurance     2072437497     04/01/2007   Various
Garagekeepers Liability
  Continental Casualty Company     2088596842     04/01/2007   $75,000 each vehicle
Trade Name Restoration (Loss of Business Income)
  Lloyds of London     330030052355     9/01/2006   $10,000,000 aggregate
Ohio Excess Coverage Compensation
  Midwest Employers Casualty Company   EWC006258   03/01/2007   Statutory — workers’ compensation;
$1,000,000 Employers Liability
Private Company Protection
  Philadelphia Indemnity   PHSD188693   4/28/2007   $5,000,000 D&O liability, Employment Practices, Fiduciary Liability;
$10,000,000 aggregate, all parts

 


 

Schedule 3.28
Certain Transactions
1.   St. Charles Lease by and between Doody, Doody & Doody, L.L.C. and New Orleans Baracco Partners L.L.C., dated November 1, 1997.
 
2.   Termination of Lease and Security Agreement and Agreement Relating to Removal of Equipment by and between Doody, Doody & Doody, L.L.C. and Borrower, dated November 30, 2005.
 
3.   Common Share Purchase Agreement by and among Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody and Borrower, dated November 9, 2000.
 
4.   Trade Name License Agreement by and between Borrower and Grant Avenue Investments, Inc., dated April 2004 (unexecuted).
 
5.   Employee Leasing Agreement by and between Borrower and Grant Avenue Investments, Inc., dated January 1, 2004.
 
6.   Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Castle Harlan, Inc., Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. and the Borrower.
 
7.   Management Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Castle Harlan, Inc. and the Borrower.

 


 

Schedule 3.30
Small Business Concern
1.   LEG Partners Debenture SBIC, L.P.
 
2.   LEG Partners III SBIC, L.P.

 


 

Schedule 4.1(b)
[FORM OF]
SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
[INSERT NAME OF CREDIT PARTY]
June 26, 2006
     Pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the “ Guarantors ”), the Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the “ Administrative Agent ”), the undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of [Insert name of Credit Party], a [Insert state of incorporation/formation] [corporation] [limited liability company] [limited partnership] (the “ Company ”) and that, as such, he/she is familiar with the facts herein certified and is duly authorized to certify the same and does hereby certify in his/her capacity as Secretary of the Company, and not individually, as follows:
     1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the [Articles of Incorporation] [Certificate of Formation] of the Company and all amendments thereto as in full force and effect on the date hereof.
     2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the [Bylaws] [Operating Agreement] [Partnership Agreement] of the Company, together with all amendments thereto, which were duly adopted and are full force and in effect on the date hereof.
     3. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by [Insert governing body] of the Company approving the execution, delivery and performance of the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents. Such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, rescinded or changed in any respect since their adoption to and including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect as of the date hereof. Such resolutions are the only corporate proceedings of the Company now in force relating to or affecting the matters referred to therein.
     4. Each of the following persons is now a duly elected and qualified officer of the Company, holding the office indicated next to his/her name below, the signature appearing opposite his/her name below is his/her true and genuine signature, and each such officer is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company each of the Note Purchase Documents to which it is a party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by the Company pursuant to the Note Purchase Documents to which it is a party:

 


 

         
Title   Typed Name   Signature
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunder subscribe my name effective as of the date set forth above.
         
     
        
    Secretary of [Insert name of Credit Party]   
       
 
     I,                      , the duly elected                      of the Company, do hereby certify that is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Company and, as such, is authorized to execute this Secretary’s Certificate on behalf of the Company and that his/her true signature is set forth above.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunder subscribe my name effective as of the date set forth above.
         
     
        
                         of [Insert name of Credit Party]   
       
 
Secretary Certificate — Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

Schedule 4.1(i)
[FORM OF]
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
June 2006
Golub Capital Incorporated
   as Agent
551 Madison Avenue, 6 th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Gregory W. Cashman
cc: Russell C. Zomback
    Re: Solvency Certificate under the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June ___, 2006
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Please refer to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2006 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among Bravo Development, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC (“ Holdings ”), each of the purchasers listed on Exhibit 2.1(a) thereto (the “ Purchasers ”) and Golub Capital Incorporated as agent (the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement and used in this certificate without definition shall have for purposes of this certificate the meanings assigned to them in the Note Purchase Agreement.
     This certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(i) of the Note Purchase Agreement. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the chief financial officer of Borrower (the “ Undersigned ”), and is familiar with the financial affairs of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, and that, as such, he or she is authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and further certifies and represents to the Agent on behalf of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and without personal liability that, as of the Closing Date:
     (a) The Undersigned has continued to monitor the financial condition and operations of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries; and the Undersigned has knowledge of the development and negotiation of the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Documents.
     (b) The Undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with (a) the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, and the other Note Purchase Documents executed in connection therewith, (b) all credit agreements, loan agreements, note purchase agreements, leases, indentures, mortgages and other documents pursuant to which any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries has been issued or is outstanding or otherwise binding upon or affecting the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their assets, (c) all other material contracts, undertakings or agreements of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (d) the projections of the annual

 


 

operating budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 2006 to 2011 fiscal years (the “ Pro Forma Projections ”), prepared under my supervision and (e) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet prepared under my supervision.
     (c) The Undersigned and members of my financial staff have prepared the Pro Forma Projections, all of which have been prepared under my supervision and are based on good faith estimates and assumptions as stated therein. In preparing the Pro Forma Projections, (a) the Undersigned has confirmed that the Pro Forma Projections take into account the probable liability of existing debts (including “off-balance sheet liabilities”) as they become absolute and mature and the probable liability of all existing contingent liabilities (including guaranties and other similar obligations), (b) the Undersigned has reviewed the availability of historical and projected cash flow deriving from the realization of current assets in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and has compared such availability against current and long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (c) the Undersigned has evaluated the need for capital in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taking into account the nature of their business and a reasonably anticipated availability of such capital in light of projections and available borrowings.
     (d) The Undersigned has analyzed the value of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets, considering competitive strengths and weaknesses, using standards of valuation including discounted cash flow and comparable market multiples after giving effect to the transactions contemplated under the Note Purchase Agreement.
     (e) The Undersigned has considered, in consultation with counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, whether there are any material liabilities or loss contingencies that are required to be accrued or disclosed by SFAS No. 5 or that would be material to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
     (f) The Undersigned has considered the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s rights of contribution from each other with respect to any amounts paid by the Borrower or its Subsidiary as to which the Borrower or its Subsidiary is jointly and severally liable.
     (g) After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the Credit Parties assets, measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities, including those to be incurred pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.
     (h) After giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit Parties, taken as a whole (a) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which it is or proposes to be engaged or (b) have not incurred, and do not believe that they will incur after giving effect to the Recapitalization, the incurrence of the Senior Obligations and the other transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due.

 


 

     (i) In executing the Note Purchase Documents and consummating the Transactions, none of the Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become indebted.
     (j) The Undersigned has carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate, and the Undersigned has conferred with counsel for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the purpose of discussing the meaning of its contents.
     (k) The Undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Agent and the Borrower have relied and will rely upon the statements contained herein, and the Undersigned, on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consents to such reliance.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has signed this Solvency Certificate as of the date set forth above.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 


 

Schedule 4.1 (u)
($ In thousands )
     
                                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                            Bon Vie        
                            Bravo Additions     Brio Additions     Addition        
            Subtract                                                                                                                     Run-Rate  
    PF LTM     LTM 05 & 06     Adjusted             Memorial             Franklin                     Belden                                                     LTM  
    4/23/06     New Stores     LTM     Mentor     Square     Brookfield     Park     La Cantera     North Lake     Village     Crocker Park     Somerset     Tyson’s Corner     Naples     Southlake     Somerset     Adjusted  
Net Revenues
  $ 218,070     $ 34,263     $ 183,806     $ 3,812     $ 3,372     $ 4,517     $ 4,384     $ 3,543     $ 3,292     $ 5,092     $ 5,745     $ 5,474     $ 5,625     $ 6,250     $ 5,750     $ 2,381     $ 243,041  
 
                                                                                                                                       
Restaurant Level
                                                                                                                                       
EBITDA
  $ 32,020     $ 3,223     $ 28,797     $ 609     $ 301     $ 814     $ 747     $ 28     $ 567     $ 737     $ 1,222     $ 725     $ 521     $ 956     $ 690     $ 0     $ 36,715  
% margin
    14.7 %     9.4 %     15.7 %     16.0 %     8.9 %     18.0 %     17.0 %     0.8 %     17.2 %     14.5 %     21.3 %     13.2 %     9.3 %     15.3 %     12.0 %     0.0 %     15.1 %
 
                                                                                                                                       
Less: GSA
    13,118             13,118       11       15       15       11       15       15       15       20       20       20       20       20       15       13,331  
 
                                                                                                     
EBITDA
  $ 18,902     $ 3,223     $ 15,679     $ 597     $ 286     $ 799     $ 736     $ 13     $ 552     $ 722     $ 1,202     $ 705     $ 501     $ 936     $ 670       ($15 )   $ 23,384  
% margin
    8.7 %     9.4 %     8.5 %     15.7 %     8.5 %     17.7 %     16.8 %     0.4 %     16.8 %     14.2 %     20.9 %     12.9 %     8.9 %     15.0 %     11.6 %     (0.6 %)     9.6 %
 
                                                                                                                                     

 


 

Schedule 5.2(b)
[FORM OF]
OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date: [                      ]
To: Golub Capital Incorporated, as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is hereby made ‘to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2006, among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the “ Guarantors ”), the Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the “ Administrative Agent ”).
     The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the President, the Chief Financial Officer and/or the Chief Operating Officer of the Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Officer’s Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Credit Parties, and that:
     1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the [annual][quarterly] financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries required to be delivered by Section 5.1 of the Note Purchase Agreement for the reporting period ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as of such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes if the attached financial statements are quarterly financial statements.
     2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.
     3. A review of the activities of the Credit Parties during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned Responsible Officer and, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each of the Credit Parties during such period observed or performed in all material respects all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied in all material respects every condition, contained in the Note Purchase Agreement to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified below:

 


 

     4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate and indicate compliance with Section 5.9 of the Note Purchase Agreement as of the last day of the reporting period ended as of the above date and the financial information provided has been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently for the periods related thereto.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Compliance Certificate as of the date set forth above.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

Schedule 2
to Compliance Certificate
Part I
CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO
As of              , 20___
Computation Date
         
A. Consolidated Funded Debt outstanding as of Computation Date
  $    
 
     
 
       
B. Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period (the “Computation Period”) ending on the Computation Date:
  $    
 
     
 
       
(1) Consolidated Net Income for the Computation Period
  $    
 
     
 
       
(2) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for the Computation Period, the sum of:
       
 
       
(i) income taxes
  $    
 
     
 
       
(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense
  $    
 
     
 
       
(iii) amortization, depreciation and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future)
  $    
 
     
 
       
(iv) extraordinary or unusual losses as determined in accordance with GAAP, and other non-recurring or unusual losses or charges reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent
  $    
 
     
 
       
(v) Transaction Costs 1
  $    
 
     
 
       
(vi) Pre-Opening Costs 2
  $    
 
     
 
       
(vii) any charges related to Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.1(d)
  $    
 
     
 
1     Note to exceed $7,000,000 in the aggregate for all such charges
 
2     Not to exceed $475,000 per new Restaurant in any period

 


 

         
(viii) any non-cash charges related to option plans
  $    
 
     
 
       
(ix) management fees paid by the Borrower pursuant to the Management Agreements and permitted under Section 6.14
  $    
 
     
 
       
(x) any non-cash charges related to Strategic Partner Plan expense
  $    
 
     
 
       
(xi) The sum of Items B(2)(i) through (x)
  $    
 
     
 
       
(3) The sum of Items B(1) and B(2)(xi)
  $    
 
     
 
       
(4) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for the Computation Period, the sum of:
       
 
       
(i) interest income
  $    
 
     
 
       
(ii) cash charges related to Strategic Partner Plan expense
  $    
 
     
 
       
(iii) extraordinary, non-recurring, unusual or non-cash gains
  $    
 
     
 
       
(iv) The sum of Items B(4)(i) through (iii)
  $    
 
     
 
       
(5) Consolidated EBITDA (Item B(3) minus Item B(4)(iv))
  $    
 
     
 
       
C. Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of Computation Date:
       
 
       
The ratio of Item A to Item B(5)
    : 1.00  
 
 
 
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
         
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
FQ4 2006
  6.45 to 1.00    
FQ1 2007
  6.45 to 1.00    
FQ2 2007
  6.15 to 1.00    
FQ3 2007
  6.15 to 1.00    
FQ4 2007
  6.15 to 1.00    
FQ1 2008
  5.45 to 1.00    
FQ2 2008
  5.45 to 1.00    
FQ3 2008
  5.45 to 1.00    

 


 

         
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
FQ4 2008
  5.45 to 1.00    
FQ1 2009
  4.75 to 1.00    
FQ2 2009
  4.75 to 1.00    
FQ3 2009
  4.75 to 1.00    
FQ4 2009
  4.75 to 1.00    
FQ1 2010
  4.10 to 1.00    
FQ2 2010
  4.10 to 1.00    
FQ3 2010
  4.10 to 1.00    
FQ4 2010
  4.10 to 1.00    
FQ1 2011
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ2 2011
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ3 2011
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ4 2011
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ1 2012
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ2 2012
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ3 2012
  3.90 to 1.00    
FQ4 2012
  3.90 to 1.00    

 


 

Maximum Permitted :
         
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending   Maximum Ratio  
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    6.45 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through. December 31, 2007
    6.15 to 1.00  
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    5.45 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
    4.75 to 1.00  
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    4.10 to 1.00  
January 1, 2010 and thereafter
    3.90 to 1.00  

 


 

Part II
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR LEVERAGE RATIO
As of                      , 20___
Computation Date
         
A. Consolidated Funded Debt outstanding as of Computation Date (the amount set forth in Item A of Part I of Compliance Certificate)
  $    
 
     
 
       
B. Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding as of Computation Date
  $    
 
     
 
       
C. principal amount of Notes outstanding as of Computation Date
  $    
 
     
 
       
D. Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period (the amount set forth in Item B(5) of Part I of Compliance Certificate
  $    
 
     
 
       
E. Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of Computation Date :
       
 
       
The ratio of (i) Item A minus Item B minus Item C to (ii) Item D
                         : 1.00 
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
         
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
FQ4 2006   4.80 to 1.00    
FQ1 2007   4.80 to 1.00    
FQ2 2007   4.60 to 1.00    
FQ3 2007   4.60 to 1.00    
FQ4 2007   4.60 to 1.00    
FQ1 2008   4.10 to 1.00    
FQ2 2008   4.10 to 1.00    
FQ3 2008   4.10 to 1.00    
FQ4 2008   4.10 to 1.00    
FQ1 2009   3.60 to 1.00    
FQ2 2009   3.60 to 1.00    
FQ3 2009   3.60 to 1.00    
FQ4 2009   3.60 to 1.00    
FQ1 2010   3.05 to 1.00    
FQ2 2010   3.05 to 1.00    
FQ3 2010   3.05 to 1.00    
FQ4 2010   3.05 to 1.00    
FQ1 2011   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ2 2011   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ3 2011   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ4 2011   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ1 2012   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ2 2012   2.75 to L00    
FQ3 2012   2.75 to 1.00    
FQ4 2012   2.75 to 1.00    

 


 

Maximum Permitted :
         
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending   Maximum Ratio  
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    4.80 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
    4.60 to 1.00  
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    4.10 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
    3.60 to 1.00  
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    3.05 to 1.00  
January 1, 2011 and thereafter
    2.75 to 1.00  

 


 

Part III
CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO
As of                              , 20                     
Computation Date
                 
A.   Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period :    
 
               
 
    (1 )   Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period (the amount set forth in Item B(5) of Part I of Compliance Certificate)   $                     
 
               
 
    (2 )   Consolidated Rental Expense for the Computation Period   $                     
 
               
 
    (3 )   Consolidated EBITDAR (Item A(1) plus A(2))   $                     
 
               
B.   Consolidated Maintenance Capital Expenditures for Computation Period   $                     
 
               
C.   Consolidated Fixed Charges for Computation Period :    
 
               
 
    (1 )   Consolidated Income Cash Taxes for such period   $                     
 
               
 
    (2 )   Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period   $                     
 
               
 
    (3 )   Consolidated Rental Expense for such period   $                     
 
               
 
    (4 )   Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for such period   $                     
 
               
 
    (5 )   Management Fees payable during such period   $                     
 
               
 
    (6 )   Consolidated Fixed Charges (sum of Items C(1) through C(5))   $                     
 
               
D.   Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio :    
 
               
 
          The ratio of (i) Item A minus Item B to (ii) Item C(6)                        : 1.00
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
         
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
FQ4 2006
  1.00 to 1.00    
FQ1 2007
  1.00 to 1.00    
FQ2 2007
  1.10 to 1.00    
FQ3 2007
  1.20 to 1.00    

 


 

         
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
FQ4 2007
  1.20 to 1.00    
FQ1 2008
  1.20 to 1.00    
FQ2 2008
  1.20 to 1.00    
FQ3 2008
  1.20 to 1.00    
FQ4 2008
  1.20 to 1.00    
FQ1 2009
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ2 2009
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ3 2009
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ4 2009
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ1 2010
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ2 2010
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ3 2010
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ4 2010
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ1 2011
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ2 2011
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ3 2011
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ4 2011
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ1 2012
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ2 2012
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ3 2012
  1.30 to 1.00    
FQ4 2012
  1.30 to 1.00    
Maximum Permitted :
         
Each Fiscal Quarter Ending   Minimum Ratio  
Closing Date through March 31, 2007 (excluding the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006)
    1.00 to 1.00  
April 1, 2007 through September 30, 2007
    1.10 to 1.00  
October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008
    1.20 to 1.00  
January 1, 2009 and thereafter
    1.30 to 1.00  

 


 

Part IV
CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
As of                  , 20        
Computation Date
         
A.
  Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during fiscal year to date :   $                     
 
       
B.
  Carry-forward amount from immediately preceding fiscal year (to the extent permitted to be carried forward pursuant to Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement):   $                     
 
       
C.
  Maximum Permitted for current fiscal year :    
 
       
 
  $                                                                (insert applicable amount from chart below) plus Item B   $                     
Complete the following table for the current period and all prior periods:
             
Fiscal Quarter ending:   Maximum Permitted Ratio   Actual Ratio
Fiscal Year 2006
  $ 24,200,000      
Fiscal Year 2007
  $ 22,300,000      
Fiscal Year 2008
  $ 22,300,000      
Fiscal Year 2009
  $ 22,900,000      
Fiscal Year 2010
  $ 23,500,000      
Fiscal Year 2011
  $ 23,600,000      
Fiscal Year 2012
  $ 23,600,000      
         
D.
  Excess (deficient) for covenant compliance (Item C plus Item B minus Item A)   $                     
         
Fiscal Year:   Amount
Fiscal Year 2006
  $ 24,200,000  
Fiscal Year 2007
  $ 22,300,000  
Fiscal Year 2008
  $ 22,300,000  
Fiscal Year 2009
  $ 22,900,000  
Fiscal Year 2010
  $ 23,500,000  
Fiscal Year 2011 and thereafter
  $ 23,600,000  
E.   Incurrence Ratio as of the Computation Date: Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio at Computation Date (the ratio set forth in Item C of Part I of Compliance Certificate) minus 0.125                      : 1.00

 


 

Schedule 5.10
[FORM OF]
JOINDER AGREEMENT
     THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of                                           ,                      , is by and between                                           , a                                           (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the “ Guarantors ”), the purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.
     The Subsidiary Guarantor is an Additional Credit Party, and, consequently, the Credit Parties are required by Section 5.10 of the Note Purchase Agreement to cause the Subsidiary Guarantor to become a “Guarantor” thereunder.
     Accordingly, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower hereby agree as follows with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders:
     1. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to and a “Guarantor” under Article X of the Note Purchase Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Note Purchase Agreement. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms; provisions and conditions contained in the applicable Note Purchase Documents, including without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Note Purchase Agreement and (b) all of the affirmative and negative covenants set forth in Articles V and VI of the Note Purchase Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this Paragraph 1, the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby guarantees, jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, the prompt payment of the Credit Party Obligations in accordance with Article X of the Note Purchase Agreement.
     2. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to the Security Agreement, and shall have all the rights and obligations of an “Obligor” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Security Agreement. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Security Agreement. The information on the schedules to the Security Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflection the information shown on the attached Schedule A .

 


 

     3. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed to be a party to the Pledge Agreement, and shall have all the rights and obligations of an “Pledgor” (as such term is defined in the Pledge Agreement) thereunder as if it had executed the Pledge Agreement The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Pledge Agreement. The information on the schedules to the Pledge Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflection the information shown on the attached Schedule B .
     4. The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and confirms that it has received a copy of the Note Purchase Agreement and the schedules and exhibits thereto. The information on the schedules to the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby supplemented to reflect the information shown on the attached Schedule C .
     5. The Borrower confirms that the Note Purchase Agreement is, and upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor, shall continue to be, in full force and effect. The parties hereto confirm and agree that immediately upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor the term “Credit Party Obligations,” as used in the Note Purchase Agreement, shall include all obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under the Note Purchase Agreement and under each other Note Purchase Document.
     6. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one contract.
     7. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would call for the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed .by its authorized officer, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchasers, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
         
  [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

         
Acknowledged, accepted and agreed:
         
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
By:      
  Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
  Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
SCHEDULE A
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Security Agreement
SCHEDULE B
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Pledge Agreement
SCHEDULE C
to
Joinder Agreement
Schedules to Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

Schedule 6.1(b)
Existing Indebtedness
         
Debt Arrangement   Balance as of June 13, 2006  
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National Bank (“Crosswoods”)
  $ 516,260.35  
 
       
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National Bank (“Hayden/Bethel Road”)
  $ 68,112.16  
 
       
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National Bank (“McKnight/Pittsburgh”)
  $ 557,621.77  
 
       
Mortgage Debt with the Huntington National Bank (“Indianapolis/Castleton”)
  $ 139,683.40  
 
       
U.S. Small Business Administration Loan (“Indianapolis/ Castleton”)*
  $ 270,891.57  
 
*   This Indebtedness will be repaid in full, and all liens with respect thereto shall be released pursuant to Section 5.21 of this Note Purchase Agreement.

 


 

Schedule 6.12
Existing Sale-Leaseback Transactions
None.

 


 

Schedule 9.6(c)
[FORM OF]
TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT
     Reference is hereby made to the. Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2006 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time parties thereto (together with Holdings, collectively the “ Guarantors ”), the Purchasers from time to time parties thereto, and Golub Capital Incorporated, as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the “ Administrative Agent ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.
                                                (the “ Transferor ”) and                                           (the “ Transferee ”) agree as follows:
     1. For an agreed consideration, the Transferor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Transferee, and the Transferee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Transferor, as of the Transfer Funding Date (as defined below), (a) all of the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement with respect to those Notes (or portions thereof) set forth on Schedule 1 , and all instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the principal amount set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Transferor under the respective Notes set forth on Schedule 1 and (b) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Transferor (in its capacity as a Purchaser) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Transferor and, except as expressly provided in this Transfer Supplement, without representation or warranty by the Transferor.
     2. The Transferor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse. claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver’ this Transfer Supplement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement or any other Note Purchase Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Note Purchase Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Note Purchase Document or (iv) the

 


 

performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Note Purchase Documents; and (c) attaches any Note(s) held by it evidencing the Assigned Interest and requests that the Administrative Agent exchange the attached Note(s) for a new Note(s) payable to the Transferee, and, if the Assigned Interest does not constitute the entire principal amount of the Note(s) held by the Transferor (or as reflected on the Register), then a new Note(s) payable to the Transferor for the amount so retained by the Transferor.
     3. The Transferee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Transfer Supplement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Purchaser under the Note Purchase Agreement, (ii) from and after the Effective Date (as defined below), it shall be bound by the provisions of the Note Purchase Documents as a Purchaser thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Purchaser thereunder and (iii) it has received a copy of the Note Purchase Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 thereof, the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof, if any, aid such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Transfer Supplement and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser; (b) agrees that it will (i) independently and without reliance upon the Transferor, the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto and (ii) perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Note Purchase Documents are required to be performed by it as a Purchaser including, if it is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, its obligations pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Note Purchase Agreement; and (c) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Note Purchase Agreement, the other Note Purchase Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto.
     4. The effective date of this Transfer Supplement shall be                               ,             (the “ Effective Date ”). Following the execution of this Transfer Supplement, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance by it and recording by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date.
     5. The funding date for this Transfer Supplement shall be                               ,             (the “ Transfer Funding Date ”). On the Transfer Funding Date, any registration and processing fee shall be due and payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6 of the Note Purchase Agreement.
     6. Upon such acceptance, recording and payment of applicable registration and processing fees, from and after the Transfer Funding Date, the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other

 


 

amounts) to the Transferee whether such amounts have accrued prior to the Transfer Funding Date or accrue subsequent to the Transfer Funding Date. The Transferor and the Transferee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Borrower for periods prior to the Transfer Funding Date or, with respect to the making of this assignment, directly between themselves.
     7. From and after the Transfer Funding Date, (a) the Transferee shall be a party to the Note Purchase Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Transfer Supplement, have the rights and obligations of a Purchaser thereunder and under the other Note Purchase Documents and shall be bound by the provisions thereof and (b) the Transferor shall, to the extent provided in this Transfer Supplement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement, except for accrued obligations prior to the date of this Transfer Suppleinent.
     8. This Transfer supplement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Transfer Supplement to be executed as of the date first above written by their respective duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
TO TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT
EFFECTIVE DATE:                      ,             
Name of Transferor:                                                               
Name of Transferee:                                                               
Transfer Funding Date of Assignment:                                                               
Assigned Interest:
         
    Principal Amount of
    Notes Assigned
    (including all Principal
    Increases prior to the
Note Assigned   Effective Date)
       
         
         
             
[NAME OF ELIGIBLE TRANSFEREE]   [NAME OR TRANSFEROR PURCHASER]
 
           
By
      By    
 
           
 
  Name:       Name:
 
  Title:       Title:
 
           
Accepted (if required):   Consented to (if required):
 
           
GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
as Borrower
 
           
By
      By    
 
           
 
  Name: Gregory W. Cashman       Name:
 
  Title: Vice President       Title:

 

Exhibit 10.4
FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of March 17, 2008 (the “ Amendment ”), by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Bravo Development Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the Guarantors, the Purchasers and Golub Capital Incorporated, as Administrative Agent for the Purchasers. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Borrower, Holdings, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as June 29, 2006 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”):
     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Purchasers amend the Note Purchase Agreement as set forth below; and
     WHEREAS, the Purchasers are willing to amend the Note Purchase Agreement, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments .
     (a) Section 2.5(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following to the end of such section:
     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Borrower may not prepay the Notes, in whole or in part, until the earlier to occur of (i) June 30, 2010, (ii) an event described in clause (a) of the definition of “Change of Control”, (iii) an acquisition or series of related acquisitions by a Credit Party of a Target if, and only if, (A) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates are provided with a right of first refusal with respect to any subordinated debt or preferred equity financing that is incurred by any Credit Party, the Target or any successor or Affiliate of the foregoing in connection with such acquisition, (B) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, if they elect not to provide all of such financing in connection with such right of first refusal, are provided with the right to participate in any such financing in an amount at least equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes (including any Principal Increases) and (C) if the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates elect not to provide or participate in such financing in connection with clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), then the applicable premium set forth in the table above that is payable in connection with any such prepayment shall be increased by 1.5% of the principal amount to be prepaid, and (iv) an Event of Default arising as a result of a breach

 


 

of Section 5.9 hereof, if and only if, (A) the corresponding event of default arising under the Senior Credit Agreement has been waived and the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that it is not willing to waive such Event of Default on terms no less favorable to the Borrower than those agreed to by the Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders in respect thereof or (B) (I) the corresponding event of default arising under the Senior Credit Agreement has not been waived, (II) the Borrower repays the entire Senior Debt then outstanding in connection therewith and (III) the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that it is not willing to waive such Event of Default on commercially reasonable terms. If the Borrower elects to prepay the Notes pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this paragraph, the Borrower shall prepay the Notes in full (but not in part), together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment (including the amount of all Principal Increases), together with the applicable premium set forth in the table above (as increased by clause (iii)(C) in the case of a prepayment in connection with clause (iii)).
     (b) Section 5.9(d) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     (d) Consolidated Capital Expenditures . The sum of (a) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year less (b) the amount of payments of tenant incentives actually received by the Borrower and its subsidiaries during such fiscal year, shall be less than or equal to the amounts set forth in the table below opposite such fiscal year; provided that the maximum amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted in each fiscal year shall be increased by one hundred (100%) of the unused Consolidated Capital Expenditures from the immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without reference to any amounts carried forward to such preceding year from any earlier year pursuant to this proviso); provided further , however , that to the extent that less than seventy percent (70%) of the permitted Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year is utilized, the Borrower shall only be permitted to carry forward to the following fiscal year fifty percent (50%) of such unused Consolidated Capital Expenditures from such immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated without reference to any amounts carried forward from prior years pursuant to this proviso):
     
Fiscal Year   Amount
Fiscal Year 2006   $24,200,000
Fiscal Year 2007   $22,300,000
Fiscal Year 2008   $28,900,000
Fiscal Year 2009   $28,900,000
Fiscal Year 2010   $23,500,000
Fiscal Year 2011 and thereafter   $23,600,000
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will not (and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) commit to open any new Restaurants

2


 

(including without limitation entering into any lease, purchase agreement, construction contract or other agreement or arrangement relating to the lease, acquisition, build-out or refurbishment of any property in connection with the opening or anticipated opened of a new Restaurant (other than leases which are subject to a binding written commitment)) if at such time, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b) exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, or if any Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom; provided , however , that if any time the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which the Borrower has delivered the required financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(b) exceeds the Incurrence Ratio, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize Consolidated Growth Capital Expenditures.
     Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 5.9 (including, without limitation for the purposes of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” set forth in Section 1.1), (i) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, (A) income statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Target acquired in such transaction shall be included in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Required Purchasers, and (B) Indebtedness of a Target which is retired in connection with the Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of such applicable period and (ii) after any asset disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a)(vi), (A) income statement items, cash flow statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or assets disposed of shall be excluded in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (after consultation with the Purchasers) and (B) Indebtedness that is repaid with the proceeds of such asset disposition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been repaid as of the first day of such applicable period.

3


 

     (c) A new subsection (e) is hereby added to Section 5.9 of the Note Purchase Agreement:
     (e) Consolidated EBITDA . As of the end of each fiscal quarter ending during the following periods, Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date shall be greater than or equal to:
     
Period   Amount
October 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008   $23,850,000
January 1, 2009 and thereafter   $24,750,000
     2.  Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall be effective upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following:
     (a) counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Required Purchasers and the Administrative Agent; and
     (b) satisfactory evidence that the Senior Credit Agreement shall have been (or simultaneously with the effective date of this Amendment shall be) amended pursuant to the form of amendment attached hereto as Exhibit A (“ Amendment to Senior Credit Agreement ”), which shall include a consent by the Senior Agent and the Required Lenders (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) to the transactions contemplated hereby.
     3.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) The Note Purchase Agreement, and the obligations of the Credit Parties thereunder and under the other Note Purchase Documents, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect according to their terms.
     (b) Each Guarantor (i) acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Amendment, (ii) affirms all of its obligations under the Note Purchase Documents and (iii) agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement or the other Note Purchase Documents.
     (c) The Borrower and each of the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as follows:
     (i) Each Credit Party has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment;
     (ii) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Credit Parties and constitutes each of the Credit Parties’ legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency,

4


 

reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity);
     (iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of this Amendment; and
     (iv) None of the Credit Parties, nor, to the knowledge of any of the Credit Parties, any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any Credit Party, nor, to the knowledge of any of the Credit Parties, any director, officer or employee of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party, or any of their Affiliates, respectively, has entered into any side agreement or understanding, either oral or written, with any individual or entity, pursuant to which the director, officer, employee, Borrower, Subsidiary or Affiliate agreed to do anything beyond the requirements of the Amendment to Senior Credit Agreement to be executed by the Credit Parties in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.
     (d) The Credit Parties represent and warrant to the Purchasers that (i) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in Article III of the Note Purchase Agreement and in each other Note Purchase Document are true and correct as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date and (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default. By its signature below, each Credit Party agrees that it shall constitute an Event of Default if any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party in this Amendment should be false or misleading in any material respect when made.
     (e) At such time as this Amendment shall become effective pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 2 hereof, all references in the Note Purchase Documents to the “Note Purchase Agreement” shall be deemed to refer to the Note Purchase Agreement as hereby amended.
     (f) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy shall be effective as an original and shall constitute a representation that an executed original shall be delivered.
     (g) Pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel

5


 

to the Administrative Agent in connection therewith, will be for the account of the Borrowers whether or not this Amendment is consummated.
     (h) The Credit Parties acknowledge and confirm (a) that, as of the date hereof, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes is $27,500,000 plus all Principal Increases prior to the date hereof and the Credit Parties’ obligations to repay such outstanding principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon are unconditional and not subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims, (b) that the Purchasers and the Administrative Agent have performed fully all of their respective obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Purchase Documents, and (c) by entering into this Amendment, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Purchasers waive any term or condition of the Note Purchase Agreement or any of the other Note Purchase Documents or any of their rights or remedies under such Note Purchase Documents or applicable law or any of the obligations of the Credit Parties thereunder.
     (i) The Credit Parties hereby remise, release, acquit, satisfy and forever discharge the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, and their respective agents, employees, officers, directors, predecessors, attorneys and all others acting or purporting to act on behalf of or at the direction of the Purchasers or the Administrative Agent, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of action, suit, debts, accounts, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, variances, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which any of such parties ever had, now has or, to the extent arising from or in connection with any act, omission or state of facts taken or existing on or prior to the date hereof, may have after the date hereof against the Purchasers, the Administrative Agent, their respective agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys and all persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of or at the direction of the Purchasers or the Agent (“ Releasees ”), for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from, in connection with or in relation to the Note Purchase Agreement or any of the other Note Purchase Documents (including this Amendment) through the date hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Credit Parties waive and affirmatively agree not to allege or otherwise pursue any defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, claims, causes of action, setoffs or other rights they do, shall or may have as of the date hereof, including, but not limited to, the rights to contest any conduct of the Purchasers, Administrative Agent or other Releasees on or prior to the date hereof.
     (j) THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

6


 

     Each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
BORROWER:  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ James J. O’Connor    
    Name:   James J. O’Connor   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary   
 
HOLDINGS:  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
       
 
GUARANTORS:  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT OF KANSAS, INC.,
a Kansas corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ James J. O’Connor    
    Name:   James J. O’Connor   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary   
 
  BRIO TUSCAN GRILLE OF WOODLANDS, INC.,
a Texas corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Laura Tappen    
    Name:   Laura Tappen   
    Title:   President   
 
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

         
PURCHASERS:  GOLUB CAPITAL PARTNERS FUNDING 2007-1
 
 
  By:   Golub Capital Incorporated, as Servicer    
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Chief Investment Officer   
 
  GOLUB INTERNATIONAL LOAN LTD. I
 
 
  By:   GOLUB CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT LLC, as Collateral Manger    
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  GOLUB CAPITAL LOAN TRUST 2005-1
 
 
  By:   Golub Capital Incorporated, as Servicer    
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Chief Investment Officer   
 
  LEG PARTNERS DEBENTURE SBIC, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Golub Debenture GP, LLC,    
    its General Partner   
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  LEG PARTNERS III SBIC, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Golub PS-GP, LLC,    
    its General Partner   
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

         
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:  GOLUB CAPITAL INCORPORATED,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gregory W. Cashman    
    Name:   Gregory W. Cashman   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

Exhibit A
Amendment to Senior Credit Agreement
[attached hereto.]

 

Exhibit 10.5
 
NEW INVESTORS SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
by and among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
and
THE OTHER INVESTORS AND PARTIES NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of June 29, 2006
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
ARTICLE I
  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SECURITIES     2  
 
           
1.1.
  Restrictions on Transfers of Securities     2  
 
           
1.2.
  Legend     4  
 
           
1.3.
  Notation     5  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  OTHER COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS     5  
 
           
2.1.
  Financial Statements and Other Information     5  
 
           
2.2.
  Sale of the Company     7  
 
           
2.3.
  Tag-Along Rights     8  
 
           
2.4.
  Preemptive Rights     11  
 
           
2.5.
  Corporate Opportunity     11  
 
           
2.6.
  Confidentiality     12  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF MANAGEMENT     12  
 
  SECURITIES HELD BY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS        
 
           
3.1.
  Purchase Option     12  
 
           
3.2.
  Involuntary Transfers     16  
 
           
3.3.
  Purchaser Representative     17  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  MISCELLANEOUS     18  
 
           
4.1.
  Amendment and Modification     18  
 
           
4.2.
  Successors and Assigns     18  
 
           
4.3.
  Severability     18  
 
           
4.4.
  Notices     18  
 
           
4.5.
  Governing Law     20  
 
           
4.6.
  Headings     20  
 
           
4.7.
  Counterparts     20  
 
           
4.8.
  Further Assurances     20  
 
           
4.9.
  Termination     20  
 
           
4.10.
  Remedies     20  

i


 

             
        Page  
4.11.
  Party No Longer Owning Securities     20  
 
           
4.12.
  No Effect on Employment     20  
 
           
4.13.
  Pronouns     20  
 
           
4.14.
  Future Individual Investors     21  
 
           
4.15.
  Jurisdiction and Venue     21  
 
           
4.16.
  Waiver of Jury Trial     21  
 
           
4.17.
  Entire Agreement     21  
 
           
4.18.
  Management Agreements     21  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  DEFINITIONS     21  
 
           
5.1.
  Definitions     21  

-ii-


 

             
         
EXHIBITS
           
Exhibit A
  Joinder Agreement        
Exhibit B
  Form of Management Agreement        
SCHEDULES
     
Schedule I
  Investors and Securities Owned

-iii-


 

DEFINED TERMS
         
Affiliate
    22  
Agreement
    1  
Annual Reports
    6  
Approved Sale
    22  
BRS
    3  
BRS Affiliates
    3  
BRS Associates
    3  
BRS Partner
    3  
Cause
    14  
CHP Affiliates
    4  
CHP Associates
    4  
CHP IV
    3  
CHP Partner
    4  
Common Stock
    1  
Company
    1  
Company Debt Instrument
    22  
Confidential Information
    12  
Designated Purchaser
    12  
Escrow Amount
    10  
Escrow Notice
    10  
Exchange Act
    3  
Fair Market Value Price
    13  
Good Reason
    15  
Holders
    9  
Holdings
    1  
Investor
    1  
Investors
    1  
Management Investors
    1  
Management Securities
    22  
Merger
    1  
Merger Agreement
    1  
Merger Sub
    1  
Option Purchase Closing
    13  
Option Termination Date
    12  
Permitted Transferee
    3  
Person
    22  
Preemptive Notice
    11  
Preemptive Reply
    11  
Preferred Stock
    1  
Proffered Valuation
    14  

-iv-


 

         
Public Offering
    22  
Purchase Option
    13  
Qualified Investors
    11  
Registration Rights Agreement
    22  
Required Holder
    22  
Sale Notice
    15  
Sale of the Company
    22  
SEC Reports
    6  
Securities
    1  
Securities Act
    2  
Securities Purchase Agreement
    23  
Seller
    9  
Seller’s Notice
    9  
Special Registration Statement
    23  
Subsidiaries
    23  
Surviving Corporation
    1  
Tag-Along Notice
    9  
Termination Date
    12  
Transfer
    2  
Transfer Date
    16  
Unit Offering
    23  

-v-


 

NEW INVESTORS SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
          THIS IS A NEW INVESTORS SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 29, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”), Bravo Development Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), and the individuals designated as Management Investors on the signature pages hereto (the “ Management Investors ”). Holdings, each of the Management Investors and any other investor in the Company who becomes a party to or agrees to be bound by this Agreement are sometimes referred to herein individually as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors .”
Background
          A. This Agreement is being entered into in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 2, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among Holdings, BDI Acquisition Corp., an Ohio corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), the Company and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which Merger Sub has been merged with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and the Company, as the surviving corporation of the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), has become a majority owned subsidiary of Holdings.
          B. Each of the Investors is the owner of (i) the number of shares of the Company’s Series A 14% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and (ii) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), in each case as set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.
          C. The Investors, the Company and the other parties hereto wish to set forth herein certain agreements regarding their future relationships and their rights and obligations with respect to Securities of the Company.
          D. As used herein, the term “ Securities ” shall mean Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and any other shares of capital stock of the Company, and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock, and any options (including any options now or hereafter issued to Investors), warrants or other rights to acquire such capital stock or securities, now or hereafter held by any party hereto, including all other securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) received on account of ownership of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, including all securities issued in connection with any merger, consolidation, stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, stock combination, recapitalization, reclassification, subdivision, conversion or similar transaction in respect thereof.
Terms
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE I
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SECURITIES
     1.1. Restrictions on Transfers of Securities . The following restrictions on Transfer (as defined in Section 1.1(a) below) shall apply to all Securities owned by any Investor or Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 1.1(b) below), except a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv) hereof:
          (a) Except as provided in the third and fourth paragraphs of this clause (a), no Investor or Permitted Transferee shall Transfer (other than in connection with a redemption or purchase by the Company) any Securities unless (i) such Transfer is to a Person approved in advance in writing by the Required Holder (if there is one), and (ii) such Transfer complies with the provisions of this Section 1.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3 and Article III of this Agreement. In exercising the consent and approval provided for in clause (i) above, the Required Holder (if there is one) may employ its sole discretion in evaluating the nature of the proposed transferee and the Required Holder (if there is one) may impose such conditions on Transfer as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. Any purported Transfer in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force and effect, and the purported transferee shall have no rights or privileges in or with respect to the Company. As used herein, “ Transfer ” includes the making of any sale, exchange, assignment, hypothecation, gift, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, or any contract therefor, any voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the transfer or grant of voting rights or any other beneficial interest in any of the Securities, the creation of any other claim thereto or any other transfer or disposition whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, affecting the right, title, interest or possession in or to such Securities.
               Prior to any proposed Transfer of any Securities, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company describing the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer, together with, if reasonably requested by the Company, a written opinion of legal counsel, addressed to the Company and the transfer agent for the Company’s equity securities, if other than the Company, and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that the proposed Transfer of the Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Each certificate evidencing the Securities transferred shall bear the legends set forth in Section 1.2(a) hereof, except that such certificate shall not bear the legend contained in the first paragraph of Section 1.2(a) hereof if the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.
               Nothing in this Section 1.1(a) shall prevent or restrict the Transfer, free of any restrictions under this Agreement, of Securities by an Investor or a Permitted Transferee to one or more of its Permitted Transferees or to the Company; provided , however , that (i) no Person (other than a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv) hereof) shall be a Permitted Transferee unless such transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement in

2


 

the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and (ii) no Transfer shall be effected except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or pursuant to an available exemption therefrom.
               No advance approval by the Required Holder (if there is one) will be required pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 1.1(a) for any Transfer (i) by a Holder in connection with such Holder’s exercise of its “tag-along” rights under Section 2.3, or (ii) of Management Securities that is subject to the provisions of Section 3.2.
          (b) As used herein, “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean:
               (i) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee who is a natural person, any spouse, lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of such person, any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only such individual person or any spouse, lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of such person, or any combination of the foregoing;
               (ii) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee who is a natural person, the heirs, executors, administrators or personal representatives upon the death of such person or upon the incompetency or disability of such person for purposes of the protection and management of such person’s assets;
               (iii) in the case of Holdings:
                    (A) (I) Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ BRS ”), (II) any general partner of BRS (a “ BRS Partner ”) and any corporation, partnership or other entity that is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of BRS or any BRS Partner (collectively, “ BRS Affiliates ”), (III) any present or former managing director, director, general partner, limited partner, officer or employee of BRS, a BRS Partner or any BRS Affiliate, or any spouse or lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of any of the foregoing persons in this clause (III) or any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (III) (provided that no BRS Affiliate that becomes such an entity primarily for the purpose of effecting a transfer of Securities shall be considered a Permitted Transferee) (collectively, “ BRS Associates ”), and (IV) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only BRS, BRS Partners, BRS Affiliates, or BRS Associates; provided , however , that prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, no limited partner of BRS, BRS Partner or BRS Affiliate shall constitute a Permitted Transferee to the extent that a Transfer of Securities to such Person would cause the Company to be subject to registration under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”);
                    (B)(I) Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CHP IV ”), (II) any general partner or managing member of CHP IV (a “ CHP

3


 

Partner ”) and any corporation, partnership or other entity that is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of CHP IV or any CHP Partner (collectively, “ CHP Affiliates ”), (III) any present or former managing director, director, general partner, limited partner, member, officer or employee of CHP IV, a CHP Partner or any CHP Affiliate, or any spouse or lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of any of the foregoing persons in this clause (III) or any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (III) (provided that no CHP Affiliate that becomes such an entity primarily for the purpose of effecting a transfer of Securities shall be considered a Permitted Transferee) (collectively, “ CHP Associates ”), and (IV) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only CHP IV, CHP Partners, CHP Affiliates, or CHP Associates; provided , however , that prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, no limited partner of CHP IV, CHP Partner, or CHP Affiliate shall constitute a Permitted Transferee to the extent that a Transfer of Securities to such Person would cause the Company to be subject to registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.
               (iv) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee, any Person if such Person takes such Securities pursuant to a sale in connection with a Public Offering or following a Public Offering in open market transactions or under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
     1.2. Legend . (a) All Securities . Any certificates representing Securities shall bear the following legend (in addition to any other legend required under applicable law):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR THE DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDERS SPECIFIED THEREIN, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. THE SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT AND THE SECURITIES ARE TRANSFERABLE OR OTHERWISE

4


 

DISPOSABLE ONLY UPON PROOF OF COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
           (b) Management Securities . In addition to the legends required by Section 1.2(a) above, the following legend shall appear on certificates representing Management Securities; provided , however , that the Company’s failure to cause certificates representing Management Securities to bear such legend shall not affect the Company’s Purchase Option described in Section 3.1:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO A PURCHASE OPTION OF THE COMPANY APPLICABLE TO “MANAGEMENT SECURITIES” AS DESCRIBED IN THE SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.
     1.3. Notation . A notation will be made in the appropriate transfer records of the Company with respect to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities referred to in this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
OTHER COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
     2.1. Financial Statements and Other Information .
          (a) The Company shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Holdings (so long as Holdings or its Permitted Transferees (other than Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 1.1(b)(iv)) own any Securities):
               (i) as soon as available and in any event within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such calendar month, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the calendar month then ended, shown, in the case of the consolidated statements of income, in comparison to the budgeted amounts for the same period and the same monthly period from the prior fiscal year, prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of notes and to year-end adjustments;
               (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended, shown, in the case of the consolidated statements of income, in comparison to the budgeted amounts for the same period and the same quarterly period from the prior fiscal year, prepared in conformity with

5


 

United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of notes and to year-end adjustments;
               (iii) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation (such reports, the “ Annual Reports ”);
               (iv) to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company as soon as such reports are generally available, together with any other documents the Company are required to deliver to the holders of any such indebtedness (such reports, the “ SEC Reports ”);
               (v) prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget which has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, prepared on a month by month basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (displaying anticipated statements of income and capital spending), and promptly upon preparation thereof any other significant budgets prepared by the Company, and any revisions of such annual or other budgets; and
               (vi) such other documents, reports, financial data and other information as Holdings may reasonably request and which the Company can provide without incurring any unreasonable costs.
          (b) The Company shall concurrently deliver (or cause to be delivered) to each then-current Investor a copy of any Annual Report or SEC Report that is delivered to Holdings and/or its Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 2.1(a).
          (c) Inspection and Access . The Company shall permit any authorized representatives designated by Holdings to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including its and their books of account (and to make copies and take extracts therefrom), and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and their current and prior independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes such accountants to discuss with such representatives the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not a representative of the Company is present), all at such reasonable times and as often as such party may reasonably request.

6


 

     2.2. Sale of the Company .
          (a) Subject to Section 2.2(b), so long as the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, in the event of, and in connection with, an Approved Sale, (i) each Investor and Permitted Transferee will consent to, vote for and raise no objections against, and waive dissenters and appraisal rights (if any) with respect to, the Approved Sale, (ii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of stock, each Investor and Permitted Transferee will agree to sell and will be permitted to sell all or a pro rata portion of such Investor’s or Permitted Transferee’s Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock on the terms and conditions approved by the Required Holder (if there is one), and (iii) if the Approved Sale includes the sale, exchange, redemption, cancellation or other disposition of securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company, or options, warrants or other rights to purchase such capital stock or securities, each Investor or Permitted Transferee will sell, exchange, redeem, agree to cancel or otherwise dispose of such securities or options, warrants or other rights on the terms and conditions approved by the Required Holder (if there is one). Each Investor and Permitted Transferee will take all reasonably necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale, including, without limitation, executing the applicable purchase agreement; provided that no Investor or Permitted Transferee shall be required to agree to share in any indemnification obligation in connection with the Approved Sale other than individually and ratably (and not jointly and severally), on a pro rata basis (based on the proportion of the total consideration received by all Investors, Permitted Transferees and other investors in the equity securities of the Company); provided , further that no Investor or Permitted Transferee shall be required to share in any indemnification obligations relating to a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant relating solely to another Investor or Permitted Transferee or such Investor’s or Permitted Transferee’s Securities such as with respect to title to or ownership of Securities (such obligations to be borne solely by such other Investor or Permitted Transferee); and provided , further that no Investor or Permitted Transferee shall be required to agree to any indemnification obligation in which the maximum potential indemnification obligation exceeds the proceeds that such Investor or Permitted Transferee would receive in such transaction in consideration for their shares of the equity securities of the Company. Each Investor and Permitted Transferee required to make indemnification payments in connection with any Approved Sale shall have a right to recover from the other Investors and Permitted Transferees to the extent that the amount required to be paid by such Investor or Permitted Transferee was disproportionate to the proportion of the total consideration received by all Investors and Permitted Transferees, compared to the consideration actually received by such Investor or Permitted Transferee.
          (b) The obligations of each of the Investors and Permitted Transferees with respect to an Approved Sale are subject to the satisfaction of the conditions that: (i) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, all of the Investors and Permitted Transferees holding Common Stock will receive the same form and amount of consideration per share of Common Stock, or if any holder of Common Stock is given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received in respect of Common Stock, all Investors and Permitted Transferees holding Common Stock will be given the same option, (ii) upon the consummation

7


 

of the Approved Sale, all of the Investors and Permitted Transferees holding Preferred Stock will receive the same form and amount of consideration per share of Preferred Stock (it being understood, however, that the amount of consideration per share of Preferred Stock may vary to reflect the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, to the extent different shares of Preferred Stock have been outstanding for different periods of time), or if any holder of Preferred Stock is given an option as to the form or amount of consideration to be received in respect of Preferred Stock, all Investors and Permitted Transferees holding Preferred Stock will be given the same option, (iii) in the case of a holder of any securities referred to in clause (iii) of paragraph (a) above, (A) (I) in the event such Securities are vested and exercisable, the holder shall receive in such Approved Sale, unless otherwise provided in the terms of any agreement or instrument governing or evidencing such security, either (x) the same securities or other property that such holder would have received if such holder had converted, exchanged or exercised such security immediately prior to such Approved Sale (after taking into account the conversion, exchange or exercise price applying to such Security and any applicable tax obligations of the holder in connection with such conversion, exchange or exercise) or (y) a security convertible or exchangeable for, or option, warrant or right to purchase, capital stock or other securities of a successor entity having substantially equivalent value, or (II) in the case where such securities are not vested or exercisable, unless otherwise provided in the terms of any agreement or instrument governing or evidencing such security, such securities shall be cancelled, or (B) such securities shall remain outstanding following such Approved Sale and (iv) all of the Investors and Permitted Transferees shall be subject to the same economic and material non-economic terms and conditions with respect to the sale of their Securities in connection with the Approved Sale.
          (c) Each Investor and Permitted Transferee acknowledges that its, his or her pro rata share (based upon the number of shares of Common Stock owned (or acquirable pursuant to options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) by such holder) of the aggregate proceeds of an Approved Sale may be reduced by their pro rata share (based on the proportion of the total consideration received by all Investors and Permitted Transferees) of the transaction expenses related to such Approved Sale.
     2.3. Tag-Along Rights .
          (a) (i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(a)(iii) below, no Seller (as hereinafter defined) of a particular type of Securities shall sell any of such type of Securities in any transaction or series of related transactions unless all “ Holders ” (as hereinafter defined) of such Securities are offered an equal opportunity to participate in such transaction or transactions on a pro rata basis based on the number of such Securities then owned by each Holder who elects to participate in such transaction or transactions and, subject to paragraph (ii) below, on identical terms (including amount and type of consideration paid). For the avoidance of doubt, such participation on a pro rata basis shall mean that such Holder shall be entitled to sell the number of such Securities proposed to be sold by the Seller, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of such Securities then owned by such Holder and the denominator of which

8


 

is the number of such Securities then outstanding. If any Holder elects not to participate in full or in part on a pro rata basis, the Seller may increase the number of shares sold by it by the number of shares any such Holder elects not to include pursuant to the terms hereof. As used in this Section 2.3, a “ Seller ” shall mean Holdings or any other Investor; “ Holders ” shall mean any Investor or any of their Permitted Transferees and other than a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv)) who holds such Securities.
               (ii) Prior to any sale of Securities subject to these provisions, the Seller shall notify the Company in writing of the proposed sale. Such notice (the “ Seller’s Notice ”) shall set forth: (A) the number and type of such Securities subject to the proposed sale, (B) the name and address of the proposed purchaser, and (C) the proposed amount of consideration and terms and conditions offered by such proposed purchaser. The Company shall promptly, and in any event within 30 days of the Company’s receipt of the Seller’s Notice, deliver or cause to be delivered the Seller’s Notice to each Holder of such Securities. A Holder may exercise the tag-along right by delivery of a written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to the Seller within 20 days of the date the Company delivered or caused to be delivered the Seller’s Notice. The Tag-Along Notice shall state the number of such Securities that the Holder proposes to include in the proposed sale, up to the maximum pro rata share described above. If a Holder entitled to participate therein delivers a Tag-Along Notice, such holder shall be obligated to sell that number of such Securities specified in the Tag-Along Notice upon the same terms and conditions as those under which the Seller is selling, conditioned upon and contemporaneously with completion of the Seller’s sale of its Securities. If no Tag-Along Notice is received during the 20-day period referred to above, the Seller shall have the right for a 120-day period to effect the proposed sale of such Securities on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Seller than those stated in the Seller’s Notice and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3.
               (iii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Seller may make any of the following Transfers without offering the Holders the opportunity to participate: (A) Transfers by a Seller to any Permitted Transferee, provided that the proposed Permitted Transferee (except a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv) hereof) agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement; (B) sales pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; and (C) sales in connection with an Approved Sale.
               (iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Seller shall be required to offer any Holder the opportunity to participate in any transaction pursuant to this Section 2.3 unless such transaction involves sales of Securities to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee that, together with any previous Transfers of such Securities by such Seller to Persons other than Permitted Transferees, aggregate greater than 5% of such Securities then outstanding.
               (v) Each Investor acknowledges for itself and its transferees that Holdings may grant in the future tag-along rights relating to Securities to other holders of Securities and such holders will (A) have the same opportunity to participate in sales by

9


 

Holdings as provided to the parties hereto, and (B) be included in the calculation of the pro rata basis upon which Holders may participate in a sale.
               (vi) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the Company (A) may issue Securities to Persons in the future and (B) may adopt an incentive compensation plan pursuant to which employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other Persons may be granted, subject to the terms of such plan, options to purchase Common Stock or other Securities, and that such Persons or participants may become subject to this Agreement and may be “Holders” for purposes of this Section 2.3.
               (vii) The tag-along obligations of the Sellers provided under this Section 2.3 shall terminate upon the earlier of (A) the consummation of a Public Offering and (B) as to Securities held by any Holder, the day after the date on which such Holder owns less than 5% of such Securities then outstanding. Upon the termination of such obligations, the rights of Holders with respect thereto shall also terminate.
               (viii) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 2.3, a Seller may sell Securities at any time without complying with the requirements of the above provisions of this Section 2.3 so long as the Seller deposits into escrow with an independent third party at the time of the sale that amount of the consideration received in the sale equal to the Escrow Amount. The “ Escrow Amount ” shall equal the amount of consideration as all the Holders would have been entitled to receive if they had the opportunity to participate in the sale on a pro rata basis, determined as if each Holder (A) delivered a Tag-Along Notice to the Seller in the time period set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii) and (B) proposed to include all of its Securities of such type which it would have been entitled to include in the sale. No later than the date of the sale, the Seller shall notify the Company in writing of the proposed sale. Such notice (the “ Escrow Notice ”) shall set forth the information required in the Seller’s Notice, and in addition, such notice shall state the name of the escrow agent and the account number of the escrow account. The Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 days, deliver or cause to be delivered the Escrow Notice to each Holder of such Securities. A Holder may exercise the tag-along right described in this clause (viii) by delivery to the Seller, within 20 days of the date the Company delivered or caused to be delivered the Escrow Notice, of (I) a written notice specifying the number of such Securities it proposes to sell, and (II) the certificates representing such Securities, with transfer powers duly endorsed in blank. Promptly after the expiration of the 20 th day after the Company has delivered or caused to be delivered the Escrow Notice, (x) the Seller shall purchase that number of such Securities as Seller would have been required to include in the sale had Seller complied with the provisions of Section 2.3(a)(ii), (y) the Company shall cause to be released from the escrow to the Holder from whom the Seller purchases such Securities pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph the applicable amount of consideration due to such Holder together with any interest thereon, and (z) all remaining funds and other consideration held in escrow shall be released to the Seller. If the Seller received consideration other than cash in the sale, the Seller shall purchase such Securities tendered by paying to the Holders cash and non-cash consideration in the same proportion as received by the Seller in the sale.

10


 

     2.4. Preemptive Rights . (a) Except for the issuance of Securities by the Company (i) pursuant to a Public Offering, (ii) as consideration for the acquisition of all or any substantial portion of the assets or all or any portion of the capital stock of any Person or that are otherwise issued in connection with any merger or other business combination that is approved by the Company’s board of directors, (iii) in any transaction in respect of a Security that is available on the same terms to all holders of Securities on a pro rata basis, (iv) pursuant to an incentive compensation plan or other management stock option plan approved by the Company’s board of directors, (v) to any debt financing sources of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a so-called “equity-kicker” so long as such debt financing is approved by the Company’s board of directors, or (vi) as a dividend on the outstanding Common Stock or Preferred Stock, if, so long as the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, the Company sells any Securities, the Company will offer to sell to each of the Qualified Investors (as defined below) a pro rata portion of the number of such Securities issued equal to the percentage determined by dividing (x) the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Qualified Investor on a fully-diluted basis (excluding non-exercisable options), by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (excluding non-exercisable options). Each Qualified Investor will be entitled to purchase all or part of such Securities at the same price and on the same terms as such Securities are sold by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.4. As used in this Section 2.4, “ Qualified Investors ” shall mean any Investor that qualifies as an Accredited Investor (as such term is defined under Rule 501 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act).
          (b) The Company will cause to be given to each of the Investors a written notice setting forth the terms and conditions upon which such Investor may, if such Investor is a Qualified Investor, purchase Securities from the Company pursuant to this Section 2.4 (the “ Preemptive Notice ”). After receiving a Preemptive Notice, a Qualified Investor may agree to purchase the Securities offered to such Qualified Investor by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.4, on the date specified by the Company in the Preemptive Notice, by delivery of a written notice (together with a certification and, if requested by the Company, supporting documentation, each in a form and of a nature reasonably requested by the Company, that such Investor is a Qualified Investor) to the Company within 20 days (or, in the case of any issuance of Securities with respect to which Holdings has waived its rights to purchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 2.4, and such irrevocable waiver is disclosed in the Preemptive Notice, 10 days) of the date the Company delivered or caused to be delivered the Preemptive Notice to the Qualified Investor (the “ Preemptive Reply ”).
     2.5. Corporate Opportunity . To the fullest extent permitted by any applicable law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to Holdings, BRS or any BRS Affiliates or CHP IV or any CHP Affiliates or their representatives (including any directors of the Company designated by such Persons). In particular, (a) Holdings, BRS, CHP IV and their respective Affiliates shall have the right to engage in business activities, whether or not in competition with the Company or its Subsidiaries or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ business activities, without consulting any other Investor, and (b) none of Holdings, BRS or CHP IV shall have any obligation to any other Investor with respect to any

11


 

opportunity to acquire property or make investments at any time. The foregoing provision (i) does not permit fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (ii) does not supersede any other obligations under this Agreement and (iii) is not intended to change or alter a director’s fiduciary duties to the Company except as specifically set forth herein.
     2.6. Confidentiality . No Investor or Permitted Transferee shall (i) use or exploit in any manner the Confidential Information of the Company for themselves or any Person other than the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) remove any Confidential Information, or any reproduction thereof, from the possession or control of the Company, or (iii) treat Confidential Information otherwise than in a confidential manner. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information means confidential information relating to the Company, other than any information that is in the public domain through no act or omission of any Investor or Permitted Transferee in violation of this Agreement or which such Investor or Permitted Transferee is authorized by the Company to disclose, consisting specifically of writings, reports, lists, software or computer programs containing or reflecting any of the following: (1) recipes for the Company’s menu items, (2) financial reports, (3) operation and training manuals, (4) business plans (including without limitation plans for real estate acquisitions and expansions) and (5) agreements and arrangements with suppliers. The obligation of an Investor or Permitted Transferee under this Section 2.6 with respect to any particular item of Confidential Information shall expire on the later of the four year anniversary of the date hereof or the two year anniversary of the receipt of such Confidential Information.
ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF
MANAGEMENT SECURITIES HELD BY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS
     3.1. Purchase Option .
          (a) General Terms . In the event that any Management Investor who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary shall cease to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason (including, but not limited to, death, temporary or permanent disability, retirement at age 65 or more under normal retirement policies, resignation or termination by the Company or a Subsidiary), other than (i) because the Management Investor is terminated other than for Cause, (ii) because the Management Investor resigns from his or her position for Good Reason, or (iii) by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company or a Subsidiary, such Management Investor (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators, transferees, successors or assigns) shall give prompt notice to the Company of such termination (except in the case of termination of employment or service by the Company or a Subsidiary, in which case no notice need be given), and the Company or one or more designee(s) selected by the Required Holder (if there is one) (a “ Designated Purchaser ”), shall have the right and option by written notice given at any time, within 90 days after the later of the effective date of such termination of employment or cessation of service (the “ Termination Date ”) or the date of the Company’s receipt of the aforesaid notice (the later of such dates, the “ Option Termination Date ”), to

12


 

purchase from such Management Investor and his or her Permitted Transferees, or his or her heirs, executors, administrators, transferees, successors or assigns, as the case may be, any or all of the Management Securities then owned by such Management Investor (and his or her Permitted Transferees), at a purchase price per share equal to the Fair Market Value Price (as hereinafter defined). The Termination Date for a Permitted Transferee of a Management Investor shall be the Termination Date with respect to the Management Investor who first acquired the Management Securities held by such Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Agreement. The right of the Company and the Company’s designee(s) set forth in this Section 3.1 to purchase a terminated Management Investor’s Management Securities is hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchase Option .”
               (i)  Exercise of Purchase Option . The Purchase Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Management Investor (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators, transferees, successors or assigns, as the case may be) executed by the Company or the Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, given at any time not later than the Option Termination Date. Such notice shall set forth the number and type of Management Securities desired to be purchased and shall set forth a time and place of closing which shall be no earlier than 10 days after the date such notice is sent and no later than the later of (A) 30 days after the date such notice is sent and (B) five business days after the Fair Market Value Price is finally determined as set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii). At such closing (the “ Option Purchase Closing ”), the seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the certificates evidencing the number of Management Securities to be purchased by the Company and/or its Designated Purchaser, accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank or duly executed instruments of transfer, and any other documents that are necessary to transfer to the Company and/or its Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, good title to such of the Management Securities to be transferred, free and clear of all pledges, security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims and options of whatever nature, other than those imposed under this Agreement, and concurrently with such delivery, the Company and/or its Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, shall deliver to the seller the full amount of the Fair Market Value Price (or the portion thereof to be paid by such party) for such Management Securities in cash by certified or bank cashier’s check.
               (ii)  Fair Market Value Price . The “ Fair Market Value Price ” for each share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock means, the price that fairly reflects the going concern value of the Company as a whole based on such valuation methodologies as are customarily applied to restaurant companies, with no minority or lack of liquidity discounts and assuming a willing buyer and a willing seller under no compulsion to act and both having reasonable knowledge of all relevant facts. In the case of any security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any option, warrant or other right to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock, the Fair Market Value Price for such security shall be based upon the Fair Market Value Price of the underlying Common Stock or Preferred Stock, after taking into account the conversion, exchange or exercise price applying to such security and any applicable tax obligations of the holder in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange. If the Company or its Designated Purchaser has exercised or is considering exercising the Purchase Option, then within 30 days after the Termination Date, the Company or the Designated

13


 

Purchaser, as the case may be, shall prepare and deliver to the Management Investor its calculation of the Fair Market Value Price per share (the “ Proffered Valuation ”). If the Management Investor does not agree with the Company’s or its Designated Purchaser’s Proferred Valuation, then the Management Investor shall prepare his own Proffered Valuation, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Company or its Designated Purchaser within 20 days after delivery of the Company’s or its Designated Purchaser’s Proffered Valuation, as the case may be. If the Company or its Designated Purchaser and the Management Investor are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value Price per share within ten days after delivery of the Management Investor’s Proffered Valuation, the parties shall then select a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm to choose either the Company’s or its Designated Purchaser’s Proffered Valuation, or the Management Investor’s Proffered Valuation. Such firm (x) shall not be an Affiliate of the Company, Holdings, Holdings’ equityholders or the Management Investor; and (y) shall have demonstrable skills and expertise in the valuation of equity securities in relevant industries. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm within ten days after delivery of the Management Investor’s Proffered Valuation, each party shall select its own investment banking or other firm and the two selected firms shall select a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm (meeting the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence) for the purpose of determining the Fair Market Value Price per share. If either party fails to select its own investment banking or other firm, which is to select the determining firm, within five days after the expiration of such ten day period, the other party’s selected firm shall act as the determining firm. The parties shall instruct the selected firm to select, within 20 days thereafter, such of the two Proffered Valuations as more accurately reflects the Fair Market Value Price per share, and the Company or its Designated Purchaser and the Management Investor hereby agrees to be bound by such decision. Except as provided below, the fees and expenses of the determining firm shall be shared equally between the Company or its Designated Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Management Investor, on the other hand. In the event of such negotiation or a determination of the Fair Market Value Price by the selected firm, the Company or its Designated Purchaser shall have the right to revoke any notice of exercise of the Purchase Option previously given by such party, by written notice delivered to the Management Investor not later than five business days after such determination; provided , however , that the fees and expenses of the selected firm shall be borne solely by the Company or its Designated Purchaser in the event the Company or its Designated Purchaser revokes any such notice of exercise of the Purchase Option. Except as provided above, the Company or its Designated Purchaser and the Management Investor shall be responsible for their own fees and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their respective counsel and, if applicable, their own investment banking or other firm.
               (iii)  Cause . For purposes of this Section 3.1(a), “ Cause ”, when used in connection with the termination of a Management Investor’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, means (i) dishonesty or willful misconduct with respect to the Company’s affairs that materially adversely affects the Company, (ii) conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude, (iii) embezzlement of Company funds, (iv) habitual insobriety that materially adversely affects the Company or (v) the Management Investor’s breach of his fiduciary duty to the Company for material personal profit.

14


 

               (iv)  Good Reason . For purposes of this Section 3.1(a), “ Good Reason ”, when used with reference to a termination by a Management Investor of his or her employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, means the occurrence of any one of the following without the prior written consent of such Management Investor: (i) a materially adverse change in such Management Investor’s job assignment since the date hereof, (ii) a reduction in such Management Investor’s salary as in effect immediately prior to the date hereof or a material reduction in other benefits taken as a whole, or (iii) a relocation of such Management Investor’s principal place of employment to a location which is greater than thirty (30) miles from the Management Investor’s place of employment immediately prior to the date hereof. It is hereby expressly acknowledged that the foregoing definition of “Good Reason” shall be effective solely for purposes of this Agreement and shall not be applicable to any other agreement or understanding between the Management Investor and the Company.
          (b) Payment Subject to Applicable Law and Compliance with Debt Instruments . It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company or the Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, to pay any portion of the Fair Market Value Price (i) that the Company or the Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, have funds legally available therefor and (ii) that such payment not violate, breach or conflict with, or cause any default under (or constitute any event that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default), any Company Debt Instrument. In the event the Company or the Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, does not have funds legally available to pay any portion of the Fair Market Value Price or if payment of any portion of the Fair Market Value Price would violate, breach or conflict with, or cause any default under (or constitute any event that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default), any Company Debt Instrument, then (i) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the condition described in the first sentence of this Section 3.1(b) to be satisfied as promptly as practicable, and (ii) notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) above or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Option Purchase Closing shall be deferred until the earlier of (x) such time as the Company or the Designated Purchaser, as the case may be, shall have funds legally available therefor and such payment would not violate, breach or conflict with, or cause any default under (or constitute any event that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default), any Company Debt Instrument or (y) the six month anniversary of the date originally scheduled for the Option Purchase Closing.
          (c) Right of First Refusal . Subject to compliance with the other restrictions on Transfer contained herein, in the event that, on or prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, any Management Investor proposes to sell any or all of such Management Investor’s Management Securities pursuant to a bona fide written offer from an unaffiliated third party (other than a Permitted Transferee), the Management Investor will first offer to sell such Management Securities to the Company pursuant to this Section 3.1(c).
          Such Management Investor shall deliver a written notice of any such bona fide offer (a “ Sale Notice ”) to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Management Securities proposed to be sold, the name of the transferee, the purchase price and all other

15


 

material terms of the proposed Transfer. Upon receipt of the Sale Notice, the Company, or one or more designee(s) selected by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, shall have the right and option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Management Securities proposed to be sold by the Management Investor at the price and on the terms of the proposed Transfer set forth in the Sale Notice. Within 30 days after receipt of the Sale Notice, the Company shall notify such Management Investor whether or not it or its designee(s) wishes to purchase all of the offered Management Securities. In any case where non-fungible property such as real estate constitutes part of the purchase price included in the bona fide offer or where any aspect of the terms of such offer depend on the unique attributes of the proposed transferee or otherwise cannot be precisely and reasonably duplicated by someone other than such transferee, purchases by the Company or its designee(s) shall be made on terms that constitute the reasonable economic equivalent of the price and terms of such bona fide offer. If the Company or its designee(s) elects to purchase the offered Management Securities, the closing of the purchase and sale of such Management Securities shall be held at the place and on the date established by the buyer in its notice to such Management Investor in response to the Sale Notice, which in no event shall be less than 10 days or more than 30 days from the date of such notice.
          In the event that the Company or its designee does not elect to purchase all the offered Management Securities, such Management Investor may, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, sell the offered Management Securities to the transferee specified in the Sale Notice at a price no less than the price specified in the Sale Notice and on other terms no more favorable to the transferee(s) thereof than specified in the Sale Notice during the 180-day period immediately following the last date on which the Company or its designee could have elected to purchase the offered Management Securities; provided , however , that no such sale shall be made unless the transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Any such Management Securities not transferred within such 180-day period will be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1(c) upon subsequent Transfer.
          (d) If the Company or its Designated Purchaser delivers a Proferred Valuation to a Management Investor in connection with the determination of the Fair Market Value Price as set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii), the Company shall give such Management Investor and his or her agents and advisors, upon reasonable notice to the Company, reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the purpose of calculating the Fair Market Value Price as provided in Section 3.1(a)(ii).
     3.2. Involuntary Transfers . In the event that the Management Securities owned by any Management Investor shall be subject to sale or other Transfer (the date of such sale or transfer shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Transfer Date ”) by reason of (i) bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, whether voluntary or involuntary, or (ii) distraint, levy, execution or other involuntary Transfer, then such Management Investor shall give the Company written notice thereof promptly upon the occurrence of such event stating the terms of such proposed Transfer, the identity of the proposed transferee, the price or other consideration, if readily determinable, for which the Management Securities are proposed to be transferred, and the number of

16


 

Management Securities to be transferred. After its receipt of such notice or, failing such receipt, after the Company otherwise obtains actual knowledge of such a proposed Transfer, the Company or one or more designee(s) selected by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right and option to purchase any or all of such Management Securities which right shall be exercised by written notice given by the Company or its designee(s) to such proposed transferor within 60 days following the Company’s receipt of such notice or, failing such receipt, the Company’s obtaining actual knowledge of such proposed Transfer. Any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be at the price and on the terms applicable to such proposed Transfer. If the nature of the event giving rise to such involuntary Transfer is such that no readily determinable consideration is to be paid for the Transfer of the Management Securities, the price to be paid per share by the buyer shall be the Fair Market Value Price as of the date of such proposed Transfer for the Management Securities. The closing of the purchase and sale of Management Securities shall be held at the place and the date to be established by the buyer, which shall be no earlier than 10 days after the date such notice was sent and no later than the later of (A) 30 days after the date such notice was sent and (B) five business days after the Fair Market Value Price is finally determined as set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii). At such closing, such Management Investor shall deliver the certificates evidencing the number of Management Securities to be purchased by the buyer, accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank or duly executed instruments of transfer, and any other documents that are necessary to transfer to the buyer good title to such of the securities to be transferred, free and clear of all pledges, security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims and options of whatever nature other than those imposed under this Agreement, and concurrently with such delivery, the buyer shall deliver to such Management Investor the full amount of the purchase price for such Management Securities in cash by certified or bank cashier’s check.
     3.3. Purchaser Representative . If the Company or any Investor enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each of the Management Investors will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501(h) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall propose a reasonable purchaser representative; if a Management Investor appoints such purchaser representative designated by the Company as his or her purchaser representative, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative. If a Management Investor declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such Management Investor will appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Management Investor will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

17


 

ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
     4.1. Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified, or any provision hereof may be waived, provided that such amendment, modification or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by the Company and the Required Holder (if there is one); provided , however , that any amendment of this Agreement which adversely affects any Investor in a manner different from other Investors (other than due to the different economic impact that naturally results from the ownership of a different number of shares) shall require the prior written consent of such Investor. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person under or by reason of this Agreement.
     4.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and permitted assigns and executors, administrators and heirs of each party hereto. Except as contemplated hereby in connection with Transfers of Securities, this Agreement, and any rights or obligations existing hereunder, may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
     4.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect unless deletion of such provision causes this Agreement to become materially adverse to any party, in which event the parties shall use reasonable efforts to arrive at an accommodation which best preserves for the parties the benefits and obligations of the offending provision.
     4.4. Notices . All notices provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered or certified first-class mail, fax or reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery to the other parties at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):
If to the Company, to:
Bravo Development, Inc.
777 Goodale Blvd.
Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
Attention: President
Fax: (614) 326-7943
with a required copy to:

18


 

Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
If to Holdings, to:
c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799
with a required copy to:
Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799
Castle Harlan, Inc.
150 East 58 th Street
New York, NY 10155
Attention: David B. Pittaway
Fax: (212) 207-8042
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Robert Goldstein, Esq.
Fax: (212) 593-5955
     If to any of the Management Investors, to such Management Investor’s address as set forth on the signature page hereto or such other address as may be specified from time to time in writing to the Company by any Management Investor.

19


 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when confirmation of transmission is received, if faxed during normal business hours (or, if not faxed during normal business hours, the next business day after confirmation of transmission); and on the next business day, if timely delivered to a reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
     4.5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
     4.6. Headings . The headings preceding the text of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.
     4.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     4.8. Further Assurances . Each party shall cooperate and take such action as may be reasonably requested by another party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     4.9. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate (i) on the written agreement of the Investors who are parties hereto, (ii) when all the Investors except any one Investor no longer hold any Securities or (iii) immediately after the consummation of an Approved Sale.
     4.10. Remedies . In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any party to this Agreement of its obligations under this Agreement, any party injured or to be injured by such breach, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, it being agreed by the parties that the remedy at law, including monetary damages, for breach of such provision will be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.
     4.11. Party No Longer Owning Securities . If a party hereto ceases to own any Securities, such party will no longer be deemed to be an Investor or Management Investor for purposes of this Agreement.
     4.12. No Effect on Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer on any Management Investor the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
     4.13. Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall be deemed also to include the corresponding neuter, masculine or feminine forms.

20


 

     4.14. Future Individual Investors . The parties hereto agree that any current or future employee of the Company or other person who purchases Securities from the Company subsequent to the date hereof may become a signatory to this Agreement by executing a written instrument setting forth that such person agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and this Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include such person as a Management Investor (or Investor, as the case may be) and the number of Securities purchased by him or her.
     4.15. Jurisdiction and Venue . ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY OR AGAINST THE COMPANY OR THE INVESTORS WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK. BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR ACCEPT FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS OR HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR HEREBY WAIVE ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH JURISDICTION IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE.
     4.16. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.
     4.17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, it being understood the Investors are entering into other agreements and instruments in connection with the consummation of the Merger, including the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.
     4.18. Management Agreements . Each Investor will raise no objection to the Company entering into a Management Agreement with Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc. in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS
     5.1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

21


 

          (a) “ Affiliate ” means as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).
          (b) “ Approved Sale ” shall mean a Sale of the Company approved by the Required Holder (if there is one).
          (c) “ Company Debt Instrument ” means any credit or loan agreement, indenture, note or similar instrument governing any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
          (d) “ Management Securities ” means the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other Securities now or hereafter owned by a Management Investor, and all other securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) received on account of ownership of the Management Securities, including any and all management securities issued in connection with any merger, consolidation, stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, stock combination, recapitalization, reclassification, subdivision, conversion or similar transaction in respect thereof.
          (e) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a partner, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
          (f) “ Public Offering ” means a successfully completed firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Special Registration Statement) in respect of the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock for the account of the Company resulting in aggregate net proceeds to the Company and any stockholder selling shares of Common Stock in such offering of not less than $50,000,000.
          (g) “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, each of the Investors and the other parties thereto, as in effect from time to time.
          (h) “ Required Holder ” means, as of any date, the holders of the majority of the shares of Common Stock then owned by Holdings and its Permitted Transferees, provided that Holdings and its Permitted Transferees (other than limited partners of BRS and CHP IV) then own not less than 50% of the Common Stock then outstanding.
          (i) “ Sale of the Company ” means the sale of the Company, including in one or more series of related transactions, to another party or group of parties (including a transaction

22


 

to recapitalize or form a holding company of the Company) pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) equity securities of the Company constituting a majority of the Common Stock of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Company’s outstanding equity securities, or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets.
          (j) “ Securities Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among the Company and the Management Investors named therein.
          (k) “ Special Registration Statement ” means (i) a registration statement on Form S-8 or S-4 or any similar or successor form or any other registration statement relating to an exchange offer or an offering of securities solely to the Company’s employees or security holders or to security holders of a corporation or other entity being acquired by, or merged with, the Company or (ii) a registration statement registering a Unit Offering.
          (l) “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
          (m) “ Unit Offering ” means a public offering of a combination of debt and equity securities of the Company in which (i) not more than 10% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of such securities is attributed to such equity securities, and (ii) after giving effect to such offering, the Company does not have a class of equity securities required to be registered under the Exchange Act.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this New Investors Securities Holders Agreement the day and year first above written.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
    Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   

 


 

         
         
  MANAGEMENT INVESTORS:
 
 
  /s/ Jerry Henderson    
  Name:   Jerry Henderson   
     
 
     
  /s/ Debbie Ticknor    
  Name:   Debbie Ticknor   
     
 
     
  /s/ Brian O’Malley    
  Name:   Brian O’Malley   
     
 
     
  /s/ Joseph Isbell    
  Name:   Joe Isbell   
     
 
     
  /s/ Matthew Harding    
  Name:   Matt Harding   
     
 
     
  /s/ Mike Creedon    
  Name:   Mike Creedon   
     
 
     
  /s/ Michael Woodburn    
  Name:   Mike Woodburn   
     
 
     
  /s/ Nicole Roope    
  Name:   Nicole Fessler Roope   
     
 
     
  /s/ David Whisler    
  Name:   Dave Whisler   
     
 
     
  /s/ Lance Juhas    
  Name:   Lance Juhas   
     

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Jim MacKenzie    
  Name:   Jim MacKenzie   
     
     
  /s/ Tom Vahle    
  Name:   Tom Vahle   
     
     
  /s/ Ronald Dee    
  Name:   Ron Dee   
     
     
  /s/ Lou Rios    
  Name:   Lou Rios   
     
     
  /s/ Justin J. Stratford    
  Name:   Justin Stratford   
     
     
  /s/ Michael Moser    
  Name:   Michael Moser   
     
  /s/ Bret Adams    
  Name: Bret Adams   
     
     
  /s/ Laura Tappen    
  Name:   Laura Tappen   
     
     
  /s/ Karen Brennan    
  Name:   Karen Brennan   
     
     
  /s/ Vernessa N. Gates    
  Name:   Vernessa Gates   
     
     
  /s/ David Petrill    
  Name:   David Petrill   
     

 


 

         
The undersigned hereby agree to be parties to this Agreement with respect to, and to have and assume the rights and obligations under, Section 2.5 hereof.
         
  BRUCKMANN, ROSSER, SHERRILL
& CO. II, L.P.

By: BRSE L.L.C., its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
       
 
  CASTLE HARLAN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

By: CASTLE HARLAN, INC., as Investment Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ David B. Pittaway    
    Name:   David B. Pittaway   
       

 


 

         
Schedule I
Investors and Securities Owned
                 
            Number of Shares of  
    Number of Shares of     Preferred Stock  
Investor   Common Stock Owned     Owned  
Bravo Development Holdings LLC
    841,050       47,659.50  
Jerry Henderson
    9,187.50       520.625  
Debbie Ticknor
    2,250       127.50  
Brian O’Malley
    6,000       340.00  
Joe Isbell
    2,250       127.50  
Matt Harding
    3,675       208.25  
Mike Creedon
    2,250       127.50  
Mike Woodburn
    2,250       127.50  
Nicole Fessler Roope
    375       21.25  
Dave Whisler
    675       38.25  
Lance Juhas
    2,250       127.50  
Jim MacKenzie
    3,675       208.25  
Tom Vahle
    2,250       127.50  
Ron Dee
    3,300       187.00  
Lou Rios
    2,250       127.50  
Justin Stratford
    1,875       106.25  
Michael Moser
    5,925       335.75  
Bret Adams
    2,250       127.50  
Laura Tappen
    1,125       63.75  
Karen Brennan
    600       34.00  
Vernessa Gates
    3,112.50       176.375  
David Petrill
    375       21.25  
 
           
Total
    898,950       50,940.50  

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
TO THE SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
                    THIS JOINDER to the Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of                      , 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other parties thereto (the “ Securities Holders Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      , 200___ by and between the Company and the undersigned “ Holder ” set forth on the signature page hereto (this “ Joinder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Securities Holders Agreement.
          WHEREAS, the Holder has acquired certain Securities and the Securities Holders Agreement requires the Holder to become a party to the Securities Holders Agreement and the Holder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:
               (a)  Agreement to be Bound . Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Securities Holders Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Securities Holders Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed an Investor [and Management Investor] 1 for all purposes thereof. In addition, Holder hereby agrees that all Securities held by Holder shall be deemed Securities for all purposes of the Securities Holders Agreement.
               (b)  Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Joinder shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and Holder and any subsequent holders of Securities and the respective successors and assigns of each of them, so long as they hold any Securities.
               (c)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
               (d)  Notices . For purposes of Section 5.4 of the Securities Holders Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Holder shall be directed to:
[Name]
[Address]
[Facsimile Number]
 
1   To be included where the Person transferring the Securities to the Holder is or was a Management Investor.

 


 

EXHIBIT A
               (e)  Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the application, construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
               (f)  Jurisdiction and Venue . ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY OR AGAINST THE COMPANY OR THE HOLDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS JOINDER, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK. BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER ACCEPT FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS OR HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS JOINDER. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER HEREBY WAIVE ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH JURISDICTION IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE.
               (g)  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS JOINDER HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS JOINDER OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.
               (h)  Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.
* * * * *

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of the date first above written.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [HOLDER]
 
 
  By:      
       
       

-i-


 

         
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

-i-

Exhibit 10.6
 
SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
by and among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
ALTON F. DOODY, III,
JOHN C. DOODY,
and
THE OTHER INVESTORS AND PARTIES NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of June 29, 2006
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I            RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SECURITIES
    2  
 
       
1.1. Restrictions on Transfers of Securities
    2  
 
       
1.2. Legend
    4  
 
       
1.3. Notation
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE II            OTHER COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
    5  
 
       
2.1. Financial Statements and Other Information
    5  
 
       
2.2. Preemptive Rights
    6  
 
       
2.3. Corporate Opportunity
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE III            RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS
    8  
 
       
3.1. Right of First Refusal
    8  
 
       
3.2. Involuntary Transfers
    8  
 
       
3.3. Purchaser Representative
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE IV            MISCELLANEOUS
    11  
 
       
4.1. Amendment and Modification
    11  
 
       
4.2. Successors and Assigns
    11  
 
       
4.3. Severability
    11  
 
       
4.4. Notices
    11  
 
       
4.5. Governing Law
    13  
 
       
4.6. Headings
    13  
 
       
4.7. Counterparts
    13  
 
       
4.8. Further Assurances
    13  
 
       
4.9. Termination
    13  
 
       
4.10. Remedies
    13  
 
       
4.11. Party No Longer Owning Securities
    14  
 
       
4.12. No Effect on Employment
    14  
 
       
4.13. Pronouns
    14  
 
       
4.14. Jurisdiction and Venue
    14  

i


 

         
    Page  
4.15. Waiver of Jury Trial
    14  
 
       
4.16. Entire Agreement
    14  
 
       
4.17. Management Agreements
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE V            DEFINITIONS
    15  
 
       
5.1. Definitions
    15  

-ii-


 

     
EXHIBITS
   
Exhibit A
  Joinder Agreement
Exhibit B
  Form of Management Agreement
SCHEDULES
     
Schedule I
  Investors and Securities Owned

-iii-


 

DEFINED TERMS
         
Affiliate
    15  
Agreement
    1  
Annual Reports
    5  
BRS
    3  
BRS Affiliates
    3  
BRS Associates
    3  
BRS Partner
    3  
CHP Affiliates
    3  
CHP Associates
    3  
CHP IV
    3  
CHP Partner
    3  
Chris
    1  
Common Stock
    1  
Company
    1  
Confidential Information
    6  
Exchange Act
    3  
Fair Market Value Price
    9  
Fast-Casual
    15  
Founders Securities
    15  
Founding Investors
    1  
Full Service
    15  
Holdings
    1  
Investor
    1  
Investors
    1  
Merger
    1  
Merger Agreement
    1  
Merger Sub
    1  
Permitted Transferee
    3  
Person
    15  
Preemptive Notice
    7  
Preemptive Reply
    7  
Preferred Stock
    1  
Proffered Valuation
    10  
Public Offering
    15  
Purchase Option
    9  
Qualified Investors
    7  
Registration Rights Agreement
    16  
Restricted Purchaser
    16  
Rick
    1  
Sale Notice
    8  

-iv-


 

         
Sale of the Company
    16  
SEC Reports
    5  
Securities
    1  
Securities Act
    2  
Special Registration Statement
    16  
Subsidiaries
    16  
Surviving Corporation
    1  
Transfer
    2  
Transfer Date
    9  
Unit Offering
    16  

-v-


 

SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
          THIS IS A SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 29, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”), Bravo Development Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Alton F. Doody, III (“ Rick ”), John C. Doody (“ Chris ”), and the other individuals designated as Founding Investors on the signature pages hereto (collectively with Rick and Chris, the “ Founding Investors ”). Holdings, each of the Founding Investors and any other investor in the Company who becomes a party to or agrees to be bound by this Agreement are sometimes referred to herein individually as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors .”
Background
          A. This Agreement is being entered into in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 2, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among Holdings, BDI Acquisition Corp., an Ohio corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), the Company and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which Merger Sub has been merged with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and the Company, as the surviving corporation of the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), has become a majority owned subsidiary of Holdings.
          B. Each of the Investors is the owner of (i) the number of shares of the Company’s Series A 14% Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and (ii) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), in each case as set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.
          C. The Investors, the Company and the other parties hereto wish to set forth herein certain agreements regarding their future relationships and their rights and obligations with respect to Securities of the Company.
          D. As used herein, the term “ Securities ” shall mean Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and any other shares of capital stock of the Company, and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock, and any options (including any options now or hereafter issued to Investors), warrants or other rights to acquire such capital stock or securities, now or hereafter held by any party hereto, including all other securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) received on account of ownership of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, including all securities issued in connection with any merger, consolidation, stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, stock combination, recapitalization, reclassification, subdivision, conversion or similar transaction in respect thereof.
Terms
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE I
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SECURITIES
     1.1. Restrictions on Transfers of Securities . The following restrictions on Transfer (as defined in Section 1.1(a) below) shall apply to all Securities owned by any Investor or Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 1.1(b) below), except a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv) hereof:
          (a) Except as provided in the third paragraph of this clause (a), no Investor or Permitted Transferee shall Transfer any Securities to a Restricted Purchaser unless (i) such Transfer is approved in advance in writing by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) such Transfer complies with the provisions of this Section 1.1, and, in addition, in the case of Founders Securities, Article III of this Agreement. Any purported Transfer in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force and effect, and the purported transferee shall have no rights or privileges in or with respect to the Company. As used herein, “ Transfer ” includes the making of any sale, exchange, assignment, hypothecation, gift, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, or any contract therefor, any voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the transfer or grant of voting rights or any other beneficial interest in any of the Securities, the creation of any other claim thereto or any other transfer or disposition whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, affecting the right, title, interest or possession in or to such Securities.
               Prior to any proposed Transfer of any Securities, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company describing the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer, together with, if reasonably requested by the Company, a written opinion of legal counsel, addressed to the Company and the transfer agent for the Company’s equity securities, if other than the Company, and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that the proposed Transfer of the Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Each certificate evidencing the Securities transferred shall bear the legends set forth in Section 1.2 hereof, except that such certificate shall not bear the legend contained in the first paragraph of Section 1.2 hereof if the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.
               Nothing in this Section 1.1(a) shall prevent or restrict the Transfer, free of any restrictions under this Agreement, of Securities by an Investor or a Permitted Transferee to one or more of its Permitted Transferees or to the Company; provided , however , that (i) no Person (other than a Permitted Transferee by virtue of Section 1.1(b)(iv) hereof) shall be a Permitted Transferee unless such transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and (ii) no Transfer shall be effected except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or pursuant to an available exemption therefrom.

2


 

          (b) As used herein, “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean:
               (i) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee who is a natural person, any spouse, lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of such person, any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only such individual person or any spouse, lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of such person, or any combination of the foregoing;
               (ii) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee who is a natural person, the heirs, executors, administrators or personal representatives upon the death of such person or upon the incompetency or disability of such person for purposes of the protection and management of such person’s assets;
               (iii) in the case of Holdings:
                    (A) (I) Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ BRS ”), (II) any general partner of BRS (a “ BRS Partner ”) and any corporation, partnership or other entity that is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of BRS or any BRS Partner (collectively, “ BRS Affiliates ”), (III) any present or former managing director, director, general partner, limited partner, officer or employee of BRS, a BRS Partner or any BRS Affiliate, or any spouse or lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of any of the foregoing persons in this clause (III) or any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (III) (provided that no BRS Affiliate that becomes such an entity primarily for the purpose of effecting a transfer of Securities shall be considered a Permitted Transferee) (collectively, “ BRS Associates ”), and (IV) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only BRS, BRS Partners, BRS Affiliates, or BRS Associates; provided , however , that prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, no limited partner of BRS, BRS Partner or BRS Affiliate shall constitute a Permitted Transferee to the extent that a Transfer of Securities to such Person would cause the Company to be subject to registration under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”);
                    (B)(I) Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CHP IV ”), (II) any general partner or managing member of CHP IV (a “ CHP Partner ”) and any corporation, partnership or other entity that is an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of CHP IV or any CHP Partner (collectively, “ CHP Affiliates ”), (III) any present or former managing director, director, general partner, limited partner, member, officer or employee of CHP IV, a CHP Partner or any CHP Affiliate, or any spouse or lineal descendant (natural or adopted), sibling or parent of any of the foregoing persons in this clause (III) or any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (III) (provided that no CHP Affiliate that becomes such an entity primarily for the purpose of effecting a transfer of Securities shall be considered a Permitted Transferee) (collectively, “ CHP Associates ”), and (IV) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or

3


 

any charitable trust, the grantor of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general and limited partners of which, include only CHP IV, CHP Partners, CHP Affiliates, or CHP Associates; provided , however , that prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, no limited partner of CHP IV, CHP Partner, or CHP Affiliate shall constitute a Permitted Transferee to the extent that a Transfer of Securities to such Person would cause the Company to be subject to registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.
               (iv) in the case of any Investor or Permitted Transferee, any Person if such Person takes such Securities pursuant to a sale in connection with a Public Offering or following a Public Offering in open market transactions or under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
     1.2. Legend . Any certificates representing Securities shall bear the following legend (in addition to any other legend required under applicable law):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR THE DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDERS SPECIFIED THEREIN, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (THE “SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. THE SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT AND THE SECURITIES ARE TRANSFERABLE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSABLE ONLY UPON PROOF OF COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
     1.3. Notation . A notation will be made in the appropriate transfer records of the Company with respect to the restrictions on transfer of the Securities referred to in this Agreement.

4


 

ARTICLE II
OTHER COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
     2.1. Financial Statements and Other Information .
          (a) The Company shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Holdings (so long as Holdings or its Permitted Transferees (other than Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 1.1(b)(iv)) own any Securities):
               (i) as soon as available and in any event within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such calendar month, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the calendar month then ended, shown, in the case of the consolidated statements of income, in comparison to the budgeted amounts for the same period and the same monthly period from the prior fiscal year, prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of notes and to year-end adjustments;
               (ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended, shown, in the case of the consolidated statements of income, in comparison to the budgeted amounts for the same period and the same quarterly period from the prior fiscal year, prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of notes and to year-end adjustments;
               (iii) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation (such reports, the “ Annual Reports ”);
               (iv) to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company as soon as such reports are generally available, together with any other documents the Company are required to deliver to the holders of any such indebtedness (such reports, the “ SEC Reports ”);
               (v) prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget which has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, prepared on a month by month

5


 

basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (displaying anticipated statements of income and capital spending), and promptly upon preparation thereof any other significant budgets prepared by the Company, and any revisions of such annual or other budgets; and
               (vi) such other documents, reports, financial data and other information as Holdings may reasonably request and which the Company can provide without incurring any unreasonable costs.
          (b) The Company shall concurrently deliver (or cause to be delivered) to each then-current Investor a copy of any Annual Report or SEC Report that is delivered to Holdings and/or its Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 2.1(a).
          (c) Inspection and Access . The Company shall permit any authorized representatives designated by Holdings to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including its and their books of account (and to make copies and take extracts therefrom), and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and their current and prior independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes such accountants to discuss with such representatives the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not a representative of the Company is present), all at such reasonable times and as often as such party may reasonably request.
          (d) Confidentiality . No Investor or Permitted Transferee shall (i) use or exploit in any manner the Confidential Information of the Company for themselves or any Person other than the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) remove any Confidential Information, or any reproduction thereof, from the possession or control of the Company, or (iii) treat Confidential Information otherwise than in a confidential manner. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information means confidential information relating to the Company, other than any information that is in the public domain through no act or omission of any Investor or Permitted Transferee in violation of this Agreement or which such Investor or Permitted Transferee is authorized by the Company to disclose, consisting specifically of writings, reports, lists, software or computer programs containing or reflecting any of the following: (1) recipes for the Company’s menu items, (2) financial reports, (3) operation and training manuals, (4) business plans (including without limitation plans for real estate acquisitions and expansions) and (5) agreements and arrangements with suppliers. The obligation of an Investor or Permitted Transferee under this Section 2.6 with respect to any particular item of Confidential Information shall expire on the later of the four year anniversary of the date hereof or the two year anniversary of the receipt of such Confidential Information.
     2.2. Preemptive Rights . (a) Except for the issuance of Securities by the Company (i) pursuant to a Public Offering, (ii) as consideration for the acquisition of all or any substantial portion of the assets or all or any portion of the capital stock of any Person or that are otherwise issued in connection with any merger or other business combination that is approved by the Company’s board of directors, (iii) in any transaction in respect of a Security that is available on the same terms to all holders of Securities on a pro rata basis, (iv) pursuant to an incentive

6


 

compensation plan or other management stock option plan approved by the Company’s board of directors, (v) to any debt financing sources of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a so-called “equity-kicker” (so long as such debt financing is approved by the Company’s board of directors), or (vi) as a dividend on the outstanding Common Stock or Preferred Stock, if, so long as the Company has not consummated a Public Offering, the Company sells any Securities, the Company will offer to sell to each of the Qualified Investors (as defined below) a pro rata portion of the number of such Securities issued equal to the percentage determined by dividing (x) the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Qualified Investor on a fully-diluted basis, by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding on a fully-diluted basis. Each Qualified Investor will be entitled to purchase all or part of such Securities at the same price and on the same terms as such Securities are sold by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2. As used in this Section 2.2, “ Qualified Investors ” shall mean any Investor that qualifies as an Accredited Investor (as such term is defined under Rule 501 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act).
          (b) The Company will cause to be given to each of the Investors a written notice setting forth the terms and conditions upon which such Investor may, if such Investor is a Qualified Investor, purchase Securities from the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2 (the “ Preemptive Notice ”). After receiving a Preemptive Notice, a Qualified Investor may agree to purchase the Securities offered to such Qualified Investor by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2, on the date specified by the Company in the Preemptive Notice, by delivery of a written notice (together with a certification and, if requested by the Company, supporting documentation, each in a form and of a nature reasonably requested by the Company, that such Investor is a Qualified Investor) to the Company within 20 days (or, in the case of any issuance of Securities with respect to which Holdings has waived its rights to purchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 2.4, and such irrevocable waiver is disclosed in the Preemptive Notice, 10 days) of the date the Company delivered or caused to be delivered the Preemptive Notice to the Qualified Investor (the “ Preemptive Reply ”).
     2.3. Corporate Opportunity . To the fullest extent permitted by any applicable law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to Holdings, BRS or any BRS Affiliates or CHP IV or any CHP Affiliates or their representatives (including any directors of the Company designated by such Persons). In particular, (a) Holdings, BRS, CHP IV and their respective Affiliates shall have the right to engage in business activities, whether or not in competition with the Company or its Subsidiaries or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ business activities, without consulting any other Investor, and (b) none of Holdings, BRS or CHP IV shall have any obligation to any other Investor with respect to any opportunity to acquire property or make investments at any time. The foregoing provision (i) does not permit fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (ii) does not supersede any other obligations under this Agreement and (iii) is not intended to change or alter a director’s fiduciary duties to the Company except as specifically set forth herein.

7


 

ARTICLE III
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS
     3.1. Right of First Refusal . Subject to compliance with the other restrictions on Transfer contained herein, in the event that, on or prior to the Company’s initial Public Offering, any Founding Investor proposes to sell any or all of such Founding Investor’s Founders Securities pursuant to a bona fide written offer from an unaffiliated third party (other than a Permitted Transferee), the Founding Investor will first offer to sell such Founders Securities to the Company or its designee pursuant to this Section 3.1.
          Such Founding Investor shall deliver a written notice of any such bona fide offer (a “ Sale Notice ”) to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Founders Securities proposed to be sold, the name of the transferee, the purchase price and all other material terms of the proposed Transfer. Upon receipt of the Sale Notice, the Company, or one or more designee(s) selected by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, shall have the right and option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Founders Securities proposed to be sold by the Founding Investor at the price and on the terms of the proposed Transfer set forth in the Sale Notice. Within 30 days after receipt of the Sale Notice, the Company shall notify such Founding Investor whether or not it or its designee(s) wishes to purchase all of the offered Founders Securities. In any case where non-fungible property such as real estate constitutes part of the purchase price included in the bona fide offer or where any aspect of the terms of such offer depend on the unique attributes of the proposed transferee or otherwise cannot be precisely and reasonably duplicated by someone other than such transferee, purchases by the Company or its designee(s) shall be made on terms that constitute the reasonable economic equivalent of the price and terms of such bona fide offer. If the Company or its designee(s) elects to purchase the offered Founders Securities, the closing of the purchase and sale of such Founders Securities shall be held at the place and on the date established by the buyer in its notice to such Founding Investor in response to the Sale Notice, which in no event shall be less than 10 days or more than 30 days from the date of such notice.
          In the event that the Company or its designee does not elect to purchase all the offered Founders Securities, such Founding Investor may, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, sell the offered Founders Securities to the transferee specified in the Sale Notice at a price no less than the price specified in the Sale Notice and on other terms no more favorable to the transferee(s) thereof than specified in the Sale Notice during the 180-day period immediately following the last date on which the Company or its designee could have elected to purchase the offered Founders Securities; provided , however , that no such sale shall be made unless the transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Any such Founders Securities not transferred within such 180-day period will be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1 upon subsequent Transfer.
     3.2. Involuntary Transfers .

8


 

          (a) In the event that the Founders Securities owned by any Founding Investor shall be subject to sale or other Transfer (the date of such sale or transfer shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Transfer Date ”) by reason of (i) bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, whether voluntary or involuntary, or (ii) distraint, levy, execution or other involuntary Transfer, then such Founding Investor shall give the Company written notice thereof promptly upon the occurrence of such event stating the terms of such proposed Transfer, the identity of the proposed transferee, the price or other consideration, if readily determinable, for which the Founders Securities are proposed to be transferred, and the number of Founders Securities to be transferred. After its receipt of such notice or, failing such receipt, after the Company otherwise obtains actual knowledge of such a proposed Transfer, the Company or one or more designee(s) selected by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right and option (a “ Purchase Option ”) to purchase any or all of such Founders Securities which right shall be exercised by written notice given by the Company or its designee(s) to such proposed transferor within 60 days following the Company’s receipt of such notice or, failing such receipt, the Company’s obtaining actual knowledge of such proposed Transfer. Any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be at the price and on the terms applicable to such proposed Transfer. If the nature of the event giving rise to such involuntary Transfer is such that no readily determinable consideration is to be paid for the Transfer of the Founders Securities, the price to be paid per share by the buyer shall be the Fair Market Value Price per share for such Founders Securities as of the date of such proposed Transfer. The closing of the purchase and sale of such Founders Securities shall be held at the place and the date to be established by the buyer, which shall be no earlier than 10 days after the date such notice was sent by the Company or its designee(s) and no later than the later of (A) 30 days after the date such notice was sent and (B) five business days after the Fair Market Value Price is finally determined as set forth in Section 3.2(b). At such closing, such Founding Investor shall deliver the certificates evidencing the number of Founders Securities to be purchased by the buyer, accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank or duly executed instruments of transfer, and any other documents that are necessary to transfer to the buyer good title to such of the securities to be transferred, free and clear of all pledges, security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims and options of whatever nature other than those imposed under this Agreement, and concurrently with such delivery, the buyer shall deliver to such Founding Investor the full amount of the purchase price for such Founders Securities in cash by certified or bank cashier’s check.
          (b) Fair Market Value Price . The “ Fair Market Value Price ” for each share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock means, the price that fairly reflects the going concern value of the Company as a whole based on such valuation methodologies as are customarily applied to restaurant companies, with no minority or lack of liquidity discounts and assuming a willing buyer and a willing seller under no compulsion to act and both having reasonable knowledge of all relevant facts. In the case of any security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any option, warrant or other right to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock, the Fair Market Value Price for such security shall be based upon the Fair Market Value Price of the underlying Common Stock or Preferred Stock, after taking into account the conversion, exchange or exercise price applying to such security and any applicable tax obligations of the holder in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange. If the

9


 

Company or its designee(s) has exercised or is considering exercising a Purchase Option, then within 30 days after the Transfer Date, the Company or its designee(s), as the case may be, shall prepare and deliver to the Founding Investor its calculation of the Fair Market Value Price per share (the “ Proffered Valuation ”). If the Founding Investor does not agree with the Company’s or its designee(s)’s Proferred Valuation, then the Founding Investor shall prepare his own Proffered Valuation, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Company or its designee(s) within 20 days after delivery of the Company’s or its designee(s)’s Proffered Valuation, as the case may be. If the Company or its designee(s) and the Founding Investor are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value Price per share within ten days after delivery of the Founding Investor’s Proffered Valuation, the parties shall then select a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm to choose either the Company’s or its designee(s)’s Proffered Valuation, or the Founding Investor’s Proffered Valuation. Such firm (x) shall not be an Affiliate of the Company, Holdings, Holdings’ equityholders or the Founding Investor; and (y) shall have demonstrable skills and expertise in the valuation of equity securities in relevant industries. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm within ten days after delivery of the Founding Investor’s Proffered Valuation, each party shall select its own investment banking or other firm and the two selected firms shall select a mutually acceptable investment banking or other firm (meeting the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence) for the purpose of determining the Fair Market Value Price per share. If either party fails to select its own investment banking or other firm, which is to select the determining firm, within five days after the expiration of such ten day period, the other party’s selected firm shall act as the determining firm. The parties shall instruct the selected firm to select, within 20 days thereafter, such of the two Proffered Valuations as more accurately reflects the Fair Market Value Price per share, and each of the Company or its designee(s) and the Founding Investor hereby agrees to be bound by such decision. Except as provided below, the fees and expenses of the determining firm shall be shared equally between the Company or its designee(s), on the one hand, and the Founding Investor, on the other hand. In the event of such negotiation or a determination of the Fair Market Value Price by the selected firm, the Company or its designee(s) shall have the right to revoke any notice of exercise of the Purchase Option previously given by such party, by written notice delivered to the Founding Investor not later than five business days after such determination; provided , however , that the fees and expenses of the selected firm shall be borne solely by the Company or its designee(s) in the event the Company or its designee(s) revokes any such notice of exercise of the Purchase Option. Except as provided above, the Company or its designee(s) and the Founding Investor shall be responsible for their own fees and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their respective counsel and, if applicable, their own investment banking or other firm.
          (c) If the Company or its designee(s) delivers a Proferred Valuation to a Founding Investor in connection with the determination of the Fair Market Value Price as set forth in Section 3.2(b), the Company shall give such Founding Investor and his or her agents and advisors, upon reasonable notice to the Company, reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the purpose of calculating the Fair Market Value Price as provided in Section 3.2(b).

10


 

     3.3. Purchaser Representative . If the Company or any Investor enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each of the Founding Investors will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501(h) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall propose a reasonable purchaser representative; if a Founding Investor appoints such purchaser representative designated by the Company as his or her purchaser representative, the Company will pay the fees of such purchaser representative. If a Founding Investor declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such Founding Investor will appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Founding Investor will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
     4.1. Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified, or any provision hereof may be waived, provided that such amendment, modification or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that any amendment of this Agreement which adversely affects any Investor in a manner different from other Investors (other than due to the different economic impact that naturally results from the ownership of a different number of shares) shall require the prior written consent of such Investor. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person under or by reason of this Agreement.
     4.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and permitted assigns and executors, administrators and heirs of each party hereto. Except as contemplated hereby in connection with Transfers of Securities, this Agreement, and any rights or obligations existing hereunder, may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
     4.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect unless deletion of such provision causes this Agreement to become materially adverse to any party, in which event the parties shall use reasonable efforts to arrive at an accommodation which best preserves for the parties the benefits and obligations of the offending provision.
     4.4. Notices . All notices provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered or certified first-class mail, fax or reputable courier guaranteeing

11


 

overnight delivery to the other parties at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):
If to the Company, to:

Bravo Development, Inc.
777 Goodale Blvd.
Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
Attention: President
Fax: (614) 326-7943
with a required copy to:
Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
If to Holdings, to:
c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799
with a required copy to:
Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799

12


 

Castle Harlan, Inc.
150 East 58 th Street
New York, NY 10155
Attention: David B. Pittaway
Fax: (212) 207-8042
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Robert Goldstein, Esq.
Fax: (212) 593-5955
          If to any of the Founding Investors, to such Founding Investor’s address as set forth on the signature page hereto or such other address as may be specified from time to time in writing to the Company by any Founding Investor.
All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when confirmation of transmission is received, if faxed during normal business hours (or, if not faxed during normal business hours, the next business day after confirmation of transmission); and on the next business day, if timely delivered to a reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
     4.5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
     4.6. Headings . The headings preceding the text of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.
     4.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     4.8. Further Assurances . Each party shall cooperate and take such action as may be reasonably requested by another party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     4.9. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate (i) on the written agreement of the Investors who are parties hereto, (ii) when all the Investors except any one Investor no longer hold any Securities or (iii) immediately after the consummation of a Sale of the Company.
     4.10. Remedies . In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any party to this Agreement of its obligations under this Agreement, any party injured or to be injured by such breach, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of

13


 

damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, it being agreed by the parties that the remedy at law, including monetary damages, for breach of such provision will be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.
     4.11. Party No Longer Owning Securities . If a party hereto ceases to own any Securities, such party will no longer be deemed to be an Investor or Founding Investor for purposes of this Agreement.
     4.12. No Effect on Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer on any Founding Investor the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
     4.13. Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall be deemed also to include the corresponding neuter, masculine or feminine forms.
     4.14. Jurisdiction and Venue . ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY OR AGAINST THE COMPANY OR THE INVESTORS WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK. BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR ACCEPT FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS OR HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR HEREBY WAIVE ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH JURISDICTION IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE.
     4.15. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.
     4.16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, it being understood the Investors are entering into other agreements and instruments in connection with the consummation of the Merger, including the Registration Rights Agreement.

14


 

     4.17. Management Agreements . Each Investor will raise no objection to the Company entering into a Management Agreement with Castle Harlan, Inc. and Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc. in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS
     5.1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
          (a) “ Affiliate ” means as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).
          (b) “ Fast-Casual ” means a restaurant with walk up counter service (or limited table service) comparable to a Chipotle Mexican Grill, Panera Bread, Sauce or Pei Wei restaurant.
          (c) “ Founders Securities ” means the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other Securities now or hereafter owned by a Founding Investor, and all other securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) received on account of ownership of the Founders Securities, including any and all founders securities issued in connection with any merger, consolidation, stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, stock combination, recapitalization, reclassification, subdivision, conversion or similar transaction in respect thereof.
          (d) “ Full Service ” means a restaurant in which the patron orders and is served at the patron’s table (a sit down full table service restaurant).
          (e) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a partner, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
          (f) “ Public Offering ” means a successfully completed firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Special Registration Statement) in respect of the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock for the account of the Company resulting in aggregate net proceeds to the Company and any stockholder selling shares of Common Stock in such offering of not less than $50,000,000.

15


 

          (g) “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, each of the Investors and the other parties thereto, as in effect from time to time.
          (h) “ Restricted Purchaser ” means a Person that, directly or indirectly, (i) develops and establishes or operates (A) Italian themed Full Service or Fast-Casual dining restaurants or (B) Full Service or Fast-Casual dining restaurants at which more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the menu items are Italian style dishes or (ii) supplies the Company with more than $1,000,000 in goods and services per year.
          (i) “ Sale of the Company ” means the sale of the Company, including in one or more series of related transactions, to another party or group of parties (including a transaction to recapitalize or form a holding company of the Company) pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) equity securities of the Company constituting a majority of the Common Stock of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Company’s outstanding equity securities, or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets.
          (j) “ Special Registration Statement ” means (i) a registration statement on Form S-8 or S-4 or any similar or successor form or any other registration statement relating to an exchange offer or an offering of securities solely to the Company’s employees or security holders or to security holders of a corporation or other entity being acquired by, or merged with, the Company or (ii) a registration statement registering a Unit Offering.
          (k) “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
          (l) “ Unit Offering ” means a public offering of a combination of debt and equity securities of the Company in which (i) not more than 10% of the gross proceeds received from the sale of such securities is attributed to such equity securities, and (ii) after giving effect to such offering, the Company does not have a class of equity securities required to be registered under the Exchange Act.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Securities Holders Agreement the day and year first above written.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
    Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
       

 


 

         
         
  FOUNDING INVESTORS:
 
 
  /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
  Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
     
 
     
  /s/ John C. Doody    
  Name:   John C. Doody   
     
 
     
  /s/ Phillip S. Yandolino    
  Name:   Philip S. Yandolino   
     
 
     
  /s/ Jeff Ramm    
  Name:   Jeff Ramm   
     

 


 

    The undersigned hereby agree to be parties to this Agreement with respect to, and to have and assume the rights and obligations under, Section 2.3 hereof.
         
  BRUCKMANN, ROSSER, SHERRILL
& CO. II, L.P.
 
 
  By:   BRSE L.L.C., its general partner    
         
     
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
 
         
  CASTLE HARLAN PARTNERS IV, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CASTLE HARLAN, INC., as Investment Manager    
 
     
  By:   David. B. Pittaway    
    Name:   David B. Pittaway   
       
 

 


 

Schedule I
Investors and Securities Owned
                 
    Number of Shares of     Number of Shares of Preferred  
Investor   Common Stock Owned     Stock Owned  
Bravo Development Holdings LLC
    841,050       47,659.50  
Alton F. Doody, III
    97,125       5,503.75  
John C. Doody
    36,975       2,095.25  
Philip S. Yandolino
    14,700       833.00  
Jeff Ramm
    2,250       127.50  
 
               
 
               
 
           
 
               
Total
    992,100       56,219  

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
TO THE SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT
     THIS JOINDER to the Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of                      , 2006, by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”), and the other parties thereto (the “ Securities Holders Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      , 200___ by and between the Company and the undersigned “ Holder ” set forth on the signature page hereto (this “ Joinder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Securities Holders Agreement.
          WHEREAS, the Holder has acquired certain Securities and the Securities Holders Agreement requires the Holder to become a party to the Securities Holders Agreement and the Holder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:
               (a)  Agreement to be Bound . Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Securities Holders Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Securities Holders Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed an Investor [and Founding Investor] 1 for all purposes thereof. In addition, Holder hereby agrees that all Securities held by Holder shall be deemed Securities for all purposes of the Securities Holders Agreement.
               (b)  Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Joinder shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and Holder and any subsequent holders of Securities and the respective successors and assigns of each of them, so long as they hold any Securities.
               (c)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
               (d)  Notices . For purposes of Section 5.4 of the Securities Holders Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Holder shall be directed to:
     
 
  [Name]
 
  [Address]
 
  [Facsimile Number]
 
1   To be included where the Person transferring the Securities to the Holder is or was a Founding Investor.

 


 

EXHIBIT A
               (e)  Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the application, construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
               (f)  Jurisdiction and Venue . ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY OR AGAINST THE COMPANY OR THE HOLDER WITH RESPECT TO THIS JOINDER, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK. BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER ACCEPT FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS OR HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS JOINDER. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER HEREBY WAIVE ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH JURISDICTION IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE.
               (g)  Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS JOINDER HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS JOINDER OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.
               (h)  Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.
* * * * *

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of the date first above written.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  [HOLDER]
 
 
  By:      
       
       
 

- i - 


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

- i - 

Exhibit 10.7
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and among
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC,
and
THE OTHER INVESTORS NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of June 29, 2006
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
1. DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
2. REGISTRABLE SECURITIES
    3  
 
       
3. INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION
    3  
 
       
4. DEMAND REGISTRATION
    5  
 
       
5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
    6  
 
       
6. INDEMNIFICATION
    9  
 
       
7. HOLD-BACK AGREEMENTS
    11  
 
       
8. UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION
    12  
 
       
9. MISCELLANEOUS
    12  

 


 

DEFINED TERMS
         
Additional Party
    12  
Affiliate
    1  
Agreement
    1  
Commission
    1  
Common Stock
    1  
Company
    1  
Damages
    9  
Demand Registration
    5  
Demand Registration Request
    5  
Exchange Act
    1  
Holdings
    1  
Holdings Registrable Securities
    1  
Incidental Registration
    3  
Inspector
    8  
Inspectors
    8  
Investor
    1  
Investors
    1  
Management Investors
    1  
Merger Agreement
    1  
Notice
    3  
Person
    1  
Prospectus
    1  
Public Offering
    2  
Records
    8  
Registrable Securities
    2  
Registration Expenses
    2  
Registration Statement
    2  
Required Holders
    2  
S-3 Registration
    5  
S-3 Registration Request
    5  
Securities Act
    2  
Securities Holders Agreements
    2  
Securities Purchase Agreement
    2  
Special Registration Statement
    3  
Underwritten Offering
    3  
Underwritten Registration
    3  

- iii -


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          THIS IS A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 29, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”), Bravo Development Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), and the individuals designated as Management Investors on the signature pages hereto (the “ Management Investors ”). Holdings and each of the Management Investors are sometimes referred to herein individually as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors .”
          In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
          1. Definitions .
          As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the Rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company, as adjusted for any stock dividend or distribution payable thereon or stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, exchange, subdivision or combination thereof.
          “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Demand Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
          “ Holdings Registrable Securities ” means the Registrable Securities held by Holdings.
          “ Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among the Company and the other parties thereto.
          “ Person ” means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of any kind.
          “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering

 


 

of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
          “ Public Offering ” means a successfully completed firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Special Registration Statement) in respect of the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock for the account of the Company resulting in aggregate net proceeds to the Company and any stockholder selling shares of Common Stock in such offering of not less than $50,000,000.
          “ Registration Expenses ” means the costs and expenses of all registrations and qualifications under the Securities Act, and of all other actions the Company is required to take in order to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement (including all federal and state registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the fees and expenses of the Company’s independent public accountants (including the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such registration)) other than the costs and expenses of any Investors whose Registrable Securities are to be registered pursuant to this Agreement comprising underwriters’ commissions, brokerage fees, transfer taxes or the fees and expenses of any accountants or other representatives retained by any Investor; provided , however , that the term “Registration Expenses” shall include the fees and expenses of one counsel for the holders of Registrable Securities designated by the holder of a majority of Registrable Securities being registered, or proposed to be registered, in any offering that is the subject of this Agreement.
          “ Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.
          “ Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.
          “ Required Holders ” means, as of any date, the approval, request or consent of the holders of a majority of the Holdings Registrable Securities.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
          “ Securities Holders Agreements ” means collectively, that certain Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, Holdings, Alton F. Doody, III, John C. Doody and the other Investors named therein and that certain New Investors Securities Holders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and the Investors named therein.
          “ Securities Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among the Company and the Management Investors named therein.

- 2 -


 

          “ Special Registration Statement ” means a registration statement on Form S-8 or S-4 or any similar or successor form or any other registration statement relating to an exchange offer or an offering of securities solely to the Company’s employees or security holders or to security holders of a corporation or other entity being acquired by, or merged with, the Company or used to offer or sell a combination of debt and equity securities of the Company in which (i) not more than 10% of the gross proceeds from such offering is attributable to the equity securities and (ii) after giving effect to such offering, the Company does not have a class of equity securities required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “ Underwritten Registration ” or “ Underwritten Offering ” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
          2. Registrable Securities . The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Registrable Securities. As used herein, “ Registrable Securities ” means the shares of Common Stock issued to the Investors pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Merger Agreement and the shares of Common Stock that are hereafter issued to the Investors or their Affiliates; provided , however , that any share of Common Stock shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (a) it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering such Common Stock; (b) it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act; or (c) it has otherwise been transferred and a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Common Stock not bearing or required to bear a legend as set forth in Section 1.2 of the Securities Holders Agreements (or other legend of similar import) and not subject to any stop transfer order has been delivered by or on behalf of the Company and no other restriction on transfer exists under the Securities Act.
          3. Incidental Registration .
               (a)  Right to Include Common Stock . If the Company at any time proposes to register any offer or sale of its Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than on a Special Registration Statement, but expressly including a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof or an S-3 Registration under Section 4(c) hereof), whether or not for sale for its own account, it will give written notice at least 30 days prior to the date on which a registration statement relating to such offering is proposed to be filed with the Commission (the “ Notice ”) to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to file such a registration statement under the Securities Act and of such holders’ rights under this Section 3. Upon the written request of any such holders of Registrable Securities made within 20 days of the date of the Notice (which request shall specify the intended number of Registrable Securities to be registered and will also specify the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the holders thereof (an “ Incidental Registration ”), to the extent required to permit the public disposition (in accordance with such intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities subject to such requests; provided , however , that (i) if, any time after giving written notice of its intention to register the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for

- 3 -


 

any reason not to register the Company’s Common Stock, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any offer and sale of Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith); (ii) if a registration undertaken pursuant to this Section 3 shall involve an Underwritten Offering, any holder of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration may elect, in writing at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, not to register the offer and sale of such holder’s Registrable Securities in connection with such registration; and (iii) if, at any time after the 180-day or shorter period specified in Section 5(b), the sale of the securities has not been completed, the Company may withdraw from the registration on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by each holder of Registrable Securities to be subject to such registration) of the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities of which the Company has been requested to register and which have not been sold.
               (b)  Priority in Incidental Registrations . If a registration pursuant to Section 3(a) (other than a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration, it being understood the priority for such registrations is set forth in Section 4(d)) involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the total number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such registration, including the Registrable Securities requested to be included pursuant to this Section 3, exceeds the maximum number of shares of Common Stock specified by the managing underwriter or underwriters that may be distributed without materially and adversely affecting the price, timing or distribution of such shares of Common Stock, then the Company shall include in such registration only such maximum number of Registrable Securities which, in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, can be sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, all of the shares of Common Stock that the Company proposes to sell for its own account, if any, and (ii) second, the Registrable Securities that are requested to be included in such Incidental Registration by the holders of such Registrable Securities. To the extent that shares of Common Stock to be included in the Incidental Registration must be allocated among the holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to clause (ii) above, such shares shall be allocated pro rata among the applicable holder(s) of Registrable Securities based on the number of shares of Common Stock that such holder(s) of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Incidental Registration is an Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters may select shares of Common Stock for inclusion, or exclude shares in part or completely, in such Incidental Registration on a basis other than a pro rata basis if, in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, selection on such other basis, or inclusion of such shares, would be material to the success of the offering.
               (c)  Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 3.
               (d)  Liability for Delay . The Company shall not be held responsible for any delay in the filing or processing of a registration statement which includes any Registrable Securities due to requests by holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 nor for any delay in requesting the effectiveness of such registration statement.

- 4 -


 

          4. Demand Registration .
               (a)  Right to Demand Registration . Subject to Section 4(b) below, the holders of a majority of the Holdings Registrable Securities shall be entitled to make written request (a “ Demand Registration Request ”) (which Demand Registration Request shall specify the intended number of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such holders and the intended method of disposition thereof) to the Company for registration with the Commission under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of the offer and sale of all or part of the Registrable Securities owned by it (a “ Demand Registration ”).
               (b)  Number of Demand Registrations . The holders of a majority of the Holdings Registrable Securities shall be entitled to make up to six Demand Registration Requests under Section 4(a) above provided that no such Demand Registration Request is made within six months of any Incidental Registration or Demand Registration. In any Demand Registration, all Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company.
               (c) In addition to the rights under paragraph (a) above, upon the written request (a “ S-3 Registration Request ”) by the holders of a majority of the Holdings Registrable Securities, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration of all of the Registrable Securities held by the holders making a request pursuant to this paragraph (c) (a “ S-3 Registration ”); provided , however , that the Company shall be obligated to use best efforts to effect a registration requested pursuant to this paragraph (c) only if the Company is then eligible to file the related registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses related to each registration requested pursuant to this Section 4(c). If and to the extent that any holder of any Registrable Securities shall have, at the time of delivery of the written request referred to in this paragraph, no present intention of selling or distributing such Registrable Securities, the Company shall be obligated to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities of such holder only if and to the extent, in each case, that such registration is at the time permitted by the applicable statutes or rules and regulations thereunder or the practices of the governmental authority concerned.
               (d)  Priority on Demand Registration . If any of the Registrable Securities subject to a Demand Registration or an S-3 Registration are to be sold in a firm commitment Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters of a Demand Registration or a S-3 Registration advise the Company and the holders of such Registrable Securities in writing that in its or their opinion the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in such Demand Registration or a S-3 Registration exceeds the maximum number of shares specified by the managing underwriter that may be distributed without materially and adversely affecting the price, timing or distribution of the Common Stock, the Company shall include in such registration only such maximum number of Registrable Securities which, in the reasonable opinion of such managing underwriter can be sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, the Registrable Securities that are requested to be included in such Demand Registration or S-3 Registration (in accordance with the procedures set forth in either Section 3(a) or Section 4(a) above) by any holder of Registrable Securities, and (ii) second, shares of Common Stock to be offered by the Company in such offering. To the extent that shares of Common Stock to be included in the Demand Registration or S-3 Registration must be allocated among the holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to clause (i) above, such shares shall be allocated pro rata

- 5 -


 

among the applicable holder(s) of Registrable Securities based on the number of shares of Common Stock that such holder(s) of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration is an Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters may select shares of Common Stock for inclusion, or exclude shares in part or completely, in such Demand Registration on a basis other than a pro rata basis if, in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter or underwriters, selection on such other basis, or inclusion of such shares, would be material to the success of the offering.
               (e) A Demand Registration or S-3 Registration requested pursuant to this Section 4 will not be deemed to have been effected unless it has become effective under the Securities Act; provided , however , that if after a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration has so become effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration or S-3 Registration is terminated, suspended or interfered with (so as to prevent the sale of more than 25% of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered thereunder) by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court, such Demand Registration or S-3 Registration will be deemed not to have been effected.
          5. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required to use its best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement (including pursuant to a Demand Registration Request given under Section 4(a)), the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
               (a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and to keep the sellers of Registrable Securities advised in writing of the initiation and progress of proceedings regarding such registration, provided , however , that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities which is being effected pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 herein at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto (but only to the extent set forth in the proviso contained in Section 3(a));
               (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold (but not before the expiration of the 90-day period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder, if applicable) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided , however , that prior to filing with the Commission any such registration statement, prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall furnish copies thereof to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities under such registration statement, which document will be subject to reasonably prompt review by such counsel;
               (c) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereof (in

- 6 -


 

each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;
               (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or subject itself to general taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
               (e) immediately notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act within the appropriate period mentioned in clause (b) of this Section 5, of the Company becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and within ten days prepare and furnish to all sellers a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
               (f) use its best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or NASDAQ if the Common Stock is then quoted on NASDAQ, if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed or quoted and if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange or NASDAQ, and provide an independent transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
               (g) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such seller (and the underwriters, if any) of:
          (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration involves an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the sellers of not less than 50% of such Registrable Securities (and the managing underwriter, if any); and

- 7 -


 

          (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, dated the date of the underwriting agreement and a “bring down” letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, covering such matters with respect to such registration statement as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in Underwritten Offerings of securities as may reasonably be requested by the sellers of not less than 50% of such Registrable Securities (and the managing underwriter, if any);
               (h) make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter (individually, an “ Inspector ” and collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibilities (collectively, the “ Records ”), and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, or Inspector in connection with such registration statement; provided that any Records that are designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be kept confidential by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission of material fact in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction. Each Investor agrees that non-public information obtained by it as a result of such Inspections shall be deemed confidential and acknowledges its obligations under the Federal securities laws not to trade any securities of the Company on the basis of material non-public information;
               (i) enter into and perform customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form with customary representations, warranties and indemnities) and provide officers’ certificates and other customary closing documents; and
               (j) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD and make reasonably available its employees and personnel and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters in the marketing of the Registrable Securities in any Underwritten Offering (including making road show presentations).
          The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected promptly to furnish to the Company (i) an opinion of counsel for such seller dated the effective date of the registration statement relating to such seller’s Registrable Securities (or, if such registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company (and the managing underwriter, if any) and (ii) such information

- 8 -


 

regarding the distribution of such Registrable Securities as may be legally required. Such information shall be furnished in writing and shall state that it is being furnished for use in the registration statement.
          Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (e) of this Section 5, such holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder’s receipt of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (e) of this Section 5, and, if so directed by the Company, such holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of the Company’s notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period mentioned in clause (b) of this Section 5 shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to clause (e) of this Section 5 and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (e) of this Section 5.
          6. Indemnification .
               (a)  Indemnification by the Company . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each holder of Registrable Securities which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, and such holder’s officers, directors, employees and agents and each other Person, if any, who controls such holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and each other Person (including underwriters) who participates in the offering of such Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs or expenses (collectively, the “ Damages ”), joint or several, to which such holder or controlling Person or participating Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such Damages (or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact made by the Company or its agents contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Securities are registered under the Securities Act, in any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or in any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such holder of Registrable Securities or such controlling Person or participating Person in connection with investigating or defending any such Damages or proceeding; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Damages arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, said preliminary or final prospectus or said amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder or such controlling or participating Person, as the case may be, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission in a prospectus if such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission is corrected in an amendment or supplement to the prospectus which amendment or supplement is delivered to such holder in a

- 9 -


 

timely manner and such holder thereafter fails to deliver such prospectus as so amended or supplemented prior to or concurrently with the sale of such Registrable Securities to the Person asserting such Damages.
               (b)  Indemnification by the Holders of Registrable Securities Which Are Registered . It shall be a condition of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement to effect any registration under the Securities Act that there shall have been delivered to the Company an agreement or agreements duly executed by each holder of Registrable Securities to be so registered, whereby each such holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each other Person, if any, which controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act against any Damages, joint or several, to which the Company, or such other Person or such Person controlling the Company may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, but only to the extent that such Damages (or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which such Registrable Securities are registered under the Securities Act, in any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, which, in each such case, has been made in or omitted from such registration statement, said preliminary or final prospectus or said amendment or supplement in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by such holder of Registrable Securities specifically for use in the preparation thereof. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above, with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any prospectus or registration statement.
               (c)  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 6 (provided the failure of any indemnified party to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 6 except to the extent of any damages caused solely by such failure), and (ii) unless the indemnified party has been advised by its counsel that a conflict of interest exists or may exist between such indemnified and indemnifying parties under applicable standards of professional responsibility, with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation; provided , however , that no indemnifying party will consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement (other than for the payment of money only) without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of the claim, will not be obligated to

- 10 -


 

pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest exists or may exist between such indemnified party and any other such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.
               (d)  Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding Sections 6(a) or 6(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any Damages referred to therein, the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Damages in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by, and the relative fault of, the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other appropriate equitable considerations; provided , however , that in no event shall the liability of any selling holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (whether in respect of indemnification or contribution obligations) be greater in amount than the difference between the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation and all amounts previously contributed by such holder with respect to such Damages. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.
          7. Hold-Back Agreements .
               (a)  Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable Securities . Each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are eligible for inclusion in a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 agrees, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in an Underwritten Offering of any Registrable Securities, not to effect any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act (except as part of such Underwritten Registration), during the 10-day period prior to, and during the 180-day period (in the case of the Company’s initial Public Offering) or 90-day period (in the case of an offering after the initial Public Offering) beginning on the effective date of such Registration Statement, to the extent timely notified of such offering in writing by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters.
               (b)  Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company and Others . The Company shall (i) not effect any public sale or distribution of any of its Common Stock for its own account during the 10-day period prior to, and during the 180-day period (in the case of the Company’s initial Public Offering) or 90-day period (in the case of an offering after the initial Public Offering) beginning on, the effective date of a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 (except as part of a Special Registration Statement), and (ii) use reasonable efforts to cause each holder of Common Stock purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a Public Offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any such securities during such period, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as part of such Underwritten Registration, if permitted).

- 11 -


 

          8. Underwritten Registration .
          If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Incidental Registration that is not also a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer and underwrite the offering will be selected by the Company. In any Demand Registration or S-3 Registration, such underwriters shall be selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered.
          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwritten arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangement and (b) accurately completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, custody agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided , however , that no holder of Registrable Securities will be required to provide representations and warranties or indemnities or otherwise become subject to liabilities or obligations in any such underwriting agreement that are not customary for investors of its type in such transaction.
          9. Miscellaneous .
               (a)  Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified, or any provision hereof may be waived, provided that such amendment or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by (i) the Company, (ii) the Required Holders and (iii) in the case of any amendment which materially and adversely affects any Investor differently from any other Investor (other than due to any difference in the number of shares owned by any such Investor), such Investor. No course of dealing between or among any persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any person under or by reason of this Agreement.
               (b)  Additional Parties . The Board of Directors of the Company shall be entitled, but not obligated, with the consent of the Required Holders, to allow any purchaser or acquirer of equity securities (or securities or rights convertible or exercisable into equity securities), of the same type and class of the Registrable Securities, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement and become a party hereto (each, an “ Additional Party ”), in which case the equity securities issued or issuable to any such Additional Party shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” subject to the terms and conditions hereof and such Additional Party shall be deemed to be a holder of “Registrable Securities” for purposes hereof. Except as set forth in this Section 9(b), the Company will not grant to any other persons any registration rights.
               (c)  Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, regardless of any investigation made by an Investor or on its behalf.

- 12 -


 

               (d)  Successors and Assigns . The parties to this Agreement intend that this Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and any holder from time to time of Registrable Securities. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be entitled to receive the benefits of and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
               (e)  Separability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected except to the extent necessary to delete such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision unless that provision held invalid shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining portions of this Agreement.
               (f)  Notices . All notices provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered or certified first-class mail, fax, or reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery to the other parties at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):
If to the Company:
Bravo Development, Inc.
777 Goodale Blvd.
Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
Attention: President
Fax: (614) 326-7943
with a required copy to:
Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
If to Holdings, to:
c/o Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799

with a required copy to:

- 13 -


 

Dechert LLP
Cira Centre
2929 Arch Street
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
Fax: (215) 994-2222
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
126 East 56 th Street, 29 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Harold O. Rosser, II
Fax: (212) 521-3799
Castle Harlan, Inc.
150 East 58 th Street
New York, NY 10155
Attention: David B. Pittaway
Fax: (212) 207-8042
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Robert Goldstein, Esq.
Fax: (212) 593-5955
          If to any of the Management Investors, to such Management Investor’s address as set forth on the signature pages hereto.
          All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; four business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when confirmation of transmission is received, if faxed during normal business hours (or if not faxed during normal business hours, on the next succeeding business day); and on the next business day, if timely delivered to a reputable courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
               (g)  Governing Law . The validity, performance, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
               (h)  Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they affect their meaning, construction or effect.
               (i)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

- 14 -


 

               (j)  Further Assurances . Each party shall cooperate and take such action as may be reasonably requested by another party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
               (k)  Termination . Unless sooner terminated in accordance with its terms, this Agreement shall terminate on the fifteenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement; provided that the indemnification rights and obligations set forth in Section 6 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
               (l)  Remedies . In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by any party to this Agreement of its obligations hereunder, any party injured or to be injured by such breach, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement, it being agreed by the parties that the remedy at law, including monetary damages, for breach of such provision will be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.
               (m)  Party No Longer Owning Securities . If a party hereto ceases to own any Common Stock, such party will no longer be deemed to be an Investor for purposes of this Agreement; provided that the indemnification rights and obligations set forth in Section 6 hereof shall survive any such cessation of ownership.
               (n)  Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall be deemed also to include the corresponding neuter, masculine or feminine forms.
               (o)  No Effect on Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer on any Investor the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates.
               (p)  Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any party hereto commences any action to enforce any rights of such party hereunder, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover such party’s costs and expenses incurred in such action, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.
               (q)  Current Public Information . At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and as long as the Investors shall hold any Registrable Securities, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and will take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
               (r)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understandings among the parties as to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior discussions and understandings of any and every nature among them, it being

- 15 -


 

understood the Investors are also entering into other agreements and instruments on the date hereof, including the Securities Holders Agreements.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

- 16 -


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
    Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  BRAVO DEVELOPMENT HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
    Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
       

 


 

         
         
  MANAGEMENT INVESTORS:
 
 
  /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
  Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
     
     
  /s/ John C. Doody    
  Name:   John C. Doody   
     
     
  /s/ Phillip S. Yandolino    
  Name:   Philip S. Yandolino   
     
     
  /s/ Jeff Ramm    
  Name:   Jeff Ramm   
     
     
  /s/ Jerry Henderson    
  Name:   Jerry Henderson   
     
     
  /s/ Debbie Ticknor    
  Name:   Debbie Ticknor   
     
     
  /s/ Brian O’Malley    
  Name:   Brian O’Malley   
     
     
  /s/ Joseph Isbell    
  Name:   Joe Isbell   
     
     
  /s/ Matt Harding    
  Name:   Matt Harding   
     
     
  /s/ Mike Creedon    
  Name:   Mike Creedon   
     
     
  /s/ Michael Woodburn    
  Name:   Mike Woodburn   
     

 


 

         
         
     
  /s/ Nicole Roope    
  Name:   Nicole Fessler Roope   
     
     
  /s/ David Whisler    
  Name:   Dave Whisler   
     
     
  /s/ Lance Juhas    
  Name:   Lance Juhas   
     
     
  /s/ Jim MacKenzie    
  Name:   Jim MacKenzie   
     
     
  /s/ Tom Vahle    
  Name:   Tom Vahle   
     
     
  /s/ Ronald Dee    
  Name:   Ron Dee   
     
     
  /s/ Lou Rios    
  Name:   Lou Rios   
     
     
  /s/ Justin J. Stratford    
  Name:   Justin Stratford   
     
     
  /s/ Michael Mosser    
  Name:   Michael Moser   
     
     
  /s/ Bret Adams    
  Name:   Bret Adams   
     
     
  /s/ Laura Tappen    
  Name:   Laura Tappen   
     
     
  /s/ Karen Brennan    
  Name:   Karen Brennan   
     

 


 

         
         
     
  /s/ Vernessa N. Gates    
  Name:   Vernessa Gates   
     
     
  /s/ David Petrill    
  Name:   David Petrill   
     

 

Exhibit 10.8
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
          MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement’) made as of this 29th day of June, 2006 by and among Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BRS ”), Castle Harlan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CHI ”) and Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS the Company desires to engage BRS to provide business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking services to the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and BRS is willing to undertake such obligations.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Appointment . The Company hereby engages BRS, and BRS hereby agrees, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to provide certain services to the Company as described in Section 3 hereof.
2.   Term .
  (a)   The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for an initial term expiring ten (10) years after the date hereof (the “ Initial Term ”). Such term shall be renewed automatically for additional one-year terms thereafter (each, an “ Extension Term ”) unless BRS or the Company shall give notice in writing within ninety (90) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or any such Extension Term of its desire to terminate this Agreement.
 
  (b)   The Term shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of any Significant Transaction described in clause (B) or (C) of Section 3(a)(ii), provided that the fee required to be paid pursuant to clause (B) of Section 4(a)(iii) is paid by the Company on the date on which such Significant Transaction is consummated (a “ Significant Transaction Closing Date ”).
 
  (c)   The provisions of Section 5 and such other provisions of this Agreement as the context so requires shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
3.   Services .
  (a)   Basic Services and Significant Transaction Services .
  (i)   BRS shall provide the Company with consulting advice and services with respect to business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking as the Company may reasonably request from time to time (collectively, the “ Basic Services ”).

 


 

  (ii)   In the event that the Company or its respective stockholders or any subsidiary of the Company shall engage in any of the following (each, a “ Significant Transaction ”):
  (A)   any acquisition of any business or company, or substantially all of the assets of, or the material assets of, any business or company;
 
  (B)   any sale of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or the sale of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation any sale by the existing stockholders of the Company of shares representing a majority of the capital stock of the Company outstanding); or
 
  (C)   any public offering by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of equity securities.
      BRS shall provide the Company with consulting advice and services with respect thereto as the Company may reasonably request from time to time (“ Significant Transaction Services ”).
 
  (iii)   Basic Services and Significant Transaction Services are herein together referred to as “ Services ”.
  (b)   The Company will use the Services of BRS and BRS will make itself available for the performance of the Services upon reasonable notice. BRS will perform the Services at the times and places reasonably requested by the Company to meet its needs and requirements, taking into account other engagements that BRS may have.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the following services are specifically excluded from the definition of “Services”: (i) accounting services rendered to the Company or BRS by an independent accounting firm or accountant (i.e., an accountant who is not an employee of BRS); (ii) legal services rendered to the Company or BRS by an independent law firm or attorney (i.e., an attorney who is not an employee of BRS); and (iii) actuarial services rendered to the Company or BRS by an independent actuarial firm or actuary (i.e., an actuary who is not an employee of BRS).
4.   Compensation and Reimbursement .
  (a)   As consideration payable to BRS or any of its affiliates for providing the Services to the Company, the Company shall pay to BRS fees as follows:
  (i)   Closing Fee . The Company shall pay to BRS on the date hereof a fee in cash in the amount of $1,522,500 (the “ Closing Fee ”).
 
  (ii)   Annual Fees for Basic Services . The Company shall pay to BRS the following fees in respect of Basic Services (such fees to be payable whether or not the Company shall have requested Basic Services and regardless of the level or amount of Basic Services requested by the Company):

2


 

  (A)   for the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on December 31, 2006 (the “ Interim Period ”), an amount (the “ Interim Period Fee ”) equal to $87,500; such amount to be payable as of the date hereof;
 
  (B)   for each of the fiscal years ending on or about December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 (the “ Initial Annual Period ”), respectively, an amount (the “ Initial Annual Fee ”) equal to the greater of $175,000 or 0.75% of the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, calculated after adding back non-cash fixed asset writedowns, management fees, non-cash stock option expenses and charges for impairment of goodwill (the “ EBITDA ”) of the Company for each such fiscal year; such amount to be payable in advance in semi-annual installments (each such installment to be equal to the greater of $87,500 (representing one-half of $175,000) or 0.75% of the EBITDA of the Company projected for the six-month period commencing on the Fee Payment Date) on the first day of each January and July (a “ Fee Payment Date ”) of each fiscal year; however, in the event of the termination of the Term pursuant to Section 2(b), any Initial Annual Fee for the fiscal year in which such Significant Transaction shall occur shall be prorated through the Significant Transaction Closing Date;
 
  (C)   for each fiscal year ending after the expiration of the Initial Annual Period, an amount (the “ Subsequent Annual Fee ,” and together with the Initial Annual Fee, the “ Annual Fees ”) equal to $784,000; such amount to be payable in advance in two equal semi-annual installments on each Fee Payment Date of each such fiscal year; however, in the event of the termination of the Term pursuant to Section 2(b), any Subsequent Annual Fee for the fiscal year in which such Significant Transaction shall occur shall be prorated through the Significant Transaction Closing Date;
 
  (D)   the amount of each such payment or installment under subclause (A) or subclause (B) shall be estimated (for purposes of payment on the date hereof or on any Fee Payment Date, as the case may be) based on a current budget of the Company approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; however, the actual amount owed with respect to the Interim Period or any full fiscal year shall be finally determined on or before the earlier of (1) the 60 th day following the end of the Interim Period or each such fiscal year or (2) the 15 th day following the preparation of the audited financial statements of the Company for the Interim Period or such fiscal year (as the case may be); and if the actual amount determined to be owed for the Interim Period or any such full fiscal year differs from the amount of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee theretofore paid (or accrued) with respect to the Interim Period or such fiscal year, (x) any additional amount owed to BRS shall be promptly paid to BRS (or, if the current payment of the Interim Period Fee or the applicable Annual Fee is then prohibited as hereinafter provided, shall be accrued as of the date hereof in the case of the Interim Period Fee or, in the case of an Annual Fee, as of February 1 of the fiscal year with respect to which the final determination has been made), and (y) any amount theretofore paid by the Company in excess of the finally determined Interim Period Fee or Annual Fee for such fiscal year is to be credited against the

3


 

      amount of the Annual Fee payable on the next Fee Payment Date (or, if the current payment of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee was prohibited as hereinafter provided, an adjustment in the accrual therefor shall be appropriately made); and

  (E)   Each semi-annual installment of the Subsequent Annual Fee (collectively, the “ Payments ”) shall be payable in cash on each Fee Payment Date unless such Payment is deferred at the option of the Company by providing BRS with written notice of such deferred Payment at least 20 days prior to the applicable Fee Payment Date; provided, however, that the Company may only defer payment of such portion of the Subsequent Annual Fee which exceeds the amount of such fee that would have been payable in such time period if the formula and methodology set forth in clause (B) of this Section 4(a)(ii) and utilized to calculate fees during the Initial Annual Period had been used to calculate such fee. Any Payments not taken in cash by BRS will accrue with interest calculated at the rate of 15% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) and compounded as of each subsequent Fee Payment Date if not paid, and shall be payable immediately upon demand by BRS.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make any payment of any applicable Annual Fee if and for so long as the Company is prohibited from paying any portion of such Annual Fee due to restrictive covenants contained in any credit facilities, loan agreements or similar documents governing any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or its subsidiaries (the “ Credit Agreements ”) or under any subordination agreement entered into by BRS with the lenders or their agents under the Credit Agreements (all of the foregoing being herein referred to as “ Credit Agreement Restrictions ”); provided that the unpaid Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee shall continue to accrue with interest calculated at the rate of 15% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) (the “ Applicable Rate ”), and compounded as of the date hereof in the case of the Interim Period Fee or as of each Fee Payment Date in the case of any Annual Fee if not paid, and shall become payable immediately upon the earlier of: (A) the Company being no longer prohibited under the Credit Agreements from making the payment currently of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee and interest thereon (including without limitation any portion thereof which has accrued and remains unpaid); (B) the occurrence of any payment acceleration, prior to scheduled maturity date, of the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreements; (C) the payment in full in cash of all outstanding obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreements and the termination of all commitments, letters of credit and other obligations under documents executed in connection therewith; (D) the occurrence of any “Insolvency Event” or comparable occurrence (as may be defined in the Credit Agreements) with respect to the Company; (E) the end of the Term; or (F) any Significant Transaction. Notwithstanding the Annual Fee becoming due an payable pursuant to the preceding sentence, no payment shall be made if the conditions set forth in clauses (B), (D) or (E) of the preceding sentence exist and the conditions set forth in the clause (C) of the preceding sentence have not been fulfilled. Also, interest shall accrue (and shall

4


 

      compound as aforesaid) and be payable by the Company on the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee, until paid, if and to the extent that the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee is not paid for any other reason after the date hereof.
 
  (iii)   Fees for Significant Transactions . In the event that the Company shall engage in any Significant Transaction, the Company shall pay to BRS a fee, in respect of any Significant Transaction Services (such fees to be payable whether or not the Company shall have requested Significant Transaction Services and regardless of the level or amount of Significant Transaction Services requested by the Company), equal to the following:
  (A)   in the case of any Significant Transaction described in clause (A) of Section 3(a)(ii) hereof where the aggregate enterprise value of the subject of such Significant Transaction exceeds $10 million or the total consideration (including the fair market value of any non-cash consideration) received by the seller(s) in any such Significant Transaction exceeds $10 million, 0.75% of the greater of the assumed aggregate enterprise value of the subject of such Significant Transaction or the total consideration (including the fair market value of any non-cash consideration) received by the seller(s) in any such Significant Transaction; or
 
  (B)   in the case of any Significant Transaction described in clause (B) or (C) of Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the product of (x) 0.75% of the EBITDA of the Company for the 12-month period ending with the fiscal month immediately preceding the Significant Transaction Closing Date, adjusting such EBITDA to account, on a proforma basis, for EBITDA of any acquisition made by the Company during such 12-month period as if such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of such 12-month period, and (y) the lesser of (1) 1.5 and (2) the number of years or fraction thereof remaining in the then applicable Initial Term or the Extension Term from and after the Significant Transaction Closing Date.
      Any fee payable pursuant to this Section 4(a)(iii) shall be payable on the date on which such Significant Transaction is consummated.
  (b)   In addition to the Payments required under Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall, at the direction of BRS, pay directly or reimburse BRS for Out-of-Pocket Expenses (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Out-of-Pocket Expenses ” shall mean the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BRS and/or its personnel in connection with the Services, including without limitation the following: (i) fees and disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including, without limitation, independent auditors and outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other financial advisors or consultants; (ii) costs of any outside services of independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications or similar services; and (iii) transportation, per diem, telephone calls, entertainment and all other reasonable expenses actually incurred by BRS in rendering the Services. All direct payments and reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall be made promptly upon or as soon as practicable after presentation by BRS to the Company of a statement in connection therewith.

5


 

  (c)   The parties hereto acknowledge that the Company is entering into that certain Management Agreement with CHI simultaneously herewith (the “CHI Agreement”) and that pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company shall be obligated to make payments to CHI of the fees and expenses set forth therein. The parties hereto agree that payments to be made to BRS under this Agreement and payments to be made to CHI under the CHI Agreement shall be made pro rata and neither BRS nor CHI shall receive a preference or priority with respect to such payment unless BRS and CHI otherwise agree in writing.
5.   Indemnification; Liability .
  (a)   The Company will indemnify and hold harmless BRS and its officers, directors, principals, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each being an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, actions, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under any applicable federal or state law, made by any third party or otherwise, relating to or arising out of the Services or other matters referred to in or contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Indemnified Party pursuant to, and the performance by such Indemnified Party, of the Services or other matters referred to or contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense is determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted solely from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The reimbursement and indemnity obligations of the Company under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any affiliate of BRS and the stockholders, officers, directors, principals, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives, affiliates and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of BRS and any such affiliate and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company, BRS, any such affiliate and any such person. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Neither BRS nor any of its affiliates, partners, employees or agents shall be liable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for any loss, liability, damage or expense arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Services contemplated by this Agreement unless BRS or such person engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence. BRS shall not engage in the active management of the Company and shall render only advisory services to the Company; and the management of the Company or its business, operations, affairs and assets shall be conducted solely and exclusively by the Board of Directors and the officers of the Company, and BRS shall have no liability for the management of the Company or its business, operations, affairs and assets.

6


 

6.   Independent Contractors . Nothing herein shall be construed to create a joint venture or partnership between the parties hereto or an employee/employer relationship. BRS shall be an independent contractor pursuant to this Agreement. Neither party hereto shall have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of the other party or to bind the other party to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to enlarge the fiduciary duties and responsibilities, if any, of BRS or any of its affiliates, officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, including without limitation in any of their respective capacities as stockholder or directors of the Company.
7.   Notices . Any notice or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telecopier to the party to whom it is to be given at its address set forth herein, or to such other address as the party shall have specified by notice similarly given and the mailing date shall be deemed the date from which all time periods pertaining to a date of notice shall run.
     
To the Company :
   
 
   
Bravo Development, Inc.
   
777 Goodale Blvd.
   
Suite 100
   
Columbus, OH 43212
   
Attention: President
   
Facsimile No.: (614) 326-7943
   
 
   
To BRS:
  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to BRS) :
 
   
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc.
  Dechert LLP
126 East 56th Street, 29th Floor
  Cira Centre
New York, New York 10022
  2929 Arch Street
Attention: Harold O. Rosser II
  Philadelphia, PA 19104
Facsimile No.: (212) 521-3799
  Attention: Carmen J. Romano, Esq.
 
  Facsimile No.: (215) 655-2971
8.   Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their successors and assigns. However, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of the parties hereunder may be transferred or assigned by any party hereto, except that (i) if the Company shall merge or consolidate with or into, or sell or otherwise transfer substantially all its assets to, another corporation which assumes the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the Company may assign its rights hereunder to that corporation and (ii) BRS may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any other person or entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Bruce C. Bruckmann, Harold O. Rosser II, Stephen C. Sherrill, Thomas Baldwin and/or Paul Kaminski, provided that any such assignee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement Restrictions. Any attempted transfer or assignment in violation of this Section 8 shall be void.

7


 

9.   Permissible Activities; Confidentiality .
(a) Except as provided in Section 9(b), nothing herein shall in any way preclude BRS or its affiliates or its respective officers, directors and partners from engaging in any business activities or from performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including, without limitation, companies which may be in competition with the business conducted by the Company.
(b) BRS shall not, and shall direct its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents not to, (i) use or exploit in any manner the Confidential Information of the Company for themselves or any person other than the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) remove any Confidential Information, or any reproduction thereof, from the possession or control of the Company, or (iii) treat Confidential Information otherwise than in a confidential manner. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the Company, other than any information that is in the public domain through no act or omission of BRS or any of its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents in violation of this Agreement or which BRS or any of its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents is authorized by the Company to disclose, consisting specifically of writings, reports, lists, software or computer programs containing or reflecting any of the following: (1) recipes for the Company’s menu items, (2) financial reports, (3) operation and training manuals, (4) business plans (including without limitation plans for real estate acquisitions and expansions) and (5) agreements and arrangements with suppliers. The obligation of BRS under this Section 9 with respect to any particular item of Confidential Information shall expire on the later of the four year anniversary of the date hereof or the two year anniversary of the receipt of such Confidential Information.
10.   General . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any party from any such provision, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties to this Agreement and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. The waiver of any party of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach.
11.   Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
12.   Section Headings; Counterparts . The section headings contained herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
13.   Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby

8


 

    irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted or not prohibited by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding by sending the same by certified mail, return receipt requested or by overnight courier service, to the address of such party set forth in Section 7. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT HEREUNDER OR ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
14.   Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
 
15.   No Joint Obligations of CHI and BRS . The obligations of BRS hereunder relate only to itself and not to CHI and any obligations of BRS and CHI under their respective management agreements with the Company are several and not joint.
[Signature Page Follows]

9


 

     In witness whereof, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Alton F. Doody, III    
  Name:   Alton F. Doody, III   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
BRUCKMANN, ROSSER, SHERRILL & CO., INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ Harold O. Rosser    
  Name:   Harold O. Rosser   
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
For purposes of Sections 4(c), 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14:

CASTLE HARLAN, INC.
 
 
By:   /s/ David B. Pittaway    
  Name:   David B. Pittaway   
  Title:   Senior Managing Director   
 
BRS Management Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.9
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
          MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement’) made as of this 29th day of June, 2006 by and among Castle Harlan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CHI ”), Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ BRS ”) and Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “ Company ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS the Company desires to engage CHI to provide business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking services to the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and CHI is willing to undertake such obligations.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Appointment . The Company hereby engages CHI, and CHI hereby agrees, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to provide certain services to the Company as described in Section 3 hereof.
 
2.   Term .
  (a)   The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for an initial term expiring ten (10) years after the date hereof (the “ Initial Term ”). Such term shall be renewed automatically for additional one-year terms thereafter (each, an “ Extension Term ”) unless CHI or the Company shall give notice in writing within ninety (90) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or any such Extension Term of its desire to terminate this Agreement.
 
  (b)   The Term shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of any Significant Transaction described in clause (B) or (C) of Section 3(a)(ii), provided that the fee required to be paid pursuant to clause (B) of Section 4(a)(iii) is paid by the Company on the date on which such Significant Transaction is consummated (a “ Significant Transaction Closing Date ”).
 
  (c)   The provisions of Section 5 and such other provisions of this Agreement as the context so requires shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
3.   Services .
  (a)   Basic Services and Significant Transaction Services .
  (i)   CHI shall provide the Company with consulting advice and services with respect to business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management and merchant and investment banking as the Company may reasonably request from time to time (collectively, the “ Basic Services ”).

 


 

  (ii)   In the event that the Company or its respective stockholders or any subsidiary of the Company shall engage in any of the following (each, a “ Significant Transaction ”):
  (A)   any acquisition of any business or company, or substantially all of the assets of, or the material assets of, any business or company;
 
  (B)   any sale of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or the sale of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation any sale by the existing stockholders of the Company of shares representing a majority of the capital stock of the Company outstanding); or
 
  (C)   any public offering by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of equity securities.
      CHI shall provide the Company with consulting advice and services with respect thereto as the Company may reasonably request from time to time (“ Significant Transaction Services ”).
  (iii)   Basic Services and Significant Transaction Services are herein together referred to as “ Services ”.
  (b)   The Company will use the Services of CHI and CHI will make itself available for the performance of the Services upon reasonable notice. CHI will perform the Services at the times and places reasonably requested by the Company to meet its needs and requirements, taking into account other engagements that CHI may have.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the following services are specifically excluded from the definition of “Services”: (i) accounting services rendered to the Company or CHI by an independent accounting firm or accountant (i.e., an accountant who is not an employee of CHI); (ii) legal services rendered to the Company or CHI by an independent law firm or attorney (i.e., an attorney who is not an employee of CHI); and (iii) actuarial services rendered to the Company or CHI by an independent actuarial firm or actuary (i.e., an actuary who is not an employee of CHI).
4.   Compensation and Reimbursement .
  (a)   As consideration payable to CHI or any of its affiliates for providing the Services to the Company, the Company shall pay to CHI fees as follows:
  (i)   Closing Fee . The Company shall pay to CHI on the date hereof a fee in cash in the amount of $1,522,500 (the “ Closing Fee ”).
 
  (ii)   Annual Fees for Basic Services . The Company shall pay to CHI the following fees in respect of Basic Services (such fees to be payable whether or not the Company shall have requested Basic Services and regardless of the level or amount of Basic Services requested by the Company):

2


 

  (A)   for the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on December 31, 2006 (the “ Interim Period ”), an amount (the “ Interim Period Fee ”) equal to $87,500; such amount to be payable as of the date hereof;
 
  (B)   for each of the fiscal years ending on or about December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 (the “ Initial Annual Period ”), respectively, an amount (the “ Initial Annual Fee ”) equal to the greater of $175,000 or 0.75% of the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, calculated after adding back non-cash fixed asset writedowns, management fees, non-cash stock option expenses and charges for impairment of goodwill (the “ EBITDA ”) of the Company for each such fiscal year; such amount to be payable in advance in semi-annual installments (each such installment to be equal to the greater of $87,500 (representing one-half of $175,000) or 0.75% of the EBITDA of the Company projected for the six-month period commencing on the Fee Payment Date) on the first day of each January and July (a “ Fee Payment Date ”) of each fiscal year; however, in the event of the termination of the Term pursuant to Section 2(b), any Initial Annual Fee for the fiscal year in which such Significant Transaction shall occur shall be prorated through the Significant Transaction Closing Date;
 
  (C)   for each fiscal year ending after the expiration of the Initial Annual Period, an amount (the “ Subsequent Annual Fee ,” and together with the Initial Annual Fee, the “ Annual Fees ”) equal to $784,000; such amount to be payable in advance in two equal semi-annual installments on each Fee Payment Date of each such fiscal year; however, in the event of the termination of the Term pursuant to Section 2(b), any Subsequent Annual Fee for the fiscal year in which such Significant Transaction shall occur shall be prorated through the Significant Transaction Closing Date;
 
  (D)   the amount of each such payment or installment under subclause (A) or subclause (B) shall be estimated (for purposes of payment on the date hereof or on any Fee Payment Date, as the case may be) based on a current budget of the Company approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; however, the actual amount owed with respect to the Interim Period or any full fiscal year shall be finally determined on or before the earlier of (1) the 60 th day following the end of the Interim Period or each such fiscal year or (2) the 15 th day following the preparation of the audited financial statements of the Company for the Interim Period or such fiscal year (as the case may be); and if the actual amount determined to be owed for the Interim Period or any such full fiscal year differs from the amount of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee theretofore paid (or accrued) with respect to the Interim Period or such fiscal year, (x) any additional amount owed to CHI shall be promptly paid to CHI (or, if the current payment of the Interim Period Fee or the applicable Annual Fee is then prohibited as hereinafter provided, shall be accrued as of the date hereof in the case of the Interim Period Fee or, in the case of an Annual Fee, as of February 1 of the fiscal year with respect to which the final determination has been made), and (y) any amount theretofore paid by the Company in excess of the finally determined Interim Period Fee or Annual Fee for such fiscal year is to be credited against the

3


 

      amount of the Annual Fee payable on the next Fee Payment Date (or, if the current payment of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee was prohibited as hereinafter provided, an adjustment in the accrual therefor shall be appropriately made); and
  (E)   Each semi-annual installment of the Subsequent Annual Fee (collectively, the “ Payments ”) shall be payable in cash on each Fee Payment Date unless such Payment is deferred at the option of the Company by providing CHI with written notice of such deferred Payment at least 20 days prior to the applicable Fee Payment Date; provided, however, that the Company may only defer payment of such portion of the Subsequent Annual Fee which exceeds the amount of such fee that would have been payable in such time period if the formula and methodology set forth in clause (B) of this Section 4(a)(ii) and utilized to calculate fees during the Initial Annual Period had been used to calculate such fee. Any Payments not taken in cash by CHI will accrue with interest calculated at the rate of 15% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) and compounded as of each subsequent Fee Payment Date if not paid, and shall be payable immediately upon demand by CHI.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make any payment of any applicable Annual Fee if and for so long as the Company is prohibited from paying any portion of such Annual Fee due to restrictive covenants contained in any credit facilities, loan agreements or similar documents governing any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or its subsidiaries (the “ Credit Agreements ”) or under any subordination agreement entered into by CHI with the lenders or their agents under the Credit Agreements (all of the foregoing being herein referred to as “ Credit Agreement Restrictions ”); provided that the unpaid Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee shall continue to accrue with interest calculated at the rate of 15% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in any year) (the “ Applicable Rate ”), and compounded as of the date hereof in the case of the Interim Period Fee or as of each Fee Payment Date in the case of any Annual Fee if not paid, and shall become payable immediately upon the earlier of: (A) the Company being no longer prohibited under the Credit Agreements from making the payment currently of the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee and interest thereon (including without limitation any portion thereof which has accrued and remains unpaid); (B) the occurrence of any payment acceleration, prior to scheduled maturity date, of the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreements; (C) the payment in full in cash of all outstanding obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreements and the termination of all commitments, letters of credit and other obligations under documents executed in connection therewith; (D) the occurrence of any “Insolvency Event” or comparable occurrence (as may be defined in the Credit Agreements) with respect to the Company; (E) the end of the Term; or (F) any Significant Transaction. Notwithstanding the Annual Fee becoming due an payable pursuant to the preceding sentence, no payment shall be made if the conditions set forth in clauses (B), (D) or (E) of the preceding sentence exist and the conditions set forth in the clause (C) of the preceding sentence have not been fulfilled. Also, interest shall accrue (and shall

4


 

      compound as aforesaid) and be payable by the Company on the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee, until paid, if and to the extent that the Interim Period Fee or the Annual Fee is not paid for any other reason after the date hereof.
 
  (iii)   Fees for Significant Transactions . In the event that the Company shall engage in any Significant Transaction, the Company shall pay to CHI a fee, in respect of any Significant Transaction Services (such fees to be payable whether or not the Company shall have requested Significant Transaction Services and regardless of the level or amount of Significant Transaction Services requested by the Company), equal to the following:
  (A)   in the case of any Significant Transaction described in clause (A) of Section 3(a)(ii) hereof where the aggregate enterprise value of the subject of such Significant Transaction exceeds $10 million or the total consideration (including the fair market value of any non-cash consideration) received by the seller(s) in any such Significant Transaction exceeds $10 million, 0.75% of the greater of the assumed aggregate enterprise value of the subject of such Significant Transaction or the total consideration (including the fair market value of any non-cash consideration) received by the seller(s) in any such Significant Transaction; or
 
  (B)   in the case of any Significant Transaction described in clause (B) or (C) of Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the product of (x) 0.75% of the EBITDA of the Company for the 12-month period ending with the fiscal month immediately preceding the Significant Transaction Closing Date, adjusting such EBITDA to account, on a proforma basis, for EBITDA of any acquisition made by the Company during such 12-month period as if such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of such 12-month period, and (y) the lesser of (1) 1.5 and (2) the number of years or fraction thereof remaining in the then applicable Initial Term or the Extension Term from and after the Significant Transaction Closing Date.
      Any fee payable pursuant to this Section 4(a)(iii) shall be payable on the date on which such Significant Transaction is consummated.
  (b)   In addition to the Payments required under Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall, at the direction of CHI, pay directly or reimburse CHI for Out-of-Pocket Expenses (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Out-of-Pocket Expenses ” shall mean the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by CHI and/or its personnel in connection with the Services, including without limitation the following: (i) fees and disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including, without limitation, independent auditors and outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other financial advisors or consultants; (ii) costs of any outside services of independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications or similar services; and (iii) transportation, per diem, telephone calls, entertainment and all other reasonable expenses actually incurred by CHI in rendering the Services. All direct payments and reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall be made promptly upon or as soon as practicable after presentation by CHI to the Company of a statement in connection therewith.

5


 

  (c)   The parties hereto acknowledge that the Company is entering into that certain Management Agreement with BRS simultaneously herewith (the “BRS Agreement”) and that pursuant to the terms of such agreement, the Company shall be obligated to make payments to BRS of the fees and expenses set forth therein. The parties hereto agree that payments to be made to CHI under this Agreement and payments to be made to BRS under the BRS Agreement shall be made pro rata and neither CHI nor BRS shall receive a preference or priority with respect to such payment unless CHI and BRS otherwise agree in writing.
5.   Indemnification; Liability .
  (a)   The Company will indemnify and hold harmless CHI and its officers, directors, principals, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates (each being an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, actions, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under any applicable federal or state law, made by any third party or otherwise, relating to or arising out of the Services or other matters referred to in or contemplated by this Agreement or the engagement of such Indemnified Party pursuant to, and the performance by such Indemnified Party, of the Services or other matters referred to or contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense is determined by a court, in a final judgment from which no further appeal may be taken, to have resulted solely from the willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. The reimbursement and indemnity obligations of the Company under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any affiliate of CHI and the stockholders, officers, directors, principals, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives, affiliates and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of CHI and any such affiliate and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Company, CHI, any such affiliate and any such person. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
  (b)   Neither CHI nor any of its affiliates, partners, employees or agents shall be liable to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for any loss, liability, damage or expense arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Services contemplated by this Agreement unless CHI or such person engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence. CHI shall not engage in the active management of the Company and shall render only advisory services to the Company; and the management of the Company or its business, operations, affairs and assets shall be conducted solely and exclusively by the Board of Directors and the officers of the Company, and CHI shall have no liability for the management of the Company or its business, operations, affairs and assets.

6


 

6.   Independent Contractors . Nothing herein shall be construed to create a joint venture or partnership between the parties hereto or an employee/employer relationship. CHI shall be an independent contractor pursuant to this Agreement. Neither party hereto shall have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of the other party or to bind the other party to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to enlarge the fiduciary duties and responsibilities, if any, of CHI or any of its affiliates, officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, including without limitation in any of their respective capacities as stockholder or directors of the Company.
7.   Notices . Any notice or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telecopier to the party to whom it is to be given at its address set forth herein, or to such other address as the party shall have specified by notice similarly given and the mailing date shall be deemed the date from which all time periods pertaining to a date of notice shall run.
         
 
  To the Company :    
 
       
 
  Bravo Development, Inc.    
 
  777 Goodale Blvd.    
 
  Suite 100    
 
  Columbus, OH 43212    
 
  Attention: President    
 
  Facsimile No.: (614) 326-7943    
 
       
 
  To CHI :   With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to CHI) :
 
       
 
  Castle Harlan, Inc.   Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
 
  150 East 58th Street   919 Third Avenue
 
  New York, New York 10155   New York, NY 10022
 
  Attention: David B. Pittaway   Attention: Robert Goldstein, Esq.
 
  Facsimile No.: (212) 207-8042   Facsimile No.: (212) 593-5955
8.   Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their successors and assigns. However, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights of the parties hereunder may be transferred or assigned by any party hereto, except that (i) if the Company shall merge or consolidate with or into, or sell or otherwise transfer substantially all its assets to, another corporation which assumes the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the Company may assign its rights hereunder to that corporation and (ii) CHI may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any other person or entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by John K. Castle and/or Leonard M. Harlan, provided that any such assignee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement

7


 

    Restrictions. Any attempted transfer or assignment in violation of this Section 8 shall be void.
9.   Permissible Activities; Confidentiality .
(a) Except as provided in Section 9(b), nothing herein shall in any way preclude CHI or its affiliates or its respective officers, directors and partners from engaging in any business activities or from performing services for its or their own account or for the account of others, including, without limitation, companies which may be in competition with the business conducted by the Company.
(b) CHI shall not, and shall direct its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents not to, (i) use or exploit in any manner the Confidential Information of the Company for themselves or any person other than the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) remove any Confidential Information, or any reproduction thereof, from the possession or control of the Company, or (iii) treat Confidential Information otherwise than in a confidential manner. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means confidential information relating to the Company, other than any information that is in the public domain through no act or omission of CHI or any of its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents in violation of this Agreement or which CHI or any of its directors, officers, partners, employees or agents is authorized by the Company to disclose, consisting specifically of writings, reports, lists, software or computer programs containing or reflecting any of the following: (1) recipes for the Company’s menu items, (2) financial reports, (3) operation and training manuals, (4) business plans (including without limitation plans for real estate acquisitions and expansions) and (5) agreements and arrangements with suppliers. The obligation of CHI under this Section 9 with respect to any particular item of Confidential Information shall expire on the later of the four year anniversary of the date hereof or the two year anniversary of the receipt of such Confidential Information.
10.   General . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or consent to any departure by any party from any such provision, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties to this Agreement and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. The waiver of any party of any breach of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach.
 
11.   Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
12.   Section Headings; Counterparts . The section headings contained herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
13.   Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws

8


 

    principles thereof. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted or not prohibited by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding by sending the same by certified mail, return receipt requested or by overnight courier service, to the address of such party set forth in Section 7. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT HEREUNDER OR ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
14.   Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
 
15.   No Joint Obligations of CHI and BRS . The obligations of CHI hereunder relate only to itself and not to BRS and any obligations of CHI and BRS under their respective management agreements with the Company are several and not joint.
[Signature Page Follows]

9


 

     In witness whereof, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Alton F. Doody, III
 
   
 
  Name: Alton F. Doody, III    
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    
 
       
CASTLE HARLAN, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ David B. Pittaway
 
   
 
  Name: David B. Pittaway    
 
  Title: Senior Managing Director    
 
       
For purposes of Sections 4(c), 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14:    
 
       
BRUCKMANN, ROSSER, SHERRILL & CO., INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Harold O. Rosser
 
Name: Harold O. Rosser
   
 
  Title: Managing Director    
CHI Management Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.10
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC. — SAED MOHSENI
Employment Term Sheet
Saed Mohseni (“Mohseni”) agrees to serve Bravo Development, Inc. (the “Company”) as its Chief Executive Officer on the following terms and conditions:
     
Title:
  Chief Executive Officer
 
   
Base Salary:
  $518,000 per annum payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “Base Salary”).
 
   
Bonus:
  Annual bonus opportunity contingent on achievement of corporate and/or individual performance goals established by Company’s Board of Directors in its discretion. Bonus targeted at 30% of Base Salary. The Company will guarantee a bonus of $120,000 for 2007. Except for 2007, minimum and maximum bonus targets to be set by Company’s Board of Directors annually.
 
   
Equity:
  Company will grant Mohseni options to acquire 65,625 shares of the Company’s common stock. Those options will vest at the rate of 25% on each anniversary of the date of grant. All options will become immediately fully vested upon the occurrence of an Approved Sale (as defined in the Incentive Plan. They will become exercisable based on the IRR (Internal Rate of Return) and return multiple of the investment in BDI by investment funds managed by Bruckman, Rosser, Sherrill, and Castle Harlan Inc. (the “Investors”) as set out in the Company’s standard form of Option Agreement.
 
   
 
  Options and any common stock acquired on exercise of options will be subject to the terms of the Bravo Development, Inc. Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and the New Investors Securities Holders Agreement by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC and the other investors named therein dated as of June 29, 2006. Mohseni will sign a joinder to that agreement if requested to do so by the Company.
 
   
 
  If, upon an Approved Sale or other exit transaction, defined as a transaction in which the Investors sell or otherwise liquidate more than 50% of their Company securities (an “Exit Event”) while Mohseni is employed by the Company, the sum of (1) the total amount receivable by

 


 

     
 
  Mohseni with respect to any unexercised options and (2) the excess of any amount receivable with respect to all shares of common stock acquired on exercise of any options over the price paid by Mohseni to exercise those options, is less than $3 million, the Company will pay Mohseni, at or within 10 business days following the Approved Sale or Exit Event, the lesser of (A) the excess of $3 million over the sum of the amounts described in (1) and (2) or (B) the amount, if any, by which the Net Proceeds (as defined in the Incentive Plan) realized by the Investors upon that Approved Sale or Exit Event exceeds the amount necessary to provide a 5% IRR (as defined in the Incentive Plan) to the Investors on their investment in the Company (for the avoidance of doubt it is understood that the Investors will participate in those Net Proceeds in proportion to their equity investments).
 
   
Insurance:
  Standard Executive Package to include full family medical, dental and vision coverage; individual coverage to include short and long term disability and life insurance of one (1) times salary. Mohseni to pay premiums, currently $220.00 per month, as per Company policy applicable generally to senior executives.
 
   
401K:
  Mohseni will be entitled to participate on terms and conditions applicable to other senior executives of the Company.
 
   
Vacation:
  Four (4) weeks vacation per year.
 
   
Other Benefits:
  Mohseni will be entitled to participate in all other benefit programs offered generally to other employees of the Company.
 
   
Expenses:
  The Company will promptly reimburse Mohseni for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties for the Company with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, provided such expenses are properly document and incurred in accordance with Company policy.
 
   
Severance:
  Mohseni’s employment with the Company will continue under the terms hereof until such employment is terminated by either party. If Mohseni’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Mohseni for Good Reason, Mohseni will be entitled to severance of two (2) years Base Salary, payable at normal payroll intervals. Severance pay shall not be subject to offset or mitigation.
 
   
 
  “Cause” means: (1) fraud or material dishonesty in connection with

2


 

     
 
  Mohseni’s performance of his duties for the Company, (2) the failure by Mohseni (other than by reason of disability), as determined in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), to substantially perform the lawful duties of his position, including as directed by the Board, which failure is not cured, if reasonably susceptible of cure, within 10 business days after delivery of written notice thereof to Mohseni, or (3) Mohseni’s conviction of a felony, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a charge of commission of a felony or (iv) commission of any act, or violation of any law, that in the good faith judgment of the Board could reasonably be expected to bring material disrepute to the Company or adversely affect Mohseni’s ability to perform his duties for the Company.
 
   
 
  “Good Reason” means (1) the Company reduces the amount of the Base Salary, (2) the Company fails, in any material respect, to pay timely the Base Salary or other benefits required to be provided by the Company hereunder, (3) the Company materially reduces the overall benefits required to be provided to Mohseni hereunder, other than, in the case of clauses (1) or (3), in connection with, and proportionate to, an overall reduction in compensation or benefits provided to the Company’s senior executives, or (4) any change of Mohseni’s principal office location to a location more than 50 miles from Columbus, Ohio; provided , that in order for Mohseni’s termination for Good Reason to be effective hereunder, (A) notice of Mohseni’s intent to terminate for Good Reason must be given to the Company within 30 days of the event giving rise to Good Reason and (B) the Company must not have cured such event, if reasonably susceptible of cure, within 10 business days after receiving written notice thereof from Mohseni.
 
   
Start Date:
  No later than January 15, 2007
 
   
Relocation:
  Company will reimburse reasonable expenses of temporary housing (up to 5 months), 2 house hunting trips, packing and unpacking, moving, and real estate commissions and closing costs.
 
   
Restrictive Covenants:
  Mohseni agrees:
 
   
 
  1. He will not compete with the Company during his employment and for a period of two years thereafter. For this purpose competition shall be defined as engaging in the casual Italian restaurant business;
 
   
 
  2. He will keep all Company confidential information confidential and will neither disclose nor use that information except on the Company’s business;

3


 

     
 
  3. He will not solicit the Company’s senior executives, senior managers or key employees (including Regional Managers, Store Managers or Executive Chefs) to leave the Company for two years following his termination of employment; and
 
   
 
  4. He will not attempt, for two years following his termination, to interfere with the Company’s relationships with its suppliers, lessors, licensors or licensees.
 
   
Dispute Resolution:
  By arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”); to be held in Columbus, Ohio. The arbitrator will have the authority to award reasonable attorney fees and other costs to the prevailing party. Except as otherwise provided by the arbitrator, each party to any arbitration shall pay shall pay any legal and other expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration, except that the parties with share equally in any filing fees associated with such arbitration.
 
   
Withholding of Taxes:
  All payments are subject to legally required tax and other withholdings
 
   
Governing Law:
  Ohio.
 
   
Assignment:
  Requires written consent for either party to assign; except (1) Company may assign to successor to Company’s business and (2) any payments due Mohseni following his death are payable to his heirs, assigns or designees.
 
   
Miscellaneous:
  If any portion of this agreement is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to conflict with any federal, state or local law, or to be otherwise invalid or unenforceable, such portion of this agreement will be enforced to the maximum extent allowed under such provision or law, or if it cannot be so enforced will be of no force or effect and this agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and be construed as if such portion had not been included in this agreement. This agreement and the documents referred to herein contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties and supersede all prior discussions, agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This agreement may not be changed or modified, except by an agreement in writing executed by the party against whom such amendment or modification is to be enforced. This Agreement may be

4


 

     
 
  executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned. Execution and delivery of this agreement by facsimile or similar transmission will be effective for all purposes.
                 
Accepted and Agreed to:
               
 
               
        Bravo Development Company, Inc.    
 
               
/s/ Saed Mohseni
 
Saed Mohseni
      By:   /s/ Alton F. Doody, III
 
   
 
               
Date: 1/12/07
          Date: 1/5/07    

5

Exhibit 10.11
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC. OPTION PLAN
Adopted December 20, 2006

 


 

BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC. OPTION PLAN
ARTICLE I.
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
     1.1. The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company and its Subsidiaries in attracting and retaining valued employees and directors by offering them a greater stake in the Company’s success and a closer identity with it, and to reward those employees and directors for their roles in the Company’s growth and profitability.
ARTICLE II.
DEFINITIONS
     2.1. “ Approved Sale ” means an Approved Sale as that term is defined in Section 5.1(b) of the Securities Holders Agreement.
     2.2. “ Award ” means an award of an Option under the Plan.
     2.3. “ Award Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and a Holder pursuant to which an Award is granted and which specifies the terms and conditions of that Award, including the vesting requirements applicable to that Award.
     2.4. “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.5. “ BRS ” means Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership or any successor.
     2.6. “ Castle Harlan ” means Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership or any successor.
     2.7. “ Cause ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in an employment agreement between the Company and the Holder, if applicable, or, if none, in Section 3.1(a) of the Securities Holders Agreement.
     2.8. “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     2.9. “ Committee ” means the Board or a committee of Board members designated by the Board to administer the Plan under ARTICLE IV. Upon the consummation of a Public Offering the Committee shall be composed of two or more directors appointed by the Board, each of whom shall be a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act and an “outside director” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

 


 

     2.10. “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, or such other class or kind of shares or other securities resulting from the application of ARTICLE VIII.
     2.11. “ Company ” means Bravo Development, Inc., an Ohio corporation, or any successor corporation.
     2.12. “ Director ” means a member of either (i) the Company’s Board of Directors or (ii) the Board of Directors of a Subsidiary of the Company, who is not an Employee of the Company or any Subsidiary
     2.13. “ Employee ” means an officer or other key employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, including a director who is such an employee.
     2.14. “ Exercise Price ” means the exercise price per share of an Option.
     2.15. “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value, as determined by the Board in good faith.
     2.16. “ Holder ” means an Employee or Director to whom an Award is made, or the Successor of the Holder, as the context so requires.
     2.17. “ Incentive Stock Option ” means “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder until shareholder approval is obtained pursuant to Section 9.2. Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees only.
     2.18. “ Internal Rate of Return ” or “ IRR ” means the internal rate of return realized by BRS and Castle Harlan on their investment in Bravo Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, from the Net Proceeds received as a result of any Approved Sale or Public Offering of the Company, as determined by the Board in good faith consistent with customary practice.
     2.19. “ Net Proceeds ” received by any person from an Approved Sale or Public Offering means the cash and fair market value of any property actually received from and as a result of such Approved Sale or Public Offering by such person, net of all selling or other transaction expenses (including investment banking and legal fees and expenses), it being expressly understood, however, that the “Net Proceeds” deemed to be received by BRS and Castle Harlan for purposes hereof as a result of any Approved Sale (including any recapitalization of the Company) or Public Offering shall include any management fees paid to BRS and Castle Harlan pursuant to any management agreements between BRS, Castle Harlan and the Company, provided that only $761,250 (50%) of the $1,522,500 Closing Fee paid pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of the Management Agreement by and among BRS, Castle Harlan and the Company dated as of June 29, 2006 shall be included.
     2.20. “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

- 2 -


 

     2.21. “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
     2.22. “ Option ” means the right to purchase, at the price and for the term fixed by the Committee in accordance with the Plan, and subject to such other limitations and restrictions in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, a number of shares of Common Stock determined by the Committee.
     2.23. “ Option Shares ” means any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option granted under the terms of this Plan.
     2.24. “ Performance Goals ” means goals established by the Committee in its sole discretion the attainment of which is substantially uncertain at the time such goals are established. Performance Goals may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or the Subsidiary, division, department or function within the Company or Subsidiary in which the Participant is employed. Performance Goals may be measured on an absolute or relative basis. Relative performance may be measured by a group of peer companies or by a financial market index. Performance Goals may be based upon: Internal Rate of Return attained by investors, including BRS and Castle Harlan; specified levels of or increases in the Company’s, a division’s or a Subsidiary’s return on capital, equity or assets; earnings measures/ratios (on a gross, net, pre-tax or post-tax basis), including diluted earnings per share, total earnings, operating earnings, earnings growth, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); net income; operating income; share price (including but not limited to growth measures and total shareholder return); per period or cumulative cash flow (including but not limited to operating cash flow and free cash flow) or cash flow return on investment (which equals net cash flow divided by total capital); individual objectives; any other financial or other measurement deemed appropriate by the Committee as it relates to the results of operations or other measurable progress of the Company and Subsidiaries (or any business unit thereof); and any combination of any of the foregoing criteria. If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Performance Goals unsuitable, the Committee may modify such Performance Goals or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable.
     2.25. “ Performance Period ” means the period selected by the Committee during which the performance of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any department thereof, or any individual is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Goal has been achieved.
     2.26. “ Plan ” means the Bravo Development, Inc. Incentive Plan herein set forth, as amended from time to time.

- 3 -


 

     2.27. “ Public Offering ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securities Holders Agreement.
     2.28. “ Publicly Traded ” means that the Company’s Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or exchanges, or is quoted on NASDAQ or a similar quotation system.
     2.29. “ Securities Holders Agreement ” means the New Investors Securities Holders Agreement by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC, and the other investors named therein dated as of June 29, 2006, as it may hereafter be amended from time to time.
     2.30. “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company (or any subsequent parent of the Company) if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     2.31. “ Successor ” means: (i) a “Permitted Transferee” as defined in the Securities Holders Agreement, (ii) the legal representative of the estate of a deceased Holder or (iii) the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an Option by bequest or inheritance or other transfer or by reason of the death of the Holder or (iv) persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an Option on behalf of the Holder as the result of a determination by a court or other governmental agency of the incapacity of the Holder.
ARTICLE III.
ELIGIBILITY
     3.1. Any Employee or Director is eligible to receive an Award.
ARTICLE IV.
ADMINISTRATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF PLAN
     4.1. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full power to interpret and administer the Plan and full authority to act in selecting the Employees or Directors to whom Awards will be granted, in determining whether, and to what extent, Awards may be transferable by the Holder in accordance with the Securities Holders Agreement, in determining the amount of Awards to be granted to each such Holder, and in determining the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan.
     4.2. Subject to the other terms of the Plan, the Committee shall, in its discretion as reflected by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement: (i) determine and designate from time to time those eligible Employees and Directors to whom Options are to be awarded and the

- 4 -


 

number of shares subject to each such Award; (ii) determine the Performance Period and Performance Goals, if any, applicable to an Award; (iii) determine the time or times when and the manner and condition in which each Award shall vest or become exercisable and the duration of such exercise period, if applicable; and (iv) determine or impose other conditions to the receipt of shares subject to the Award under the Plan as it may deem appropriate.
     4.3. The Committee may condition the vesting or exercise of an Option upon: (i) the Holder’s continued service over a period of time with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) the achievement by the Holder, BRS and Castle Harlan, the Company or its Subsidiaries of any Performance Goals set by the Committee, including IRR and Net Proceeds goals, or (iii) any combination of the above conditions, as specified in the Award Agreement. If the specified conditions are not attained, the Holder shall forfeit the portion of the Award with respect to which those conditions are not attained, and the underlying Common Stock shall be forfeited to the Company.
     4.4. The Committee shall have the power to adopt regulations for carrying out the Plan and to make changes to such regulations as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable. Any interpretation by the Committee of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the administration thereof, and all actions taken by the Committee, shall be final and binding on Holders.
     4.5. The Committee may amend any outstanding Awards without the consent of the Holder to the extent it deems appropriate; provided however, that in the case of amendments adverse to the Holder, the Committee must obtain the Holder’s consent to any such amendment.
ARTICLE V.
SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     5.1. Subject to adjustment as provided in ARTICLE VIII, 262,500 shares shall be available for Awards pursuant to ARTICLE VI, any or all of which, in the Committee’s discretion, may be issued as Incentive Stock Options.
     5.2. Any shares issued by the Company through the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from an acquired company shall not reduce the shares available for Awards under the Plan. Any shares issued hereunder may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares. If any shares subject to any Award granted hereunder are forfeited or such Award otherwise terminates, the shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be available for Awards under the Plan.

- 5 -


 

ARTICLE VI.
OPTIONS
     6.1. Option Price
     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee as reflected in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price for any Option shall not be less than 100% (or 110% for Incentive Stock Options with respect to individuals described in Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (relating to 10% owners)) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the day the Option is granted.
     6.2. Option Awards
          6.2.1. Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements. Such agreements shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and the Securities Holders Agreement and may contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable.
          6.2.2. The Committee shall establish the term of each Option, as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that in no event shall any Option have a term greater than 10 years from the date of grant (except that the term of any Incentive Stock Option granted to an individual described in Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (relating to 10% owners) shall be no more than five years from the date of grant). Unless earlier expired, forfeited or otherwise terminated, each Option shall expire in its entirety upon the day after the last day of its term. The Option shall also expire, be forfeited and terminate at such times and in such circumstances as otherwise provided hereunder or in the applicable Award Agreement.
     6.3. Term of Options; Vesting and Exercisability
          6.3.1. The Award Agreement shall specify the term of the Option and along with this Plan and the Securities Holders Agreement, the financial, performance, employment, termination of employment or other conditions under which the Option may be forfeited to the Company. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify (in a manner not adverse to the Holder except as provided in Section 11.2) or accelerate the vesting and delivery of Option Shares. The Committee shall endeavor, in good faith, to avoid the application of Section 409A of the Code to any amended Award by reason of the acceleration of the time of any payment under the Plan.
          6.3.2. Unless specifically provided otherwise in an Award Agreement, upon a termination of a Holder’s employment for any reason, the Holder shall forfeit any portion of the Option which has not vested.
          6.3.3. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, upon a termination of the Holder by the Company (or its subsidiaries) for Cause or upon Holder’s breach of any restrictive covenant (including, for example, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants) set forth in an agreement between the Company the Holder, the

- 6 -


 

Holder shall forfeit any Option issued under the Plan, regardless of whether such Option is vested or exercisable.
     6.4. Exercise of Options; Payment
          6.4.1. Notice of Exercise.
               6.4.1.1. An Option or portion thereof that, by its terms or as a result of Board or Committee action, has become exercisable may be exercised, and payment in full of the Exercise Price of the Option or portion thereof made, by a Holder only by written notice (in the form prescribed by the Committee) to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased.
               6.4.1.2. Without limiting the scope of the Committee’s discretion hereunder, the Committee may impose such other restrictions on the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (whether or not in the nature of the foregoing restrictions) as it may deem necessary or appropriate.
               6.4.1.3. If Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of in a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code by a Holder prior to the expiration of either two years from the date of grant of such Option or one year from the transfer of Shares to the Holder pursuant to the exercise of such Option, or in any other disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, such Holder shall notify the Company in writing as soon as practicable thereafter of the date and terms of such disposition and, if the Company (or any affiliate thereof) thereupon has a tax withholding obligation, shall pay to the Company (or such affiliate) an amount equal to any withholding tax the Company (or such affiliate) is required to pay as a result of the disqualifying disposition.
          6.4.2. Form of Payment .
               6.4.2.1. The aggregate Exercise Price shall be paid in full upon the exercise of the Option. Payment must be made by one of the following methods: (a) cash or a certified or bank cashier’s check; (b) if approved by the Committee in its discretion Shares of previously owned Common Stock that have been owned by the Holder for at least six months and having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price; (c) if approved by the Committee in its discretion, by delivery of an assignment satisfactory in form and substance to the Company of a sufficient amount of the proceeds from the sale of Shares to be acquired pursuant to such exercise and an instruction to a broker or selling agent to pay that amount to the Company; or (d) by any combination of such methods of payment or any other method acceptable to the Committee in its discretion including retention by the Company of that number of whole Shares the Fair Market Value of which equals or exceeds by the smallest possible amount, the Exercise Price, followed by delivery to the Participant of the remaining shares of Stock and cash in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the share retained over the Exercise Price.

- 7 -


 

               6.4.2.2. Except in the case of Options exercised by certified or bank cashier’s check, the Committee may impose limitations and prohibitions on the exercise of Options as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, any limitation or prohibition designed to avoid accounting consequences which may result from the use of Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option. Any fractional Shares resulting from a Holder’s election that is accepted by the Company shall be paid in cash.
          6.4.3. Exercise by Successors .
          To the extent permitted by the terms of the relevant Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised, and payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price made, by the Successor of the Holder by written notice (in the form prescribed by the Committee) to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice shall state that the aggregate Exercise Price will be paid in full in cash or its equivalent, or may request that payment of the Exercise Price be made as otherwise provided hereunder, in the discretion of the Company or the Committee.
ARTICLE VII.
APPROVED SALE, PUBLIC OFFERING OR OTHER CORPORATE TRANSACTION
     7.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Participant’s Award Agreement, in the event (a) of an Approved Sale, (b) of a Public Offering, (c) the Company is consolidated with or otherwise combined with or acquired by a person or entity, (d) of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, (e) of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) of a divisive reorganization, liquidation or partial liquidation of the Company (each, a “Transaction”), the Committee may, in its discretion:
          (i) accelerate the exercisability of all or a portion of Options to the extent the Committee deems appropriate,
          (ii) cancel all outstanding vested Awards in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option as of the date of the Transaction over the exercise price of such portion,
          (iii) terminate all Options immediately prior to the Transaction, provided that the Company provide the Holder an opportunity to exercise the Option within a specified period following the Holder’s receipt of a written notice of such Transaction and of the Company’s intention to terminate the Option prior to such Transaction, or
          (iv) require the successor corporation, following a Transaction if the Company does not survive such Transaction, to assume all outstanding Options or to substitute such

- 8 -


 

Options with awards involving the common stock of such successor corporation on terms and conditions necessary to preserve the rights of Holders.
     7.2. Committee Authority . The judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter referred to in this ARTICLE VII shall be conclusive and binding upon each Participant without the need for any amendment to the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII.
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
          In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, spin-off, split-off, split-up, stock dividend, issuance of stock rights, combination of shares, merger, consolidation or any other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting Common Stock, or any distribution to stockholders other than a cash dividend, the Committee shall adjust (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, (iii) the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan, and (iv) the exercise or grant price relating to any Award. Any such adjustment shall be made in an equitable manner which reflects the effect of such transaction or event. In the case of any such transaction or event, the Committee may make any additional adjustments to the items in (i) through (iv) above which it deems appropriate in the circumstances, or make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding Award; and it is provided, further, that no adjustment shall be made under this ARTICLE VIII that would cause the Plan to violate Section 422 of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options or that would adversely affect the status of any Award that is intended to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award.
ARTICLE IX.
EFFECTIVE DATE, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT
     9.1. The Plan shall become effective on December 20, 2006 and shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of ten years from the date of its adoption by the Board, or the date it is terminated by the Board. The Board shall have the power to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, provided that any such termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time of termination.
     9.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s Common Stock becomes Publicly Traded and/or if the Committee desires to grant Incentive Stock Options, the Plan must be approved by the Company’s shareholders and the receipt of Company Common Stock pursuant to any Awards then outstanding shall be expressly conditioned upon and subject to such shareholder approval.

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE X.
REPURCHASE OF VESTED AWARDS
          In the event that the Holder shall cease to be employed by the Company or its Subsidiary for any reason (including, but not limited to, death, temporary or permanent disability, retirement at age 65 or more under normal retirement policies, resignation or termination by the Company or a Subsidiary) then the Company and/or one or more designee(s) (a “ Designated Purchaser ” as defined in Section 3.1 of the Securities Holders Agreement) shall have the right and option to purchase all of the Holder’s Option Shares that are vested or otherwise have not been forfeited on the terms set forth in Section 3.1 of the Securities Holders Agreement. The purchase price paid by the Company and/or its Designated Purchaser shall be the “ Fair Market Value Price ” as such term is defined in Section 3.1(a)(ii) of the Securities Holders Agreement.
ARTICLE XI.
TRANSFERABILITY; SECURITIES HOLDERS AGREEMENT PROVISIONS
     11.1. Except as provided below, Awards may not be pledged, assigned or transferred for any reason during the Holder’s lifetime, and any attempt to do so shall be void and the relevant Award shall be forfeited. The Committee may grant Awards that are transferable by the Holder during his lifetime, but such Awards shall be transferable only to the extent specifically provided in an agreement entered into with the Holder and subject to the Securities Holders Agreement. The transferee of the Holder shall, in all cases, be subject to the Plan, the Securities Holders Agreement and the provisions of the Award Agreement between the Company and the Holder.
     11.2. An Employee or Director, or if applicable a Successor, who receives an award shall be bound by the Securities Holders Agreement to the same extent as would a “Management Investor”, as that term is defined in the Securities Holders Agreement. Accordingly, any Option or Common Stock acquired as a result of an Award under the Plan shall be held, transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of only in accordance with the Securities Holders Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder and any Successor shall comply with the provisions set forth in the Securities Holders Agreement with regard to an Approved Sale, as well as be bound by any transfer restrictions, restrictive covenants and other obligations delineated in the Securities Holders Agreement. Any rights of a “Management Investor” under the Securities Holders Agreement will be available to a Holder or Successor only in respect of any portion of an Award which is then vested. In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Award will, regardless of whether Common Stock subject to such Award is subject to restrictions or conditions or whether such shares or stock are vested under the applicable terms of the Plan or Award Agreement, be subject to the purchase option of the Company set forth in Section 3.1 of the Securities Holders Agreement upon any termination of the Employee’s employment, or Director’s service, with the Company or any Subsidiary, as set

- 10 -


 

forth in ARTICLE X. Any amendment to the Securities Holders Agreement that effects a provision contained herein shall be deemed to be an amendment to the Plan. To the extent any such amendment to the Securities Holders Agreement affects the terms of an Award Agreement, the Holder and any Successor shall be deemed to have consented to that amendment.
ARTICLE XII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     12.1. Nothing contained in the Plan, or any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, shall confer upon any Employee or Director any right to continued employment by, or service to, the Company or any Subsidiary, nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of any Employee or Director at any time.
     12.2. For purposes of this Plan, a transfer of employment between the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed a termination of employment.
     12.3. Holders shall be responsible to make appropriate provision for all taxes required to be withheld in connection with any Award or the transfer of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan. Such responsibility shall extend to all applicable Federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. The Company shall, at the election of the Holder, have the right to retain the number of shares of Common Stock whose Fair Market Value equals the amount to be withheld in satisfaction of the applicable withholding taxes.
     12.4. To the extent that Federal laws (such as the 1934 Act, the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) do not otherwise control, the Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of Delaware and construed accordingly.

- 11 -

Exhibit 10.12
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
777 Goodale Blvd.
Suite 100
Columbus, OH 43212
December                      , 20xx
[Name]
[Address]
Dear [Name]:
Pursuant to the Bravo Development, Inc. Option Plan (the “Plan”), the Plan’s administrative committee (the “Committee”) hereby grants to you a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase [x] shares of Common Stock of Bravo Development, Inc. (the “Company”), par value $0.001, at the exercise price of $10 per share (referred to below as either an “Award” or an “Option”).
This Award is subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any contradiction, distinction or difference between this letter and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. By accepting this Award, you also agree to be bound by the New Investors Securities Holders Agreement by and among Bravo Development, Inc., Bravo Development Holdings LLC, and the other investors named therein, dated as of June 29, 2006, as amended from time to time, (the “Securities Holders Agreement”), as a “Management Investor”. You also acknowledge that any stock certificates issued to you by reason of this Award will bear any legends required by the Securities Holders Agreement or applicable law.
All capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth herein, in the Plan, or in the Securities Holders Agreement, as applicable.
Your Option will vest based upon your continued employment.
Assuming that continued employment, your Option will vest with respect to 25% of the shares applicable thereto on each of June 29, 2007, June 29, 2008, June 29, 2009 and June 29, 2010.
In the event that during your service with the Company, an Approved Sale or Public Offering, as defined in the Plan, occurs, then the unvested portion of your Award shall vest to the extent the Net Proceeds and IRR Targets (set forth below) are satisfied as a result of such Approved Sale or Public Offering. Subject to the Committee’s discretion to vest Awards upon an Approved Sale


 

or Public Offering, any portion of the Award that is subject to Net Proceeds and IRR Targets that are not satisfied as a result of the Approved Sale or Public Offering shall be forfeited.
Your Option will expire upon the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of this letter.
Your Option, to the extent vested, will become exercisable provided that BRS and Castle Harlan both (1) receive Net Proceeds equal to or in excess of the multiple of their initial investment set forth in the table below, and (2) attain an IRR (as defined in the Plan) in connection with such Approved Sale or Public Offering, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as set forth in the table below.
         
Percentage of Option        
Exercisable   Net Proceeds Multiple   IRR Target
25%
  2   10%
 
       
50%
  2   20%
 
       
75%
  2   30%
 
       
100%
  3   40%
If you cease to be employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason other than for Cause, including voluntary separation from service or retirement, any unvested portion of your Option shall be forfeited with no further compensation due to you. Any vested portion of your Option will remain outstanding in accordance with its terms until the earlier of the date upon which it is exercised, forfeited or expires on the date specified above. If your termination is for Cause, your entire Option will be cancelled, including any vested portion that you have attempted to exercise, but for which no shares have yet been issued.
If you cease to be employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason other than for Cause, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase any stock you or your Permitted Transferees have acquired by exercise of your Option or to repurchase any vested but unexercised portion of your Option. The purchase price for such stock or vested Option will be the Fair Market Value Price, as defined in the Securities Holders Agreement. If you are terminated for Cause, any stock you have acquired by exercise of this Option, whether or not vested or free from restriction, shall be subject to repurchase by the Company for the lesser of the Fair Market Value Price of that stock on the date of such repurchase or $10 per share (adjusted for any changes in capitalization).
The Company may impose any conditions on the Award as it deems necessary or advisable to ensure that all rights granted under the Plan satisfy the requirements of applicable securities laws. The Company shall not be obligated to issue or deliver any shares if such action violates any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority or national securities exchange.


 

The Committee may amend the terms of this Award to the extent it deems appropriate to carry out the terms of the Plan. The construction and interpretation of any provision of this Award or the Plan shall be final and conclusive when made by the Committee.
Nothing in this letter shall confer on you the right to continue in the service of the Company or its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate your service at any time, which rights shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable employment agreement or other contractual relationship between you and the Company.
Please sign and return a copy of this letter to Bravo Development, Inc., 777 Goodale Blvd., Suite 100, Columbus, OH 43212. Your acknowledgement must be returned within thirty (30) days; otherwise, the Award will lapse and become null and void. Your signature will also acknowledge that you have received and reviewed the Plan and the Securities Holders Agreement, and that you hereby agree to be bound by the applicable terms of the Plan and to be bound by and join in the Securities Holders Agreement as a “Management Investor” thereunder. In addition, you agree, at the Company’s request, to execute and deliver a separate joinder to the Securities Holders Agreement as a condition to exercising the Option.
Very truly yours,
BRAVO DEVELOPMENT, INC.
         
Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED
         
     
[name of optionee]    
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   
     
Enclosures
  (Copy of Plan)
 
  (Copy of Securities Holders Agreement)

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.
     
Entity   Jurisdiction
 
   
Brio Tuscan Grille of Maryland, Inc.
  MD
Cherry Hill Two, LLC
  NJ
Bravo Development of Kansas, Inc.
  KS

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 30, 2010 (June 28, 2010 as to the Company name change in Note 1 and July 1, 2010 as to the subsequent event update in Note 1), relating to the financial statements of Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc. (formerly Bravo Development, Inc. and Subsidiaires) (a majority-owned subsidiary of Bravo Development Holdings, LLC) appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this registration statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and “Experts” in such prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Columbus, Ohio
July 1, 2010